<PAGE>
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 29, 1998
REGISTRATION NO. 333-44933
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
----------------
AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
----------------
DYNATECH CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
MASSACHUSETTS 3825 04-2258582
(STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
JURISDICTION OF CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
INCORPORATION OR
ORGANIZATION)
----------------
JOHN F. RENO
CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
DYNATECH CORPORATION
3 NEW ENGLAND EXECUTIVE PARK
BURLINGTON, MASSACHUSETTS 01803
(781) 272-6100
(NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA
CODE,
OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND AGENT FOR SERVICE)
----------------
COPIES TO:
DWIGHT W. QUAYLE
ROPES & GRAY
ONE INTERNATIONAL PLACE
BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02110
(617) 951-7000
----------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective and upon
consummation of the transactions described in the enclosed Proxy
Statement/Prospectus.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance
with General Instruction G check the following box. [_]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
----------------
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROPOSED
PROPOSED MAXIMUM
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF AMOUNT MAXIMUM AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF
SECURITIES TO BE TO BE OFFERING PRICE OFFERING REGISTRATION
REGISTERED(1) REGISTERED(1) PER UNIT(1) PRICE(2) FEE(3)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Common Stock, no par
value................. 9,193,600 shares $2.50 $22,984,000 $6,781.00
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------
(1) This Registration Statement relates to Common Stock of the Registrant to
be issued to holders of the Registrant's Common Stock in the proposed
merger of CDRD Merger Corporation with and into the Registrant, with the
Registrant continuing as the surviving corporation in the merger.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee in
accordance with Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, based upon the
proposed offering price to existing security holders.
(3) A portion of this filing fee equal to $6,202.00 was previously paid on
January 27, 1998.
----------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
3 NEW ENGLAND EXECUTIVE PARK
BURLINGTON, MASSACHUSETTS 01803
April 29, 1998
Dear Stockholders:
You are cordially invited to attend a Special Meeting of the Stockholders of
Dynatech Corporation (the "Company" or "Dynatech"), to be held on May 21, 1998
at 9:00 a.m at the offices of Ropes & Gray, 27th Floor, 885 Third Avenue, New
York, New York.
As described in the enclosed Proxy Statement/Prospectus (the "Proxy
Statement"), at the Special Meeting you will be asked to approve and adopt an
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 20, 1997 (the "Merger
Agreement") between Dynatech and CDRD Merger Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("MergerCo"), which was organized at the direction of Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, Inc. ("CDR"), a private investment firm, and the Merger (as
defined below) contemplated thereby.
The Merger Agreement provides, among other things, for the merger of
MergerCo into the Company (the "Merger") with the Company continuing as the
surviving corporation (the "Surviving Corporation"). In the Merger, (i) each
outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.20 per share, of the Company
(the "Common Stock") will be converted into the right to receive $47.75 in
cash and 0.5 shares of common stock, no par value, of the Surviving
Corporation (the "Recapitalized Common Stock") (except that any shares held by
MergerCo or held in the Company's treasury will be canceled and any
Stockholder who properly dissents from the Merger will be entitled to
appraisal rights under Massachusetts law); and (ii) each outstanding share of
common stock, $.01 par value per share, of MergerCo ("MergerCo Common Stock")
will be converted into one share of Recapitalized Common Stock.
Immediately prior to the Merger, (a) John F. Reno, Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer, together with two family trusts established by Mr.
Reno, will contribute 40,804 shares of Common Stock to MergerCo in exchange
for 799,758 shares of MergerCo Common Stock and (b) Clayton, Dubilier & Rice
Fund V Limited Partnership ("CDR Fund V"), which is managed by CDR, will
purchase 110,790,770 shares of MergerCo Common Stock for approximately $277
million. In the Merger, all such shares of MergerCo Common Stock will be
converted into Recapitalized Common Stock as described above. As a result of
the Merger and these related transactions, immediately following the Merger,
(x) CDR Fund V will own approximately 92.3% of the outstanding Recapitalized
Common Stock, (y) the stockholders of the Company prior to the Merger, other
than Mr. Reno and his family trusts, will own approximately 7.0% of the
outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock and (z) Mr. Reno (together with his
family trusts) will own approximately 0.7% of the outstanding Recapitalized
Common Stock.
It is the Company's belief that it can delist the Common Stock from the New
York Stock Exchange upon or following the Merger and it is the Company's
intention not to list the Recapitalized Common Stock on any national
securities exchange or automated quotation system. Such delisting is likely to
have a material adverse effect on the trading market for and liquidity of, and
may have a material adverse effect on the market value of, shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock.
At a meeting on December 20, 1997, a Special Committee (the "Special
Committee") of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"),
recommended that the Board approve the Merger Agreement and the Merger, and
the Board (other than Mr. Reno, who did not attend or vote at such meeting due
to his participation with CDR and CDR Fund V in the proposed Merger)
unanimously approved the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated
thereby, including the Merger. The Board has determined that the Merger is
fair to and in the best interests of the stockholders of the Company (the
"Stockholders"). The recommendation of the Special Committee and the approval
and determination of the Board were based on a number of factors described in
the Proxy Statement, including the written opinion dated as of December 20,
1997 of Merrill Lynch,
<PAGE>
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), the financial adviser
engaged by the Board, to the effect that, based upon and subject to certain
factors and assumptions stated therein, as of such date, the proposed
consideration to be received in the Merger by the Stockholders (other than
MergerCo, and the Company with respect to treasury stock) is fair from a
financial point of view to such Stockholders. The full text of the written
opinion of Merrill Lynch, which sets forth a description of the assumptions
made, factors considered, and limitations on the review undertaken is attached
as Appendix B to the enclosed Proxy Statement and the Stockholders are urged
to read such opinion carefully in its entirety.
Stockholders are encouraged to review the "Risk Factors" section in the
enclosed Proxy Statement for a discussion of certain factors that should be
considered in connection with your consideration of the Merger.
The Board recommends that Stockholders vote FOR the approval and adoption of
the Merger Agreement and the Merger.
Approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger require the
affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of Common Stock
outstanding on April 16, 1998.
You are urged to read the accompanying Proxy Statement, which describes the
terms of the Merger Agreement and the Merger. A copy of the Merger Agreement
is included as Appendix A to the enclosed Proxy Statement.
It is very important that your shares be represented at the Special Meeting.
We invite all Stockholders to attend the Special Meeting. Whether or not you
plan to attend the Special Meeting, you are requested to complete, date, sign
and return the proxy card in the enclosed postage-paid envelope. Failure to
return a properly executed proxy card or vote at the Special Meeting will have
the same effect as a vote against approval of the Merger Agreement and the
Merger. Executed proxies with no instructions indicated thereon will be voted
for approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger. If you
attend the Special Meeting, you may vote in person even though you have sent
in your proxy.
Please do not send in your stock certificates at this time. In the event the
Merger Agreement is approved by the Stockholders and the Merger is
consummated, you will be sent a letter of transmittal for that purpose as soon
as reasonably practicable thereafter.
Sincerely,
John F. Reno
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer
2
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
3 NEW ENGLAND EXECUTIVE PARK
BURLINGTON, MASSACHUSETTS 01803
NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a Special Meeting of the Stockholders (including
any adjournments or postponements thereof, the "Special Meeting") of Dynatech
Corporation ("Dynatech" or the "Company") will be held on May 21, 1998 at 9:00
a.m. at the offices of Ropes & Gray, 27th Floor, 885 Third Avenue, New York,
New York, for the following purposes, all of which are more fully described in
the accompanying Proxy Statement/Prospectus (the "Proxy Statement"):
(i) To consider and vote upon a proposal to approve and adopt an
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 20, 1997 (the "Merger
Agreement") between Dynatech and CDRD Merger Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("MergerCo"), which was organized at the direction of Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice, Inc. ("CDR"), a private investment firm, and to approve
the Merger (as defined below) contemplated thereby.
The Merger Agreement provides, among other things, for the merger of
MergerCo into the Company (the "Merger") with the Company continuing as the
surviving corporation (the "Surviving Corporation"). In the Merger, (i)
each outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.20 per share (the
"Common Stock"), of the Company will be converted into the right to receive
$47.75 in cash and 0.5 shares of common stock, no par value, of the
Surviving Corporation (the "Recapitalized Common Stock") (except that any
shares held by MergerCo or held in the Company's treasury will be canceled
and any Stockholder who properly dissents from the Merger will be entitled
to appraisal rights under Massachusetts law); and (ii) each outstanding
share of common stock, $.01 par value per share of MergerCo ("MergerCo
Common Stock") will be converted into one share of Recapitalized Common
Stock.
Immediately prior to the Merger, (a) John F. Reno, Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer, together with two family trusts established by
Mr. Reno, will contribute 40,804 shares of Common Stock to MergerCo in
exchange for 799,758 shares of MergerCo Common Stock and (b) Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership ("CDR Fund V"), which is managed
by CDR, will purchase 110,790,770 shares of MergerCo Common Stock for
approximately $277 million. In the Merger, all such shares of MergerCo
Common Stock will be converted into Recapitalized Common Stock as described
above. As a result of the Merger and these related transactions,
immediately following the Merger, (x) CDR Fund V will own approximately
92.3% of the outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock, (y) stockholders of
the Company prior to the Merger, other than Mr. Reno and his family trusts,
will own approximately 7.0% of the outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock
and (z) Mr. Reno (together with his family trusts) will own approximately
0.7% of the outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock.
It is the Company's belief that it can delist the Common Stock from the
New York Stock Exchange upon or following the Merger and it is the
Company's intention not to list the Recapitalized Common Stock on any
national securities exchange or automated quotation system. Such delisting
is likely to have a material adverse effect on the trading market for and
liquidity of, and may have a material adverse effect on the market value
of, shares of Recapitalized Common Stock.
(ii) To transact such other business as may properly come before the
Special Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.
The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on April 16, 1998
(the "Record Date") as the record date for the determination of stockholders
entitled to notice of and to vote at the Special Meeting. Only holders of
Common Stock ("Stockholders") of record at the close of business on the Record
Date will be entitled to notice of and to vote at the Special Meeting.
<PAGE>
The accompanying Proxy Statement describes the Merger Agreement, the Merger
and the actions to be taken in connection with the Merger. To ensure that your
vote will be counted, please complete, date and sign the enclosed proxy card
and return it promptly in the enclosed postage-page envelope, whether or not
you plan to attend the Special Meeting. Executed proxies with no instructions
indicated thereon will be voted for approval and adoption of the Merger
Agreement and the Merger. You may revoke your proxy in the manner described in
the accompanying Proxy Statement at any time before it is voted at the Special
Meeting.
Approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger require the
affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of Common Stock
outstanding on April 16, 1998.
In the event that there are not sufficient votes to approve and adopt the
Merger Agreement and the Merger, it is expected that the Special Meeting will
be postponed or adjourned in order to permit further solicitation of proxies
by the Company.
In accordance with Section 87, Chapter 156B of the General Laws of
Massachusetts, holders of Common Stock are advised as follows with respect to
the proposal to approve the Merger Agreement and the Merger:
If the action proposed in item (i) is approved by the Stockholders at the
meeting and effected by the Company, any stockholder (1) who, before the
taking of the vote on the approval of such action, files with the Company
written objection to the proposed action stating that he intends to demand
payment for his shares if the action is taken and (2) whose shares are not
voted in favor of such action has or may have the right to demand in writing
from the Company, within twenty days after the date of mailing to the
stockholder of notice in writing that the corporate action has become
effective, payment for his shares and an appraisal of the value thereof. The
Company and any such stockholder shall in such case have the rights and duties
and shall follow the procedure set forth in Sections 88 to 98, inclusive, of
Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts.
Reference is made to "Appraisal Rights" in the Proxy Statement and to
Sections 85 through 98 of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts,
copies of which are attached to the Proxy Statement as Appendix D.
By Order of the Board of Directors
Peter B. Tarr
Clerk
THE AFFIRMATIVE VOTE OF THE HOLDERS OF TWO-THIRDS OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES
OF COMMON STOCK ENTITLED TO VOTE THEREON IS REQUIRED TO APPROVE AND ADOPT THE
MERGER AGREEMENT AND THE MERGER. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS URGES YOU TO SIGN AND
RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE, WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO
ATTEND THE MEETING IN PERSON. YOU MAY REVOKE THE PROXY AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO
ITS EXERCISE IN THE MANNER DESCRIBED IN THE ATTACHED PROXY STATEMENT. ANY
STOCKHOLDER PRESENT AT THE SPECIAL MEETING, INCLUDING ANY ADJOURNMENT OR
POSTPONEMENT THEREOF, MAY REVOKE SUCH HOLDER'S PROXY AND VOTE PERSONALLY ON
THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND THE MERGER.
STOCK CERTIFICATES SHOULD BE RETAINED UNTIL LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL ARE
RECEIVED AFTER THE EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER. SEE "THE MERGER AND THE
MERGER AGREEMENT--CONVERSION OF SHARES; PROCEDURES FOR EXCHANGE OF
CERTIFICATES."
2
<PAGE>
PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE HELD ON MAY 21, 1998
This Proxy Statement/Prospectus (the "Proxy Statement") is being furnished
to the holders of common stock, par value $0.20 per share (the "Common
Stock"), of Dynatech Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"
or "Dynatech"), in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of
Directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors" or the "Board") for use at
the Special Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 21, 1998 at 9:00 a.m. at
the offices of Ropes & Gray, 27th Floor, 885 Third Avenue, New York, New York,
and at any adjournments or postponements thereof (the "Special Meeting"). The
Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on April 16, 1998 as the
record date (the "Record Date") for the Special Meeting with respect to this
solicitation.
At the Special Meeting, the holders of Common Stock ("Stockholders") will
consider and vote upon a proposal to approve and adopt an Agreement and Plan
of Merger dated as of December 20, 1997 (the "Merger Agreement") between the
Company and CDRD Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("MergerCo"),
which was organized at the direction of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
("CDR"), a private investment firm, and approve the Merger (as defined below)
contemplated thereby. A copy of the Merger Agreement is attached to this Proxy
Statement as Appendix A.
The Merger Agreement provides, among other things, for the merger of
MergerCo into the Company (the "Merger") with the Company continuing as the
surviving corporation (the "Surviving Corporation"). In the Merger, (i) each
outstanding share of Common Stock will be converted into the right to receive
$47.75 in cash and 0.5 shares of common stock, no par value, of the Surviving
Corporation (the "Recapitalized Common Stock") (such cash and stock
collectively to be known as the "Merger Consideration") except that any shares
held by MergerCo or held in the Company's treasury will be canceled and any
Stockholder who properly dissents from the Merger (the "Dissenting
Stockholders") will be entitled to appraisal rights under Sections 85 to 98 of
Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts (the "MBCL"); and (ii) each
outstanding share of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of MergerCo
("MergerCo Common Stock") will be converted into one share of Recapitalized
Common Stock.
Immediately prior to the Merger, (a) John F. Reno, Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer, together with two family trusts established by Mr.
Reno, will contribute 40,804 shares of Common Stock to MergerCo in exchange
for 799,758 shares of MergerCo Common Stock and (b) Clayton, Dubilier & Rice
Fund V Limited Partnership ("CDR Fund V"), which is managed by CDR, will
purchase 110,790,770 shares of MergerCo Common Stock for approximately $277
million. In the Merger, such shares of MergerCo Common Stock will be converted
into Recapitalized Common Stock as described above. As a result of the Merger
and these related transactions, immediately following the Merger, (x) CDR Fund
V will own approximately 92.3% of the outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock,
(y) Stockholders, other than Mr. Reno and his family trusts will own
approximately 7.0% of the outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock and (z) Mr.
Reno (together with his family trusts) will own approximately 0.7% of the
outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock.
It is the Company's belief that it can delist the Common Stock from the New
York Stock Exchange upon or following the Merger and it is the Company's
intention not to list the Recapitalized Common Stock on any national
securities exchange or automated quotation system. Such delisting is likely to
have a material adverse effect on the trading market for and liquidity of, and
may have a material adverse effect on the market value of shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock. See "Risk Factors--Delisting of Common Stock on
the New York Stock Exchange."
<PAGE>
This Proxy Statement constitutes a prospectus of the Company with respect to
up to 9,193,600 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock to be issued in the
Merger to Stockholders other than Dissenting Stockholders.
THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE "FOR" APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF
THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND MERGER.
Approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger require the
affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of Common Stock
outstanding on the Record Date.
Stockholders are urged to read and consider carefully the information
contained in this Proxy Statement and to consult with their personal legal,
financial and tax advisers.
This Proxy Statement, the accompanying Notice of Special Meeting and the
accompanying form of proxy are first being mailed to Stockholders on or about
May 1, 1998.
IT IS IMPORTANT THAT PROXIES BE RETURNED PROMPTLY. THEREFORE, WHETHER OR NOT
YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING, PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN
THE PROXY CARD IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 43 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR
CONSIDERATION OF THE MERGER.
NEITHER THIS TRANSACTION NOR THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN APPROVED OR
DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION. THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT PASSED UPON THE
FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF THIS TRANSACTION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR MERGERCO. THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT
SHALL NOT IMPLY THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION SET FORTH
HEREIN OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
2
<PAGE>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance
therewith, files, reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Such reports, proxy
statements and other information may be inspected and copied at the public
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20549, and at the following Regional
Offices of the Commission: Northeast Regional Office, 7 World Trade Center,
Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048; and Midwest Regional Office, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such reports
and other information may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20549, on payment of
prescribed charges. In addition, such reports, proxy statements and other
information may be electronically accessed at the Commission's site on the
World Wide Web located at http://www.sec.gov. Such reports, proxy statements
and other information concerning the Company may also be inspected at the
offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York
10005.
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company is required to continue to
comply with the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and will
continue to file periodic reports (including annual and quarterly reports)
with the Commission for at least five years after the consummation of the
Merger. Notwithstanding this requirement, in certain circumstances provided
for in the Merger Agreement, the Company has the right to terminate the
registration of Recapitalized Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange
Act prior to the end of such five-year period. If the Company ceases to be
subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company does
not plan to provide any reports or information to the Stockholders other than
as may be required by law.
All information contained in this Proxy Statement concerning MergerCo, CDR,
CDR Fund V and Associates II Inc. (as defined below) has been supplied by
MergerCo and has not been independently verified by the Company. Except as
otherwise indicated, all other information contained in this Proxy Statement
has been supplied by the Company.
This Proxy Statement also constitutes a prospectus of the Company filed as
part of a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement")
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). This
Proxy Statement omits certain information contained in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits thereto. Reference is made to the Registration
Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the
Company and the Recapitalized Common Stock. Statements contained herein
concerning the contents of any document referred to herein are qualified by
reference to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement or otherwise filed with the Commission.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This Proxy Statement includes information to be disclosed pursuant to Rule
13e-3 under the Exchange Act, which governs so-called "going private"
transactions by certain issuers or their affiliates. The Company, certain
executives of the Company, MergerCo, CDR, CDR Fund V and Associates II Inc.
are filing a Rule 13e-3 Transaction Statement (the "Schedule 13E-3") to
furnish information with respect to the transactions described herein. This
Proxy Statement does not contain all the information set forth in the Schedule
13E-3, parts of which are omitted in accordance with the regulations of the
Commission. The Schedule 13E-3, and any amendments and exhibits thereto,
including exhibits filed as a part thereof, will be available for inspection
at the offices of the Commission as set forth above, as well as at the offices
of the Company at: 3 New England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803. A copy
of the Schedule 13E-3, and any amendments and exhibits thereto, will be
transmitted to any Stockholder of the Company upon written request at the
expense of such Stockholder.
The date of this Proxy Statement is April 29, 1998.
3
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION..................................................... 3
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.................................................... 3
SUMMARY................................................................... 7
SPECIAL FACTORS........................................................... 16
Background of the Merger................................................ 16
Certain Effects of the Merger........................................... 21
Recommendation of Board; Reasons for the Merger; Findings of Fairness... 22
Opinion of Financial Adviser............................................ 23
Beacon Materials........................................................ 28
Report of CSFB.......................................................... 30
Certain Projections..................................................... 34
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences................................ 35
Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger.............................. 40
RISK FACTORS.............................................................. 43
Control by CDR Fund V................................................... 43
Delisting of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange................ 43
Termination of Exchange Act Reporting................................... 43
Potential Dilution of Stockholders...................................... 44
Substantial Leverage; Liquidity......................................... 44
Fraudulent Transfer Considerations...................................... 45
Dependence on Communications Industry................................... 46
Highly Competitive Markets.............................................. 46
Rapid Technological Change; Challenges of New Product Introductions..... 47
Product Certifications and Evolving Industry Standards.................. 47
Dependence on Sole Source Suppliers and Licensors....................... 47
Risks Relating to Business and Growth Strategy, Including Acquisitions.. 48
Risks Relating to Itronix............................................... 48
Reliance on Key Personnel............................................... 49
Restrictive Financing Covenants......................................... 49
Year 2000 Compliance.................................................... 49
Market Share and Competitive Position Data.............................. 50
Forecasts; Limits of Reliability; Forward-Looking Statements ........... 50
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA........................... 52
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS.......................................... 54
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations.......................................................... 54
Overview................................................................ 54
Supplementary Pro Forma Financial Information for the Nine Months Ended
December 31, 1997 Compared to the Nine Months Ended December 31, 1996.. 56
Historical Results...................................................... 58
Nine Months Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to Nine Months Ended
December 31, 1996 on an Historical Basis.............................. 58
Fiscal 1997 Compared to Fiscal 1996--Historical Results................. 58
Fiscal 1996 Compared to Fiscal 1995--Historical Results................. 59
Capital Resources and Liquidity......................................... 60
Year 2000............................................................... 62
New Pronouncements...................................................... 62
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA................. 63
PRO FORMA CAPITALIZATION.................................................. 69
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES........................................ 70
INCOME (EARNINGS) PER SHARE............................................... 71
BOOK VALUE PER SHARE...................................................... 71
MARKET PRICES OF COMMON STOCK............................................. 72
</TABLE>
4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
THE COMPANY............................................................... 74
Competitive Strengths................................................... 74
Business Strategy....................................................... 75
Industry Overview....................................................... 76
Products and Services................................................... 78
Product Development..................................................... 81
Customers and Marketing................................................. 81
Product Assembly........................................................ 82
Competition............................................................. 82
International........................................................... 82
Discontinued Operations and Divested Businesses......................... 82
Backlog................................................................. 82
Employees............................................................... 82
Litigation.............................................................. 83
Intellectual Property................................................... 83
Suppliers............................................................... 83
Environmental Matters................................................... 83
Properties.............................................................. 84
Year 2000............................................................... 84
THE SPECIAL MEETING....................................................... 85
Matters to be Considered at the Special Meeting......................... 85
Record Date and Voting.................................................. 85
Vote Required; Revocability of Proxies.................................. 86
Solicitation of Proxies................................................. 87
THE MERGER AND THE MERGER AGREEMENT....................................... 88
Merger Consideration.................................................... 88
Effective Time of the Merger............................................ 88
Conversion of Shares; Procedures for Exchange of Certificates........... 88
Fractional Shares....................................................... 89
Accounting Treatment.................................................... 89
Effect on Stock Options and Employee Benefit Matters.................... 89
Representations and Warranties.......................................... 90
No Solicitation......................................................... 90
Cooperation and Best Efforts............................................ 91
Conduct of Business Pending the Merger.................................. 91
Indemnification and Insurance........................................... 92
Conditions to the Merger................................................ 92
Termination; Termination Fees........................................... 93
Amendment; Waiver....................................................... 93
DESCRIPTION OF DYNATECH CAPITAL STOCK..................................... 94
Common Stock............................................................ 94
Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock................ 94
RECAPITALIZED COMMON STOCK FOLLOWING THE MERGER........................... 96
COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS.......................................... 97
REGULATORY APPROVALS...................................................... 97
MANAGEMENT................................................................ 98
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.................................................... 101
Summary Compensation Table.............................................. 101
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year....................................... 102
Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End
Option Values.......................................................... 103
</TABLE>
5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS........................... 104
Special Termination Agreements......................................... 104
Employment and Other Agreements........................................ 104
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.................. 106
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE.................. 107
COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH
31, 1997................................................................ 108
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT........... 109
Pre-Merger Beneficial Ownership........................................ 109
Post-Merger Beneficial Ownership of Outstanding Recapitalized Common
Stock................................................................. 110
FEES AND EXPENSES........................................................ 111
MERGER FINANCINGS........................................................ 112
Source and Amount of Funds ............................................ 112
Senior Secured Credit Facilities....................................... 112
Senior Subordinated Notes.............................................. 114
Sale of MergerCo Common Stock.......................................... 115
MERGERCO, CDR FUND V and CDR............................................. 116
MergerCo............................................................... 116
CDR Fund V............................................................. 116
CDR.................................................................... 117
APPRAISAL RIGHTS......................................................... 118
OTHER INFORMATION AND STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS.............................. 119
EXPERTS.................................................................. 119
LEGAL COUNSEL............................................................ 119
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................... F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS........................................ F-2
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..................................................... F-3
Appendix A--Merger Agreement............................................. A-1
Appendix B--Merrill Lynch Opinion........................................ B-1
Appendix C--Amended and Restated Articles of Organization of the
Company................................................................. C-1
Appendix D--Sections 85-98 of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of
Massachusetts........................................................... D-1
</TABLE>
6
<PAGE>
SUMMARY
The following is a summary of material information contained elsewhere in
this Proxy Statement. This summary is not intended to be a complete description
and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed information
contained in this Proxy Statement or in the documents attached as Appendices
hereto. Each Stockholder is urged to give careful consideration to all the
information contained in this Proxy Statement and the Appendices before voting.
FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN IMPORTANT FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY
HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR CONSIDERATION OF THE MERGER,
INCLUDING CERTAIN RISKS RELATED TO THE RECAPITALIZED COMMON STOCK, SEE "RISK
FACTORS."
SPECIAL FACTORS
BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER
For a description of the events leading to the approval and adoption of the
Merger and the Merger Agreement by the Board of Directors, see "Special
Factors--Background of the Merger."
Purpose and Structure of the Merger
The purpose of the Merger and related transactions is to enable CDR Fund V,
through MergerCo, to acquire a controlling interest in the Company, and to
provide Stockholders with the opportunity to receive, for each share of Common
Stock held by them, $47.75 in cash and 0.5 fully paid and nonassessable shares
of the Recapitalized Common Stock. See "The Merger and the Merger Agreement."
Certain Effects of the Merger
On April 16, 1998, Stockholders (other than the directors and executive
officers of the Company) owned 16,746,498 shares of Common Stock which
represent approximately 99.3% of the outstanding Common Stock. Upon
consummation of the Merger, (a) Mr. Reno and his family trusts will own
approximately 0.7% of the outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock and (b) shares
of Recapitalized Common Stock received by Stockholders (other than Mr. Reno and
his family trusts) in the Merger will represent approximately 7.0% of the
outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock. Because the Merger will be accounted
for as a recapitalization, it will have no impact on the historical basis of
the Company's operating assets and liabilities. As a result of the Merger,
there will be a deficit in stockholders' equity of the Company of approximately
$355,018,000 on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 1997. See "Risk Factors--
Substantial Leverage; Liquidity" and "Pro Forma Capitalization."
RECOMMENDATION OF BOARD; REASONS FOR THE MERGER
At a meeting on December 20, 1997, a Special Committee of the Board (the
"Special Committee"), comprised of three independent directors, recommended
that the Board approve the Merger Agreement and the Merger and the Board (other
than John F. Reno, who did not attend or vote at such meeting due to his
participation with CDR and CDR Fund V in the Merger) unanimously approved the
Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the
Merger. The Board has determined that the Merger Agreement is fair to and in
the best interests of the Stockholders and recommends that the Stockholders
vote FOR the approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger.
For a discussion of the factors considered by the Special Committee and the
Board in reaching their recommendations and determination, see "Special
Factors--Background of the Merger" and "--Recommendation of Board; Reasons for
the Merger; Findings of Fairness."
7
<PAGE>
OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISER
On December 20, 1997, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
("Merrill Lynch"), financial adviser to the Board, delivered its oral opinion
to the Special Committee and the Board, which was confirmed by its written
opinion to the Board, dated as of December 20, 1997, to the effect that, based
upon and subject to certain factors and assumptions stated therein, as of such
date, the Merger Consideration to be received in the Merger by the Stockholders
(other than MergerCo and the Company, with respect to treasury stock) is fair
from a financial point of view to such Stockholders. The full text of the
written opinion of Merrill Lynch, which sets forth a description of the
assumptions made, factors considered and limitations on the review undertaken,
is attached hereto as Appendix B. Stockholders are urged to read such opinion
carefully in its entirety. See "Special Factors--Opinion of Financial Adviser."
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
In general, Stockholders who realize a gain in connection with the Merger
should be taxed in the same manner as if they had sold their Common Stock for a
price per share equal to the sum of $47.75 and an amount of cash equal to the
fair market value of 0.5 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock. However, the tax
consequences to each Stockholder are unclear in certain respects and in any
event will depend on each Stockholder's particular circumstances and tax
position. Stockholders should read carefully the discussion in "Special
Factors--Material Federal Income Tax Consequences."
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER
Certain executive officers of the Company have interests, described herein,
that may present them with potential conflicts of interest in connection with
the Merger. The Board of Directors is aware of the conflicts described below
and considered them in addition to other matters described under "Special
Factors--Recommendation of Board; Reasons for the Merger; Findings of
Fairness."
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, except as provided in the following
paragraphs, (i) each outstanding option to purchase Common Stock ("Company
Stock Option") will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to
the Merger, (ii) any Company Stock Option that is outstanding immediately prior
to the Effective Time will be cancelled, and (iii) each holder of any such
cancelled Company Stock Option will receive an amount in cash (subject to any
applicable withholding taxes) equal to the product of (x) the number of shares
of Common Stock subject to such Company Stock Option multiplied by (y) the
excess, if any, of $49.00 over the per share exercise price for such share of
Common Stock ("Option Cancellation Payments"). On April 16, 1998 there were
2,141,399 Company Stock Options outstanding.
In connection with the Merger, the Company entered into employment agreements
with Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler that become effective at the Effective Time
(as defined herein) and supersede the special termination agreements currently
in effect for each such employee. The employment agreements generally provide
for (i) an initial term of five years, commencing at the Effective Time, (ii)
compensation and benefit arrangements that are consistent with the current
compensation and benefit arrangements for such officers, (iii) the payment of
severance compensation and benefits in the event of certain qualifying
terminations of employment following the Merger and (iv) the election of such
officers to serve as directors of the Company during their employment with the
Company. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Reno and his family trusts
will contribute 40,804 shares of Common Stock to MergerCo in exchange for
799,758 shares of MergerCo Common Stock, which shares of MergerCo Common Stock
will be converted into Recapitalized Common Stock in the Merger. Messrs. Reno,
Kline and Peeler currently own options to purchase 413,000 shares, 66,000
shares and 166,400 shares, respectively, of Common Stock. The agreements also
provide for the conversion of an aggregate of 616,600 Company Stock Options
currently held by Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler into equivalent options to
purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock (the exercise prices of which
preserve the economic value of their Company Stock Options), all of which,
other than 20,737 Company
8
<PAGE>
Stock Options held by Mr. Reno, will be fully vested and exercisable. For a
description of the material terms of such new employment agreements, see
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Employment and Other
Agreements." In addition, an aggregate of approximately 483,400 Company Stock
Options held by certain other members of the Company's management will be
converted into equivalent options to purchase shares of Recapitalized Stock
(the exercise prices of which preserve the economic value of their Company
Stock Options), all of which will be fully vested and exercisable, in lieu of
such members of management receiving an Option Cancellation Payment for such
options.
Also following the Effective Time, the Company expects to authorize the grant
of options to purchase approximately 15,680,000 shares of Recapitalized Common
Stock to certain officers and key employees pursuant to one of the Company
Stock Plans.
Prior to the Merger, assuming the vesting and exercise of all Company Stock
Options, Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler would own shares representing
approximately 2.4%, 0.4% and 1.0%, respectively, of the outstanding Common
Stock. Following the Merger, assuming no Stockholders exercise their appraisal
rights, no Company Stock Options are exercised prior to the Merger, the
conversion of Company Stock Options as described above, the issuance of the
options described in the immediately preceding paragraph above and the vesting
and exercise of all outstanding options, Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler would
own shares representing approximately 5.7%, 0.8% and 1.7%, respectively, of the
outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock on a fully diluted basis.
For a list of the names of the persons expected to be directors or executive
officers of the Surviving Corporation (together with such persons'
biographies), see "Management."
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, for a period of six years after the
Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation has agreed to indemnify officers,
directors, employees and agents of the Company and its subsidiaries against
losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities arising out of actions or
omissions or alleged actions or omissions occurring at or prior to the
Effective Time to the same extent provided for in the Company's Restated
Articles of Organization and By-Laws, as amended (to the extent consistent with
applicable law). Further, the Company will maintain during such six-year period
directors' and officers' liability insurance covering the persons who are
currently covered by the Company's existing directors' and officers' liability
insurance with respect to claims arising from facts or events which occurred at
or prior to the Effective Time, on terms and conditions no less favorable to
such directors and officers than those in effect as of December 20, 1997.
Upon or following the Merger, the Company expects to enter into a consulting
agreement with CDR which will provide for (i) an annual fee, initially of
$500,000, for providing management and financial consulting services to the
Company and its subsidiaries and (ii) reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses
it incurs after the Merger, for so long as CDR Fund V has an investment in the
Company and its subsidiaries. Upon or following the Merger, it is expected that
the Company will pay CDR a transaction fee of approximately $9.2 million, plus
reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by CDR in consideration for
services provided by CDR in arranging the Merger, arranging and negotiating the
financing for the Merger, and related services. In addition, it is expected
that, upon and following the Merger, the Company will agree to indemnify CDR
and CDR Fund V and certain related parties, subject to certain limitations,
against all claims and liabilities arising out of or in connection with the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any other applicable securities or other
laws, in connection with the Merger and related transactions and the operation
of the business following the Merger. It is also expected that, upon and
following the Merger, the Company will enter into a registration rights
agreement with the shareholders of MergerCo which will provide that such
shareholders may require the Company to register their shares of Recapitalized
Common Stock under the Securities Act. See "Special Factors--Interests of
Certain Persons."
9
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information, risk factors and consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Proxy
Statement. References herein to a "fiscal" year refer to the Company's fiscal
year ended March 31 in the calendar year indicated (e.g., references to fiscal
1997 are references to the Company's fiscal year ended March 31, 1997). See
"Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" and "Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Consolidated Financial Data". The market share and competitive
position data contained in this Proxy Statement are approximations derived from
Company estimates, which the Company believes to be reasonable but which have
not been independently verified and, to a lesser extent, from industry sources,
which the Company has not independently verified. The Company believes that
such data are inherently imprecise, but are generally indicative of its
relative market share and competitive position.
The Company develops, manufactures and sells market-leading test, analysis,
communications and computing equipment in three product categories:
. Communications Test. The Company believes that its subsidiary,
Telecommunications Techniques Corporation ("TTC"), is the second largest
U.S. provider of communications test instruments (by U.S. sales). TTC
provides products to communications service providers (such as the
Regional Bell Operating Companies ("RBOCs"), long-distance companies and
competitive access providers), service users (such as large corporate and
government network operators), and manufacturers of communications
equipment and systems. TTC's broad test and analysis product line ranges
from portable units (used by field service technicians to test telephone
and data communications lines and services) to centralized test and
monitoring systems installed in telephone company central offices. TTC's
communications test business accounted for 52% of the Company's sales (or
approximately $184.9 million) for the nine months ended December 31,
1997.
. Industrial Computing and Communications. The Company addresses two
distinct segments of the North American ruggedized computer market. The
Company's Industrial Computer Source Inc. subsidiary ("ICS") is the only
significant direct marketer of computer products and systems designed to
withstand excessive temperatures, dust, moisture and vibration in harsh
operating environments such as production facilities. ICS markets to
engineers, scientists and production managers through its widely
recognized Industrial Computer Source-Book catalogs. The Company's
Itronix Corporation subsidiary ("Itronix") sells ruggedized portable
communications and computing devices used by field-service workers for
telephone companies, utilities, insurance companies and other
organizations with large field-service workforces. The Company's
industrial computing and communications business accounted for 31% of the
Company's sales (or approximately $111.0 million) for the nine months
ended December 31, 1997.
. Visual Communications. The Company's visual communications business
consists principally of two market-leading niche-focused subsidiaries:
(i) AIRSHOW Inc. ("AIRSHOW") is the world leader in passenger cabin video
information display systems and information services for the general and
commercial aviation markets; and (ii) da Vinci Systems Inc. ("da Vinci")
is the world leader in digital color enhancement systems used in the
process of transferring film images into electronic signals--a process
commonly used to transfer film images to video for use in the production
of television commercials and programming. The Company's visual
communications business accounted for 16% of the Company's sales (or
approximately $57.5 million) for the nine months ended December 31, 1997.
For the nine months ended December 31, 1997, the Company generated sales of
$353.3 million.
10
<PAGE>
THE SPECIAL MEETING
TIME AND PLACE; MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING
The Special Meeting will be held at 9:00 a.m. on May 21, 1998, at the offices
of Ropes & Gray, 27th Floor, 885 Third Avenue, New York, New York. At the
Special Meeting, Stockholders will consider and vote upon (i) a proposal to
approve and adopt the Merger Agreement and the Merger; and (ii) such other
matters as may properly be brought before the Special Meeting. See "The Special
Meeting--Matters To Be Considered at the Special Meeting" and "Other
Information and Stockholder Proposals."
RECORD DATE AND VOTING
The Record Date for the Special Meeting is the close of business on April 16,
1998. At the close of business on the Record Date, there were 16,864,434 shares
of Common Stock outstanding and entitled to vote, held by approximately 922
Stockholders of record. Each holder of Common Stock on the Record Date will be
entitled to one vote for each share held of record. The presence, either in
person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock entitled to be voted is necessary to constitute a quorum at the
Special Meeting. Abstentions (including broker non-votes) are included in the
calculation of the number of votes represented at a meeting for purposes of
determining whether a quorum has been achieved. See "The Special Meeting--
Record Date and Voting."
VOTE REQUIRED; REVOCABILITY OF PROXIES
Approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger requires the
affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock entitled to vote thereon. At the close of business on April 16,
1998, there were 16,864,434 shares of Common Stock outstanding and entitled to
vote, held by approximately 922 Stockholders of record. Messrs. Reno, Kline and
Peeler intend to vote their shares of Common Stock, which represent in the
aggregate approximately 0.4% of the outstanding Common Stock, in favor of the
approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger. The members of
the Board (other than Mr. Reno) intend to vote their shares of Common Stock,
which, as of the close of business on April 16, 1998, represented in the
aggregate approximately 0.2% of the outstanding Common Stock, in favor of the
approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger.
The required vote of Stockholders to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement
and the Merger is based upon the total number of outstanding shares of Common
Stock on the Record Date. The failure to submit a proxy card (or vote in person
at the Special Meeting) or the abstention from voting by a Stockholder
(including broker non-votes) will have the same effect as an "against" vote
with respect to the adoption and approval of the Merger Agreement and the
Merger. Proxies that do not contain any instruction to vote for or against a
particular matter will be voted in favor of such matter. See "The Special
Meeting--Vote Required; Revocability of Proxies" and "The Merger and the Merger
Agreement--Conditions to the Merger."
The presence of a Stockholder at the Special Meeting will not automatically
revoke such Stockholder's proxy. However, a Stockholder may revoke a proxy at
any time prior to its exercise by (i) delivering to the Clerk of the Company, 3
New England Executive Park, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803, a written notice
of revocation prior to the Special Meeting, (ii) delivering prior to the
Special Meeting a duly executed proxy bearing a later date or (iii) attending
the Special Meeting and voting in person. Unless revoked in one of the manners
set forth above, proxies in the form enclosed will be voted at the Special
Meeting in accordance with Stockholders' instructions.
SOLICITATION OF PROXIES
The Company will bear the cost of soliciting proxies from Stockholders. The
Company has retained McKenzie Partners, Inc. to aid in the solicitation of
proxies from Stockholders. The fees of McKenzie Partners,
11
<PAGE>
Inc. are to be paid by the Company and are not expected to exceed $10,000 plus
reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses. In addition to soliciting proxies by
mail, the directors, officers and employees of the Company may solicit proxies
by telephone, by telegram or in person. Such directors, officers and employees
will not be additionally compensated for any such solicitation but may be
reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection
therewith. Arrangements will also be made with brokerage firms and other
custodians, nominees and fiduciaries to forward solicitation materials to the
beneficial owners of shares held of record by such persons, and the Company
will reimburse such brokerage firms, custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection therewith.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
As of April 16, 1998, the directors and executive officers of the Company
beneficially owned, in the aggregate, 117,936 shares of Common Stock,
representing approximately 0.7% of such shares outstanding. See "Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."
12
<PAGE>
THE MERGER
GENERAL
Upon the consummation of the Merger, MergerCo will be merged with and into
the Company and the Company will continue as the surviving corporation (the
"Surviving Corporation"). The Surviving Corporation will succeed to all the
rights and obligations of the Company and MergerCo.
EFFECTIVE TIME OF MERGER
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the "Effective Time" will occur upon filing
the Articles of Merger with the Massachusetts Secretary of State and the
Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State.
EFFECT OF THE MERGER
At the Effective Time, (i) each share of Common Stock outstanding immediately
prior to the Effective Time will be converted into the right to receive $47.75
in cash and 0.5 fully paid and nonassessable shares of Recapitalized Common
Stock (except that any shares held by MergerCo or held in the Company's
treasury will be canceled, and any stockholder that properly dissents from the
Merger will be entitled to appraisal rights under the MBCL); and (ii) each
share of MergerCo Common Stock will be converted into one share of
Recapitalized Common Stock. The Company expects to treat the Merger as a
recapitalization for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the historical
basis of the Company's assets and liabilities will not be affected by the
transaction.
FRACTIONAL SHARES
Fractional shares of Recapitalized Common Stock will not be issued in the
Merger. Stockholders otherwise entitled to a fractional share of Recapitalized
Common Stock following the Merger will be paid cash in lieu of such fractional
share as described in "The Merger and the Merger Agreement--Fractional Shares."
CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER
The obligations of the Company and MergerCo to consummate the Merger are
subject to various conditions, including the approval and adoption of the
Merger Agreement and the Merger by the requisite vote of Stockholders, the
absence of any injunction or other legal restraint preventing consummation of
the Merger and the expiration of the applicable waiting period imposed by the
Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR
Act"). On February 23, 1998, the waiting period under the HSR Act was
terminated.
In addition, MergerCo's obligations to effect the Merger are subject to,
among other things, (i) holders of no more than 5% of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock having perfected their appraisal rights in accordance with the
requirements of the MBCL; (ii) there being no material adverse effect on the
business, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or other) or results of
operations of the Company since September 30, 1997; and (iii) the Company
having obtained sufficient funds pursuant to the Financing (as hereinafter
defined) to pay the Merger Consideration and to meet other capital needs as
provided in the Merger Agreement. See "The Merger and the Merger Agreement--
Conditions to the Merger" and "Merger Financings."
MERGER FINANCINGS
The Company expects that approximately $865.3 million will be required to (i)
finance the payment of the Merger Consideration, (ii) pay Option Cancellation
Payments and (iii) pay the fees and expenses expected to be incurred in
connection with the Merger. It is contemplated that at the Effective Time, (a)
$292.9 million of bank financing will be borrowed pursuant to senior secured
credit facilities, including $260.0 million pursuant to a Term Loan Facility
(as defined herein) and $32.9 million under a Revolving Credit Facility (as
defined herein) (the "Senior Secured Credit Facilities"), with a group of banks
led by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company ("Morgan") and Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation ("CSFB") and (b) $275.0 million in gross proceeds will be provided
13
<PAGE>
through the sale of Senior Subordinated Notes (the "Senior Subordinated Notes")
(collectively, the "Financing"). At the Effective Time, the Company expects to
have at least $20.4 million of cash on-hand to use in connection with the
Merger and approximately $277.0 million of proceeds from the sale of MergerCo
Common Stock to CDR Fund V, which proceeds will become an asset of the Company
upon effectiveness of the Merger. The following table illustrates the estimated
sources and uses of funds necessary to consummate the Merger:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SOURCES
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
---------------------
<S> <C>
Senior Secured Credit Facilities:
Revolving Credit Facility...... $ 32.9
Tranche A Term Loan............ 50.0
Tranche B Term Loan............ 70.0
Tranche C Term Loan............ 70.0
Tranche D Term Loan............ 70.0
Senior Subordinated Notes........ 275.0
Shareholders' Equity............. 277.0
Cash............................. 20.4
------
Total Sources.................. $865.3
======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
USES
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
---------------------
<S> <C>
Purchase of Common Stock...... $803.1
Option Cancellation Payments.. 22.7
Estimated Fees and Expenses... 39.5
------
Total Uses.................. $865.3
======
</TABLE>
TREATMENT OF COMPANY STOCK OPTIONS
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, except as provided in the following
paragraph, (i) each Company Stock Option will become fully vested and
exercisable immediately prior to the Merger, (ii) any Company Stock Option that
is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be cancelled and
(iii) each holder of any such cancelled Company Stock Option will receive, in
consideration of such cancellation, an Option Cancellation Payment. The Option
Cancellation Payment will be paid in cash as of or as soon as practicable after
the Effective Time. See "Special Factors--Interests of Certain Persons in the
Merger."
Pursuant to the terms of new employment agreements entered into with each of
Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler, in lieu of receiving an Option Cancellation
Payment in respect of their outstanding Company Stock Options (or in Mr.
Peeler's case, in respect of 137,600 options), such Company Stock Options will
be converted as of the Effective Time into equivalent options to purchase
shares of Recapitalized Common Stock (with exercise prices which preserve the
economic value of their current Company Stock Options), all of which, other
than 20,737 Company Stock Options held by Mr. Reno, will be fully vested and
exercisable. In addition, an aggregate of approximately 483,400 Company Stock
Options held by certain other members of the Company's management (together
with Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler, the "Management Stockholders") will be
converted into equivalent options to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common
Stock in lieu of such Management Stockholders receiving an Option Cancellation
Payment in respect of such options. Following the Merger, it is expected that
certain officers and key employees will receive new options to acquire shares
of Recapitalized Common Stock after the Merger. See "Special Factors--Interests
of Certain Persons in the Merger."
TERMINATION; TERMINATION FEES
The Merger Agreement may be terminated and the Merger abandoned prior to the
Effective Time: (i) upon the mutual written consent of the Company and
MergerCo; (ii) by either the Company or MergerCo, if the Merger is not
completed by June 30, 1998 (provided that this right to terminate shall not be
available to a party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under the Merger
Agreement has been the cause of such delay); (iii) by either the Company or
MergerCo if a court or other governmental body has issued a nonappealable final
statute, order, decree or regulation permanently restraining, enjoining or
otherwise legally prohibiting the Merger; (iv) by either the Company or
MergerCo, if (A) the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Common
Stock entitled to vote fail to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement and the
Merger or (B) the Board of Directors withdraws or modifies its approval or
recommendation of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated
thereunder in a
14
<PAGE>
manner adverse to MergerCo or recommends a Company Takeover Proposal (as
defined in "The Merger and the Merger Agreement--No Solicitation"); (v) by
MergerCo, if a tender offer or exchange offer for 20% or more of the
outstanding Common Stock is commenced by a third party and the Board of
Directors fails to recommend that the Stockholders not tender their shares in
such tender or exchange offer; or (vi) by either the Company or MergerCo, upon
15 days' prior written notice, if the other party breaches or fails to comply
with any of its material representations or warranties or obligations under the
Merger Agreement such that the conditions to the obligations of the terminating
party would be incapable of being satisfied by the Effective Time.
The Company will be obligated to pay CDR a fee of $24,500,000 in the event
the Merger Agreement is terminated in any of the following manners: (a) by
either the Company or MergerCo if holders of two-thirds of the outstanding
Common Stock fail to approve the Merger, (b) by MergerCo if the Company
materially breaches a representation or a covenant, or (c) by MergerCo if a
tender offer for 20% or more of the outstanding Common Stock is commenced and
the Board of Directors fails to recommend that Stockholders not tender their
shares in such offer, provided, that in the case of the foregoing (a), (b) or
(c), a Company Takeover Proposal shall have been previously made public and a
Company Takeover Event (as defined under "The Merger and the Merger Agreement--
Termination; No-Solicitation") shall have occurred within twelve months of the
termination of the Merger Agreement. Such fee shall also be payable if the
Merger Agreement is terminated by either the Company or MergerCo if the Board
of Directors or the Special Committee withdraws or modifies its recommendation
in a manner adverse to MergerCo. In addition, if the Merger Agreement is
terminated, the Company will be obligated to reimburse MergerCo for its
documented expenses up to $5,000,000. No fees or expenses are payable if the
Merger Agreement is terminated due to the failure of MergerCo to fulfill any of
its material obligations or because recapitalization accounting is not
applicable to this transaction.
MERGERCO
MergerCo is a newly formed Delaware corporation which was organized at the
direction of CDR in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger
Agreement. MergerCo is a nonsubstantive transitory merger vehicle which will be
merged out of existence at the Effective Time. Accordingly, it is not expected
to have significant assets or liabilities (other than those arising under the
Merger Agreement) or to engage in any activities (other than those incident to
its formation and the Merger). The authorized capital stock of MergerCo
consists of 125,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01, of which no
shares are currently outstanding.
APPRAISAL RIGHTS
Holders of Common Stock have the right to dissent from approval and adoption
of the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, and, subject
to strict compliance with certain requirements of the MBCL, to receive payment
for the "fair value," as defined in the MBCL, of their Common Stock. These
requirements are described under "Appraisal Rights" and in the provisions of
Sections 85 through 98 of the MBCL, which are attached as Appendix D to this
Proxy Statement.
RISK FACTORS
Holders of Common Stock should carefully consider certain risk factors
discussed in more detail elsewhere in this Proxy Statement in connection with
their consideration of the Merger. See "Risk Factors."
MARKET PRICES OF COMMON STOCK
The Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol
"DYT." On December 19, 1997, the last trading day before the public
announcement that the Company executed the Merger Agreement,
the reported closing sale price per share of Common Stock was $36.75. On April
28, 1998, the last full trading day prior to the date of this Proxy Statement,
the reported closing sale price per share of Common Stock was $48.5625. For
additional information concerning historical market prices of the Common Stock,
see "Market Prices of Common Stock."
15
<PAGE>
SPECIAL FACTORS
BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER
In early July 1997, the Company's stock was trading in the range of $36 to
$37 per share. John F. Reno believed that the market price of the Company's
stock was subject to significant volatility based upon minor discrepancies
between analysts' projected earnings and actual earnings. Mr. Reno further
believed the Company's announced plan of selective acquisitions was hampered
by the short-term perspective of many investors whose desires often conflict
with the long-term strategic steps taken in the best interests of the Company.
On July 10, 1997, representatives of The Beacon Group Capital Services,
L.L.C. ("Beacon"), the strategic advisory unit of an investment and advisory
firm, met with Mr. Reno, at his suggestion. Beacon had recently acquired a
firm which, since 1994, had provided financial advisory services to the
Company in connection with its divestiture program and other strategic
initiatives. At the meeting, Beacon and Mr. Reno discussed various methods to
increase shareholder value and Beacon presented Mr. Reno with an unsolicited
analysis prepared by Beacon dated July 10, 1997 (the "July 10 Analysis"). The
July 10 Analysis was by its own terms based on incomplete historical and
financial data and limited discussions with senior management of the Company.
The July 10 Analysis suggested that, while the Company's stock market value
had increased significantly since the Company's announcement of a
restructuring program in 1994, based on Beacon's preliminary analysis of the
underlying values of the Company's current businesses, the Company's stock
appeared to be undervalued. The July 10 Analysis also generally outlined
strategic alternatives, including divestiture of certain of the Company's
business units, add-on acquisitions and strategic alliances, strategic sales
and mergers and identified a number of sale strategies to be considered. See
"--Beacon Materials." Given the preliminary nature of the valuations, Mr. Reno
did not believe it appropriate to provide the July 10 Analysis to the Board.
He advised Beacon's representatives that he would consider continued
discussions with Beacon after consultation with other members of the Company's
senior management. Beacon and Mr. Reno agreed that Beacon was not retained as
a financial advisor to the Company to advise it on methods to increase
shareholder value, because Beacon was interested in advising management and/or
participating as an equity partner on any potential transaction.
At a meeting of the Board held on July 30, 1997, Mr. Reno advised the
directors that he believed that a strategic transaction might be possible.
Management's reason for pursuing such a transaction, he explained, would be
(i) to provide public shareholders with a premium price for their shares, in
cash, (ii) to enable the Company to make acquisitions using the purchase
method of accounting without concerns for the near-term stock price impacts of
such accounting, which frequently reduces reported earnings, as currently
required by generally accepted accounting principles and (iii) to enable the
Company to provide employees with a significant potential equity incentive in
the Surviving Corporation.
In early to mid-August, Mr. Reno advised Messrs. Kline and Peeler that a
strategic transaction that would be in the best interests of the Company's
shareholders might be possible, and indicated that he had met with Beacon's
representatives on a preliminary basis. On August 21, 1997, Mr. Reno, together
with Messrs. Kline and Peeler, met with representatives of Beacon to discuss
the attractiveness and feasibility of a recapitalization of the Company in
which Beacon hoped to act as a principal investor. The other options
previously discussed, i.e., divestiture of businesses, add-on acquisitions and
strategic alliances, and strategic sales or mergers, were not pursued because
management believed they had already largely been instituted, to the extent
practicable. The Company had already divested numerous businesses as part of
its restructuring program, had completed add-on acquisitions, and had entered
into strategic alliances. The strategic sales and mergers outlined in the July
10 Analysis represented opportunities that the Company had, for the most part,
previously considered and rejected principally because of (i) adverse tax
consequences related to the sale of businesses in which the Company maintains
a low basis, and (ii) the belief that a strategic merger partner would be
primarily interested in TTC and would not offer a price that would maximize
the value of the Company's other subsidiaries.
16
<PAGE>
On September 3, 1997, as part of a proposal to become a significant investor
in the Company, Beacon sent to Mr. Kline a draft of a financial analysis based
on income statement assumptions. Discussions regarding a recapitalization of
the Company continued with Beacon by telephone. In late September, Mr. Reno
advised Beacon that he would like to distribute the equity from the top levels
of management more broadly among many levels of management. On October 2, 1997
Beacon revised its assumptions accordingly. On October 3, 1997 Messrs. Reno,
Kline and Peeler attended a meeting at Beacon's offices at which a revised
recapitalization model was discussed. On October 16, 1997, representatives
from Beacon visited TTC for a due diligence meeting with Mr. Peeler. Also on
October 16, 1997, Mr. Kline provided Beacon with an outline, prepared by Hale
and Dorr LLP, of proposed executive compensation for senior management of the
Company, for use by Beacon in its financial modeling. On October 17, 1997, Mr.
Kline attended a meeting at Beacon's offices to discuss transaction
structuring alternatives. In the weeks after these meetings, management
continued to believe in the merits of a recapitalization, but began to
consider alternatives to working with Beacon as an equity partner. Management
had concerns about, (i) Beacon's inability to finance a transaction without
other equity partners, (ii) Beacon's stated intent to hire a consultant to
assist it in its due diligence investigation of the Company, which would have
lengthened the due diligence process substantially, and (iii) Beacon's
preliminary and illustrative financing plans which involved leveraging the
Company at a debt to EBITDA ratio in excess of 6.0, a level which concerned
management.
At a meeting of the Board held on October 14, 1997, Mr. Reno advised the
directors that management was engaged in discussions with Beacon and that he
believed a recapitalization might be feasible but would require further
investigation with potential partners. He asked Mr. Lochridge if the Board
would object to Hale and Dorr LLP, the Company's outside counsel, serving as
counsel to management in connection with a potential transaction in which
management might participate. The directors conferred, without Mr. Reno, and
agreed to engage counsel to assist them in carrying out their duties if an
offer for such a recapitalization should be made. The six independent
directors requested that Messrs. Lochridge and Kozlowski take responsibility
for selection of an independent legal advisor.
From October 27, 1997 to November 3, 1997, the Company delivered financial
information to Beacon, which was used by Beacon, as a potential principal
investor, to prepare financial models. Beacon later prepared and delivered a
second analysis, dated November 5, 1997 (the "November 5 Analysis") which it
marked "For Illustrative Purposes Only." The November 5 Analysis included a
summary of debt coverage ratios, internal rates of return, purchase price
multiples, and pro forma ownership of a recapitalized company, assuming a
value of $52 per share and equity contributions of $238 million and $250.5
million, of which Beacon could contribute a portion. See "--Beacon Materials."
Management did not deliver the November 5 Analysis to the Board because the
models were "For Illustrative Purposes Only" and management continued to have
concerns with respect to Beacon's role as an equity partner.
On November 20, 1997, management advised Beacon that, due to the
uncertainties related to any potential transaction that would be subject to
the equity financing and due diligence constraints contemplated by Beacon and
the other factors discussed above, it was not prepared to pursue a transaction
with Beacon. Beacon was not retained to advise the Board, the shareholders of
the Company or its management.
On November 5, 1997, based in part on the recommendation of Mr. Kozlowski, a
director of the Company, who had had previous business dealings with CDR,
Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler met with principals of CDR and discussed a
potential transaction. The Company and CDR entered into a confidentiality
agreement. During the week of November 10, 1997, Mr. Kline accompanied
representatives of CDR on due diligence visits to certain of the Company's
operating subsidiaries. Management later determined that it was interested in
working with CDR to prepare a proposal for the recapitalization of the Company
based, in part, on CDR's expertise in structuring, negotiating, securing
financing for and effectuating similar transactions. In addition, management
was convinced of the unique value to be gained from CDR's partners with
operating industry experience who would be available to advise the Company in
the future.
At a meeting held on November 13, 1997, Mr. Lochridge and Mr. Kozlowski met
with a representative of the firm of Ropes & Gray and engaged that firm as
counsel to the Company's independent directors.
17
<PAGE>
On November 20, 1997, Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler met again with CDR to
discuss various aspects of a potential transaction. At that meeting, Mr. Reno
advised CDR that Company management was interested in working with CDR to
prepare a proposal for recapitalizing the Company. At this November 20
meeting, and over the course of the next week, representatives of CDR, members
of management and their advisors discussed transaction alternatives with a
view to identifying a structure that would permit the payment of an all-cash
purchase price to the unaffiliated shareholders. However, the parties
concluded that these alternatives would not permit the transaction to be
treated as a recapitalization for financial reporting purposes.
On November 21, 1997, Mr. Reno reached Mr. Lochridge and Mr. Kozlowski by
telephone and informed them that there was a high probability that a proposal
would be forthcoming from members of management, together with a fund managed
by CDR. Mr. Reno informed them of the general timetable for submitting such
proposal. Messrs. Reno, Lochridge and Kozlowski did not discuss the type or
amount of consideration of any such proposal.
Mr. Lochridge and Mr. Kozlowski contacted Ropes & Gray and arranged to hold
a special meeting of the Board without Mr. Reno. This meeting of all directors
(other than Mr. Reno) and a representative of Ropes & Gray was held on
November 24, 1997. At the meeting, Mr. Lochridge informed the Board that,
based on recent conversations with Mr. Reno, he believed that management,
together with CDR, would soon propose an offer for a strategic transaction
that would enable shareholders to realize value for their shares at a
substantial premium over recent trading values. The Board discussed and agreed
that Hale and Dorr LLP should be permitted to act as counsel to the management
employees who were participating in the proposed transaction (together with
CDR, the "CDR/Management Group"). The discussion also included the contours of
a possible offer, the members of management who would be involved in the
transaction, the risk to the Company if the transaction were attempted but not
completed, and the responsibilities of the Board and of the independent
directors in relation to the subject matter. The directors voted unanimously
to establish a Special Committee comprised of three independent directors: Mr.
Lochridge (Chairman), Mr. Kozlowski and Mr. Gabbard. They delegated to the
Special Committee the power to consider and negotiate such a transaction if
the offer were made and to engage independent investment bankers to act as
financial advisers to the independent directors. They specified that any
definitive action in relation to the matter should be reported to and
considered by all of the independent directors (i.e. the full board absent Mr.
Reno). There was discussion of the fact that a Merrill Lynch equity research
analyst followed the Company and therefore, Merrill Lynch was a likely choice
of independent financial advisor if it was free of conflict.
Following the meeting, the Special Committee determined to retain Merrill
Lynch as the financial adviser to the independent directors on the basis of
its familiarity with the Company and its business and its experience and
expertise and asked Merrill Lynch to begin its analysis of the Company.
On December 3, 1997, a meeting was held at the offices of Debevoise &
Plimpton, counsel to CDR, at which Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler made
presentations to representatives of CDR, CSFB and J.P. Morgan Securities,
Inc., as potential sources of financing for the possible recapitalization of
the Company, Merrill Lynch and Ropes & Gray. During the meeting, management
presented an overview of the Company's business and provided projections for
the business (the "Management Projections"). Mr. Kozlowski and Mr. Paul,
independent directors of the Company, attended this meeting.
From December 3, 1997 until December 10, 1997, representatives of CDR
negotiated with Messrs. Reno, Peeler and Kline the terms of their employment
with the Surviving Corporation. See "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions--Employment and Other Agreements."
A meeting of the full Board (except for Mr. Reno) was held on December 9,
1997, at which representatives of Ropes & Gray were present. Mr. Kozlowski
reported that the Special Committee had retained Merrill Lynch to act as
financial advisers to the Company's independent directors. Representatives of
Merrill Lynch were thereupon invited to join the meeting.
18
<PAGE>
At the December 9 meeting, the directors considered whether or not the
Company should entertain a possible offer along the lines discussed at the
November 24 meeting. With legal advice from Ropes & Gray and financial advice
from Merrill Lynch, the Board concluded that it was appropriate to continue
discussions with CDR. The Board also determined not to openly solicit third-
party bids as a public auction might result in a loss of key personnel,
possibly reducing the value of the Company. Representatives of Merrill Lynch
discussed with the directors their recent contact with the CDR/Management
Group and the management presentations made at the December 3, 1997 due
diligence meeting. The Merrill Lynch representatives informed the Board that
the CDR/Management Group had communicated a preliminary offer to recapitalize
the Company in a transaction that would represent a value of between $43 and
$45 per public share (the "Initial Offer") consisting principally of cash but
also involving retention by the Stockholders of an ongoing equity interest of
approximately 6% in the Surviving Corporation. Such proposed recapitalization
would be financed through a combination of bank and subordinated debt and an
equity investment by CDR of approximately $240 million. The Board discussed
various issues with the Merrill Lynch representatives regarding the Initial
Offer including the availability of a period of time during which other
interested parties could express an interest in acquiring the Company. The
Board concluded that any transaction with the CDR/Management Group must be
structured so that the Company would have the flexibility to accept an
acquisition proposal from a third party and to terminate the transaction with
the CDR/Management Group.
On December 12, 1997, at a meeting of the Board, the CDR/Management Group,
their legal counsel and their proposed lenders, presented the Initial Offer
including the form of the proposed transaction, the price range, the proposed
financing and the expected timing. A representative of CDR stated that they
expected approximately 94% of the Merger Consideration to be paid in cash and
the remainder to be paid in common stock of the recapitalized entity. Members
of the CDR/Management Group and their proposed lenders responded to questions
from the directors and from Merrill Lynch. The meeting was continued without
the CDR/Management Group, their counsel or proposed lenders, at which time the
Board discussed the Initial Offer with Ropes & Gray and Merrill Lynch. During
this meeting Merrill Lynch summarized the analyses of the Company it performed
in connection with their review of the Initial Offer, which are more fully
described under "--Opinion of Financial Adviser." Copies of the written
reports of Merrill Lynch to the Board have been filed as exhibits to the
Schedule 13E-3 described under "Additional Information." Merrill Lynch noted
the differences between the Company's strategic business plan (the "May
Strategic Plan") presented in May 1997 for its subsidiary TTC and reviewed by
Merrill Lynch in the course of its due diligence review of the Management
Projections.
The May Strategic Plan reflected projected sales for TTC of $238.0 million,
$290.4 million and $354.5 million, for the years ended March 31, 1998, 1999
and 2000, respectively, and projected earnings before interest, taxes and
amortization ("EBITA") for TTC of $50.0 million, $64.8 million and $84.0
million, for the years ended March 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. The
projected sales for TTC included in the Management Projections were $239.8
million, $266.2 million and $298.7 million, for the years ended March 31,
1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively, and the projected EBITA for TTC included in
the Management Projections were $51.7 million, $53.0 million and $58.5
million, for the years ended March 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. See
"--Certain Projections." The differences between the projected sales and EBITA
for TTC reflected in the May Strategic Plan and the projected sales and EBITA
for TTC included in the Management Projections are due primarily to a two
percent downward adjustment in anticipated market growth rates, an adjustment
related to anticipated delays in new product introductions, an adjustment due
to earlier than expected significant product orders and a reduction in
expected market penetration rates for certain products.
At the request of the Board, Merrill Lynch contacted members of the
CDR/Management Group to discuss the Initial Offer. Merrill Lynch informed the
CDR/Management Group that the Board requested that Merrill Lynch discuss with
management the differences between the May Strategic Plan and what is
reflected in the Management Projections, which reflected a lower projected
rate of revenue growth in TTC and in TTC's projected operating profit margin.
Merrill Lynch had discussions with members of the CDR/Management Group between
December 12 and 15, 1997 to review the Management Projections.
As a result of Merrill Lynch's discussions with management and its due
diligence investigation, Merrill Lynch formulated a set of adjustments to the
Management Projections (the Management Projections as adjusted,
19
<PAGE>
the "Adjusted Projections") which reflected an increase in the projected rate
of growth and in the projected operating profit margin above the levels set
forth in the Management Projections. While Merrill Lynch considered the
Management Projections to be reasonably prepared, Merrill Lynch developed the
Adjusted Projections, based on more optimistic assumptions, to assist in the
negotiation process. See "Special Factors--Certain Projections."
On December 15, 1997, at another meeting of the Board at which all members
other than John Reno were present, the Board discussed the Initial Offer with
its financial and legal advisers. Merrill Lynch reported the results of its
analysis of the Management Projections, noting differences between those
projections and the Adjusted Projections with respect to TTC's revenue growth
and operating profit margin. The Board instructed Merrill Lynch to inform the
CDR/Management Group that the Initial Offer was not acceptable. Later that
day, Merrill Lynch met with representatives of CDR to convey this message and
suggested that representatives of the CDR/Management Group, Merrill Lynch and
Messrs. Lochridge and Kozlowski meet the following day to discuss the Initial
Offer.
On December 16, 1997, Messrs. Lochridge and Kozlowski and representatives of
Merrill Lynch met with principals of CDR. After discussing the proposed
transaction and the Initial Offer, the CDR representatives stated that they
were prepared to raise the Initial Offer substantially to $48.00 per share,
approximately 98% of which would consist of cash and approximately 2% of which
would consist of shares of Recapitalized Common Stock, (the "Revised Offer")
and that they believed that the Revised Offer was the best offer they would be
able to make. Messrs. Lochridge and Kozlowski and representatives of Merrill
Lynch conferred privately and concluded that the Revised Offer was
insufficient in light of the Adjusted Projections. See "--Certain
Projections." They informed the CDR representatives that the Revised Offer was
still too low but that they would be willing to take an offer of $49.00-$50.00
to the Board for discussion. After conferring, the CDR representatives stated
that they could offer $49.00 per share, $47.75 to be paid in cash and the
remainder to be paid in shares of Recapitalized Common Stock (the "Final
Offer") which would be valued based on the purchase price CDR Fund V paid per
share of Recapitalized Common Stock. Later that day, at a meeting of the Board
of Directors, at which all directors, other than Mr. Reno, were present, Mr.
Kozlowski reported the results of their discussions to the directors. After
discussion, it was agreed that the Final Offer merited consideration. The
Board instructed Merrill Lynch to analyze the Final Offer and Ropes & Gray to
negotiate the terms of the proposed Agreement and Plan of Merger with the
CDR/Management Group representatives.
From December 16 through December 19, 1997, Ropes & Gray negotiated the
terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger with representatives of the
CDR/Management Group.
On December 20, 1997, at a meeting of the Board at which all directors
(other than Mr. Reno) were present, the directors discussed the
recapitalization structure of the proposed transaction, the Final Offer and
the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, among other issues, with its
accountants and financial and legal advisers. Representatives of Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P. from the Boston office, the Company's independent accountants,
reviewed for the Board the accounting principles and judgments related to the
closing requirement that the Merger receive recapitalization accounting
treatment. The Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. representatives informed the Board
that they believed that the Merger should be accounted for as a
recapitalization. Ropes & Gray reviewed the material terms of the Merger
Agreement and Merrill Lynch reviewed the process it had conducted to review
the financial aspects of the Merger and the Merger Agreement, updated its
report to the Board given on December 12, 1997 to further refine the Adjusted
Projections based on additional information obtained in the interim and
delivered its oral opinion to the Special Committee and the Board, which was
confirmed by its written opinion to the Board, dated as of December 20, 1997,
to the effect that, based upon and subject to certain factors and assumptions
stated therein, as of such date, the Merger Consideration to be received in
the Merger by Stockholders (other than MergerCo and the Company, with respect
to treasury stock) is fair, from a financial point of view, to such
Stockholders. The information presented under "Special Factors--Certain
Projections" reflects Merrill Lynch's updated report of December 20, 1997. In
addition, Merrill Lynch discussed strategic alternatives other than the
transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including the separate sale
or spin-off of certain of the Company's subsidiaries. Merrill Lynch expressed
its view that the Merger would likely
20
<PAGE>
result in a more favorable financial outcome to the Stockholders than
potential alternatives in light of the size and low tax basis in the stock and
assets of those subsidiaries. Merrill Lynch concluded that the Final Offer,
expressed as a multiple of EBITDA of the last twelve months, compared
favorably to the expected terms of a sale of those subsidiaries on an after-
tax basis and to the value of which certain subsidiaries would trade upon a
spinoff. In reaching such conclusions, Merrill Lynch considered the maximum
price (the "Break-Even Price") at which certain subsidiaries might be sold,
assuming that a purchaser would not pay a price which would be dilutive to
earnings, and the fact that certain subsidiaries were likely too small to
provide comparative value to the stockholders in a spin-off. Merrill Lynch's
analysis of such Break-Even Prices for a strategic buyer of two of Dynatech's
subsidiaries was based upon an assumed interest rate of 7% on the Break-Even
Price, a 25-year goodwill amortization period for financial accounting
purposes and a 15-year goodwill amortization period for tax purposes. Such
Break-Even Prices implied multiples of latest 12 months EBITDA for such
subsidiaries of 7.4x and 8.1x, respectively, compared to an implied
transaction multiple of 10.0x for the Company. After further discussion and
consideration, believing they had negotiated the highest consideration on the
best terms reasonably attainable for the Stockholders and with the
recommendation of the Special Committee, the members of the Board (other than
Mr. Reno, who was not present at the meeting) unanimously agreed that the
Merger was fair to the Stockholders, approved the Merger Agreement and the
transactions contemplated thereby and authorized execution of the Merger
Agreement, subject to the requirement that the Merger Agreement be revised to
provide that the Company not pay any of MergerCo's fees or expenses in the
event the Merger Agreement is terminated because the Merger cannot be
accounted for as a recapitalization. In determining that the Merger was fair
to the Company and its Stockholders, the Board considered a number of factors
including those described below in "--Recommendation of the Board; Reasons for
the Merger; Findings of Fairness." The Special Committee did not make an
independent determination that the Merger was fair to and in the best
interests of the unaffiliated Stockholders.
The Merger Agreement was executed on Saturday, December 20, 1997 and
announced prior to the opening of trading markets on Monday, December 22,
1997.
CERTAIN EFFECTS OF THE MERGER
The Merger Agreement provides, among other things, that at the Effective
Time each issued and outstanding share of Common Stock will be converted into
the right to receive $47.75 in cash and 0.5 shares of Recapitalized Common
Stock which, based on the price per share of Recapitalized Common Stock to be
paid by CDR Fund V, the Company values at $1.25.
On April 16, 1998 Stockholders (other than directors and executive officers
of the Company) owned 16,746,498 shares of Common Stock which represent
approximately 99.3% of the outstanding Common Stock. If the Merger is
consummated, Stockholders will share in the future results of the Company and
any increase in value resulting therefrom by their receipt of approximately
7.0% of the Recapitalized Common Stock. However, the Stockholders will also be
subject to the risks of investing in capital stock for which there is not an
active trading market. There can be no assurance that the value of the
Recapitalized Common Stock will not decrease. Holders of Recapitalized Common
Stock will be subject to substantial risks, including risks to which the
Stockholders are not currently subject as holders of Common Stock. See "Risk
Factors."
Upon or following the Merger, it is the Company's intention to delist the
Common Stock from the New York Stock Exchange and not to list the
Recapitalized Common Stock on any national securities exchange or automated
quotation system. Such delisting is likely to have a material adverse effect
on the trading market for and liquidity of, and may have an adverse effect on
the market value of, shares of Recapitalized Common Stock. In addition, if the
Company deregisters its securities under the Exchange Act, which it may do
after the fifth anniversary of the Merger or, under certain circumstances as
provided in the Merger Agreement, prior to such fifth anniversary; it will no
longer be required to file periodic reports with the Commission or be
obligated to comply with the proxy rules of Regulation 14A of the Exchange
Act.
Holders of Common Stock should carefully consider certain risk factors
discussed in more detail elsewhere in this Proxy Statement in connection with
their consideration of the Merger. See "Risk Factors."
21
<PAGE>
RECOMMENDATION OF BOARD; REASONS FOR THE MERGER; FINDINGS OF FAIRNESS
THE BOARD BELIEVES THAT THE MERGER IS FAIR TO AND IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF
THE COMPANY AND THE UNAFFILIATED STOCKHOLDERS. THE BOARD APPROVED THE MERGER
AGREEMENT AND THE MERGER AND RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF
THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND THE MERGER.
In reaching its determination that the Merger Agreement and the Merger are
in the best interests of the Company and the unaffiliated Stockholders, the
Board drew on its knowledge of the business, operations, properties, assets,
financial condition, operating results, historical market prices and prospects
of the Company and considered the following factors (both positive and
negative):
(i) the oral opinion of Merrill Lynch delivered to the Special Committee
and the Board, which was confirmed by its written opinion to the Board,
dated as of December 20, 1997, which opinion has been adopted by the Board,
to the effect that, based upon and subject to certain factors and
assumptions stated therein, as of such date, the Merger Consideration to be
received in the Merger by the Stockholders is fair, from a financial point
of view to such Stockholders (a copy of which is attached hereto as
Appendix B to this Proxy Statement). (see "--Opinion of Financial Adviser"
which describes the Merrill Lynch opinion);
(ii) the relationship of the Merger Consideration to the historical
market prices for the Common Stock (see "Market Prices Of Common Stock")
and to the going concern value of the Company as analyzed by Merrill Lynch,
including the premium analysis and the discounted cash flow analysis
conducted by Merrill Lynch (See "--Opinion of Financial Advisor" which
describes the Merrill Lynch analysis);
(iii) the Board's view that the terms of the Merger Agreement, as
reviewed by the Board with the legal advice of Ropes & Gray and the
financial advice of Merrill Lynch (to the effect that, in Merrill Lynch's
view, the size of the break-up fee was not so large as to materially deter
potential third parties from making acquisition proposals), are advisable
and fair to the Company and the Stockholders because they provide the
Company and the Stockholders with the flexibility to accept, under certain
circumstances, a third party proposal for a Company Takeover Proposal and
to terminate the Merger Agreement (see "The Merger and the Merger
Agreement--No Solicitation" and "--Termination; Termination Fees");
(iv) the Company's financial projections as analyzed by Merrill Lynch
(see "Special Factors--Opinion of Financial Adviser" for an explanation of
such analysis) (which analysis was adopted by the Board) which, in the
Board's view, support a determination that the Merger Consideration is fair
to the Company and the unaffiliated Stockholders;
(v) the Board's desire to enable the Stockholders to achieve liquidity
with respect to substantially all of their investment in the Company at a
fair price and the Board's conclusion that the recapitalization of the
Company was the best way to achieve such liquidity in the foreseeable
future; and
(vi) the fact that the Merger Agreement requires the Merger to be
submitted to the Stockholders for approval, which allows for an informed
vote of the Stockholders on the merits of the transaction without requiring
a tender of shares or other potentially coercive transaction structure, and
the fact that the Merger Agreement provides that it may be terminated by
the Company if approval of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding
Common Stock is not received.
In addition to the foregoing, the Board considered certain negative factors
of the Merger to the Company and its Stockholders, including (i) that at
certain times, the Common Stock has traded above the amount of the Merger
Consideration (see "Market Prices of Common Stock"), (ii) the reduced
liquidity of the Recapitalized Common Stock retained by the Stockholders
following the Merger and (iii) the various transaction-related risks that are
more fully described under "Risk Factors." The Board did not consider the
fairness of the Merger Consideration in relation to the net book value or
liquidation value of the Company because it did not view such valuations as
reliable indicators of the value of the Company, due to the fact that an
analysis based on net book value or liquidation value would not consider the
value of the Company as a going concern, which would result in a substantially
lower estimate of the value of the Company.
The foregoing discussion of the information and factors discussed by the
Board of Directors is not meant to be exhaustive but includes all material
factors considered by the Board. While the Board of Directors considered
22
<PAGE>
such factors, it did not quantify or attach any particular weight to such
factors, including, without limitation, the fact that the Merger Consideration
fell at the end of the discounted cash flow analysis range calculated by
Merrill Lynch, and individual members of the Board may have placed different
emphasis on particular positive or negative factors in reaching their
determination that the Merger is in the best interest of the Stockholders. The
Board believes the Merger achieves enhanced value in light of the fact that,
among other things, except during a few isolated periods, the Common Stock has
historically traded below $49 per share.
The Board was aware that certain members of the Company's management have
certain interests in the Merger that are in addition to their interests as
Stockholders generally and it considered these interests in approving the
Merger. Such interests did not weigh either in favor of or against approving
the Merger. See "Special Factors--Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger."
If the holders of Common Stock do not approve and adopt the Merger
Agreement, or if the Merger is not consummated for any other reason, the Board
expects to continue to operate the Company as an ongoing business.
The Board has determined that the Merger Agreement and the Merger are
advisable and fair to and in the best interests of the Company and the
unaffiliated Stockholders and has approved the Merger Agreement and the
Merger. Accordingly, the Board recommends that Stockholders vote "FOR"
approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger. See "--
Background of the Merger" and "--Opinion of Financial Adviser."
CDR Fund V, MergerCo, CDR and Associates II Inc. (as defined below) and
Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler have concluded, based solely on the analysis
and conclusions of the Board set forth above, the fact that Merrill Lynch
delivered their fairness opinions to the Board and the fact that the terms of
the Merger Agreement were the result of negotiations with the Company and its
advisors, including Merrill Lynch, that the Merger Consideration is fair to,
and in the best interests of, the unaffiliated stockholders of the Company. In
reaching their conclusion, CDR Fund V, MergerCo, CDR and Associates II Inc.
and Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler have adopted the analysis of the factors
referred to above as having been taken into account by the Board and discussed
in Merrill Lynch's opinions. CDR Fund V, MergerCo, CDR and Associates II Inc.
and Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler did not find it practicable to, and did
not, quantify or otherwise attach relative weights to such factors independent
of the Board's and Merrill Lynch's analysis in reaching their respective
conclusions as to fairness.
OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISER
The Special Committee retained Merrill Lynch to act as financial adviser to
the independent directors in connection with the Merger. On December 20, 1997,
Merrill Lynch delivered to the Board its oral opinion, later confirmed in
writing (the "Merrill Lynch Opinion") to the effect that, based upon and
subject to certain factors and assumptions stated therein, as of such date,
the proposed Merger Consideration to be received in the Merger by the
Stockholders (other than the Company, with respect to treasury stock, and
MergerCo) is fair from a financial point of view to such Stockholders.
The full text of the Merrill Lynch Opinion, which sets forth a description
of the assumptions made, general procedures followed, factors considered and
limitations on the review undertaken, is attached hereto as Appendix B and is
incorporated herein by reference. The Merrill Lynch Opinion was provided to
the Board for its information and is directed only to the fairness from a
financial point of view of the Merger Consideration to be received in the
Merger by the Stockholders, does not address the merits of the underlying
decision by the Board to engage in the Merger and does not constitute a
recommendation to any Stockholder as to how they should vote on the Merger or
any transaction related thereto. The Stockholders are urged to read the
Merrill Lynch Opinion carefully in its entirety, especially with regard to the
assumptions made and factors considered by Merrill Lynch. The summary of the
Merrill Lynch Opinion set forth in this Proxy Statement is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the full text of such opinion.
The Merger Consideration to be received by the Stockholders was determined
through negotiations between CDR/Management Group, on the one hand, and the
Special Committee, on the other hand, and was approved by the Board.
23
<PAGE>
The summary set forth below does not purport to be a complete description of
the analyses underlying the Merrill Lynch Opinion or the presentation made by
Merrill Lynch to the Board. The preparation of a fairness opinion is a complex
analytical process involving various determinations as to the most appropriate
and relevant methods of financial analysis and the applications of those
methods to the particular circumstances and, therefore, such an opinion is not
readily susceptible to partial analysis or summary description. In arriving at
its opinion, Merrill Lynch considered various factors, but did not attribute
any particular weight to such factors including, without limitation, the fact
that the Merger Consideration fell at any end of or outside of any range
calculated under any of the following analyses. Accordingly, Merrill Lynch
believes that its analyses must be considered as a whole and that selecting
portions of its analyses, without considering all of its analyses, would
create an incomplete view of the process underlying the Merrill Lynch Opinion.
In performing its analyses, numerous assumptions were made with respect to
industry performance, general business, economic, market and financial
conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of Merrill
Lynch, management, CDR, the Company and the Board. Any estimates contained in
the analyses performed by Merrill Lynch are not necessarily indicative of
actual values or future results, which may be significantly more or less
favorable than suggested by such analyses. Additionally, estimates of the
value of businesses or securities do not purport to be appraisals or to
reflect the prices at which such businesses or securities might actually be
sold. Accordingly, such analyses and estimates are inherently subject to
substantial uncertainty. In addition, as described above, the Merrill Lynch
Opinion and Merrill Lynch's presentation to the Board were among several
factors taken into consideration by the Board in making its determination to
approve and adopt the Merger Agreement. Consequently, the Merrill Lynch
analyses described below should not be viewed as determinative of the decision
of the Board with respect to the fairness of the Merger Consideration to be
received by the Stockholders (other than the Company, with respect to treasury
stock, and MergerCo).
In arriving at its opinion, Merrill Lynch, among other things: (i) reviewed
certain publicly available business and financial information relating to the
Company that Merrill Lynch deemed to be relevant; (ii) reviewed certain
information, including financial forecasts, relating to the business,
earnings, cash flow, assets, liabilities and prospects of the Company and
information relating to certain pro forma effects on the Company's capital
structure after giving effect to the Merger furnished to Merrill Lynch by the
Company and representatives of CDR; (iii) conducted discussions with members
of senior management of the Company and of CDR concerning the matters
described in clauses (i) and (ii) above; (iv) reviewed the market prices and
valuation multiples for the Common Stock and compared them with those of
certain publicly traded companies that Merrill Lynch deemed to be relevant;
(v) reviewed the results of operations of the Company and compared them with
those of certain publicly traded companies that Merrill Lynch deemed to be
relevant; (vi) compared the proposed financial terms of the Merger with the
financial terms of certain other transactions that Merrill Lynch deemed to be
relevant; (vii) participated in certain discussions and negotiations among
representatives of the Company and CDR; (viii) reviewed a draft dated December
19, 1997 of the Merger Agreement; and (ix) reviewed such other financial
studies and analyses and took into account such other matters as Merrill Lynch
deemed necessary, including Merrill Lynch's assessment of general economic,
market and monetary conditions.
In preparing its opinion, Merrill Lynch assumed and relied on the accuracy
and completeness of all information supplied or otherwise made available to
Merrill Lynch, discussed with or reviewed by or for Merrill Lynch, or publicly
available, and Merrill Lynch did not assume any responsibility for
independently verifying such information, or undertake an independent
evaluation or appraisal of any of the assets or liabilities, contingent or
otherwise, of the Company, and was not furnished with any such evaluation or
appraisal. In addition, Merrill Lynch did not assume any obligation to conduct
any physical inspection of the properties or facilities of the Company. With
respect to the financial forecast information furnished to or discussed with
Merrill Lynch by the Company and the information regarding certain pro forma
effects on the Company's capital structure after giving effect to the Merger,
Merrill Lynch assumed that they were reasonably prepared and reflected the
best currently available estimates and judgment of management as to the
expected future financial performance of the Company and, subsequent to the
Merger, the Surviving Corporation, and as to such pro forma effects on the
Company's capital structure, respectively. Merrill Lynch also assumed that the
Merger will be accounted for as a recapitalization under generally accepted
accounting principles. Merrill Lynch further assumed
24
<PAGE>
that the final form of the Merger Agreement would be substantially similar to
the last draft reviewed by Merrill Lynch.
The Merrill Lynch Opinion is necessarily based upon market, economic, and
other conditions as they existed and could be evaluated on, and on the
information made available to Merrill Lynch as of, the date of such opinion.
Additionally, for the purposes of rendering its opinion, Merrill Lynch assumed
in all respects material to its analysis that the representations and
warranties of each party in the Merger Agreement are true and correct, that
each party to the Merger Agreement will perform all of the covenants and
agreements required to be performed by such party under the Merger Agreement,
and that all conditions to the consummation of the Merger will be satisfied
without waiver thereof.
In connection with the preparation of its opinion, Merrill Lynch was not
authorized by the Company or the Board to solicit, nor did Merrill Lynch
solicit, third-party indications of interest for the acquisition of all or any
part of the Company. In connection with the preparation of its opinion,
Merrill Lynch was also not asked to consider, and the Merrill Lynch Opinion
does not in any manner address, the value of the Recapitalized Common Stock or
the prices at which shares of the Recapitalized Common Stock will actually
trade following the consummation of the Merger. Merrill Lynch assumed a value
$1.25 per share of Recapitalized Common Stock based on the implied valuation
thereof by the CDR/Management Group. Merrill Lynch believes that such
assumption was reasonable under the circumstances.
The following is a brief summary of the material analyses performed by
Merrill Lynch in connection with its preparation of the Merrill Lynch Opinion.
Historical Trading Analysis
Merrill Lynch reviewed the recent historical stock market performance of the
Common Stock. This analysis indicated that for the three-year period through
December 18, 1997, the price of a share of Common Stock ranged between $14.00
and $58.00 and averaged $29.32. Merrill Lynch also noted that such price
ranged between $28.00 and $54.50 and averaged $37.16 for the one-year period
through December 18, 1997, such price ranged between $34.00 and $47.31 and
averaged $38.08 for the six-month period through December 18, 1997, such price
ranged between $34.00 and $47.31 and averaged $38.22 for the three-month
period through December 18, 1997, and the closing price of a share of Common
Stock was $35.50 on December 18, 1997. Merrill Lynch noted that the Merger
Consideration was lower than the high for the 3-year period, lower than the
high for the 1-year period, above the high for the 6-month period, above the
high for the 3-month period, above the closing price on December 18, 1997 and
above the averages for each of the 3-year, 1-year, 6-month and 3-month
periods.
Premium Analysis
Using publicly available information regarding 263 announced, but not
withdrawn, and completed transactions between January 1, 1997 and December 18,
1997 greater than $250 million in value as of the announcement dates, Merrill
Lynch calculated the average premiums as of the announcement dates in such
transactions over the stock prices one day, one week and four weeks,
respectively, prior to the announcement dates. Merrill Lynch noted that in all
such transactions, such premiums were 25.4%, 29.7% and 35.9%, respectively.
Merrill Lynch also noted that in transactions in which cash was the
consideration, such premiums were 22.4%, 25.1% and 28.3%, respectively.
Merrill Lynch also noted that in transactions in which stock was the
consideration, such premiums were 27.0%, 32.2% and 37.8%, respectively.
Merrill Lynch noted that in transactions in which the consideration consisted
of both cash and stock, such premiums were 24.2%, 28.7% and 38.7%,
respectively. Merrill Lynch noted that the Merger Consideration implied
premiums of 38.0% over the closing price on December 18, 1997, 39.5% over the
closing price on December 12, 1997, and 28.3% over the closing price on
November 21, 1997.
Merrill Lynch also noted that the Merger Consideration implied premium of
38% over the closing price on December 18, 1997 was above the one-day average
premium for all such transactions, above the one-day average premium for
transactions in which cash was the consideration, above the one-day average
premium for
25
<PAGE>
transactions in which stock was the consideration and above the one-day
average premium for transactions in which the consideration consisted of both
cash and stock.
Merrill Lynch further noted that the Merger Consideration implied premium of
39.5% over the closing price on December 12, 1997 was above the one-week
average premium for all such transactions, above the one-week average premium
for transactions in which cash was the consideration, above the one-week
average premium for transactions in which stock was the consideration and
above the one-week average premium for transactions in which the consideration
consisted of both cash and stock.
Merrill Lynch further noted that the Merger Consideration implied premium of
28.3% over the closing price on November 21, 1997 was below the four-week
average premium for all such transactions, equal to the four-week average
premium for transactions in which cash was the consideration, below the four-
week average premium for transactions in which stock was the consideration and
below the four-week average premium for transactions in which the
consideration consisted of both cash and stock.
Selected Publicly Traded Comparable Companies Analysis
Using publicly available information, Merrill Lynch reviewed the stock
prices (as of December 18, 1997) and market multiples of common stocks of the
following companies: Teradyne, Inc.; Tektronix, Inc.; Tekelec; GenRad, Inc.;
Digital Lightwave, Inc.; Fluke Corporation; Telxon Corporation; LeCroy
Corporation; Zygo Corporation; IFR Systems; Thermospectra Corporation;
Integrated Measurement Systems; and Applied Digital Access, Inc. Merrill Lynch
believes these companies are engaged in lines of business that are generally
comparable to those of the Company. Merrill Lynch determined the equity value
(defined as common shares outstanding multiplied by the stock price) and
derived the enterprise value (defined as equity value plus the book value of
debt less the cash and cash equivalents) for these comparable companies.
Merrill Lynch calculated a range of such enterprise values as a multiple of
the latest 12 months earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization ("EBITDA"), and earnings before interest and taxes ("EBIT").
Enterprise value as a multiple of the latest 12 months EBITDA ranged from 7.0x
to 8.0x, compared to an implied transaction multiple of 9.8x for the Company.
Enterprise value as a multiple of the latest 12 months EBIT ranged from 8.5x
to 10.5x, compared to an implied transaction multiple of 12.4x for the
Company. Merrill Lynch also determined the prices of the comparable companies
as a multiple of estimated calendar year 1997 earnings per share ("EPS") and
estimated calendar year 1998 EPS as estimated by First Call Research Network.
For estimated calendar year 1997 EPS, the multiples ranged from 15.5x to
17.5x, compared to an implied transaction multiple of 20.9x for the Company.
For estimated calendar year 1998 EPS, the multiples ranged from 12.0x to
14.0x, compared to an implied transaction multiple of 17.3x for the Company.
Merrill Lynch also compared the prices of the comparable companies as a
multiple of estimated calendar year 1998 EPS to their respective five year
estimated future EPS growth rates, as estimated by I/B/E/S International Inc.
The multiples ranged from 0.75x to 0.85x, compared to an implied transaction
multiple of 0.96x for the Company. Merrill Lynch noted that all of the implied
transaction multiples were above the ranges for the comparable companies
considered for each of the selected statistics.
Selected Acquisition Transactions Analysis
Using publicly available information, Merrill Lynch reviewed the purchase
prices and multiples paid in selected mergers and acquisitions involving
companies which Merrill Lynch deemed relevant in evaluating the Merger.
Merrill Lynch reviewed the acquisition of Network General Corporation by
McAfee Associates, Inc.; the acquisition of Wavetek Corporation by DLJ
Merchant Banking Partners II L.P., and Green Equity Investors II, L.P.; the
acquisition of Itronix Corporation by the Company; the acquisition of Megatest
Corporation by Teradyne, Inc.; the acquisition of Keptel, Inc. by Antec
Corporation; and the acquisition of Wiltron Corporation by Anritsu
Corporation.
Multiples of enterprise value of the transactions (consideration offered for
the equity plus the book value of debt less the cash and cash equivalents) to
the EBITDA of the acquired businesses for the 12 months preceding
26
<PAGE>
the acquisition announcements ranged from 9.0x to 11.0x, compared to an
implied transaction multiple of 10.0x for the Company. The multiples of EBIT
for the 12 months preceding the acquisition announcements ranged from 12.0x to
14.0x, compared to an implied transaction multiple of 12.5x for the Company.
Multiples of equity value of the transactions to the net income for the 12
months preceding the acquisition announcements ranged from 20.5x to 22.5x,
compared to an implied transaction multiple of 21.1x for the Company.
No company, transaction or business used in the analyses described under "--
Selected Publicly Traded Comparable Companies Analysis" and "--Selected
Acquisition Transactions Analysis" is identical to the Company or the Merger.
Accordingly, an analysis of the results thereof necessarily involves complex
considerations and judgments concerning differences in financial and operating
characteristics and other factors that could affect the transaction or the
public trading or other values of the company or companies to which they are
being compared. Mathematical analysis (such as determining the average or
median) is not in itself a meaningful method of using comparable acquisition
or company data.
Discounted Cash Flow Analysis
Merrill Lynch performed a discounted cash flow analysis of the Company using
the Management Projections and the Adjusted Projections. The Adjusted
Projections reflect an increase in the projected rate of growth and an
increase in the projected operating profit margin above the levels set forth
in the Management Projections commencing in the fiscal year ending March 31,
1999. See "--Certain Projections." Utilizing these two versions of the
projections, Merrill Lynch calculated the theoretical unlevered discounted
present value for the Company by adding together the present value of (i) the
projected stream of unlevered free cash flow through the fiscal year 2002 for
the Company and (ii) the projected value of the Company at the end of the
fiscal year 2002 (the "Dynatech Terminal Value"). Each Dynatech Terminal Value
was calculated based upon EBITDA multiples ranging from 7.0x to 9.0x. The
unlevered after-tax discount rates used in the discounted cash flow analyses
ranged from 11.5% to 13.5% and were based upon a weighted-average cost of
capital analysis of the companies identified in the section "--Selected
Publicly Traded Comparable Companies Analysis" above. The theoretical value of
the Company based on the Management Projections produced a range of value per
share of Common Stock of $40.59 to $51.59. Merrill Lynch noted that the Merger
Consideration was within the range of the theoretical value based on
Management Projections. The theoretical value of the Company based on the
Adjusted Projections produced a range of value per share of Common Stock of
$48.52 to $62.04. Merrill Lynch noted that the Merger Consideration was also
within the range of the theoretical value based on the Adjusted Projections.
Leveraged Buyout Analysis
Merrill Lynch performed an analysis of the internal rates of return ("IRR")
to CDR Fund V based on the Management Projections and the Adjusted Projections
and on market and economic conditions as of the date of the Merrill Lynch
Opinion, considering the proposed capital structure for the Company following
the consummation of the Merger. The IRRs to CDR Fund V were calculated based
upon projected equity values of the Company after periods of two, three and
four years. Such projected equity values were calculated based upon net income
multiples of 15.0x to 18.0x and EBITDA multiples of 8.0x to 9.0x.
Based on the Management Projections, the two year IRRs using net income
multiples ranged from 11.1% to 20.1%, and the two year IRRs using EBITDA
multiples ranged from -3.1% to 9.0%; the three year IRRs using the net income
multiples ranged from 16.1% to 22.5%, and the three year IRRs using the EBITDA
multiples ranged from 7.2% to 14.7%; the four year IRRs using the net income
multiples ranged from 17.4% to 22.2%, and the four year IRRs using the EBITDA
multiples ranged from 11.3% to 16.5%.
Based on the Adjusted Projections, the two year IRRs using net income
multiples ranged from 31.8% to 43.0%, and the two year IRRs using EBITDA
multiples ranged from 13.5% to 25.6%; the three year IRRs using the net income
multiples ranged from 31.1% to 38.6%, and the three year IRRs using the EBITDA
multiples ranged from 19.7% to 27.0%; the four year IRRs using the net income
multiples ranged from 28.7% to 34.3%, and the four year IRRs using the EBITDA
multiples ranged from 21.8% to 26.8%.
27
<PAGE>
Merrill Lynch noted that the above projected IRRs to CDR Fund V were not
unusual in the context of an acquisition by a financial buyer.
The Board retained Merrill Lynch on the basis of its experience and
expertise. Merrill Lynch is an internationally recognized investment banking
and advisory firm which, as a part of its investment banking business,
regularly is engaged in the valuation of businesses and securities in
connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated underwritings,
competitive biddings, secondary distributions of listed and unlisted
securities, private placements and valuations for corporate and other
purposes. Merrill Lynch is currently providing and, in the past, has provided
financial advisory and financing services to CDR and/or its affiliates and may
continue to do so, and has received, and may receive, fees for the rendering
of such services. In addition, in the ordinary course of its business, Merrill
Lynch may actively trade the equity securities of the Company for its own
account and for the accounts of its customers and, accordingly, may at any
time hold a long or short position in such securities.
Pursuant to the engagement letter, dated as of December 9, 1997, between the
Company and Merrill Lynch, the Company has agreed to pay Merrill Lynch a fee
of $5,000,000 for services rendered in connection with the Merger. Of this
amount, $250,000 was payable on the date of the engagement letter, $2,250,000
was payable upon the execution of the Merger Agreement, and $2,500,000 will be
payable upon consummation of the Merger. The Company has also agreed to
reimburse Merrill Lynch for the expenses reasonably incurred by it in
connection with its engagement (including reasonable counsel fees and
disbursements) and to indemnify Merrill Lynch and its affiliates from and
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the federal
securities laws, arising out of its engagement.
BEACON MATERIALS
During the spring of 1997, The Beacon Group Capital Services, L.L.C.
("Beacon") acquired a firm which, since 1994, had provided financial advisory
services to the Company in connection with its divestiture program and other
strategic initiatives. Beacon is the strategic advisory unit of an investment
and advisory firm.
At a meeting held on July 10, 1997, representatives of Beacon presented Mr.
Reno with an unsolicited analysis prepared by Beacon (the "July 10 Analysis").
The July 10 Analysis consisted of a "Review of Shareholder Value
Considerations," a "Review of Selected Strategic Alternatives," and "Summary
Information on Potential Strategic Merger Partners." The July 10 Analysis
suggested that, while the Company's stock market value had increased
significantly since the Company's announcement of a restructuring program in
1994, based on Beacon's preliminary analysis of the underlying values of the
Company's current businesses, the Company's stock appeared to be undervalued.
The July 10 Analysis was by its own terms based on incomplete historical and
financial data and limited discussions with senior management of the Company.
Using publicly available information, Beacon reviewed the historical stock
market performance of the Common Stock during the period from January 3, 1994
through July 3, 1997. Beacon also reviewed the market price of the common
stock of Hewlett-Packard, the value of the S&P Technology Index and the value
of six companies in a communications test composite over the same period.
Based on a comparison of these market prices, Beacon noted that the Company's
stock price had risen substantially versus its peers since February 1996, but
that the price had still not fully recovered from relative weakness in early
1997 due to "backlog issues." Beacon noted that the Company's stock market
value had increased from approximately $150 million in April 1994 to a high of
approximately $1.0 billion in November 1996, that during that period the share
trading price had increased from $8.375 per share to a high of $58 per share
in November 1996, and that the price per share was approximately $37 at the
time Beacon prepared the report. Beacon stated that the Company had achieved
significant "multiple expansion" as a result of its increased focus, but that
"perceptions of impaired growth prospects" had "led to a decline in value in
the midst of a volatile technology sector".
In the July 10 Analysis Beacon noted that the Company's trading multiples
reflected a significant discount to the price to earnings ratio and earnings
before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")
28
<PAGE>
multiple of Tollgrade Communications, Inc. ("Tollgrade"), on July 3, 1997, and
the price to earnings ratio of the S&P Technology Index on such date. Beacon
also noted that on July 3, 1997 the price to earnings ratio of the Company was
14.9x, compared to 20.8x for Tollgrade and 31.7x for the S&P Technology Index,
and that the EBITDA multiple for the Company was 7.2x, while that of Tollgrade
was 12.2x. Finally, Beacon noted that on July 3, 1997 the latest fiscal year
EBITDA margin for the Company, pro forma for the acquisition of Itronix, was
19.3%, compared to an EBITDA margin of 23.0% for Tollgrade.
The July 10 Analysis also contained a preliminary valuation analysis of the
Company's underlying businesses. The analysis was based on "incomplete
historical and projected financial data and limited discussions" with Mr. Reno
and was performed "on a public market basis." Therefore, Beacon's analysis was
not, nor did it purport to be, a definitive valuation for each of the
Company's underlying businesses, and primarily focused on public market
trading multiples for similar companies to each of the Company's underlying
businesses. In addition, since its intent was to value the Company "on a
public market basis" it did not, nor did it purport to, consider potential
transaction values for the underlying businesses or the potentially
significant taxes payable upon the disposition of the business units. Beacon
advised that additional financial information and due diligence would be
required to refine its analysis, and that its preliminary estimates of
business unit valuations (adjusted for the capitalized value of corporate
expenses and cash) suggested a preliminary equity valuation ranging from $900
million to $1.013 billion. The preliminary estimates of business unit
valuations included ranges for the Communications Test business of $600-$650
million, and for the Company's AIRSHOW subsidiary of $120-$130 million, with
all other businesses being valued at less than $100 million each. Based on
comparable publicly-traded companies, Beacon's preliminary estimate of
business unit valuation on a public market basis for the Communication Test
business and earnings before interest, taxes and amortization ("EBITA") of
$49.3 million for fiscal year 1997 implied EBITA multiples ranging from 12.2x
to 13.2x. Similarly, the preliminary estimate for AIRSHOW with EBITA of $10.1
million implied EBITA multiples ranging from 11.9x to 12.9x. Based on the then
current stock price and information on outstanding shares and options which
was publicly available at the time, Beacon calculated, using the treasury
method, that the Company had 17.4 million fully-diluted shares outstanding,
suggesting an estimated pre-tax per share value of the Company ranging from
$52 to $58. However, based on the total number of shares and options
outstanding at the time and not using the treasury method, the Company had
18.5 million shares outstanding on a fully-diluted basis. Management believes
that based upon 18.5 million fully-diluted shares outstanding, the estimated
pre-tax per share value would have ranged from $49 to $55. In addition, had
the calculations included the taxes payable upon the disposition of the
business units, management believes that the estimated per share value range
would have been substantially lower.
The section titled "Review of Selected Strategic Alternatives" addressed, in
addition to the divestiture of these businesses, add-on acquisitions and
strategic alliances, strategic sales and mergers and identified a number of
sale strategies to be considered. The section titled "Summary Information on
Selected Strategic Merger Partners" comprised a list of potential merger
partners divided into "Tier I" (ten companies, including direct competitors of
the Company and other large, diversified communications companies), and "Tier
II" (sixteen companies which have an interest in communications or computing
as part of a more diverse portfolio of businesses).
Beacon also prepared and delivered a second analysis, dated November 5, 1997
(the "November 5 Analysis") which it marked "For Illustrative Purposes Only."
The November 5 Analysis consisted of a "Current Status Update," an "Outline of
Executive Compensation," a "Review of Base Case and Ownership Percentages--For
Illustrative Purposes Only," a "Preliminary Timetable," and a "Discussion of
Due Diligence Process and Issues."
In the section of the November 5 Analysis titled "Current Status Update",
Beacon stressed the need for the Company to select an equity partner to
undertake the transaction in conjunction with Beacon and indicated that Beacon
had begun discussions with selected banks. The "Outline of Executive
Compensation" was an outline of executive compensation originally prepared by
Hale and Dorr LLP and delivered by Mr. Kline to Beacon on October 16, 1997,
modified to reflect discussions with Beacon. The outline set forth the terms
of proposed
29
<PAGE>
employment contracts, including a proposed term of five years, provisions for
bonuses and severance payments and brief descriptions of the terms of the
proposed equity plans, retirement plan and health plans. The employment
contracts would also provide for covenants not to compete and not to solicit
employees. Finally, the outline set forth a proposed board composition and
terms of an option plan.
The November 5 Analysis also contained a "Review of Base Case and Ownership
Percentages--For Illustrative Purposes Only." In that section, for purposes of
illustration in its role as a potential equity partner, Beacon assumed a per
share value of $52 per share and proposed scenarios of equity contributions of
$238.0 and $250.5 million, of which Beacon could contribute a portion. Beacon
summarized the sources of other funds, the projected uses of funds, the
multiples of projected 1998 and 1999 EBITA and EBITDA implied by a $52 per
share value, summarized financial projections and summarized the pro forma
ownership of the recapitalized company. In addition, based on the foregoing
and on assumed financing interest rates ranging from 8.75% to 10.5%, Beacon
projected a three year internal rate of return on equity of from 26.0% to
29.9% and a five year internal of return of from 25.1% to 28.4% based on an
exit priced as a multiple of 10x EBITDA and 11x EBITA. The "Review of Base
Case and Ownership Percentages" section was prepared by Beacon for
illustrative purposes only to primarily indicate the effect on various
financial ratios and multiples of a transaction based on a $52 per share value
and a thirty percent equity contribution.
The "Preliminary Timetable" section of the November 5 Analysis reviewed
Beacon's original proposed timetable consisting of an eleven-week period of
due diligence and planning prior to a public announcement, followed by a nine-
week period before closing and reviewed a revised timetable with a six-week
due diligence and planning period before the Company's next Board meeting. The
section titled "Discussion of Due Diligence Process and Issues" addressed the
role of outside consultants and advisors and business diligence issues,
including technology risk, competitive risk, and economic risk, among others.
For Beacon's efforts and assistance, the Company later agreed to pay the sum
of $500,000 and reimburse Beacon for its out-of-pocket expenses in the amount
of $175,000. Beacon has not consented to the use of the Beacon Materials in
connection with, or references to the Beacon Materials in, this Proxy
Statement.
REPORT OF CSFB
MergerCo engaged CSFB to act as MergerCo's financial advisor in connection
with the Merger. CSFB was retained based on CSFB's experience in securities
valuations generally. CSFB has provided investment banking and corporate
banking services to MergerCo's affiliates. MergerCo retained CSFB to assist in
analyzing the Company and the Merger and to advise MergerCo with respect to,
and to assist in, the negotiation of the terms of the Merger. The terms of the
Merger Agreement, including the Merger Consideration, were the result of arms-
length negotiations between the Company and its advisors. CSFB was not engaged
to and did not render an opinion, make any finding nor make any recommendation
with respect to the Merger Consideration. However, CSFB did prepare a summary
valuation analysis of the Company to assist MergerCo in analyzing and
negotiating the terms of the Merger. No limitations were imposed by MergerCo
on the scope of CSFB's analysis or the procedures to be followed in furnishing
such analysis.
In connection with its engagement as MergerCo's financial advisor, CSFB: (1)
reviewed certain publicly available business and financial information
relating to the Company that CSFB deemed relevant; (2) reviewed certain other
information, relating to the business, of the Company and certain
subsidiaries, prepared and furnished to CSFB by the Company's management,
including the Management Projections; (3) conducted discussions with members
of senior management and representatives of the Company and certain
subsidiaries concerning the matters described above, as well as their
respective businesses and prospects; and (4) reviewed such other financial
studies and analyses and took into account such other matters as CSFB deemed
necessary, including an assessment of general economic and market conditions.
On December 8, 1997, CSFB furnished MergerCo with a written preliminary
report summarizing the types of analyses performed by CSFB (the "CSFB Report")
and met with representatives of MergerCo to discuss the Merger. The CSFB
Report was based on the Management Projections, which were prepared by the
Company's
30
<PAGE>
management. The accuracy of the Management Projections was not reviewed by
CSFB. CSFB assumed that such projections were reasonably prepared in good
faith. The data and analyses contained in the CSFB Report were intended solely
to provide additional information for the use and benefit of MergerCo, and
were not prepared for the purpose of addressing the fairness of the Merger.
The CSFB Report is available for inspection and copying at the principal
offices of MergerCo located at 1403 Foulk Road, Suite 106, Wilmington,
Delaware 19803 by any interested stockholder of the Company or his or her
representative who has been so designated in writing.
The following is a summary of the material analyses performed by CSFB in
connection with the CSFB Report. CSFB's valuation of the Company was based on
a valuation of its five major subsidiaries: Telecommunications Techniques
Corporation ("TTC"), Industrial Computer Source Inc. "(ICS"), Itronix
Corporation ("Itronix"), AIRSHOW Inc. ("AIRSHOW") and da Vinci Systems, Inc.
("da Vinci").
Telecommunications Techniques Corporation
The valuation of the TTC subsidiary was based on three valuation
methodologies: a discounted cash flow analysis, a comparable acquisitions
analysis and a comparable companies analysis. The discounted cash flow
analysis was based on Management Projections for the TTC subsidiary. CSFB
estimated the present value of the future streams of unlevered after-tax cash
flows that the TTC subsidiary could produce through the fiscal year 2004. CSFB
estimated the terminal value for the TTC subsidiary at the end of the
projection period by applying multiples ranging from 9.0x to 10.0x to the TTC
subsidiary terminal year EBITDA. The cash flow streams and the terminal value
were then discounted to present values using discount rates ranging from 14.0%
to 15.0%. These multiples and discount rates were based on the manner in which
CSFB believed comparable companies are valued in public and private markets
and estimated industry weighted average cost of capital. The discounted cash
flow analysis implied a pre-tax enterprise value reference range of $515.1
million to $586.4 million. In performing the comparable acquisitions analysis,
CSFB reviewed certain publicly available operating statistics and purchase
price information (including multiples of sales, EBITDA and net income) for
acquisitions of companies considered by CSFB to be reasonably comparable to
the TTC subsidiary. The comparable acquisitions considered by CSFB were the
acquisition of Network General Corporation by McAfee Associates, Inc.; the
acquisition of Siemens Communications Test Equipment by Tektronix, Inc.; the
acquisition of Wavetek Corporation by DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P.,
and Green Equity Investors II, L.P.; the acquisition of Adtech by Bowthorpe
PLC; the acquisition of Dancall Telcome by Bosch Telecom; the acquisition of
Telecom Analysis System by Bowthorpe PLC; the acquisition of Megatest
Corporation by Teradyne, Inc.; the acquisition of Reliance Comm/Tec by
Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co.; the acquisition of Microwave Logic by
Tektronix, Inc.; the acquisition of Keptel, Inc. by Antec Corporation; the
acquisition of Cerjac by Hewlett-Packard; the acquisition of Wavetek
Corporation by Torrey Investments Ltd.; and the acquisition of Wiltron
Corporation by Anritsu Corporation. The comparable acquisitions analysis
implied a pre-tax enterprise value reference range of $475.0 million to $575.0
million. In performing the comparable companies analysis, CSFB estimated
certain publicly available historical financial results and market statistics
(including multiples of sales, EBITDA, EBIT and net income) of Dynatech
Corporation, Fluke Corporation, LeCroy Corporation, Tektronix, Inc., Applied
Digital Access, Inc., Digital Lightwave, Inc., Radcom Ltd, Tekelec, and Wandel
& Goltermann, all of which CSFB considered to be reasonably comparable to the
TTC subsidiary. The comparable companies analyses implied a pre-tax enterprise
value reference range of $425.0 million to $550 million. On the basis of the
valuation methodologies described above, CSFB developed an overall pre-tax
enterprise value reference range for the TTC subsidiary of $475.0 million to
$585.0 million.
Industrial Computer Source Inc.
The valuation of the ICS subsidiary was based on three valuation
methodologies: a discounted cash flow analysis, a comparable acquisitions
analysis and a comparable companies analysis. The discounted cash flow
analysis was based on Management Projections for the ICS subsidiary. CSFB
estimated the present value of the future streams of unlevered after-tax cash
flows that the ICS subsidiary could produce through the fiscal year 2004. CSFB
estimated the terminal value for the ICS subsidiary at the end of the
projection period by applying multiples ranging from 8.0x to 9.0x to the ICS
subsidiary terminal year EBITDA. The cash flow streams and the
31
<PAGE>
terminal value were then discounted to present values using discount rates
ranging from 12.5% to 14.5%. These multiples and discount rates were based on
the manner in which CSFB believed comparable companies are valued in public
and private markets and estimated industry weighted average cost of capital.
The discounted cash flow analysis implied a pre-tax enterprise value reference
range of $101.0 million to $122.4 million. In performing the comparable
acquisition analysis, CSFB reviewed certain publicly available operating
statistics and purchase price information (including multiples of sales,
EBITDA and net income) for acquisitions of companies considered by CSFB to be
reasonably comparable to the ICS subsidiary. The comparable acquisitions
considered by CSFB were the acquisition of Husky Group PLC by WPI Group; the
acquisition of Advanced Logic Research by Gateway 2000; the acquisition of the
remaining 51% interest in AST Research by Samsung Electronics in 1997; the
acquisition of 19.99% interest in Packard Bell by NEC; the acquisition of
40.25% interest in AST Research in a series of transactions by Samsung
Electronics in 1995; the acquisition of PCs Compleat by CompUSA; and the
acquisition of Inmac by Micro Warehouse. The comparable acquisitions analysis
implied a pre-tax enterprise value reference range of $90.0 million to $110.0
million. In performing the comparable companies analysis, CSFB examined
certain publicly available historical financial results and market statistics
(including multiples of sales, EBITDA, EBIT and net income) of Nematron
Corporation, Paravant Computer, Texas Micro, Dell Computer, Gateway 2000,
Micron Electronics, Black Box Corporation, CDW Computer Centers, Creative
Computers and Micro Warehouse, all of which CSFB considered to be reasonably
comparable to the ICS subsidiary. The comparable companies analysis implied a
pre-tax enterprise value reference range of $75.0 million to $95.0 million. On
the basis of the valuation methodologies described above, CSFB developed an
overall pre-tax enterprise value reference range for the ICS subsidiary of
$95.0 million to $110.0 million.
Itronix Corporation
The valuation of the Itronix subsidiary was based on three valuation
methodologies: a discounted cash flow analysis, a comparable acquisitions
analysis and a comparable companies analysis. The discounted cash flow
analysis was based on Management Projections for the Itronix subsidiary. CSFB
estimated the present value of the future streams of unlevered after-tax cash
flows that the Itronix subsidiary could produce through the fiscal year 2004.
CSFB estimated the terminal value for the Itronix subsidiary at the end of the
projection period by applying multiples ranging from 6.5x to 7.5x to the
Itronix subsidiary terminal year EBITDA. The cash flow streams, and the
terminal values were then discounted to present values using discount rates
ranging from 13.0% to 15.0%. These multiples and discount rates were based on
the manner in which CSFB believed comparable companies are valued in public
and private markets and estimated industry weighted average cost of capital.
The discounted cash flow analysis implied a pre-tax enterprise value reference
range of $29.3 million to $38.4 million. In addition, CSFB calculated the pre-
tax enterprise value reference range of $23.4 million to $30.7 million
assuming a performance discount of 20% from the pre-tax enterprise value
reference range implied by the discounted cash flow analysis based on
Management Projections for the Itronix subsidiary. In performing the
comparable acquisitions analysis, CSFB reviewed certain publicly available
operating statistics and purchase price information (including multiples of
sales, EBITDA and net income) for acquisitions of companies considered by CSFB
to be reasonably comparable to the Itronix subsidiary. The comparable
acquisitions considered by CSFB were the acquisition of Husky Group PLC by WPI
Group; the acquisition of Norand by Western Atlas; the acquisition of Itronix
by the Company; the acquisition of Data Capture Group (Spectra-Physics
AB/Nordbanken AB) by PSC; the acquisition of Computer Identics by Robotic
Vision Systems; and the acquisition of Randomat by Fairey Group. The
comparable acquisitions analysis implied a pre-tax enterprise value reference
range of $35.0 million to $45.0 million. In performing the comparable
companies analysis, CSFB examined certain publicly available historical
financial results and market statistics (including multiples of sales, EBITDA,
EBIT and net income) of Symbol Technologies, Telxon, and UNOVA, all of which
CSFB considered to be reasonably comparable to the Itronix subsidiary. The
comparable enterprises analysis implied a pre-tax enterprise value reference
range of $30.0 million to $40.0 million. On the basis of the valuation
methodologies described above, CSFB developed an overall pre-tax enterprise
value reference range for the Itronix subsidiary of $25.0 million to $35.0
million.
AIRSHOW Inc.
The valuation of the AIRSHOW subsidiary was based on three valuation
methodologies: a discounted cash flow analysis, a comparable acquisitions
analysis and a comparable companies analysis. The discounted cash
32
<PAGE>
flow analysis was based on Management Projections for the AIRSHOW subsidiary.
CSFB estimated the present values of the future streams of unlevered after-tax
cash flows that the AIRSHOW subsidiary could produce through the fiscal year
2004. CSFB estimated the terminal value for that AIRSHOW subsidiary at the end
of the projection period by applying multiples ranging from 8.0x to 9.0x to
the AIRSHOW subsidiary terminal year EBITDA. The cash flow streams and the
terminal value were then discounted to present values using discount rates
ranging from 13.0% to 14.0%. These multiples and discount rates were based on
the manner in which CSFB believed comparable companies are valued in public
and private markets and estimated industry weighted average cost of capital.
The discounted cash flow analysis implied a pre-tax enterprise value reference
range of $109.9 million to $125.9 million. In performing the comparable
acquisitions analysis, CSFB reviewed certain publicly available operating
statistics and purchase price information (including multiple of sales) for a
recent acquisition transaction of Hughes-Avicom International by Rockwell
Industries which CSFB considered to be reasonably comparable to the AIRSHOW
subsidiary. The comparable acquisitions analysis implied a pre-tax enterprise
value reference range of $37.4 million. In performing the comparable companies
analysis, CSFB examined certain publicly available historical financial
results and market statistics (including multiples of sales, EBITDA, EBIT, and
net income) of B/E Aerospace which CSFB considered to be reasonably comparable
to the AIRSHOW subsidiary. The comparable companies analysis implied a pre-tax
enterprise value reference range of $100.0 million to $125.0 million. On the
basis of the valuation methodologies described above, CSFB developed an
overall pre-tax enterprise value reference range for the AIRSHOW subsidiary of
$100.0 million to $125.0 million.
da Vinci Systems Inc.
The valuation of the da Vinci subsidiary was based on three valuation
methodologies: a discounted cash flow analysis, a comparable acquisitions
analysis and a comparable companies analysis. The discounted cash
flow analysis was based on Management Projections for the da Vinci subsidiary.
CSFB estimated the present value of the future streams of unlevered after-tax
cash flows that the da Vinci subsidiary could produce through the fiscal year
2004. CSFB estimated the terminal value for the da Vinci subsidiary at the end
of the projection period by applying multiples ranging from 6.5x to 8.0x to
the da Vinci subsidiary terminal year EBITDA. The cash flow streams and the
terminal value were then discounted to present values using discount rates
ranging from 12.0% to 13.0%. These multiples and discount rates were based on
the manner in which CSFB believed comparable companies are valued in public
and private markets and estimated industry weighted average cost of capital.
The discounted cash flow analysis implied a pre-tax enterprise value reference
range of $33.6 million to $40.1 million. In performing the comparable
acquisitions analysis, CSFB reviewed certain publicly available operating
statistics and purchase price information (including multiple of sales) for an
acquisition transaction of Cimel and Brimer by an Investor Group which CSFB
considered to be reasonably comparable to the da Vinci subsidiary. The
comparable acquisitions analysis implied a pre-tax enterprise value reference
range of $21.8 million. In performing the comparable companies analysis, CSFB
examined certain publicly available historical financial results and market
securities (including multiples of sales, EBITDA, EBIT and net income) of Avid
Technology which CSFB considered to be reasonably comparable to the da Vinci
subsidiary. The comparable companies analysis implied a pre-tax enterprise
value reference range of $30.0 million to $45.0 million. On the basis of the
valuation methodologies described above, CSFB developed an overall pre-tax
enterprise value reference range for the da Vinci subsidiary of $35.0 million
to $40.0 million.
Consolidated Valuation
CSFB based its consolidated pre-tax value reference range on the pre-tax
enterprise value reference ranges computed for each of the Company's five
major subsidiaries (TTC, ICS, Itronix, AIRSHOW and da Vinci) plus after-tax
proceeds from sale of certain other subsidiaries of the Company (based on
estimates provided by MergerCo) minus an unallocated corporate overhead
charge, plus cash, option proceeds, with deductions including total debt and
other liabilities. CSFB estimated a consolidated pre-tax value reference range
for the Company of between $42.13 to $50.47 per share of Common Stock, on a
fully-diluted basis (taking into account in-the-money options). CSFB also
estimated the aggregate net after-tax proceeds that could result from a
disposition of the following subsidiaries of the Company: ICS, AIRSHOW and da
Vinci. The resulting
33
<PAGE>
consolidated value reference range for each share of Common Stock on a fully-
diluted basis was $38.09 to $45.47 per share.
Pursuant to the engagement letter, dated as of November 19, 1997, between
MergerCo and CSFB, MergerCo has agreed to pay CSFB a fee, payable upon
consummation of the Merger, of $2,000,000. MergerCo has also agreed to
indemnify CSFB and its affiliates from and against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the federal securities laws, arising out of its
engagement. Further, CSFB has been selected as syndication agent and one of
the arrangers under the Senior Secured Credit Facility and joint lead manager
of the Senior Subordinated Notes. In such capacities, it is expected that CSFB
will receive customary bank fees (including the reimbursement of reasonable
expenses) and customary underwriting commissions.
CERTAIN PROJECTIONS
The Company does not as a matter of course make public forecasts or
projections as to future revenues or results of operations. As discussed above
in "Special Factors--Background of the Merger" and "--Opinion of Financial
Adviser," however, during a December 3, 1997 meeting with representatives of
CDR, CSFB, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., Merrill Lynch and certain independent
directors, management presented the Management Projections, an overview of
management's estimates of the Company's future financial performance.
Subsequently, after meetings with the Company's management and after
conducting its due diligence investigation of the Company, Merrill Lynch
formulated a set of adjustments to the Management Projections which are
reflected in the Adjusted Projections. The adjustments generally reflect
Merrill Lynch's view that, based on its historical financial performance, the
Company plausibly could have higher sales and lower operating expenses in the
future. The Management Projections present a more conservative projected rate
of revenue growth and projected operating profit margin than the Adjusted
Projections. While Merrill Lynch considered the Management Projections to be
reasonably prepared, Merrill Lynch developed the Adjusted Projections, based
on more optimistic assumptions, to assist in the negotiation process.
While presented with numerical specificity, the projections and the
adjustments thereto are based upon numerous estimates and assumptions that are
inherently subject to significant business, economic, industry and competitive
uncertainties and contingencies, all of which are difficult to predict and
many of which are beyond the Company's control. Certain assumptions on which
the projections were based related to the achievement of strategic goals,
objectives and targets over the applicable periods that are more favorable
than recent historical results. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that
the projected results would be realized or that actual results would not be
significantly higher or lower than those predicted.
While the projections were prepared in good faith no assurance can be made
regarding future events. Therefore, such projections cannot be considered a
reliable predictor of future operating results, and this information should
not be relied upon as such. Additionally, the financial projections do not
reflect revised prospects for the Company, changes in general business and
economic conditions, or any other transaction or event that has occurred or
may occur and that was not anticipated at the time such information was
prepared. The projections were not prepared with a view toward public
disclosure or complying with either the published guidelines of the Commission
regarding projections or forecasts or the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants' Guide for Prospective Financial Statements. The
projections do not purport to present operations in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and the Company's independent auditors have
not examined, compiled or performed any procedures regarding these
projections, and accordingly, assume no responsibility for them. Stockholders
are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the projections. See "Risk
Factors--Forecasts; Limits of Reliability; Forward-Looking Statements."
34
<PAGE>
Company Projections Summary
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH
31,
----------------------------------
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002
------ ------ ------ ------ ------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
SALES
Management Projections..................... $472.7 $531.0 $568.8 $642.8 $726.1
Adjusted Projections....................... $472.7 $533.8 $574.3 $653.7 $744.4
Differential............................... 0.0 2.8 5.5 10.9 18.3
EBITA
Management Projections..................... $ 78.9 $ 82.5 $ 88.7 $100.0 $112.8
Adjusted Projections....................... $ 78.9 $ 91.3 $104.5 $121.3 $141.7
Differential............................... 0.0 8.8 15.8 21.3 28.9
</TABLE>
TTC Projections Summary
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
-----------------------------------
1998 1999 2000
----------- ----------- -----------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
SALES
Management Projections.................... $239.8 $266.2 $298.7
Adjusted Projections...................... 239.8 272.2 309.0
May Strategic Plan........................ 238.0 290.4 354.5
EBITA
Management Projections.................... $ 51.7 $ 53.0 $ 58.5
Adjusted Projections...................... 51.7 59.0 68.1
May Strategic Plan........................ 50.0 64.8 84.0
</TABLE>
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
In the opinion of Ropes & Gray, the following are the material United States
federal income tax considerations generally applicable to Stockholders in
connection with the Merger. The tax treatment described herein may vary
depending upon each Stockholder's particular circumstances and tax position.
Certain holders of Common Stock (including MergerCo, John F. Reno and his
family trusts, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial
institutions or broker-dealers, foreign corporations, persons who are not
citizens or residents of the United States, holders who do not hold their
shares as capital assets and holders who have acquired their Common Stock upon
the exercise of options or otherwise as compensation) may be subject to
special rules not discussed below. No ruling from the Internal Revenue Service
("IRS") will be applied for with respect to the federal income tax
consequences discussed herein. The discussion below is based upon the
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and
regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof,
and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified so as to result in
federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.
Furthermore, certain conclusions as to the tax effect on Stockholders are not
free from doubt. This discussion does not consider the effect of any
applicable foreign, state, local or other tax laws.
In general, a Stockholder who realizes a gain in connection with the Merger
should be taxed in the same manner as if he had sold his Common Stock for a
price per share equal to the sum of $47.75 plus an amount of cash equal to the
fair market value of 0.5 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock. For this
purpose, a Stockholder will determine whether he has realized a gain in the
Merger by comparing his total adjusted tax basis in his shares of Common Stock
with the total cash and the fair market value of the Recapitalized Common
Stock he receives in the Merger, and will determine the fair market value of
the Recapitalized Common Stock based primarily on the trading market that
exists following consummation of the Merger. A Stockholder who realizes a loss
in the Merger will not be permitted to recognize the loss in full for tax
purposes unless he sells the Recapitalized Common Stock received in the
Merger.
35
<PAGE>
As described below, the IRS may not concur with the description of tax
consequences set forth in the preceding paragraphs. In addition, as described
below, Stockholders who have an adjusted tax basis in their Common Stock that
is less than the fair market value of the Recapitalized Common Stock received
in the Merger, who purchase or otherwise acquire Recapitalized Common Stock
after the Merger, who are treated as owning Recapitalized Common Stock under
certain constructive ownership rules, or who are Dissenting Stockholders may
be subject to tax consequences different from those set forth in the preceding
paragraph.
EACH STOCKHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT SUCH STOCKHOLDER'S OWN TAX ADVISER AS TO THE
PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH STOCKHOLDER OF THE MERGER, INCLUDING THE
APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY FEDERAL, FOREIGN, STATE, LOCAL OR OTHER TAX
LAWS.
Characterization of the Merger for Federal Income Tax Purposes
For federal income tax purposes, MergerCo should be disregarded as a
transitory entity, and the Merger of MergerCo with and into the Company should
be treated as consisting of two transactions: a sale for cash of a portion of
each Stockholder's Common Stock to CDR Fund V, and a recapitalization in which
the remaining portion of each Stockholder's Common Stock is exchanged for
Recapitalized Common Stock and cash. These two transactions are referred to
below respectively as the "Deemed Sale" and the "Recapitalization."
It is unclear how the total cash proceeds received by each Stockholder
should be allocated between the Deemed Sale and the Recapitalization. It is
also unclear how each Stockholder's basis in the Common Stock exchanged in the
Merger should be allocated between the Deemed Sale and the Recapitalization.
The Company intends to take the position for all tax purposes that the amount
of the total cash proceeds allocable to the Deemed Sale is equal to the total
amount of cash contributed to MergerCo by CDR Fund V in exchange for MergerCo
stock, and that the amount of the total cash proceeds allocable to the
Recapitalization is equal to the balance of the cash proceeds received in the
Merger. The IRS could, however, adopt a different approach in determining the
allocation of proceeds between the Deemed Sale and the Recapitalization.
Federal Income Tax Consequences to Stockholders
Deemed Sale to CDR Fund V. To the extent that a Stockholder is considered to
have sold Common Stock to CDR Fund V in the Deemed Sale, the Stockholder will
recognize either capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash
proceeds received by the Stockholder that are allocable to the Deemed Sale and
the Stockholder's adjusted tax basis in such Common Stock. Such gain or loss
will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Common Stock was held by the
Stockholder for more than one year. Individuals will be subject to tax at a
maximum rate of 28 percent on net capital gains if the Common Stock was held
for more than one year but not more than 18 months, and at a maximum rate of
20 percent on net capital gains if the Common Stock was held for more than 18
months.
Recapitalization. To the extent that a Stockholder is considered to have
exchanged Common Stock in the Recapitalization, the federal income tax
consequences to the Stockholder will depend on whether the Recapitalization is
treated for tax purposes as an integrated transaction or as an exchange of
Common Stock for Recapitalized Common Stock and a separate unrelated cash
distribution. The Recapitalization should be treated as an integrated
transaction, and the Company intends to take the position that it is an
integrated transaction. However, it is possible that the IRS may take the
position that the Recapitalization should be treated as an exchange of Common
Stock for Recapitalized Common Stock and a separate unrelated cash
distribution. Certain tax consequences to Stockholders if such a position were
to prevail are described below under the caption "Possible Treatment of the
Recapitalization as a Bifurcated Transaction."
. Expected Treatment of the Recapitalization as an Integrated Transaction. If
the Recapitalization is treated as an integrated transaction, a Stockholder
whose Common Stock is exchanged for Recapitalized Common Stock and cash
(including cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Recapitalized
Common Stock) will realize gain or loss measured by the difference, if any,
between (i) the sum of the fair market value of the
36
<PAGE>
Recapitalized Common Stock and the amount of cash received by the
Stockholder in the Recapitalization and (ii) the Stockholder's adjusted tax
basis in the Common Stock surrendered in the Recapitalization. Gain
realized by a Stockholder will be recognized, but only to the extent it
does not exceed the amount of cash received by the Stockholder in the
Recapitalization. Any excess gain and any loss realized by a Stockholder in
the Recapitalization will not be recognized unless the Stockholder sells
the Recapitalized Common Stock. Each Stockholder's tax basis in the
Recapitalized Common Stock immediately following the Recapitalization will
equal such Stockholder's adjusted tax basis in the Common Stock surrendered
in the Recapitalization, decreased by the amount of cash received by such
Stockholder in the Recapitalization and increased by the amount of gain
recognized by such Stockholder in the Recapitalization. The holding period
of the Recapitalized Common Stock will include the holding period of the
Common Stock surrendered in the Recapitalization.
The character of any gain recognized by a Stockholder with respect to the
Recapitalization as capital gain or ordinary income will depend on whether
the exchange of Common Stock in the Recapitalization has the effect of a
dividend distribution with respect to such a Stockholder. It is expected
that for most unaffiliated Stockholders, the exchange will not have the
effect of a dividend distribution, and thus any gain recognized will be
treated as gain from a sale or exchange of Common Stock, and will be
taxable as capital gain in accordance with the holding period principles
described above under the caption "Deemed Sale to CDR Fund V." If, due to a
Stockholder's particular circumstances, the exchange does have the effect
of a dividend distribution, any gain recognized by the Stockholder will be
treated as a dividend taxable as ordinary income to the extent of such
Stockholder's ratable share of the Company's undistributed accumulated
earnings and profits, with the remainder, if any, of the recognized gain
being taxable as capital gain.
In the case of a Stockholder that is a corporation, the amount of
recognized gain treated as a dividend may be eligible for the 70%
dividends-received deduction. The dividends-received deduction is subject
to certain limitations, and may not be available if the corporate
Stockholder does not satisfy certain holding period requirements with
respect to the Common Stock or if the Common Stock is treated as "debt-
financed portfolio stock." Additionally, if a dividends-received deduction
is available, the dividend may be treated as an "extraordinary dividend,"
in which case a corporate Stockholder's adjusted tax basis in the Common
Stock would be reduced, but not below zero, by the amount of the nontaxed
portion of such dividend. Any amount of the nontaxed portion of the
dividend in excess of the corporate Stockholder's adjusted tax basis in the
Common Stock generally will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of
the Common Stock for the taxable year in which the extraordinary dividend
is received. Corporate Stockholders are urged to consult their own tax
advisers as to the effect of the "extraordinary dividend" rules on the
adjusted tax basis of their Common Stock.
An exchange of Common Stock pursuant to the Recapitalization should not
have the effect of a dividend distribution if such exchange (i) is
"substantially disproportionate" with respect to the Stockholder, (ii) is
"not essentially equivalent to a dividend" with respect to the Stockholder,
or (iii) results in a complete termination of the Stockholder's interest in
the Company. It is expected that the exchange of Common Stock by most
unaffiliated Stockholders should satisfy at least one of the three tests
and thus no part of the consideration received by such Stockholders should
be taxed as a dividend to them.
In determining whether any of the three tests listed above is satisfied, a
Stockholder must take into account not only the Common Stock or
Recapitalized Common Stock such Stockholder actually owns, but also any
Common Stock or Recapitalized Common Stock such Stockholder is deemed to
own under certain constructive ownership rules. Pursuant to these
constructive ownership rules, a Stockholder is deemed to constructively own
any stock that is owned by certain related individuals or entities and any
stock that the Stockholder has the right to acquire by exercise of an
option or by conversion or exchange of a security.
37
<PAGE>
Stockholders who are holders of Company Stock Options and whose Company
Stock Options are converted into equivalent options to purchase shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock in lieu of receiving Option Cancellation
Payments, or Stockholders who are otherwise issued options to purchase
Recapitalized Common Stock, will be treated as constructively owning the
shares of Recapitalized Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise of
such options.
The exchange of a Stockholder's Common Stock will be "substantially
disproportionate" with respect to such Stockholder if, among other things,
the percentage of the outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock actually and
constructively owned by such Stockholder immediately following the Merger
is less than 80% of the percentage of the outstanding Common Stock actually
and constructively owned by such Stockholder immediately prior to the
Merger.
The exchange of a Stockholder's Common Stock will satisfy the "not
essentially equivalent to a dividend" test if the Stockholder's exchange of
Common Stock pursuant to the Merger results in a "meaningful reduction" in
such Stockholder's proportionate interest in the Company. Whether the
receipt of cash by a Stockholder will be considered "not essentially
equivalent to a dividend" will depend upon such Stockholder's facts and
circumstances. In certain circumstances, even a small reduction in a
Stockholder's proportionate equity interest may satisfy this test. For
example, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that a 3.3% reduction
in the proportionate equity interest of a small (substantially less than
1%) stockholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control
over corporate affairs constitutes such a "meaningful reduction."
Stockholders should consult with their own tax advisers as to the
application of this test in their particular situations.
The exchange of a Stockholder's Common Stock in the Merger may result in
the complete termination of such Stockholder's interest in the Company if,
shortly after the Merger, the Stockholder sells all of the Recapitalized
Common Stock received by such Stockholder in the Merger. For purposes of
determining whether a Stockholder's interest in the Company has been
completely terminated, a Stockholder may be eligible to waive the
application of certain constructive ownership rules. Stockholders should
consult with their own tax advisers as to the application of this test in
their particular situations.
A Stockholder may not be able to satisfy any of the above tests because of
contemporaneous acquisitions of Recapitalized Common Stock by such
Stockholder or by a related party whose Recapitalized Common Stock would be
attributed to such Stockholder under the Code, because of the conversion of
Company Stock Options into equivalent options to purchase shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock, or because of the issuance to such Stockholder
of options to purchase Recapitalized Common Stock. Stockholders should
consult their own tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of any such
contemporaneous acquisitions, conversion of Company Stock Options or
issuance of options to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock.
. Possible Treatment of the Recapitalization as a Bifurcated Transaction. As
discussed above, the Recapitalization should be treated as an integrated
transaction and the Company intends to take the position that it is an
integrated transaction. However, if the Recapitalization were characterized
as an exchange of Common Stock for Recapitalized Common Stock and a
separate unrelated cash distribution, the cash received by the Stockholders
(other than cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Recapitalized
Common Stock) would be treated as a dividend taxable as ordinary income to
the extent of the Company's current and accumulated earnings and profits
allocable to such distribution, without regard to any Stockholder's gain or
loss with respect to the Recapitalization. Cash received by the
Stockholders in excess of the Company's current and accumulated earnings
and profits allocable to the distribution (other than cash received in lieu
of fractional shares of Recapitalized Common Stock) would be treated first
as a tax-free return of capital and then as capital gain.
As a result of this treatment of the Recapitalization as a bifurcated
transaction, Stockholders could be required to recognize ordinary income in
circumstances in which they would not have been required to
38
<PAGE>
recognize ordinary income if the Recapitalization had been treated as an
integrated transaction. Stockholders that are corporations would in certain
circumstances be eligible for the 70% dividends-received deduction with
respect to the dividend distribution as described above under the caption
"Expected Treatment of the Recapitalization as an Integrated Transaction."
If the Recapitalization were treated as a bifurcated transaction,
Stockholders would not recognize gain or loss on the exchange of Common
Stock for Recapitalized Common Stock. The basis of each Stockholder's
Recapitalized Common Stock would equal the basis such Stockholder had in the
Common Stock.
The receipt of cash by a Stockholder in lieu of fractional shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock would be treated as a redemption and any gain
would be taxed as capital gain if the receipt of cash were "substantially
disproportionate" with respect to the Stockholder, if the receipt of cash
were "not essentially equivalent to a dividend," or if the receipt of cash
resulted in a complete termination of the Stockholder's interest in the
Company, as described above under the caption "Expected Treatment of the
Recapitalization as an Integrated Transaction." Any capital gain would be
taxed in accordance with the holding period principles described above under
the caption "Deemed Sale to CDR Fund V." It is expected that the receipt by
most unaffiliated Stockholders of cash in lieu of fractional shares would
satisfy at least one of the three above-mentioned tests. However, if none of
the three tests were met, any cash received in lieu of fractional shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock would be treated as a dividend and taxed in the
same manner as a separate unrelated cash distribution, as described above.
. Treatment of Dissenting Stockholders. Assuming the Recapitalization is
treated as an integrated transaction, any cash received by a Dissenting
Stockholder should be treated as proceeds from a sale or exchange of such
Dissenting Stockholder's Common Stock if the receipt of cash is
"substantially disproportionate" with respect to such Dissenting
Stockholder, if the receipt of cash is "not essentially equivalent to a
dividend," or if the receipt of cash results in a complete termination of
such Dissenting Stockholder's interest in the Company, as described above
under the caption "Expected Treatment of the Recapitalization as an
Integrated Transaction." Dissenting Stockholders should consult with their
own tax advisers as to the application of the above tests in their
particular circumstances. If the cash received by a Dissenting Stockholder
is treated as proceeds from a sale or exchange, any gain recognized will be
taxable as capital gain in accordance with the holding period principles
described above under the caption "Deemed Sale to CDR Fund V," and any loss
recognized will be capital loss. Otherwise, the cash received will be
treated as a dividend and taxed as described above under the caption
"Possible Treatment of the Recapitalization as a Bifurcated Transaction."
Although the matter is not free from doubt, it is more likely than not that
if the Recapitalization were treated as a bifurcated transaction, any cash
received by Dissenting Stockholders would be treated in the manner described
in this section rather than as described above under the caption "Possible
Treatment of the Recapitalization as a Bifurcated Transaction."
Foreign Stockholders--Withholding
The following is a general discussion of certain federal income tax
consequences of the Merger to foreign Stockholders. For this purpose, a foreign
Stockholder is any person who is, for federal income tax purposes, a foreign
corporation, a non-resident alien individual, a foreign partnership or a
foreign estate or trust.
In the case of any foreign Stockholder, the Exchange Agent will withhold 30%
of the amount of cash received by such Stockholder in the Recapitalization in
order to satisfy certain withholding requirements, unless such foreign
Stockholder proves in a manner satisfactory to the Company and the Exchange
Agent that either (i) the cash received in the Recapitalization pursuant to the
Merger will qualify for treatment as proceeds of a sale or exchange of Common
Stock, rather than as a dividend for federal income tax purposes, in which case
no withholding will be required, (ii) the foreign Stockholder is eligible for a
reduced tax treaty rate with respect to dividend income, in which case the
Exchange Agent will withhold at the reduced treaty rate or (iii) no withholding
is otherwise required.
39
<PAGE>
Foreign Stockholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the
application of these withholding rules.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
The Company must report annually to the IRS and to each Stockholder the
amount of dividends paid to such Stockholder and the backup withholding tax,
if any, withheld with respect to such dividends. Copies of these information
returns also may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in
which a foreign Stockholder resides under the provisions of an applicable
income tax treaty. Backup withholding (which generally is a withholding tax
imposed at the rate of 31% on certain payments to persons that fail to furnish
certain information under the United States information reporting
requirements) generally will not apply to dividends paid to a foreign
Stockholder at an address outside the United States (unless that payor has
knowledge that the payee is a United States person).
Payment of the proceeds of a sale of Common Stock by or through a United
States office of a broker is subject to both backup withholding and
information reporting unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalties of
perjury that it is a foreign Stockholder and the payor does not have actual
knowledge that such owner is a United States person, or unless the beneficial
owner otherwise establishes an exemption. In general, backup withholding and
information reporting will not apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale of
Common Stock by or through a foreign office of a broker. If, however, such
broker is, for United States federal income tax purposes, a United States
person, a controlled foreign corporation, or a foreign person that derives 50%
or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or
business in the United States, such payments will not be subject to backup
withholding but will be subject to information reporting, unless (1) such
broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a
foreign holder and certain other conditions are met, or (2) the beneficial
owner otherwise establishes an exemption.
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a
refund or a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability provided
the required information is furnished to the IRS.
INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER
Certain directors and executive officers of the Company may have interests,
described herein, that present them with potential conflicts of interest in
connection with the Merger. The Board of Directors is aware of the conflicts
described below and considered them in addition to the other matters described
under "Special Factors--Recommendation of Board; Reasons for the Merger."
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, except as provided in the following
paragraphs, (i) each outstanding Company Stock Option will become fully vested
and exercisable immediately prior to the Merger, (ii) any outstanding Company
Stock Option that is not exercised prior to the Effective Time shall, subject
to the consent of the holder thereof, be canceled at the Effective Time, and
(iii) each holder of any such cancelled Company Stock Options will receive, in
consideration of such cancellation, an Option Cancellation Payment. On April
16, 1998 there were 2,141,399 Company Stock Options outstanding.
John F. Reno, Allan M. Kline and John R. Peeler, three of the Company's most
senior executive officers, have entered into employment agreements with the
Company that become effective at the Effective Time and that provide them with
certain benefits in the event of a qualifying termination of their employment
after consummation of the Merger. See "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions--Employment and Other Agreements."
In addition, the agreements provide for the manner in which the Common Stock
held by Mr. Reno and two family trusts established by Mr. Reno will be treated
in the Merger and the manner in which the Company Stock Options held by each
such executive will be treated in the Merger. Pursuant to his employment
agreement, Mr. Reno, together with two family trusts established by Mr. Reno,
will contribute 40,804 shares of Common Stock to MergerCo immediately prior to
the Effective Time in exchange for 799,758 shares of MergerCo Common Stock,
which shares of MergerCo Common Stock shall be converted, pursuant to the
Merger, into a like number
40
<PAGE>
of shares of Recapitalized Common Stock. The value of the Recapitalized Common
Stock to be received by Mr. Reno in respect of each share of his Common Stock
is equal to the value of the Merger Consideration to be received by the
unaffiliated shareholders. Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler currently own
options to purchase 413,000 shares, 66,000 shares and 166,400 shares,
respectively, of Common Stock. Each of the employment agreements provides
that, as described under "The Merger and the Merger Agreement--Effect on Stock
Options and Employee Benefit Matters," all of the Company Stock Options
currently held by each of Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler (or, in the case of
Mr. Peeler, the options to purchase 137,600 shares of Common Stock currently
owned by him) will be converted into equivalent options (the exercise prices
of which preserve the economic value (i.e. the excess of the per share Merger
Consideration to be paid to unaffiliated shareholders over the exercise price)
of their current Company Stock Options), all of which, other than 20,737
Company Stock Options held by Mr. Reno, will be fully vested and exercisable,
to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock in lieu of such executives
receiving Option Cancellation Payments. In addition, an aggregate of
approximately 483,400 Company Stock Options held by the Management
Stockholders will be converted into fully vested and exercisable equivalent
options (the exercise prices of which preserve the economic value of their
current Company Stock Options), all of which will be fully vested and
exercisable, to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock in lieu of such
Management Stockholders receiving an Option Cancellation Payment for such
options.
Prior to the Merger, assuming the vesting and exercise of all Company Stock
Options, Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler own shares representing approximately
2.4%, 0.4% and 1.0%, respectively, of the outstanding Common Stock. Following
the Merger, assuming no Stockholders exercise their appraisal rights, no
Company Stock Options are exercised prior to the Merger, the conversion of
Company Stock Options and the issuance of options as described herein and the
vesting and exercise of all outstanding options, Messrs. Reno, Kline and
Peeler would own shares representing approximately 5.7%, 0.8% and 1.7%,
respectively, of the outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock.
Also, following the Effective Time, the Company expects to authorize the
grant of options to purchase approximately 15,680,000 shares of Recapitalized
Common Stock to certain officers and other key employees pursuant to one of
the Company Stock Plans.
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, for a period of six years after the
Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation has agreed to indemnify officers,
directors, employees and agents of the Company and its subsidiaries against
losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities arising out of actions or
omissions or alleged actions or omissions occurring at or prior to the
Effective Time to the same extent provided for in the Company's Restated
Articles of Organization and By-Laws, as amended (to the extent consistent
with applicable law). Further, the Company will maintain during such six-year
period, directors' and officers' liability insurance covering the persons who
are currently covered by the Company's existing directors' and officers'
liability insurance with respect to claims arising from facts or events which
occurred at or prior to the Effective Time, on terms and conditions no less
favorable to such directors and officers than those in effect as of December
20, 1997. See "The Merger and the Merger Agreement--Indemnification and
Insurance."
Upon or following the Merger, the Company expects to enter into a consulting
agreement with CDR which will provide for (i) an annual fee, initially of
$500,000, for providing such management and financial consulting services to
the Company and its subsidiaries and (ii) reimbursement of out-of-pocket
expenses it incurs after the Merger, for so long as CDR Fund V has an
investment in the Company and its subsidiaries. At or following the Merger, it
is expected that the Company will pay CDR a transaction fee of approximately
$9.2 million in consideration for services provided by CDR in arranging the
Merger, arranging and negotiating the financing for the Merger, and related
services, plus reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by CDR. In
addition, it is expected that, upon and following the Merger, the Company will
agree to indemnify CDR and CDR Fund V and certain related parties, subject to
certain limitations, against all claims and liabilities arising out of or in
connection with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any other applicable
securities or other laws, in connection with the Merger and related
transactions and the operation of the business following the Merger. It is
also expected that, upon and following the Merger, the Company will enter into
a registration rights agreement
41
<PAGE>
with the shareholders of MergerCo which will provide that such shareholders
may require the Company to register their shares of Recapitalized Common Stock
under the Securities Act.
None of the directors of MergerCo is affiliated with the Company. After
consummation of the Merger, Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler are expected to be
directors of the Surviving Corporation. The current executive officers of the
Company, including Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler, will be officers of the
Surviving Corporation. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--
Employment and Other Agreements."
Mr. Dennis Kozlowski has agreed to serve on the board of directors of United
States Office Products, Inc., a company in which CDR Fund V has agreed to make
a significant investment.
42
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
Stockholders should carefully review and consider, among other things, the
factors set forth below, as well as the other information included in this
Proxy Statement, before casting their votes with respect to the Merger
Agreement and the Merger.
CONTROL BY CDR FUND V
Immediately following the Merger, the CDR Fund V will control approximately
92.3% of the outstanding shares of Recapitalized Common Stock of the Company.
As a result of its stock ownership, CDR Fund V will control the Company and
have the power to elect the directors of the Company, appoint new management,
and approve any action requiring approval by the stockholders of the Company,
including adopting certain amendments to the articles of organization of the
Company and approving any merger or sale of all or substantially all the
assets of the Company. The directors so elected will have the authority to
effect decisions affecting the capital structure of the Company, including the
incurrence of additional indebtedness, the issuance of preferred stock and the
declaration of dividends. There can be no assurance that the policies of the
Company in effect prior to the Merger with respect to such matters or other
matters will continue after the Merger. Moreover, concentration of ownership
by CDR Fund V of Recapitalized Common Stock of the Company will have the
effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of
discouraging a third party from seeking to acquire, control of the Company. A
third party would be required to negotiate any such transaction with CDR Fund
V. There can be no assurance that the interests of CDR Fund V will not
conflict with the interests of Stockholders with respect to any such
transaction or otherwise. CDR Fund V has agreed, pursuant to certain
employment agreements with Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler, to elect them to
serve as directors of the Company so long as they are employed by the Company.
DELISTING OF COMMON STOCK ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
As a result of the Merger, it is expected that the Common Stock will no
longer meet the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and the
New York Stock Exchange may act unilaterally to delist the Common Stock.
However, even if the New York Stock Exchange does not take such action
unilaterally, it is the intention of the Company to delist the Common Stock at
the Effective Time, if such delisting is permitted, and thereafter not to list
the Common Stock or Recapitalized Common Stock on any other national
securities exchange or automated quotation system. Such delisting of the
Common Stock and intention not to list the Recapitalized Common Stock,
together with the substantial decrease in the percentage of shares of
outstanding common stock of the Company held by Stockholders (other than
Management Stockholders and MergerCo), is expected to result in a substantial
decrease in the liquidity of the Recapitalized Common Stock, even if the
Company continues to be a reporting company under the Exchange Act and
continues to file the periodic reports (including annual and quarterly
reports) required to be filed thereunder. Shares of Recapitalized Common Stock
are expected to trade only in the over-the-counter market. Although prices in
respect of trades may be published by the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. on its electronic bulletin board and "pink sheets," quotes for
such shares would not be as readily available; accordingly, it is anticipated
that the Recapitalized Common Stock will trade much less frequently than the
Common Stock traded prior to the Merger, which may have a material adverse
effect on the market value shares of Recapitalized Common Stock.
In addition, the shares of Common Stock are currently "margin securities"
under the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
(the "Federal Reserve Board"), which has the effect, among other things, of
allowing brokers to extend credit on the collateral of the Common Stock. It is
possible that after the Merger (depending upon certain factors) the shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock would no longer constitute "margin securities" for
the purposes of the margin regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and
therefore could no longer be used as collateral for loans made by brokers.
TERMINATION OF EXCHANGE ACT REPORTING
The Company is obligated by the Merger Agreement to continue to be a
reporting company under the Exchange Act and to continue to file periodic
reports (including annual and quarterly reports) for at least five
43
<PAGE>
years after the Merger, unless fewer than 100 record holders of shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock are non-affiliates of the Surviving Corporation or
except as otherwise provided in the Merger Agreement. After the fifth
anniversary of the Effective Time, as provided in the Merger Agreement, the
Company may deregister the Recapitalized Common Stock under the Exchange Act
if permitted by applicable law. If the Company were to cease to be a reporting
company under the Exchange Act and to the extent not required in connection
with any other debt or equity securities of the Company registered or required
to be registered under the Exchange Act, the information now available to
Stockholders in the annual, quarterly and other reports required to be filed
by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission would not be
available to them as a matter of right.
POTENTIAL DILUTION OF STOCKHOLDERS
Mr. Reno and his family trusts will contribute 40,804 shares of Common Stock
to MergerCo in exchange for 799,758 shares of MergerCo Common Stock, which
will be converted into Recapitalized Common Stock in the Merger. In addition,
some or all of the Company Stock Options held by Management Stockholders will
be converted into equivalent options (the exercise prices of which preserve
the economic value of their current Company Stock Options), most of which will
be fully vested and exercisable, to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common
Stock in lieu of the Management Stockholders receiving the Option Cancellation
Payment. Following the Merger, the Company intends to grant additional options
to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock to members of the Company's
management and key employees. The maximum aggregate number of shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock expected to be reserved for issuance pursuant to
the Stock Option Plans following the Merger, assuming no Company Stock Options
are exercised prior to the Merger, is approximately 62,471,766. Any such grant
or exercise of any stock option will dilute the equity ownership percentage of
the Stockholders and CDR Fund V and may result in a decrease of the book value
per share of the Recapitalized Common Stock. See "Special Factors--Interests
of Certain Persons in the Merger."
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE; LIQUIDITY
The Company will incur substantial indebtedness in connection with the
Merger and will thereby become highly leveraged, with indebtedness that is
very substantial in relation to its shareholders' equity. The Company did not
have substantial indebtedness prior to the Merger (approximately $280,000 at
December 31, 1997). As of December 31, 1997, after giving pro forma effect to
the Merger and the Financing and the application of the net proceeds
therefrom, the Company would have had approximately $568.2 million of
consolidated indebtedness and approximately $355.0 million of consolidated
stockholders' deficit. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture
for the Senior Subordinated Notes will permit the Company to incur or
guarantee certain additional indebtedness, subject to certain limitations. The
Company will be required to repay the $260 million in term loans under the
Senior Secured Credit Facilities over the nine year period following the
Effective Time. In addition, the Company will be required to prepay Senior
Secured Credit Facilities borrowings using the proceeds from certain asset
sales, certain casualty insurance, condemnation or similar recoveries by the
Company and certain indebtedness by the Company other than as permitted under
the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, as well as 50% of its excess cash flow
(as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) unless a leverage ratio
test is met. All outstanding revolving credit borrowings under the Senior
Secured Credit Facilities will become due on the sixth anniversary of the
Effective Time. Because of its working capital needs, the Company expects that
it will be required at that time to enter into new revolving credit facility
arrangements. No assurance can be given that any extension, renewal,
replacement or refinancing of the Company's Revolving Credit Facility can be
successfully accomplished or accomplished on acceptable terms. See "Selected
Historical Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion & Analysis--
Capital Resources and Liquidity," "Merger Financings--Senior Secured Credit
Facilities" and "--Senior Subordinated Notes."
The Company's high leverage may have important consequences for the Company,
including but not limited to the following: (a) the Company's ability to
obtain additional financing for future acquisitions (if any), working capital,
capital expenditures or other purposes may be impaired or any such financing
may not be on terms favorable to the Company; (b) a substantial amount of the
Company's operating cash flow will be dedicated to the payment of principal
and interest on its indebtedness, thereby reducing funds that would otherwise
be
44
<PAGE>
available for the Company's operations and other purposes, including
investments in new products, research and development, capital spending and
acquisitions; (c) a substantial decrease in net operating cash flows or
increase in expenses could make it difficult for the Company to meet its debt
service requirements or force it to modify its operations or sell assets; and
(d) the Company's highly leveraged capital structure may place it at a
competitive disadvantage, hinder its ability to adjust rapidly to market
conditions or make it vulnerable to a downturn in its business or the economy
generally or changing market conditions and regulations. See "Merger
Financings."
The Company's ability to repay or to refinance its obligations with respect
to its indebtedness will depend on its future financial and operating
performance, which, in turn, will be subject to prevailing economic and
competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative,
regulatory, industry, economic and other factors, many of which are beyond the
Company's control. These factors could include general economic conditions,
operating difficulties, increased operating costs, product pricing pressures,
potential revenue instability arising from cost savings initiatives or
otherwise, labor relations, the response of competitors or customers to the
Company's business strategy or projects, delays in implementation of the
Company's business strategy, telecommunication provider consolidation or
strategy changes, and the relative success of new product introductions. The
Company's ability to meet its debt service and other obligations may depend in
significant part on the extent to which the Company can implement successfully
its business and growth strategy. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to implement its strategy fully or that the anticipated results
of its strategy will be realized. See "--Risks Related to Business and Growth
Strategy, Including Acquisitions" and "The Company--Business Strategy."
If the Company's cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund
its debt service obligations, the Company may be forced to reduce or delay
capital or other expenditures, sell assets, seek to obtain additional equity
capital or refinance or restructure its debt. There can be no assurance that
the Company's cash flow and capital resources will be sufficient for payment
of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, its indebtedness in the
future, or that any such alternative measures would be successful or would
permit the Company to meet its scheduled debt service obligations. In
addition, because the Company's obligations under the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities will bear interest at floating rates, an increase in interest rates
could materially adversely affect, among other things, the Company's ability
to meet its debt service obligations.
FRAUDULENT TRANSFER CONSIDERATIONS
The payment of the cash portion of the Merger Consideration to the
Stockholders pursuant to the Merger, as well as any cash paid in lieu of
fractional shares to Stockholders, may be subject to review under federal or
state fraudulent transfer laws in the event the Company is the subject of a
bankruptcy filing. Under such laws, if a court in a lawsuit by a creditor or a
representative of creditors of the Company, such as a trustee in bankruptcy,
were to find that, at the time of, or after giving effect to the Merger and
the related transactions including the Financing, the Company (i) was
insolvent or rendered insolvent thereby, (ii) was engaged in a business or
transaction for which its remaining assets constituted an unreasonably small
amount of capital, (iii) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur,
debts beyond its ability to pay as they matured, or (iv) intended to hinder,
delay or defraud current or future creditors and, in the case of clauses (i),
(ii) and (iii), that the Company did not receive reasonably equivalent value
or fair consideration in the Merger, such court could void all or a part of
the payment of the cash received by Stockholders in the Mergers and require
that the Stockholders, including Stockholders exercising appraisal rights,
return such consideration to the Company or to a fund for the benefit of its
creditors. If a court were to find that the Company came within any of clauses
(i) through (iv) above, the Company, or its creditors or the trustee in
bankruptcy, could seek to avoid the grant of security interests to the lenders
under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. This would result in an event of
default with respect to indebtedness incurred under such facilities which,
under the terms of such indebtedness (subject to applicable law), would allow
the lenders to terminate their obligations thereunder and to accelerate
repayment of such indebtedness. In addition, Section 45 of the MBCL provides
that a stockholder to whom a corporation makes a distribution, if the
corporation is, or is thereby rendered, insolvent shall be liable to the
corporation for the amount of such distribution made or for the amount of such
distribution which exceeds that which could have
45
<PAGE>
been made without rendering the corporation insolvent. In no case shall any
stockholder be liable to an extent greater than the distribution paid to such
stockholders.
The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary depending
upon the law of the jurisdiction which is being applied. Generally, a company
would be considered insolvent for purposes of the foregoing if (i) the sum of
such company's debts including contingent liabilities is greater than all such
company's property at a fair valuation, (ii) the present fair saleable value
of such company's assets is less than the amount that will be required to pay
its probable liability on its existing debts as they become absolute and
matured or (iii) the company incurred obligations beyond its ability to pay as
such obligations become due. There can be no assurance as to what standards a
court would use to determine whether the Company was solvent at the relevant
time. It is a condition to consummation of the Merger that the Company receive
a solvency opinion, which is expected to be delivered by Houlihan, Lokey,
Howard & Zukin, Inc. Such solvency opinion would not be binding on a court and
there can be no assurance that a court would not determine that the Company
was insolvent at the time of or after giving effect to the Merger.
The Company believes that at the time the indebtedness to be incurred
pursuant to the Financing will be incurred initially by the Company, the
Company (i) will be (a) neither insolvent nor rendered insolvent thereby, (b)
in possession of sufficient capital to run its business effectively and (c)
incurring debts within its ability to pay as the same mature or become due and
(ii) will have sufficient assets to satisfy any probable money judgment
against it in any pending action. In reaching the foregoing conclusions, the
Company has relied upon its analyses of internal cash flow projections and
estimated values of assets and liabilities of the Company. There can be no
assurance, however, that a court passing on such questions would reach the
same conclusions.
DEPENDENCE ON COMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY
The Company's principal customers are RBOCs, competitive access providers,
wireless service providers, competitive local exchange carriers, other
communications service providers, mobile work forces and industrial engineers
and other users of the Company's communications devices and ruggedized
computers. The industries of the Company's principal customers are
characterized by intense competition and consolidation. Fewer customers as a
result of such consolidation could lead to pressure on the Company to lower
prices. Competitive pressures among the Company's customers or other
communications industry developments could lead to discontinuance or
modifications of products manufactured by the Company and could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. Regulation in the communications industry could
materially adversely affect the Company's customers or otherwise materially
limit or restrict the Company's business. Further, these industries are
evolving rapidly and it is difficult to predict their potential size or future
growth rate. There can be no assurance that the deregulation trend in the
telecommunications market that has resulted in increased competition and
escalating demand for technologies and services will continue in a manner
favorable to the Company or its business strategies.
HIGHLY COMPETITIVE MARKETS
The markets for the Company's products and services are highly competitive.
The Company competes directly or indirectly with Hewlett-Packard Company and
Panasonic Industrial Co., among others. See "The Company--Industry Overview".
Due to the rapidly evolving markets in which the Company competes, additional
competitors with significant market presence and financial resources,
including large telecommunications equipment manufacturers and computer
hardware and software companies, may enter those markets, thereby further
intensifying competition. Increased competition could result in price
reductions and loss of market share which would materially adversely affect
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Certain
of the Company's current and potential competitors have greater name
recognition and greater financial, selling and marketing, technical,
manufacturing and other resources than the Company. Although the Company
believes it has certain technological and other advantages over its
competitors, realizing and maintaining such advantages will require a
continued high level of investment by the Company in research and product
development, marketing and customer service and support. The highly leveraged
nature of the
46
<PAGE>
Company after the Merger could limit the Company's ability to continue to make
such investments or other necessary or desirable capital expenditures, to
compete effectively and respond to market conditions. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete effectively with its
existing competitors or with new competitors, or that such competitors will
not succeed in adapting more rapidly and effectively to changes in technology
or in the market or in developing or marketing products that will be more
widely accepted.
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE; CHALLENGES OF NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTIONS
The market for the Company's products and services is characterized by
rapidly changing technology, new and evolving industry standards and protocols
and new product and service introductions and enhancements that may render
existing offerings obsolete or unmarketable. Automation in the Company's
addressed markets for communications test instruments or a shift in customer
emphasis from communications test instruments to test and monitoring systems
could likewise render the Company's existing offerings obsolete or
unmarketable or reduce the size of the Company's addressed market. In
particular, incorporation of self-testing functions in the equipment currently
addressed by the Company's communications test instruments could render the
Company's offerings redundant and unmarketable. Failure to anticipate or
respond rapidly to advances in technology and to adapt the Company's products
appropriately could have a material adverse effect on the success of the
Company's products and thus on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
The development of new, technologically advanced products is a complex and
uncertain process requiring the accurate anticipation of technological and
market trends and the expenditure of substantial development costs. From the
beginning of fiscal 1994 through December 31, 1997, the Company has expended
on average 12% of its sales (or approximately $180 million) on product
development and, although the Company expects to continue product development
spending at similar levels, there can be no assurance that the Company will
have sufficient free cash flow to do so. There can be no assurance that errors
will not be found in new products or upgrades after commencement of commercial
shipments, resulting in delays in or loss of market acceptance and sales,
diversion of development resources, injury to the Company's reputation,
increased service and warranty costs or payment of compensatory or other
damages, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
PRODUCT CERTIFICATION AND EVOLVING INDUSTRY STANDARDS
Several of the Company's products must meet significant communications
regulations, certifications, standards and protocols, some of which are
evolving as new technologies are deployed. These regulations, certifications,
and standards and protocols include those promulgated by the Federal
Communications Commission, established by Underwriters Laboratories and
imposed by various foreign countries. Compliance with such regulations,
certifications, standards and protocols may prove costly and time-consuming
for the Company, presenting barriers to entry in particular markets or
reducing the profitability of the Company's product offerings. Such
regulations, certifications, standards and protocols may also adversely affect
the communications industry, limit the number of potential customers for the
Company's products and services or otherwise have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business. The failure of the Company's products to comply, or
delays in compliance, with the various existing and evolving industry
regulations, standards and protocols could delay the introduction of the
Company's products or cause the Company's existing products to become
obsolete.
DEPENDENCE ON SOLE SOURCE SUPPLIERS AND LICENSORS
The Company purchases certain key components and licenses technology from
sole source vendors, including a semiconductor manufacturer of a component
utilized in the Company's communications test business and a component
manufacturer for the Itronix series of ruggedized laptop computers. There can
be no assurance that such components will continue to be produced or that such
licensed technology will continue to be made available or that the price for
such components and licensed technology may not significantly increase. The
inability to develop alternative sources for these components and licensed
technology or to obtain sufficient
47
<PAGE>
quantities of these components could result in increased costs and delays or
reductions in product shipments which could materially adversely affect the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In the
event of a reduction or interruption of supply, a significant amount of time
could be required before the Company would begin receiving adequate supplies
from such alternative suppliers. In such event, the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely
affected. In addition, the manufacture of certain of these sole source
components is technologically complex, and the Company's reliance on the
suppliers of these components exposes the Company to potential production
difficulties and quality variations, which could negatively impact cost and
timely delivery of the Company's products. If supply of certain components,
including but not limited to application-specific integrated circuits, power
supplies, display devices and operating system software, should cease, the
Company may be required to redesign certain of its products. No assurance can
be given that supply problems will not occur or, if such problems do occur,
that satisfactory solutions would be available.
RISKS RELATING TO BUSINESS AND GROWTH STRATEGY, INCLUDING ACQUISITIONS
The Company's future performance depends in part on the Company's success in
implementing its business and growth strategy. The components of the Company's
strategy are subject to significant business, economic and competitive
uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the
Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to fully
implement its strategy or that the anticipated results of its strategy will be
realized.
The Company's strategy contemplates, among other things, growth through
acquisitions of complementary businesses and entry into new markets.
Management cannot predict the availability of appropriate acquisition
candidates or the likelihood of an acquisition being completed should any
negotiations commence. After the Recapitalization, the Company could have
difficulty obtaining financing to pursue acquisitions due to its substantial
debt and to the restrictive covenants in its debt instruments, among other
things. If the Company does complete any acquisitions, the Company could have
difficulties integrating acquired technology and operations, or retaining and
integrating key employees of acquired companies. Integrating any acquired
business could also divert management attention from ongoing business
concerns. In addition, the Company's future growth, whether by acquisition or
otherwise, depends in part upon its ability to enter markets in which the
Company may have limited experience, including international markets. In
conducting business in foreign jurisdictions, the Company may encounter
difficulties with, among other things, tariffs and other trade or regulatory
barriers, currency controls, hyperinflation, intellectual property protection,
potential adverse tax consequences, longer payment cycles, greater difficulty
or delay in accounts receivable collection, cultural differences and increased
political and economic instability.
The Company's planned growth, if achieved, may place significant demands on
its management, administrative and operational resources. The Company's
ability to manage growth effectively will require the Company to continue to
develop and improve its operational, financial and other internal systems, as
well as its sales capabilities, and attract, manage and retain its employees.
There can be no assurance that the Company will effectively manage any
strategic growth it may achieve.
RISKS RELATING TO ITRONIX
Itronix is currently facing significant manufacturing and marketing
challenges, including competition from "semi-rugged" products that constrains
pricing of premium, ruggedized products like those manufactured by Itronix. In
addition, Itronix's results of operations have varied significantly in the
past and may vary significantly in the future, on a quarterly and annual
basis, as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside the
Company's control. These factors include, without limitation: (i) the timing
and size of orders which are received and can be shipped in any particular
period; (ii) the seasonality of the placement of customer orders;
(iii) customer order deferrals in anticipation of product enhancements or new
product offerings by Itronix or its competitors; (iv) customer cancellation of
orders and the gain or loss of significant customers, including those due to
industry combinations and (v) the relative unpredictability of timing of
customer orders due to the relative
48
<PAGE>
concentration of organizations with large field-service work forces. Moreover,
any downturn in general economic conditions could precipitate significant
reductions in corporate spending for telecommunications equipment, which could
result in delays or cancellations of orders for Itronix's products. Itronix's
expense levels are relatively fixed and are based, in significant part, on
expectations of future revenues. Currently, costs are much higher as a
percentage of revenues for Itronix than for the Company overall, and Itronix
is not contributing to the Company's profitability. As a result of its
unpredictable revenues, costs at times can be disproportionately high as a
percentage of Itronix's business. If, as a result of these factors, Itronix's
costs exceed its revenues, Itronix's stand-alone financial condition and
results of operations would be materially adversely affected.
RELIANCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company's success depends in large part upon its senior management, as
well as its ability to attract and retain its highly-skilled technical,
managerial, sales and marketing personnel, particularly engineers skilled and
experienced with communications equipment. Competition for such personnel is
intense and there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in
retaining its existing key personnel and in attracting and retaining the
personnel it requires. Failure to attract and retain key personnel will have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. In addition, continued labor market shortages of
technical personnel may require wage increases well in excess of the growth in
the Company's sales and margins, thereby reducing the overall profitability of
the Company.
RESTRICTIVE FINANCING COVENANTS
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture for the Senior
Subordinated Notes will contain a number of covenants that will significantly
restrict the operations of the Company, limiting the discretion of the
Company's management with respect to certain business matters. These
covenants, among other things, will restrict the ability of the Company to
incur additional indebtedness or guarantee obligations, pay dividends and
other distributions, prepay or modify the terms of other indebtedness, create
liens, make capital expenditures, make certain investments or acquisitions,
enter into mergers or consolidations, make sales of assets, engage in certain
transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict corporate activities.
Certain term loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will be subject
to negative covenants similar to those contained in the indenture. In
addition, under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the Company will be
required to satisfy a minimum interest expense coverage ratio and a maximum
leverage ratio. These financial tests become more restrictive in future years.
The Company's ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions
contained in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture for the
Senior Subordinated Notes may be affected by events beyond its control,
including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions, and there
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to comply with such
covenants or restrictions in the future. A breach of the covenants and
restrictions contained in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the
indenture for the Senior Subordinated Notes or in any agreements with respect
to any additional financing would result in an event of default under such
agreements, which would permit acceleration of the related debt and
acceleration of debt under other debt agreements that may contain cross-
acceleration or cross-default provisions, as well as termination of the
commitments of the lenders to make further extensions of credit under the
Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, if the Company were unable to
repay its indebtedness to the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities, such lenders could proceed against the collateral securing such
indebtedness, including substantially all of the Company's assets. See "Merger
Financings--Senior Secured Credit Facilities" and "--Senior Subordinated
Notes."
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
The Company has commenced a review of its computer systems and products in
order to assess its exposure to Year 2000 issues. The Company is currently in
the process of determining the full scope, related costs and action plan to
ensure that the Company's systems continue to meet its internal needs and
those of its customers. The Company expects to make the necessary
modifications or changes to its computer information systems to
49
<PAGE>
enable proper processing of transactions relating to the Year 2000 and beyond.
However, there can be no assurance that Year 2000 costs and expenses will not
have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the Company does
not currently have any information concerning the Year 2000 compliance status
of its suppliers and customers. In the event that any of the Company's
significant suppliers or customers do not successfully and timely achieve Year
2000 compliance, the Company's business or operations could be materially
adversely affected. Finally, there can be no assurance that the Company's
existing or installed base of products are Year 2000 compliant, or that the
Company's products will not be integrated by the Company or its customers
with, or otherwise interact with, non-compliant software or other products.
Any such product non-compliance may expose the Company to claims from its
customers and others, and could impair market acceptance of the Company's
products and services, increase service and warranty costs, or result in
payment of damages, which in turn could materially adversely affect the
Company.
MARKET SHARE AND COMPETITIVE POSITION DATA
There are no independent third party sources that publicly disseminate
market share and competitive position data for all of the markets in which the
Company competes. Accordingly, a substantial part of the market share and
competitive position data in this Proxy Statement is based upon data compiled
by the Company for use in the ordinary course of its business to assess its
competitive position. Data with respect to sales of test, analysis,
communications and computing equipment sales by other companies has been
derived, where available, from data published by those companies, but has not
been independently verified by the Company. Many of the Company's competitors
do not publish revenue or other sales data for products sold in competition
with the Company's products and, accordingly, the Company has compiled its
data based upon estimates of such sales. Although the Company believes that
its estimates of its market shares and competitive position data are
reasonable, such estimates have not been verified by independent third party
sources and there can be no assurance that such data is accurate.
FORECASTS; LIMITS OF RELIABILITY; FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The forecasts set forth under the "Special Factors--Certain Projections"
(which were provided to Merrill Lynch and the Company), while presented with
numerical specificity, are based upon a number of estimates and assumptions
which, though considered reasonable by the Company, are inherently subject to
significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and
contingencies, including those set forth herein under "Risk Factors," all of
which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond the control of the
Company, and upon assumptions with respect to future business strategies and
decisions which are subject to change. The forecasts were not prepared with a
view toward compliance with published guidelines of the Commission, the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, any regulatory or
professional agency or body or generally accepted accounting principles.
Moreover, Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., the Company's independent public
accountants, has not compiled, examined or performed any procedures regarding
the forecasts and accordingly, does not express any opinion or any other form
of assurance with respect thereto, assumes no responsibility for and disclaims
any association with the forecasts. While the Company believes the forecasts
are based upon reasonable assumptions and estimates, actual results will vary
and such variations may be material. Forecasts are necessarily speculative in
nature, and it is usually the case that one or more of the assumptions
underlying the forecasts will not materialize. Furthermore, the Company does
not intend to update or revise the forecasts to reflect events or
circumstances after the date thereof or to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events. Stockholders are cautioned not to place undue reliance
on any of the forecasts included herein. See "Special Factors--Certain
Projections."
When used in this Proxy Statement, whether or not relating to the forecasts
set forth under "Special Factors-Certain Projections," the words "anticipate,"
"estimate," "project," and similar expressions are intended to identify
forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are made based upon
management's expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their
potential effect upon the Company, and actual results will vary. In addition,
such statements are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions,
including but not limited to the risks set forth above in this "Risk Factors"
section. Should one or more of these risks or
50
<PAGE>
uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect,
actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or
projected. There can be no assurance that the future developments will be in
accordance with management's expectations or that the effect of future
developments will be those anticipated by management. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis." The forward-looking statements contained herein are
made as of the date of this Proxy Statement, and the Company assumes no
obligation to update the forward-looking statements or to update the reasons
why the actual results could differ from those in the forward-looking
statements.
51
<PAGE>
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical, financial
and other data of the Company for the five fiscal years ended March 31, 1997
which have been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the
audited historical Consolidated Financial Statements, and related notes
thereto, of the Company. The selected consolidated data at December 31, 1997
have been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Company's
unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, including the notes
thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Proxy Statement, and, in the opinion of
the Company's management, contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial position and
results of operations of the Company at such date and for such periods. Data
for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of
the results to be expected for the full year. See "Financial Statements."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
UNAUDITED -----------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 1997 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993
----------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Sales................... $353,314 $362,412 $293,042 $243,078 $199,612 $190,000
Cost of sales........... 151,714 137,254 111,436 91,412 72,103 65,738
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Gross profit............ 201,600 225,158 181,606 151,666 127,509 124,262
Selling, general and
administrative
expense................ 103,549 114,479 98,487 86,329 70,719 73,704
Product development
expense................ 41,563 43,267 36,456 30,585 26,863 23,691
Nonrecurring charges.... -- 27,776 16,852 -- -- --
Amortization of
intangibles............ 4,327 6,793 5,136 5,106 5,728 5,087
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Operating income........ 52,161 32,843 24,675 29,646 24,199 21,780
Interest expense........ (945) (828) (1,723) (3,919) (3,794) (2,229)
Interest income......... 2,250 2,785 2,181 1,518 1,244 1,592
Other income, net....... 694 634 975 850 2,198 77
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income from continuing
operations before
income taxes........... 54,160 35,434 26,108 28,095 23,847 21,220
Provision for income
taxes.................. 21,933 17,585 10,394 11,671 9,897 9,231
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income from continuing
operations............. 32,227 17,849 15,714 16,424 13,950 11,989
Discontinued operations,
net of income taxes.... -- 12,000 (1,471) 3,763 (43,933) 4,446
Extraordinary charge,
net of income taxes.... -- -- -- (1,019) -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss)....... $ 32,227 $ 29,849 $ 14,243 $ 19,168 $(29,983) $ 16,435
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Income (loss) per common
share--basic:
Continuing
operations........... $ 1.92 $ 1.04 $ 0.87 $ 0.92 $ 0.75 $ 0.65
Discontinued
operations........... -- 0.70 (0.08) 0.21 (2.36) 0.25
Extraordinary charge.. -- -- -- (0.06) -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
$ 1.92 $ 1.74 $ 0.79 $ 1.07 $ 1.61 $ 0.90
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Income (loss) per common
share--diluted:
Continuing
operations........... $ 1.85 $ 0.99 $ 0.86 $ 0.92 $ 0.75 $ 0.65
Discontinued
operations........... -- 0.67 (0.08) 0.21 (2.36) 0.25
Extraordinary charge.. -- -- -- (0.06) -- --
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
$ 1.85 $ 1.66 $ 0.78 $ 1.07 $ (1.61) $ 0.90
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Weighted average number
of shares:
Basic................. 16,826 17,200 17,969 17,846 18,579 18,348
Diluted............... 17,413 18,028 18,315 17,971 18,678 18,348
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
BALANCE SHEET DATA
Net working capital..... $108,982 $ 80,394 $105,861 $ 91,513 $ 91,010 $118,509
Total assets............ $263,777 $250,035 $205,189 $256,392 $280,553 $303,023
Long-term debt.......... $ 109 $ 5,226 $ 1,800 $ 7,915 $ 33,006 $ 50,873
Shareholders' equity.... $191,372 $160,686 $160,719 $154,320 $142,643 $171,904
Shares of stock
outstanding............ 16,862 16,793 17,585 17,573 18,594 18,506
Shareholders' equity per
share.................. $ 11.35 $ 9.57 $ 9.14 $ 8.78 $ 7.67 $ 9.29
</TABLE>
52
<PAGE>
NOTES TO SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
Income per common share
The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 128 (titled
"Earnings Per Share"), which modifies the way in which earnings per share
("EPS") data is calculated and disclosed. The Company adopted this standard
for the interim period ending December 31, 1997, and has restated all prior
period EPS data presented. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis--New
Pronouncements."
Acquisitions
On December 31, 1996 the Company acquired the assets and assumed certain
liabilities of Itronix Corporation ("Itronix"), located in Spokane,
Washington, for $65.4 million in cash. On September 1, 1995, the Company
acquired substantially all of the business and assets of Tele-Path Industries,
Inc. for $23.6 million, of which approximately $12.6 million was in cash and
the remaining $11.0 million from the issuance of 688,096 shares of Common
Stock.
Non-recurring charges
During fiscal 1997 and 1996 nonrecurring charges were $27.8 million and
$16.9 million, respectively. The 1997 charges included $20.6 million for
incomplete technology which had not reached technological feasibility and had
no alternative use, purchased as part of the acquisition of Itronix. In
addition, the Company recorded a noncash charge of $7.2 million related to the
impairment of intangible assets, principally related to the effects of product
and distribution transitions. In 1996 the Company purchased incomplete
technology activities as a part of the acquisition of Tele-Path Industries,
Inc. resulting in a pretax charge of $16.9 million.
Discontinued operations
A formal plan to discontinue non-core businesses was approved by the Board
of Directors on February 7, 1996. In fiscal 1997, the Company essentially
completed its disposition of the non-core businesses which resulted in an
after tax gain of $12.0 million. See "The Company--Discontinued Operations and
Divested Businesses."
53
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
This discussion contains forward-looking statements concerning the Company's
operations, economic performance and financial condition, all of which involve
risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements are made based upon
management's expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their
potential effect upon the Company. The Company's actual results may differ
significantly from management's expectations and there can be no assurance
that the effects of future developments on the Company will be those
anticipated by management. There are certain factors that might cause such a
difference. These factors include, but are not limited to, product demand and
market acceptance risks, the effect of economic conditions, the impact of
competitive products and pricing, product development, commercialization and
technological difficulties, capacity and supply constraints or difficulties,
availability of capital resources, general business and economic conditions,
the effect of the Company's accounting policies, and other risks detailed
herein. See "Risk Factors."
OVERVIEW
The Company develops, manufactures and sells test, analysis, communications
and computing equipment in three product categories: (i) communications test
instruments, (ii) industrial computing and communications, and (iii) visual
communications. In its communications test business, the Company, through TTC,
provides products that test and analyze communications networks and equipment.
In its industrial computing and communications business, the Company addresses
two areas of the worldwide ruggedized computer market through two of its
subsidiaries: (i) ICS, which provides computer products for use in harsh
environments, and (ii) Itronix, which provides ruggedized portable computing
and communications devices to field-service organizations such as telephone
companies. In its visual communications business, the Company sells visual
communications products principally through two of its subsidiaries: (i)
AIRSHOW, which provides passenger cabin video information display systems for
the general and commercial aviation markets, and (ii) da Vinci Systems, which
provides digital color enhancement systems used in transferring film images
into electronic signals. Since 1993, the Company has sold 24 non-core
businesses for gross proceeds of approximately $190 million pursuant to a plan
to focus on businesses that enjoy leading positions in their respective
markets, strong profitability and good growth prospects.
Current and Historical Trends. The Company believes that overall trends in
the communications industry are the most significant trends affecting the
Company's sales and results of operations. The 21.5% average annual increase
in sales of its communications test instruments products from fiscal 1995 to
1997 was principally driven by market growth and new product introductions by
the Company. The Company believes that demand for communications test
equipment during that period resulted from the combination of increased
competition among existing and new telecommunications service providers, the
proliferation of new telecommunications services and the increased usage of
technologies related to wireless and internet services. The Company believes
that these trends have driven overall communications test instrument industry
growth of approximately 10-12% annually in recent years. Growth rates vary
widely across segments of the market and are typically higher in segments that
support the development of high growth communications services such as ATM,
frame relay and wireless services.
The Company believes the communications test and monitoring systems market
(in which the Company is now beginning to participate) is growing at
approximately 12% annually, driven by the needs of service providers to
provide higher quality networks and to reduce costs through efficiency, which
may be gained by using test and monitoring systems.
The Company's other businesses similarly benefit from growth in their
customers' markets. Growth in demand for AIRSHOW's products, for example, is
driven in part by growth in the general aviation market, which management
projects to grow approximately 20% in 1998.
Operating Profit. From fiscal 1995 to 1997 the Company increased operating
profit, excluding nonrecurring charges, by a compound annual growth rate of
43.0%, driven primarily by sales growth and the Company's
54
<PAGE>
acquisitions during this period. Excluding nonrecurring charges, operating
profit margins also increased from 12.2% of consolidated sales to 16.7% of
consolidated sales for the same period. The nonrecurring charges included a
charge of $16.9 million for purchased incomplete technology related to the
acquisition of Tele-Path Industries, Inc. ("TPI"), and $27.8 million for
purchased incomplete technology and impaired intangible asset writeoffs, in
fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively. Itronix, as a manufacturer of
ruggedized portable computing and communications hardware, generally has lower
margins than the Company's other businesses, and Itronix currently is not
contributing to the Company's profitability. As a result, profitability of the
Company's industrial computing and communications businesses is lower than the
average profitability of the Company's other businesses. Itronix is also
currently facing significant manufacturing and marketing challenges, including
competition from "semi-rugged" portable computers that constrains pricing of
premium ruggedized products like Itronix's. The Company is implementing
several initiatives designed to increase the profitability of Itronix,
including a program to lower costs and reposition its products. See "Risk
Factors--Risks Relating to Itronix."
Seasonality. As a result of purchasing patterns of its telecommunications
customers, which tend to place large orders periodically, typically at the end
of the Company's third fiscal quarter, the Company expects its results of
operations to vary significantly on a quarterly basis, as they have in the
past. In addition, growth rates and results of operations for Itronix also
have varied widely and are expected to continue to do so, because of the
relatively small number of potential customers with large field-service work
forces, the timing and size of whose orders are irregular.
Product Development. The market for the Company's products is characterized
by changing technology, evolving industry standards and protocols, and
frequent introductions of new products. Automation in the Company's addressed
markets for communications test instruments or a shift in customer emphasis
from communications test instruments to test and monitoring systems could
render the Company's existing product offerings obsolete or unmarketable or
reduce the size of the Company's addressed market. In particular,
incorporation of self-testing functions in the equipment currently addressed
by the Company's communications test instruments could render the Company's
offerings redundant and unmarketable. The Company thus faces the challenges of
anticipating and responding rapidly to advances in technology and adapting its
existing products or developing new products. The development of new,
technologically advanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring
the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends and the
expenditure of substantial development costs. From the beginning of fiscal
1995 through December 31, 1997, the Company has spent an aggregate of $152.0
million on product development, or approximately 12.1% of sales, and the
Company expects to continue product development spending at similar levels, as
a percentage of annual sales, to the extent that the Company has sufficient
free cash flow to do so. See "Risk Factors--Rapid Technological Change;
Challenges of New Product Introductions" and "--Substantial Leverage;
Liquidity."
Recent Acquisitions and Dispositions. On December 31, 1996, the Company
acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of
Itronix for $65.4 million in cash. Incident to this acquisition was the
purchase of incomplete technology activities which resulted in a one-time non-
cash charge of $20.6 million reflected in the Company's results for fiscal
1997. This incomplete technology had not reached technological feasibility and
had no alternative use.
In March 1997, the Company acquired the net assets of Advent Design, Inc.
("Advent"), a supplier to ICS, for $3.5 million in cash. Advent designs and
manufactures high performance microprocessor-based systems for the computer,
medical and communications markets.
During fiscal 1997 the Company essentially completed the disposition of non-
core businesses pursuant to a strategy approved by the Board in February 1996.
The Company received proceeds of $110.2 million and $48.9 million in 1997 and
1996, respectively, related to these dispositions, which resulted in an after-
tax gain of $12.0 million.
Recapitalization Accounting; Recapitalization Fees and Expenses; Financial
Statement Presentation. The Company expects to treat the Merger and related
transactions as a recapitalization for financial reporting
55
<PAGE>
purposes. Accordingly, the historical basis of the Company's assets and
liabilities will not be affected by these transactions.
The Company expects that, of the estimated $39.5 million of fees and
expenses relating to these transactions, (i) approximately $25.7 million of
such costs are attributable to costs of the Financing and will be capitalized
and amortized over the life of the Financing, and (ii) approximately $13.8
million of such costs are attributable to costs of the Merger and related
transactions and will be accounted for as a reduction in the proceeds from the
issuance of the Recapitalized Common Stock.
SUPPLEMENTARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
On December 31, 1996, the Company acquired the assets and assumed certain
liabilities of Itronix for $65.4 million in cash. As a percentage of sales,
the gross margin and selling, general and administrative expenses of Itronix
are lower than the consolidated financial results of the Company prior to that
acquisition. Therefore, the pro forma income statements below reflect a lower
gross margin and selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of
consolidated sales. Hence, in order to demonstrate the Company's operating
performance versus the previous years, the following unaudited pro forma
information presents a summary of consolidated results of operations of the
Company as if that acquisition had occurred at the beginning of fiscal 1997,
with pro forma adjustments to give effect to amortization of goodwill and
intangibles, interest expense on acquisition debt, exclusion of the related
non-recurring charge for purchased incomplete technology and certain other
adjustments, together with related income tax effects (such pro forma basis,
the "Itronix Pro Forma Basis").
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------
1996
1997 HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
------------------ ------------------
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C>
Revenue........................... $ 353,314 $ 322,676
Cost of sales..................... 151,714 140,854
------------------ ------------------
Gross profit...................... 201,600 181,822
Selling, general and
administrative expense........... 103,549 91,784
Product development expense....... 41,563 35,313
Amortization...................... 4,327 6,743
------------------ ------------------
Operating income.................. 52,161 47,982
Interest expense.................. (945) (2,821)
Interest income................... 2,250 2,166
Other income...................... 694 551
------------------ ------------------
Income before taxes............... 54,160 47,878
------------------ ------------------
Net income........................ $ 32,227 $ 28,513
================== ==================
Income per share:
Basic........................... $ 1.92 $ 1.65
Diluted......................... $ 1.85 $ 1.57
Weighted average shares:
Basic........................... 16,826 17,257
Diluted......................... 17,413 18,124
</TABLE>
Sales. Consolidated sales for the nine months ended December 31, 1997
increased $30.6 million or 9.5% to $353.3 million as compared to $322.7
million for the same period of 1996 on an Itronix Pro Forma Basis. The
increase was attributable to increased demand for communications test
products, catalog sales of industrial computing and communications products
and aircraft cabin video information services.
56
<PAGE>
Sales for communications test products increased $23.4 million to $184.9
million or 14.5%. The increase is primarily attributable to increased volume
as a result of network expansions of the local telco service providers.
Sales for industrial computing and communications products increased $2.1
million or 2.0% to $111.0 million as compared to $108.9 million for the same
period of 1996 on an Itronix Pro Forma Basis. The increase in sales for the
Company's rack-mounted computers, as new products were introduced through the
catalog, was offset by slightly lower sales of the Company's ruggedized laptop
computers.
Sales of visual communications products increased $5.1 million to $57.5
million or 9.6% as compared to $52.4 million for the same period of 1996 on an
Itronix Pro Forma Basis. Sales for the Company's real-time flight information
passenger video displays increased as more airlines integrated this product
into their in-flight entertainment systems. In addition, the Company has
improved its market penetration with additional sales to airline companies,
namely Air Canada, Quantas Airways and British Airways. Offsetting this
increase were lower sales volumes in the video compression and graphical user-
interface (GUI) product lines.
Gross Profit. Consolidated gross profit increased $19.8 million to $201.6
million or 57.1% of consolidated sales for the nine months ended December 31,
1997, as compared to $181.8 million or 56.3% of consolidated sales for the
same period of 1996 on an Itronix Pro Forma Basis. Gross margin increased
slightly due to the increased shipment volume of higher margin communications
test equipment and airline passenger video displays.
Operating expenses. Operating expenses consist of selling, general and
administrative expense; product development expense; and amortization of
intangibles. Total operating expenses were $149.4 million or 42.3% of
consolidated sales for the nine months ended December 31, 1997, as compared to
$133.8 million or 41.5% of consolidated sales for the same period of 1996 on
an Itronix Pro Forma Basis. The percent increase is primarily attributable to
an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of
sales.
Selling, general and administrative expense was $103.5 million or 29.3% of
consolidated sales for the nine months ended December 31, 1997, as compared to
$91.8 million or 28.4% of consolidated sales for the same period of 1996 on an
Itronix Pro Forma Basis. The increase is primarily attributable to additional
expenses related to information systems upgrades and increased selling
expenses due to the increased sales volume within the communications test
business.
Product development expense was $41.6 million or 11.8% of consolidated sales
for the nine months ended December 31, 1997, as compared to $35.3 million or
10.9% of consolidated sales for the same period of 1996 on an Itronix Pro
Forma Basis. The increase is primarily attributable to the development of a
new test system at the Company's communications test subsidiary and new CPU
and chassis products which were developed for rack-mounted computers.
Amortization of intangibles for the first nine months was $4.3 million for
the nine months ended December 31, 1997, as compared to $6.7 million for the
same period of 1996 on an Itronix Pro Forma Basis. Amortization expense
decreased due to the write-off of goodwill and certain intangibles related to
product and distribution transitions at the end of fiscal 1997.
Interest. Interest income, net of interest expense, was $1.3 million for the
nine months ended December 31, 1997, as compared to net interest expense of
$0.6 million for the same period of 1996 on an Itronix Pro Forma Basis.
Assuming consummation of the recapitalization of the Company described above,
the interest expense of the Company will substantially increase as a result of
borrowing relating to such recapitalization.
Other income. Other income was $694 thousand for the nine months ended
December 31, 1997, as compared to $551 thousand for the same period of 1996.
Taxes. The effective tax rate for the nine months ended December 31, 1997
and 1996 was 40.5%.
Net income. Net income for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 was $32.2
million or $1.85 per share on a diluted basis, as compared to $28.5 million or
$1.57 per share on a diluted basis for the same period of 1996 on an Itronix
Pro Forma Basis. The increase is primarily attributable to the increase in
sales.
57
<PAGE>
HISTORICAL RESULTS
The following table and commentary should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements and the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,
including the notes thereto.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENT OF SALES PERCENT CHANGE
------------------- ------------------
YEARS ENDED MARCH
31,
1997 1996 1995
VS. VS. VS.
1997 1996 1995 1996 1995 1994
----- ----- ----- ---- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales................................ 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 23.7% 20.5% 21.8%
Gross profit......................... 62.1 62.0 62.4 24.0 19.7 18.9
Selling, general & administrative
expense............................. 31.6 33.6 35.5 16.2 14.1 22.1
Product development expense.......... 11.9 12.4 12.6 18.7 19.2 13.9
Nonrecurring charges................. 7.7 5.8 -- 64.8 -- --
Amortization of intangibles.......... 1.9 1.8 2.1 32.3 0.6 (10.9)
Operating income..................... 9.1 8.4 12.2 33.1 (16.8) 22.5
Income from continuing operations.... 4.9 5.4 6.7 13.6 (4.3) 17.7
</TABLE>
NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1996 ON AN HISTORICAL BASIS
Sales for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 increased 36.5% to $353.3
million as compared to $258.9 million for the same period of 1996. The
increase was attributable to the acquisition of Itronix and increased demand
for communications test products, catalog sales of industrial computing and
communications products, and aircraft cabin video information services.
Gross margin for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 was 57.1%, down
from 63.3% of 1996 due to the increase of lower margin sales within the
industrial communications businesses, related to both the acquisition of
Itronix and additional shipments of products to OEM manufacturers.
The effective tax rate for the nine month periods ending December 31, 1997
and 1996 was 40.5%. The 40.5% rate at December 31, 1996 excluded the one-time
charge for purchased incomplete technology related to the acquisition of
Itronix.
Net income for the nine month period was $32.2 million, an increase of
117.9% over the same period of 1996, primarily attributable to the increase in
sales and the 1996 write-off of the incomplete technology.
FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996--HISTORICAL RESULTS
Sales. For fiscal 1997, consolidated sales from continuing operations
increased 23.7%, to $362.4 million from $293.0 million in fiscal 1996. Sales
of communications test products increased 22.8%, or $39.3 million due to
increased demand for existing products and a full year of operating results
for two acquisitions made in fiscal 1996. Sales of industrial computing and
communications products increased 35.3%, or $20.4 million, primarily driven by
revenue at Itronix. Sales of visual communications products increased 15.3%,
or $9.7 million principally due to continued strength in aircraft passenger
video information systems and color correction products.
Backlog from ongoing operations was $71.7 million at March 31, 1997, as
compared to $57.3 million at March 31, 1996.
International sales were 20% of consolidated sales in fiscal 1997, an
increase of 18% over consolidated sales in fiscal 1996.
Gross Profit. As a percentage of consolidated sales, gross profit from
continuing operations for fiscal 1997 was 62.1%, essentially at the same level
as the prior year.
58
<PAGE>
Expenses. Selling, general and administrative costs increased 16.2% in
fiscal 1997 as compared to fiscal 1996. As a percentage of consolidated sales,
selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 31.6% as compared to
33.6% in the previous year. Administrative and selling expenses increased at a
rate slower than revenue growth in the communications test products as a
result of the fiscal 1996 acquisitions.
Product development expense increased $6.8 million to 11.9% of consolidated
sales, compared to 12.4% of sales in fiscal 1996. The increase was a result of
additional investment in developing core communications test products as well
as the full year effect of product development at TPI, a communications test
subsidiary which was purchased in September 1995. Additional expense was
incurred due to the acquisition of Itronix.
Amortization of intangibles increased $1.7 million as a result of the
acquisitions in fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1996.
During fiscal 1997, nonrecurring charges were $27.8 million as compared to
$16.9 million in 1996. The 1997 nonrecurring charges include a $20.6 million
non-cash charge for incomplete technology which had not reached technological
feasibility and had no alternative use, purchased as part of the acquisition
of Itronix at the end of the third quarter. In addition, the Company recorded
a noncash charge of $7.1 million related to the impairment of intangible
assets, principally related to the effects of product and distribution
transitions. The charge consisted of a $4.5 million writeoff of goodwill and a
$2.6 million writeoff in product technology.
Interest expense declined in fiscal 1997 compared to the prior year as a
result of lower average borrowings. Interest income increased in fiscal 1997
primarily from higher average cash balances during the year.
Taxes. The effective tax rate, before one-time charges, increased in fiscal
1997 to 40.5% as compared to 39.8% in fiscal 1996, primarily due to losses
generated in foreign locations without tax benefit. The effective tax rate
after one-time charges increased to 49.6% due to limited tax benefits of these
charges. These charges included $20.6 million of incomplete technology from
the Itronix acquisition which resulted only in a federal tax savings. In
addition, the majority of the $7.1 million of intangibles written off
represented goodwill which was not deductible for tax purposes.
Net Income. Net income from continuing operations in fiscal 1997 was $17.8
million, or $0.99 per share on a diluted basis, as compared to $0.86 per share
on a diluted basis in fiscal 1996. Net income in fiscal 1997 included a pretax
charge of $27.8 million for purchased incomplete technology and impaired
intangible asset writeoffs with an aftertax effect on earnings per share of
($1.10) on a diluted basis. Net income for the prior fiscal year included a
charge for of incomplete purchased technology that accounted for $16.9 million
with an aftertax effect on earnings per share of ($0.56) on a diluted basis.
FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995--HISTORICAL RESULTS
Sales. Consolidated sales from continuing operations increased 20.5% to
$293.0 million from $243.1 million in fiscal 1995 as a result of increased
revenue of 24.6% in domestic sales and 7.1% in international sales including
export sales.
Sales of communications test products rose 20% due to increased demand for
existing products and increased volume generated by two acquisitions during
the year. The new acquisitions generated $16.6 million in additional revenue
during fiscal 1996. Sales of industrial computing and communications products
rose 29% driven by strong demand for these products in a broad range of
markets.
Backlog from ongoing operations was $57.3 million at March 31, 1996 as
compared to $40.3 million at March 31, 1995.
Gross Profit. Consolidated gross profit from continuing operations for
fiscal 1996 was 62.0% compared to 62.4% for the prior year. The slight
reduction was primarily driven by increased sales of industrial computing and
communications products which have a lower gross margin than the consolidated
average.
59
<PAGE>
Expenses. As a percentage of consolidated sales, selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased to 33.6% as compared to 35.5% in the
previous year. General and administrative costs increased at a rate slower
than revenue growth, primarily due to the increased revenues generated from
new acquisitions. Product development expense was 12.4% of sales in fiscal
1996, down slightly from 12.6% in fiscal 1995 primarily due to relatively low
development expenses within newly acquired businesses. Amortization of
intangibles remained relatively unchanged. Decreases of amortization on
existing businesses were offset with the amortization costs associated with
current year acquisitions.
During fiscal 1996, the Company purchased incomplete technology activities
of TPI, resulting in a pretax charge to operations of $16.9 million. This
incomplete technology had not reached technological feasibility and had no
alternative use.
Interest expense declined in fiscal 1996 as compared to the prior year as a
result of repayment of debt. Interest income increased primarily from higher
average cash balances during the course of the year.
Taxes. The effective tax rate declined in fiscal 1996 to 39.8% compared to
41.5% as a result of the resolution of certain prior year tax rebates and
utilization of certain foreign loss carry forwards.
Extraordinary Charge. In February 1995 the Company recorded an extraordinary
charge of $1.7 million ($1.0 million, net of taxes), reflecting a payment
penalty for early debt redemption of its $30 million 10.15% term notes.
Net Income. Net income from continuing operations for fiscal 1996 was $15.7
million or $0.86 per share on a diluted basis, as compared to $0.91 per share
on a diluted basis in fiscal 1995. Net income in fiscal 1996 included a charge
for incomplete purchased technology of $16.9 million with an aftertax effect
on earnings per share of ($0.56) on a diluted basis.
CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY
The Company broadly defines liquidity as its ability to generate sufficient
cash flow from operating activities to meet its obligations and commitments.
In addition, liquidity includes the ability to obtain appropriate debt and
equity financing and to convert into cash those assets that are no longer
required to meet existing strategic and financial objectives. Therefore,
liquidity cannot be considered separately from capital resources that consist
of current or potentially available funds for use in achieving long-range
business objectives and meeting debt service commitments.
Cash Flows. The Company's cash and cash equivalents increased $7.8 million
during the first nine months of fiscal 1998. During this period, net cash
provided by operating activities generated $24.8 million after $12.7 million
was used for the payment of expenses related to discontinued operations.
Working Capital. The Company's working capital increased by $8.2 million
during the first nine months of fiscal 1998. During this period, inventory
levels increased from $40.1 million to $45.4 million, resulting in a $5.3
million use of cash, primarily attributable to the increased volume for the
Company's rack-mounted computers. During the first nine months of fiscal 1998,
accounts receivable increased from $70.9 million to $73.3 million, resulting
in a use of cash of $2.4 million, as a result of higher shipments in the month
of December. Other current assets increased, resulting in a use of cash of
$0.8 million during the first nine months of fiscal 1998. During this period,
accounts payable increased from $16.9 million to $20.3 million, resulting in a
source of cash of $3.4 million, as the Company continues to manage its working
capital. Other current liabilities decreased from $64.4 million to $48.7
million due to both a reduction of discontinued operations liabilities of
$12.7 million and a reduction of $3.0 million for continued operations.
The Company's investing activities totaled $10.4 million primarily for the
purchase and replacement of property and equipment during the first nine
months of fiscal 1998.
During the quarter ended December 31, 1997, the Company repaid all of its
borrowings under its two existing credit facilities. In addition the Company
repurchased 163,000 shares of its common stock for $5.3
60
<PAGE>
million during the first quarter of fiscal 1998. During the first nine months
of fiscal 1998 the Company generated $4.3 million from the exercise of stock
options.
After the Merger. Following the Effective Time, the Company's liquidity
needs will arise primarily from debt service on the substantial indebtedness
to be incurred in connection with the Merger and from the funding of working
capital and capital expenditures. After completion of the Merger and related
financings, the Company expects to have outstanding approximately $568.2
million of indebtedness, primarily consisting of $275 million principal amount
of the Senior Subordinated Notes, $260 million in term loan borrowings under
the Term Loan Facility and $32.9 million in revolving credit borrowings under
the Revolving Credit Facility. See "Merger Financings" and "Risk Factors--
Substantial Leverage; Liquidity."
Debt Service. Principal and interest payments under the Senior Secured
Credit Facilities and interest payments on the Senior Subordinated Notes will
represent significant liquidity requirements for the Company. It is expected
that with respect to the $260.0 million to be borrowed under the Term Loan
Facility, the Company will be required to make scheduled principal payments of
the $50.0 million of tranche A term loan thereunder over its six-year term,
with substantial amortization of the $70.0 million of tranche B term loan,
$70.0 million of tranche C term loan and $70 million tranche D term loan
thereunder occurring after six, seven and eight years, respectively. It is
expected that $275 million of Senior Subordinated Notes will mature in 2008,
and will bear interest at a fixed market rate of interest to be determined at
the time of their offering. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities are also
subject to mandatory prepayment and reduction in an amount equal to, subject
to certain exceptions, (a) 100% of the net proceeds of (i) certain debt
offerings by the Company and any of its subsidiaries, (ii) certain asset sales
by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and (iii) casualty insurance,
condemnation awards or other recoveries received by the Company or any of its
subsidiaries and (b) 50% of the Company's excess cash flow (as to be defined)
for each fiscal year in which the Company exceeds a certain leverage ratio.
The Senior Subordinated Notes will also be subject to certain mandatory
prepayments under certain circumstances. The Revolving Credit Facility will
mature in 2004, with all amounts then outstanding becoming due. The Company
expects that its working capital needs will require it to obtain new revolving
credit facilities at the time that the Revolving Credit Facility matures,
whether by extending, renewing, replacing or otherwise refinancing the
Revolving Credit Facility. No assurance can be given that any such extension,
renewal, replacement or refinancing can be successfully accomplished. The
loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will bear interest at
floating rates based upon the interest rate option elected by the Company. See
"Merger Financings--Senior Secured Credit Facilities." Following the Effective
Time, as a result of the substantial indebtedness to be incurred in connection
with the Merger, it is expected that the Company's interest expense will be
higher and will have a greater proportionate impact on net income in
comparison to preceding periods.
Capital Expenditures. The Company's historical capital expenditures since
fiscal 1995 have in substantial part resulted from the replacement of existing
property and equipment including computer systems. The Company's capital
expenditures (including acquisitions and divestitures) were $10.2 million,
$8.2 million and $16.4 million for the three fiscal years ended March 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Capital expenditures are expected to be
approximately $15.9 million in fiscal year 1998. Expenditures for fiscal year
1998 will relate principally to the replacement of existing equipment. The
Company estimates that for fiscal year 1999, capital expenditures are
anticipated to be at similar levels.
Future Financing Sources and Cash Flows. The amount under the Revolving
Credit Facility that will remain undrawn following the Closing, currently
estimated to be $77.1 million, will be available to meet future working
capital and other business needs of the Company and will replace the Company's
two existing credit facilities totaling $180.0 million. The Company believes
that cash generated from operations, together with amounts available under the
Revolving Credit Facility and any other available sources of liquidity, will
be adequate to permit the Company to meet its debt service obligations,
capital expenditure program requirements, ongoing operating costs and working
capital needs, although no assurance can be given in this regard. The
Company's future operating performance and ability to service or refinance the
Senior Subordinated Notes and to repay, extend or refinance the Senior Secured
Credit Facilities (including the Revolving Credit Facility) will
61
<PAGE>
be, among other things, subject to future economic conditions and to
financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond the Company's
control. See "Risk Factors--Substantial Leverage; Liquidity."
Covenant Restrictions. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities will impose
restrictions on the ability of the Company to make capital expenditures and
both the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the
Senior Subordinated Notes will limit the Company's ability to incur additional
indebtedness. Such restrictions, together with the highly leveraged nature of
the Company, could limit the Company's ability to respond to market
conditions, to meet its capital spending program, to provide for unanticipated
capital investments or to take advantage of business opportunities. The
covenants contained in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities also will, among
other things, restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to
dispose of assets, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness,
make restricted payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make
acquisitions, modify terms of the indenture under which the Senior
Subordinated Notes will be issued, engage in mergers or consolidations, change
the business conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or
engage in certain transactions with affiliates. In addition, under the Senior
Secured Credit Facilities, the Company will be required to comply with a
minimum interest expense coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. These
financial tests become more restrictive in future years. The term loans under
the Senior Credit Facility (other than the $50 million tranche A term loan)
will have negative covenants which are substantially similar to the negative
covenants to be contained in the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated
Notes, which will also impose restrictions on the operation of the Company's
businesses. See "Merger Financings--Senior Secured Credit Facilities" and "--
Covenants."
YEAR 2000
The Company has commenced a review of its computer systems and products in
order to assess its exposure to Year 2000 issues. The Company is currently in
the process of determining the full scope, related costs and action plan to
ensure that the Company's systems continue to meet its internal needs and
those of its customers. The Company expects to make the necessary
modifications or changes to its computer information systems to enable proper
processing of transactions relating to the Year 2000 and beyond. However,
there can be no assurance that Year 2000 costs and expenses will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the Company does not
currently have any information concerning the Year 2000 compliance status of
its suppliers and customers. In the event that any of the Company's
significant suppliers or customers do not successfully and timely achieve Year
2000 compliance, the Company's business or operations could be materially
adversely affected. Finally, there can be no assurance that the Company's
existing or installed base of products are Year 2000 compliant, or that the
Company's products will not be integrated by the Company or its customers
with, or otherwise interact with, non-compliant software or other products.
Any such product non-compliance may expose the Company to claims from its
customers and others, and could impair market acceptance of the Company's
products and services, increase service and warranty costs, or result in
payment of damages, which in turn could materially adversely affect the
Company.
NEW PRONOUNCEMENTS
During the quarter ended December 31, 1997, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share," which modifies
the calculation of earnings per share ("EPS"). The Standard replaces the
previous presentation of primary and fully diluted EPS to basic and diluted
EPS. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available
to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS includes the dilution of common stock
equivalents, and is computed similarly to fully diluted EPS pursuant to APB
Opinion 15. All prior periods presented have been restated to reflect this
adoption.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income" which establishes standards for the reporting
and display of comprehensive income in general-purpose financial statements.
The Company has not assessed the impact of this Standard on its financial
statements.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," which
establishes standards for the reporting of operating segments in the financial
statements. The Company has not assessed the impact of this Standard on its
financial statements.
62
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data of
the Company has been prepared to give effect to the Merger and related
transactions as a recapitalization for financial reporting purposes.
Accordingly, the historical basis of the Company's assets and liabilities will
not be affected by the transactions. For a discussion of the Merger and
related transactions, see "The Merger and the Merger Agreement".
The pro forma adjustments presented are based upon available information and
certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the
circumstances. The historical condensed consolidated statement of continuing
operations data for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 and the historical
condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997 were derived
from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company
included elsewhere herein. The historical condensed consolidated statement of
continuing operations data for the year ended March 31, 1997 was derived from
the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company included
elsewhere herein.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing
operations data of the Company for the year ended March 31, 1997 give effect
to (i) the Merger as if it had occurred on April 1, 1996, and (ii) the
acquisition of Itronix on December 31, 1996 as if that acquisition had
occurred on April 1, 1996, based on the historical financial data for Itronix
for the nine months ended December 31, 1996 that was derived from Itronix's
unaudited financial statements. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated
statement of continuing operations data of the Company for the nine months
ended December 31, 1997 give effect to the Merger as if it had occurred on
April 1, 1997. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet
data of the Company as of December 31, 1997 give effect to the Merger assuming
that it was completed on December 31, 1997.
The unaudited pro forma financial data should be read in conjunction with
the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and notes
thereto, "Management Discussion and Analysis" and other financial data
included elsewhere in this Proxy Statement, as well as the information
concerning the Merger, including the sources and uses therefor, see "Merger
Financings."
The pro forma financial data and related notes are provided for
informational purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the results of
operations or financial position of the Company that would have actually
resulted had the events referred to above or in the notes to the unaudited pro
forma financial data been consummated as of the date and for the period
indicated and are not intended to project the Company's financial position or
results of operations for any future period.
63
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS
DATA
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DYNATECH
FOR THE NINE
MONTHS ENDED RECAPITALIZATION PRO FORMA
DECEMBER 31, 1997 ADJUSTMENTS DECEMBER 31, 1997
----------------- ---------------- -----------------
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Sales.................... $353,314 $353,314
Cost of Sales............ 151,714 151,714
-------- --------
Gross Profit............. 201,600 201,600
Selling, general and
administrative expense.. 103,549 103,549
Product development
expense................. 41,563 41,563
Amortization of
intangibles............. 4,327 4,327
-------- --------
Operating income......... 52,161 52,161
Interest income.......... 2,250 2,250
Interest expense......... (945) $(38,927)(f) (39,872)
Other income, net........ 694 (375)(g) 319
-------- -------- --------
Income before income
taxes................... 54,160 (39,302) 14,858
Provision (benefit) for
income taxes............ 21,933 (15,721)(h) 6,212
-------- -------- --------
Income from continuing
operations.............. $ 32,227 $(23,581) $ 8,646
======== ======== ========
Income per common
share(j)
Basic.................. $ 1.92 $ 0.07
======== ========
Diluted................ $ 1.85 $ 0.07
======== ========
Weighted average number
of common shares
Basic.................. 16,826 120,000
Diluted................ 17,413 120,539
</TABLE>
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Continuing
Operations Data
64
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS DATA
FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DYNATECH ITRONIX
FOR THE FOR THE NINE
YEAR ENDED MONTHS ENDED ACQUISITION RECAPITALIZATION PRO FORMA
MARCH 31, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1996 ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTMENTS MARCH 31, 1997
-------------- ----------------- ----------- ---------------- --------------
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales................... $362,412 $63,822 $426,234
Cost of Sales........... 137,254 45,822 183,076
-------- ------- --------
Gross Profit............ 225,158 18,000 243,158
Selling, general and
administrative
expense................ 114,479 7,977 $ (224)(a) 122,232
Product development
expense................ 43,267 5,248 48,515
Non-recurring charges... 27,776 (20,627)(b) 7,149
Amortization of
intangibles............ 6,793 2,060 (c) 8,853
-------- ------- -------- --------
Operating income........ 32,843 4,775 18,791 56,409
Interest income......... 2,785 (1,892)(d) 893
Interest expense........ (828) (564) $(51,903)(f) (53,295)
Other income, net....... 634 (1) (500)(g) 133
-------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Income before income
taxes.................. 35,434 4,210 16,899 (52,403) 4,140
Provision (benefit) for
income taxes........... 17,585 1,474 5,915 (e) (20,961)(h) 4,013
-------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Income from continuing
operations............. $ 17,849 $ 2,736 $ 10,984 $(31,442) $ 127
======== ======= ======== ======== ========
Income per common
share(j)
Basic................. $ 1.04 $ --
======== ========
Diluted............... $ 0.99 $ --
======== ========
Weighted average number
of common shares
Basic................. 17,200 120,000
Diluted............... 18,028 120,539
</TABLE>
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Continuing
Operations Data
65
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONTINUING
OPERATIONS DATA
a) Amounts represent the elimination of amortization of certain historical
Itronix intangibles, principally, goodwill.
b) Represents the elimination of the non-recurring purchased incomplete
technology directly related to the acquisition of Itronix.
c) Amortization of intangibles reflects the amortized portion of the excess
purchase price due to the acquisition of Itronix.
d) Represents the loss of interest income that would have been incurred had
the purchase of Itronix been completed at the beginning of the reporting
period.
e) Represents the income tax effect of the Itronix pro forma adjustments
assuming a 35% tax rate.
f) Reflects incremental interest expense related to the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities, Senior Subordinated Notes and the Revolving Credit Facility,
assuming interest rates of 8.2%, 9.0%, and 8.0% per annum, respectively, as
well as the amortization over the term of the debt of debt issuance costs
of $25,700 related to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, Senior
Subordinated Notes and the Revolving Credit Facility. The amortization of
debt issuance costs were $2,247 and $2,996, respectively, for the nine
months ended December 31, 1997 and for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1997. A 1/8 percentage point increase or decrease in the assumed interest
rates on the debt and the rates issued in connection with the
Recapitalization would change the annual net interest expense by
approximately $0.5 million and $0.7 million in the nine months ended
December 31, 1997 and in fiscal year 1997, respectively.
g) Reflects the pro rated portion of the annual fee payable to CDR for
management and financial consulting series provided to the Company.
h) Reflects the income tax effects of the pro forma adjustments, assuming a
40% tax rate.
i) The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Continuing
Operations Data exclude the following non-recurring items that are directly
attributable to the Recapitalization transactions:
1. A compensation charge of $13.6 million associated with the cash
settlement (net of related tax benefit) relating to certain Company
Stock Options which are retired or canceled as a result of the Merger.
2. A non-cash compensation charge of $10.7 million (net of related tax
benefit) relating to the conversion of the Management Stockholders'
Company Stock Options into fully vested and exercisable equivalent
options to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock.
j) Income per common share--The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," which modifies the way in which
earnings per share (EPS) data is calculated and disclosed. The Company
adopted this standard for the interim period ending December 31, 1997, and
has restated all prior period EPS data presented. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis--New Pronouncements."
66
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RECAPITALIZATION
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
---------- ---------------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN 000'S)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents........... $ 47,569 $ 263,177 (a) $ 27,144
567,900 (b)
(25,700)(c)
(22,697)(d)
(803,105)(f)
Accounts receivable, net............ 73,330 73,330
Inventories......................... 45,408 45,408
Other current assets.................. 11,870 11,870
-------- --------- ---------
Total current assets.............. 178,177 (20,425) 157,752
-------- --------- ---------
Property and equipment, net........... 25,178 25,178
Intangible assets, net................ 39,496 39,496
Other assets.......................... 20,926 25,700 (c) 62,861
9,079 (d)
7,156 (e)
-------- --------- ---------
$263,777 $ 21,510 $ 285,287
======== ========= =========
LIABILITIES & EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Notes payable & current portion of $ 171 $ 171
long-term debt.....................
Accounts payable.................... 20,345 20,345
Accrued expenses.................... 45,886 45,886
Net liabilities of discounted 2,793 2,793
operations.........................
-------- ---------
Total current liabilities......... 69,195 69,195
Long-term debt........................ 109 $ 567,900 (b) 568,009
Other liabilities..................... 3,101 3,101
-------- --------- ---------
3,210 567,900 571,110
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Company common stock, including 10,890 (1,999)(a) --
additional paid-in-capital........... (8,891)(f)
Recapitalized common stock, including -- 265,176 (a) 304,092
additional paid-in-capital........... 17,892 (e)
21,024 (f)
Retained earnings (deficit)........... 227,733 (13,618)(d) (657,172)
(10,736)(e)
(860,551)(f)
Cumulative translation adjustments.... (1,938) (1,938)
Treasury stock........................ (45,313) 45,313 (f) --
-------- --------- ---------
Total Shareholders' equity 191,372 (546,390) (355,018)
(deficit)........................
-------- --------- ---------
$263,777 $ 21,510 $ 285,287
======== ========= =========
</TABLE>
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
67
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
(DOLLARS IN 000'S)
a) Reflects the issuance of 111,590,528 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock
in exchange for MergerCo Common Stock, net of related issuance costs of
$13,800; MergerCo is a nonsubstantive transitory merger vehicle (which will
be merged into the Company at the Effective Time) and its only tangible
assets are $277,000 of cash and 40,804 shares of Common Stock from the
issuance of its common stock.
b) Reflects the issuance of Senior Secured Credit Facilities, Senior
Subordinated Notes and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.
c) Reflects deferred issuance costs incurred in connection with the issuance
of Senior Secured Credit Facilities, Senior Subordinated Notes and the
Revolving Credit Facility of which $2,500 was prepaid by the Company at
December 31, 1997.
d) Reflects the net cash paid in connection with the settlement of certain
stock options in an amount equal to the excess of $49.00 over the exercise
price per share of Common Stock subject to such settled options, and the
related tax benefit.
e) The Company has assumed that an aggregate of 1,100,000 Company Stock
Options held by Management Stockholders will be converted into equivalent
options to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock (the exercise
prices of which preserve the economic value of their current Company Stock
Options), most of which will be fully vested and exercisable. Of the
1,100,000 Company Stock Options, approximately 820,618 Company Stock
Options, will have revisions to the original terms, which results in a new
measurement date for the Company Stock Options and a non-cash charge of
$10.7 million (net of related tax benefit).
f) Reflects the conversion of 16,818,945 shares of Common Stock (excluding
shares held by MergerCo and held in treasury assumed to be cancelled) into
the right to receive $47.75 per share in cash and the 0.5 shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock per share of Common Stock (totaling 8,409,473
shares of the Recapitalized Common Stock).
68
<PAGE>
PRO FORMA CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the unaudited pro forma consolidated cash and
equivalents and capitalization of the Company (i) at December 31, 1997 and
(ii) after giving pro forma effect to the Merger and related transactions as
if they had occurred on December 31, 1997. This table should be read in
conjunction with "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data," "Unaudited
Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data," "Management Discussion and
Analysis," and the Consolidated Financial Statements (including the notes
thereto) appearing elsewhere in this Proxy Statement.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1997
------------------------
ACTUAL PRO FORMA
---------- ------------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and equivalents.......................... $ 47.6 $ 27.1
========== ===========
Debt:
Existing Debt................................ $ 0.3 $ 0.3
Merger Financings:
Senior Secured Credit Facilities............ -- 260.0
Senior Subordinated Debt.................... -- 275.0
Revolving Credit Facility................... -- 32.9
---------- -----------
Total debt.................................. 0.3 568.2
---------- -----------
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
Company common stock, including additional
paid-in-capital............................. 10.9 --
Recapitalized common stock, including addi-
tional
paid-in-capital............................. -- 304.1
Retained earnings (deficit).................. 227.7 (657.2)
Cumulative translation adjustments........... (1.9) (1.9)
Treasury stock............................... (45.3) --
---------- -----------
Total Shareholders' equity (deficit)........ 191.4 (355.0)
---------- -----------
Total Capitalization........................ $ 191.7 $ 213.2
========== ===========
</TABLE>
69
<PAGE>
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)
YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, NINE MONTHS ENDED PRO FORMA
---------------------------------- ----------------- -----------------
NINE
MONTHS YEAR
ENDED ENDED
1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 12/31/96 12/31/97 12/31/97 03/31/97
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT
OF OPERATIONS DATA
Income (loss) before
income taxes and
extraordinary credit... 21,220 23,847 28,095 26,108 35,434 26,769 54,160 14,858 4,140
Add:
Portion of rents
representative of the
interest factor........ 1,400 1,533 1,467 1,900 2,067 1,550 1,933 1,933 2,567
Interest on indebted-
ness................... 2,229 3,794 3,919 1,723 828 365 1,218 36,680 48,907
Amortization of debt
expense and premium.... 2,247 2,996
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Income as adjusted...... 24,849 29,174 33,481 29,731 38,329 28,684 57,311 55,718 58,610
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Fixed charges:
Portion of rents
representative of
interest factor........ 1,400 1,533 1,467 1,900 2,067 1,550 1,933 1,933 2,567
Interest on indebted-
ness................... 2,229 3,794 3,919 1,723 828 365 1,218 36,680 48,907
Amortization of debt
expense and premium.... 2,247 2,996
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Fixed charges........... 3,629 5,327 5,386 3,623 2,895 1,915 3,151 40,860 54,470
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Ratio of earnings to
fixed charges.......... 6.8 5.5 6.2 8.2 13.2 15.0 18.2 1.4 1.1
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
70
<PAGE>
INCOME (EARNINGS) PER SHARE
During the quarter ended December 31, 1997, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share," which modifies
the calculation of earnings per share ("EPS"). The Standard replaces the
previous presentation of primary and fully diluted EPS to basic and diluted
EPS. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available
to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS includes the dilution of common stock
equivalents, and is computed similarly to fully diluted EPS pursuant to APB
Opinion 15. All prior periods presented have been restated to reflect this
adoption.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED MARCH
31,
----------------------
1997 1996 1995
------ ------ ------
(AMOUNTS IN
THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER
SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BASIC:
Common Stock Outstanding
beginning of year...... 17,594 17,577 18,594
Weighted Avg. Treasury
Stock issued during the
period................. 144 461 56
Weighted Avg. Treasury
Stock repurchased...... (538) (69) (804)
------ ------ ------
Weighted average common
stock outstanding end
of year................ 17,200 17,969 17,846
====== ====== ======
DILUTED:
Common Stock Outstanding
beginning of year...... 17,594 17,577 18,594
Weighted Avg. Treasury
Stock issued during the
period................. 144 461 56
Weighted Avg. common
stock equivalents...... 828 346 125
Weighted Avg. Treasury
Stock repurchased...... (538) (69) (804)
------ ------ ------
Weighted average common
stock outstanding end
of year................ 18,028 18,315 17,971
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
BOOK VALUE PER SHARE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
ACTUAL 1997 1997
- ------ ------------ -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Shareholders' equity per share....................... $11.35 $ 9.57
PRO FORMA*
Shareholders' equity per share....................... ($ 2.96) ($ 3.18)
Shares of Recapitalized Common Stock................. 120 million 120 million
</TABLE>
- --------
* Reflects the following: (i) the issuance of 111,590,528 shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock in exchange for each share of MergerCo Common
Stock, net of related issuance costs of $13,800; MergerCo is a
nonsubstantive transitory merger vehicle (which will be merged into the
Company at the Effective Time) and its only tangible assets are $277,000 of
cash and 40,804 shares of Common Stock from the issuance of its common
stock; (ii) the net cash paid in connection with the settlement of certain
stock options in an amount equal to the excess of $49.00 over the exercise
price per share of Common Stock subject to such settled options, and the
related tax benefit; (iii) the conversion of 16,818,945 shares of Common
Stock (excluding shares held by MergerCo and held in treasury assumed to be
cancelled) into the right to receive $47.75 per share in cash and the 0.5
shares of Recapitalized Common Stock per share of Common Stock (totaling
8,409,473 shares of the Recapitalized Common Stock); and (iv) the Company
has assumed that an aggregate of 1,100,000 Company Stock Options held by
Management Stockholders will be converted into equivalent options to
purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock (the exercise prices of which
preserve the economic value of their current Company Stock Options), all of
which, other than 20,737 Company Stock Options held by Mr. Reno, will be
fully vested and exercisable.
71
<PAGE>
MARKET PRICES OF COMMON STOCK
The Common Stock was listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and commenced
trading on the New York Stock Exchange on January 28, 1997 under the symbol
"DYT." Prior to January 28, 1997, the Common Stock was listed on the Nasdaq
National Market. The Company changed its listing to the New York Stock
Exchange in an attempt to increase its visibility in the marketplace. The
number of Stockholders of record at April 16, 1998 was 922, which number
includes certain registered holders who hold Common Stock for an undetermined
number of beneficial owners. On December 19, 1997, the business day
immediately preceding the first public release of information regarding the
Merger by the Company, the reported closing sale price per share of Common
Stock was $36.75. On April 28, 1998, the last full trading day prior to the
date of this Proxy Statement, the reported closing sale price per share of
Common Stock was $48.5625.
The following table shows, for the fiscal periods indicated, the high and
low sale prices of a share of Common Stock as reported by the New York Stock
Exchange and the Nasdaq National Market, as applicable.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTER ENDED HIGH LOW
------------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
March 31, 1998.................................................. 48.50 46.1875
December 31, 1997............................................... 47.875 33.50
September 30, 1997.............................................. 41.9375 34.00
June 30, 1997................................................... 42.125 28.625
March 31, 1997.................................................. 54.50 28.00
December 31, 1996............................................... 58.00 40.50
September 30, 1996.............................................. 46.88 30.75
June 30, 1996................................................... 35.00 23.00
March 31, 1996.................................................. 25.50 16.00
December 31, 1995............................................... 17.50 14.00
September 30, 1995.............................................. 22.25 15.13
June 30, 1995................................................... 20.50 14.75
</TABLE>
Since April 1, 1995, the Company has not declared or paid cash dividends on
its Common Stock. The Company intends to retain earnings for use in the
operation and expansion of its business. The Company's current term loan
prohibits, and it is contemplated that the Senior Secured Credit Facilities
and the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes will prohibit, the
payment of cash dividends on its Common Stock or Recapitalized Common Stock,
as the case may be.
Beginning in early 1996, the Company has maintained a stock repurchase
program from time to time. Since the inception of the program, the Company has
repurchased 1,983,600 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price
of $57,393,157. The purchase price per share of Common Stock has ranged from
$21.75 to $33.00. The following table shows the average purchase price per
share of Common Stock for each quarterly period since the program began.
Except as described above, the Company has not effected any transactions in
Common Stock since February 27, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTER ENDED AVERAGE PURCHASE PRICE
------------- ----------------------
<S> <C>
April 1, 1998 through April 28, 1998 no purchases made
March 31, 1998 no purchases made
December 31, 1997 no purchases made
September 30, 1997 no purchases made
June 30, 1997 $32.74
March 31, 1997 $32.00
December 31, 1996 no purchases made
September 30, 1996 $32.16
June 30, 1996 $31.83
March 31, 1996 $24.22
</TABLE>
72
<PAGE>
Between February 27, 1998 and April 28, 1998, a total of 1,560 shares of
Common Stock were issued by the Company upon the exercise of stock options
held by employees of the Company. On November 28, 1997, John F. Reno
transferred 15,000 shares of Common Stock to his wife, Suzanne M. Reno. On
December 1, 1997, Mr. Reno transferred 15,000 shares of Common Stock to The
John F. Reno 1997 Qualified Annuity Trust. Finally, on December 2, 1997, Mrs.
Reno transferred 15,000 shares of Common Stock to The Suzanne M. Reno 1997
Qualified Annuity Trust, of which Mr. Reno is a Trustee. On March 30, 1998, a
relative for which Mr. Reno has power of attorney made a charitable
contribution of 4,000 shares of Common Stock.
The following table gives information regarding the shares of Common Stock
purchased by Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler since April 1, 1995.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JOHN F. RENO ALLAN M. KLINE JOHN R. PEELER
------------ -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Total number of shares
purchased.............. 56,800(1) 2,338(2) 18,518(3)
Total cost of shares.... $1,683,300.00 $73,555.66 $649,885.48
Range of purchase pric-
es..................... $32.25-$25.25 $38.75-$23.00 $38.50-$34.50
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE PURCHASE PRICE
FOR QUARTER ENDED:
----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
April 1, 1998 through
April 28, 1998........ -- $34.37 $34.37
March 31, 1998......... -- -- --
December 31, 1997...... -- -- --
September 30, 1997..... -- $25.29 --
June 30, 1997.......... -- -- --
March 31, 1997......... -- $33.37 --
December 31, 1996...... -- -- --
September 30, 1996..... -- -- $38.50
June 30, 1996.......... $32.25 -- $34.50
March 31, 1996......... $25.25 $30.87 --
December 31, 1995...... -- -- --
September 30, 1995..... -- -- --
June 30, 1995.......... -- -- --
</TABLE>
- --------
(1)Consists of 56,800 shares acquired upon the exercise of stock options.
(2)Consists of 1,600 shares purchased in market transactions and 738 shares
acquired under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(3)Consists of 17,600 shares acquired upon the exercise of stock options and
918 shares acquired under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Neither CDR Fund V, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc., CD&R Investment
Associates II, Inc. nor MergerCo has effected any transactions in Common Stock
since February 27, 1998.
73
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY
The Company develops, manufactures and sells market-leading test, analysis,
communications and computing equipment in three product categories:
. Communications Test. The Company believes its subsidiary, TTC, is the
second largest U.S. provider of communications test instruments (by U.S.
sales). TTC provides products to communications service providers (such
as the RBOCs, long-distance companies and competitive access providers),
service users (such as large corporate and government network operators),
and manufacturers of communications equipment and systems. TTC's broad
test and analysis product line ranges from portable units (used by field
service technicians to test telephone and data communications lines and
services) to centralized test and monitoring systems installed in
telephone company central offices. TTC's communications test business
accounted for 52% of the Company's sales (or approximately $184.9
million) for the nine months ended December 31, 1997.
. Industrial Computing and Communications. The Company addresses two
distinct segments of the North American ruggedized computer market. ICS
is the only significant direct marketer of computer products and systems
designed to withstand excessive temperatures, dust, moisture and
vibration in harsh operating environments such as production facilities.
ICS markets to engineers, scientists and production managers through its
widely recognized Industrial Computer Source-Book catalogs. Itronix sells
ruggedized portable communications and computing devices used by field-
service workers for telephone companies, utilities, insurance companies
and other organizations with large field-service workforces. The
Company's industrial computing and communications business accounted for
31% of the Company's sales (or approximately $111.0 million) for the nine
months ended December 31, 1997.
. Visual Communications. The Company's visual communications business
consists principally of two market-leading niche-focused subsidiaries:
(i) AIRSHOW is the world leader in passenger cabin video information
display systems and information services for the general and commercial
aviation markets; and (ii) da Vinci is the world leader in digital color
enhancement systems used in the process of transferring film images into
electronic signals--a process commonly used to transfer film images to
video for use in the production of television commercials and
programming. The Company's visual communications business accounted for
16% of the Company's sales (or approximately $57.5 million) for the nine
months ended December 31, 1997.
For the nine months ended December 31, 1997, the Company generated sales of
$353.3 million.
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS
The following characteristics contribute to the Company's competitive
position and outlook.
. Leading Market Positions. The Company's principal businesses occupy the
#1 or #2 overall position in their respective principal markets. TTC,
which is the Company's largest subsidiary and operates in a highly
fragmented market, has in recent years held the #1 or #2 position in
market segments accounting for an estimated 70% of its test instrument
sales. ICS is the only significant direct marketer of ruggedized
industrial computers and Itronix is the leading supplier of ruggedized
portable notebook computers to U.S. telecommunications companies. AIRSHOW
and da Vinci have the # 1 shares in their respective niche markets. The
Company's market leadership is enhanced by its well known brand names,
including FIREBERD and T-BERD test instruments, the Industrial Computer
Source-Book catalogs, and the AIRSHOW map system.
. Double-Digit Market Growth. The Company participates in market segments
that management believes have been growing at least 10% annually in
recent years. Between fiscal 1994 and 1997, the Company increased sales
at a compound annual growth rate of 22% (16% excluding the impact of
acquisitions), a rate which management believes exceeds the composite
sales growth rate for the market segments the Company addresses. The
growth of the communications test instrument market, the Company's
largest, is driven in part by the growth of telecommunications equipment
and services.
74
<PAGE>
. High-Margin, Cash-Generative Business. The Company's gross profit margin
was 57.1% for the nine months ended December 31, 1997. Management
believes the Company's strong profitability is attributable to its
leading market positions, its extensive sales and distribution networks,
its entrenched customer relationships and a management culture
emphasizing product quality and customer service and support, rather than
price-based competition. The Company's strong profitability, combined
with relatively low capital expenditure requirements (averaging 3% of
sales since 1994), provides cash flow to fund the Company's growth
strategy and has facilitated a cumulative investment of approximately
$180 million in product development from the beginning of fiscal 1994
through December 31, 1997.
. High Installed Base of Products. As leaders in each of their respective
served markets, the Company's principal businesses enjoy high installed
product bases, which the Company believes generally provide a competitive
advantage in selling product enhancements, upgrades, replacements and
aftermarket parts and service. For example, the Company has sold over
100,000 of its communications test instruments (representing over $1.0
billion in customer investment), the majority of which the Company
believes are currently in service. This installed base also represents a
substantial investment by customers in training on the Company's
communications test products, a familiarity that the Company capitalizes
on in selling and marketing its products and in the development of new
products.
. Extensive Sales and Distribution Network with Longstanding Customer
Relationships. Management believes that each of the Company's principal
businesses enjoys one of the most extensive, effective and highly trained
sales and distribution networks in its respective principal markets. The
communications test business, for example, has a 180-person U.S. sales
organization comprising predominantly engineers and technical
professionals, who undergo rigorous, ongoing education and training. The
Company has been selling to service providers such as AT&T, MCI, Sprint,
GTE and Bell Atlantic (or their predecessors) since prior to the early
1980s. Industrial Computer Source-Book (nearly six million copies
distributed in fiscal 1997) is the most widely recognized catalog of
ruggedized industrial computer systems by scientists and engineers. These
purchasers rely upon ICS's sales staff, comprising predominantly
electrical engineers, to solve compatibility and functionality issues in
configuring the systems.
. Experienced Management Team with Substantial Equity Ownership. Led by CEO
John F. Reno, a 23-year Dynatech veteran, the senior management of each
of the Company's businesses have on average more than 15 years of
industry experience. Shortly after consummation of the recapitalization,
approximately 350 senior managers and key employees collectively will own
or have options to acquire approximately 25% of Dynatech's common stock
on a fully diluted basis.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company intends to pursue the following strategies:
. Leverage Leading Market Positions. The Company believes that its leading
market positions provide it with several competitive advantages in
comparison to smaller market participants, particularly in its
communications test business, and position it to expand its business by
(i) spreading product development costs over a larger sales and unit
base, (ii) leveraging its sales and marketing resources and customer
relationships to sell new and enhanced products through established
channels, and (iii) taking advantage of its high installed base of
instruments to generate incremental sales for product enhancements,
upgrades, replacements and service.
. Address New Market Segments. The Company intends to continue to develop
products to address new market segments in each of its businesses and
thereby expand the size of its total served market. For example, the
Company currently addresses approximately two-thirds of the $2.1 billion
communications test instrument market and is beginning to address
segments within the $1.0 billion communications test and monitoring
systems market. With product line extensions and additions, the Company
can expand the size of its served market while leveraging its extensive
sales and distribution network.
75
<PAGE>
. Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. Since the end of fiscal 1993, the Company
has focused on its higher-growth, more profitable market-leading
businesses, selling 24 non-core businesses for gross proceeds of $190
million and acquiring four complementary businesses. The Company intends
to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions that complement its existing
businesses and further expand its product lines and technological
capabilities. The communications test instrument market is highly
fragmented, which management believes provides significant opportunities
for future strategic acquisitions. With the Company's economies of scale,
well-established sales and marketing channels and customer relationships,
the Company believes it can, through selective acquisitions, improve
profitability while expanding the breadth of its product line and
enhancing its technological expertise.
. Increase International Penetration. The Company generated 87% of sales
for the nine months ended December 31, 1997 in North America, primarily
in the United States, where it has established market-leading positions
in each of its principal businesses. The Company believes there are
significant opportunities to expand its international business. For
example, while the Company generated only 11% of its communications test
sales from markets outside North America during the nine month period
ended December 31, 1997, the $900 million international market represents
an estimated 43% of the global communications test instrument market for
the same period and grew approximately 12% from 1996 to 1997.
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
Communications Test
Market Overview. The Company believes that the worldwide market for
communications testing is approximately $3.1 billion, comprising the $2.1
billion communications test instrument market and the $1.0 billion test and
monitoring systems market. Test instruments are used in the design,
manufacturing, installation and maintenance of communications equipment and
networks while test and monitoring systems automate the process of detecting,
isolating and resolving faults within a communications network. TTC currently
addresses approximately two-thirds of the $2.1 billion test instruments
market, primarily in North America, and is beginning to address segments
within the $1.0 billion test and monitoring systems market.
Given the growth of communications networks, the multiplicity of
communications technologies and the broad range of applications at various
points in a network, there are numerous different tests and analyses necessary
for communications service providers and users to install, maintain and
troubleshoot communications networks. As a result, the communications test
instrument market is highly fragmented with many competitors, most of which
address only selected niches within the overall market. The Company estimates
that there are approximately 50 competitors in the communications test
instrument market having sales of over $1 million. A small number of larger
companies compete in many segments of the overall market, including Hewlett-
Packard Company, which the Company believes is the worldwide overall market
leader and which competes in many of the same segments as the Company. Other
significant participants in the overall market include Tektronix, Inc., Wandel
& Goltermann GmbH & Co. and Wavetek Corporation (which have recently announced
a proposed merger), and Network General Corporation.
Industry Trends. Growth in the communications test instrument market is
driven in part by growth in the number of service providers, increased demand
for communications services and the introduction of new communications
protocols. Deregulation and privatization of the worldwide telecommunications
industry has produced increased competition and a proliferation of service
providers. To compete, communications providers must accelerate their network
deployment, maintain and upgrade existing infrastructures, and continue to
increase their quality of service, all while also reducing cost structures. In
addition, the growth of the volume of voice traffic, LAN backbones and
interconnections, high-speed interconnects, Internet access and cellular and
other wireless communications systems have led to the deployment of new high-
speed transmission technologies such as Synchronous Optical Network ("SONET"),
Asynchronous Transfer Mode ("ATM"), frame relay and Integrated Services
Digital Network ("ISDN").
76
<PAGE>
The Company believes that these trends have driven overall communications
test instrument industry growth of approximately 10-12% annually in recent
years. Growth rates vary widely across segments of the market and are
typically higher in segments that support the development of high growth
communications services such as ATM, frame relay, SONET and wireless services.
The Company believes the communications test and monitoring systems market
is growing at approximately 12% annually, driven by the needs of service
providers to provide higher quality networks and to reduce costs through
efficiency, which may be gained by using test and monitoring systems.
Industrial Computing and Communications
The Company's industrial computing and communications business addresses two
markets: (1) the market for ruggedized rack-mounted computers, which is
characterized by thousands of smaller customers who typically order fewer than
ten units each, and (2) the market for ruggedized portable computers, which is
characterized by a more concentrated group of larger customers that typically
order large quantities of units.
Ruggedized Rack-Mounted Computers. The Company believes that the global
market for ruggedized industrial computer products currently exceeds $1.0
billion annually, split roughly evenly between North America and the rest of
the world. The Company estimates that this global market has been growing
approximately 10% annually in recent years and will grow at approximately 12%
through 2001, driven by the increased use of computers in harsh environments.
The market consists of sales of (i) modular component products, which include
chassis and CPUs sold separately and integrated by the customer, and (ii)
fully integrated systems, which consist of a considerably broader product
offering that is fully integrated into complete systems prior to sale. The
Company believes that modular component products and fully integrated systems
each account for approximately half of the total global market. ICS competes
primarily in the fully integrated systems segment of the market and focuses on
the direct marketing of its products to engineers and scientists purchasing
one to ten units through its catalogs, utilizing a proprietary database
developed over many years. In ICS's target market, ICS's principal competitors
include Texas Microsystems Inc., the I-Bus Division of Maxwell Technologies,
Inc., American Advantech Corp. and Diversified Technology, Inc. Other
significant competitors in the overall market include IBM and Siemens AG.
Ruggedized Portable Computers. The market for ruggedized portable computers
consists of customers with large mobile workforces in industries such as
telecommunications, utilities, insurance and others that employ service and
maintenance technicians for a variety of products. The Company estimates that
the global market for ruggedized portable notebook computers, Itronix's
principal market, currently exceeds $400 million, and believes this market has
grown approximately 16% in 1997. In this market, because of the relatively
small number of customers with large field-service work forces, the timing and
size of whose orders are irregular, growth rates vary widely. Ruggedized
portable computers provide field workers with the ability to install, diagnose
and maintain company and customer equipment and collect critical information
from remote locations. The critical feature of ruggedized portable computers
is the ability to operate reliably in adverse environments and work conditions
while withstanding mechanical shock, vibration, moisture and extreme
temperatures. Itronix is the market leader in sales to U.S. telecommunications
service providers, whose large field service personnel require portable
computers to collect data from various remote locations. Itronix's competitors
in the fully-ruggedized portable notebook computer market include Panasonic
Industrial Co. (which the Company believes is the worldwide market leader) and
a number of smaller competitors, as well as competition from manufacturers of
competing mass market "semi-rugged" mobile computers, which constrains the
pricing of premium portable ruggedized products like Itronix's. Producers of
ruggedized portable computers also face indirect competition from off-the-
shelf portable computers and single-purpose diagnostic and data collection
instruments.
Visual Communications
AIRSHOW. AIRSHOW addresses a segment of the overall market for information
and entertainment systems used by passengers of commercial and general
aviation aircraft. The market is driven by growth in
77
<PAGE>
aircraft production and demand by aircraft passengers to receive real-time
video or data information while the aircraft is in the air. Management
projects estimated growth in new general aviation aircraft production of 20%
in 1998. AIRSHOW has a leadership position in a market niche for passenger
cabin video information systems for the general aviation and commercial
airline markets. See "--Products and Services."
da Vinci. da Vinci produces digital color correction systems, which are a
component of telecine systems used by video post production and commercial
production facilities to enhance and color match images as they are
transferred from film to video tape for editing and distribution. The
principal application of da Vinci's color correction system is to conform and
enhance color in the film editing process and to provide color to black and
white films and video images. da Vinci products occupy the leadership position
in this small niche market, growth in which is driven primarily by the
introduction of new video technologies and standards within the film and video
production industry.
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Communications Test
Overview. TTC provides a wide range of test and analysis products, service
and support that enable customers worldwide to develop, manufacture, install
and maintain communications networks and equipment. TTC's products include a
broad portfolio of test instruments, test systems, software and professional
services that address multiple technologies and applications at various
locations in communications networks.
TTC's test instrument products address two key categories of applications in
communications networks: (i) transmission testing between service providers'
central offices ("digital transport") and between a service provider's central
office and its customers (the "local loop"), and (ii) network services testing
by both service providers and users of a broad range of technologies and
services delivered principally to business customers. In addition, TTC is
expanding its product offerings for the communications test and monitoring
systems market.
TTC's sales in this area were $116.1 million in fiscal 1994, $143.1 million
in fiscal 1995, $172.0 million in fiscal 1996 and $211.3 million in fiscal
1997, representing a 22.1% compound annual growth rate.
Transmission Testing. TTC produces a wide range of products that test and
monitor the physical transmission of voice and data signals across a service
provider's network of transmission circuits, cables, connectors and related
network components in the central office and local loop. Domestic and
international service providers use TTC's transport test products to install
and maintain high-speed transmission circuits. Service providers have employed
such circuits as inter-office links to connect voice and data transmission
between long-distance carriers, local exchange carriers and wireless carriers.
More recently, transmission circuits employing newer technologies, such as
ISDN, SONET and ATM, have been proliferating as more analog networks are being
upgraded as customers demand improvements to facilitate high-speed data
transmission. TTC's products cover most widely accepted existing and emerging
technologies in its markets, with average selling prices ranging from $5,000
for a handheld unit to $45,000 for a fully-featured portable instrument to
$70,000 for a test system.
Service providers use TTC's local loop test products to install and maintain
voice telephone services, ISDN, digital data system ("DDS"), T1 lines, and
fiber optic facilities between the service providers' local central offices
and the customers' premises. For example, technicians use products such as the
T-BERD 209OSP, a ruggedized field service test set, to perform fault location
and data quality testing of voice or data circuits in the local loop. With the
increased competition among service providers and the attendant workforce
downsizing of incumbent local service providers such as the RBOCs, TTC designs
its local loop test products to assist such customers in improving service
quality and productivity while reducing costs.
Network Services Testing. TTC's network services products test
communications technologies and services employed primarily by businesses,
including their physical transmission facilities, voice services, and data
78
<PAGE>
services such as ATM, frame relay and ISDN. TTC's FIREBERD data communications
analyzers, for example, measure performance of a wide range of network
transmission equipment utilized on a business customer's premises and have a
modular construction to facilitate simple upgrades as new technologies and
services are employed. TTC's FIREBERD 500 Internetwork Analyzer monitors and
tests network traffic between a LAN and WAN and can analyze numerous
communications protocols. In addition, TTC manufactures portable, hand-held
test instruments that enable service technicians to install or repair
networks.
Communications Test and Monitoring Systems. TTC historically has focused on
the communications test instrument market, which continues to account for the
predominance of TTC's sales. However, TTC has been developing products to
address the $1.0 billion communications test and monitoring systems market.
For example, the CENTEST 650 was developed to automate the monitoring and
testing of DS0, DS1 and DS3 signals so that service providers can identify
network trouble spots quickly and direct mobile repair crews more efficiently
from a central location. In addition, TTC is devoting significant resources to
develop additional products for the communications test and monitoring systems
market.
Industrial Computing and Communications
Overview. The Company's industrial computing and communications business
consists of two subsidiaries addressing different segments of the ruggedized
computer market: (1) ICS, primarily a direct marketer of rack-mounted computer
products and systems used by engineers, scientists and others in industrial or
otherwise harsh operating environments, and (2) Itronix, acquired by the
Company in December 1996, which produces mobile computing and communications
devices used by companies with field service organizations such as telephone
companies and utilities. ICS generally sells to thousands of small accounts,
who typically order fewer than ten units, whereas Itronix sells to a more
concentrated group of large organizations that typically order large
quantities of units.
Industrial Computer Source. ICS employs a direct marketing strategy with its
widely recognized Industrial Computer Source-Book catalogs, proprietary target
customer database and highly trained sales force of electrical engineers to
sell a broad range of integrated industrial computers, input/output devices,
and communication and accessory products. ICS primarily sells fully customized
integrated systems that its sales force configures to address a customer's
particular computing needs. ICS is geared to serving a large number of
customers who typically order fewer than ten units per order. Over the past
three years, ICS has sold to over 12,000 customers with an average order size
of approximately $3,000. ICS mailed nearly six million catalogs in fiscal 1997
to a proprietary and growing list of over 250,000 scientists, engineers and
production managers.
ICS offers rack-mounted personal computers for use in environments other
than homes and offices, including a wide range of commercial and
communications applications. Products include ruggedized computers and remote
terminals designed for operation in adverse environments (exposure to
vibration, noise, temperature fluctuations and extremes, dust, moisture,
electromagnetic fields and other hazards). ICS designs, configures and
assembles its products but generally sources components from third-party
vendors and contract manufacturers. ICS also uses its in-house CPU design
capabilities to sell customized modular products and subsystems to systems
integrators.
ICS's sales were $36.6 million in fiscal 1994, $44.8 million in fiscal 1995,
$57.9 million in fiscal 1996 and $60.5 million in fiscal 1997, representing an
18.2% compound annual growth rate.
Itronix. Itronix is the leading supplier of portable, networked notebook
computing and communications devices used by field-service technicians in the
U.S. telecommunications industry. These products are carried by field-service
technicians who use them in a broad range of environments to communicate--
either through wireline or wireless connections--to a central office.
Customers use Itronix's mobile computing products to automate dispatching,
work management and field reporting processes.
Itronix also targets utilities, insurance companies, and other organizations
seeking to increase the efficiency of their field-service personnel. Service
technicians often make multiple service calls to different locations
79
<PAGE>
without returning to a base office. The use of networked computing devices
allows for more effective dispatching to service sites and provides two-way
communications with technicians. Itronix's flagship product provides
technicians with the ability to access engineering data and customer service
histories, or to collect and transmit key information regarding their service
calls to a central database.
Itronix currently produces two hardware product lines, the X-C Series of
laptop computers and the T Series of smaller handheld computing devices.
Itronix's flagship product line, the X-C series, is a rugged laptop computer
that features functionality and power that is similar to commodity laptops yet
is designed to withstand harsh environments, including heat, cold, rain and
the shock and vibration found in service vehicles. The X-C is also an
integrated communications device with options for both wired and wireless
communications. Other features include intelligent battery-life management and
touch screen functionality.
Itronix, which the Company acquired on December 31, 1996, is facing
significant manufacturing and marketing challenges. Management is currently
implementing a plan to (1) reduce manufacturing costs by renegotiating
component costs, outsourcing non-core manufacturing activities and redesigning
its products and (2) reposition its premium niche against new market
competition from "semi-rugged" and mass market products. See "Risk Factors--
Risks Relating to Itronix."
Itronix's sales were $62.8 million in fiscal 1996 and $81.6 million in
fiscal 1997.
Visual Communications
Overview. The Company's principal visual communications businesses are
AIRSHOW and da Vinci. The Company's visual communications sales were $46.9
million in fiscal 1994, $55.2 million in fiscal 1995, $63.1 million in fiscal
1996 and $72.8 million in fiscal 1997, representing a 15.8% compound annual
growth rate.
AIRSHOW. AIRSHOW primarily manufactures passenger cabin video information
display systems for the general and commercial aviation markets, selling its
equipment to airlines, aircraft manufacturers, and aircraft electronic system
(avionics) installation centers. AIRSHOW also provides information services by
collecting data from various information service providers and transmitting
news, weather and financial information as text and graphics to aircraft
equipped with AIRSHOW Network products. AIRSHOW systems are installed on over
3,000 general aviation aircraft and on approximately 100 commercial airlines.
The AIRSHOW moving map system and real-time flight information passenger
video displays are offered across general and commercial aviation markets with
variations in equipment interface for different aircraft and video systems
types. The AIRSHOW Network is an extension of the moving map system and
includes a real-time data communications system. AIRSHOW Network is now
offered as an option by leading corporate aircraft manufacturers such as
Bombardier Inc., The Cessna Aircraft Company, Inc., Dassault Falcon Jet Corp.,
Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation and Learjet Inc. AIRSHOW recently introduced
its AIRSHOW TV service which provides for reception of direct broadcast
satellite TV aboard general aviation aircraft operating within the continental
U.S. This service is being primarily marketed to the general aviation market.
da Vinci. da Vinci produces digital color correction systems, which are a
component of telecine systems used by video post production and commercial
production facilities to enhance and color match images as they are
transferred from film to video tape for editing and distribution. The
principal application of da Vinci's color correction system is to conform and
enhance color in the film editing process and to provide color to black and
white films and video images. da Vinci products occupy the leadership position
in this small niche market, growth in which is driven primarily by the
introduction of new video technologies and standards within the film and video
production industry.
Other Subsidiaries. The Company's other visual communications subsidiaries
are: Parallax Graphics, Inc., which the Company plans to wind down; DataViews,
which provides tools for software developers; and ComCoTec, which develops
software solutions for the pharmacy industry.
80
<PAGE>
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
For each of the Company's businesses, the development of new and enhanced
products is a key element of its strategy, designed to further penetrate
served markets, address new markets and reduce costs. From the beginning of
fiscal 1994 through December 31, 1997, consolidated product development
expense was approximately $180 million, representing an average of 12.3% of
sales per year. Consolidated product development expense was 12.6% of sales
($30,585,000) in fiscal 1995, 12.4% of sales ($36,456,000) in fiscal 1996, and
11.9% of sales ($43,267,000) in fiscal 1997. The Company anticipates product
development spending to continue at similar levels as a percentage of sales in
the future. See "Risk Factors--Rapid Technological Change; Challenges of New
Product Introductions."
From the beginning of fiscal 1994 through December 31, 1997, the Company
invested approximately $125 million in development of communications test
instruments. In fiscal 1997, the Company introduced a significant number of
new test instrument products including the T-BERD 950, a lightweight
integrated test set which can test multiple technologies such as ISDN and
frame relay data services, and the TTC-2207, a hand-held instrument with a
touch screen graphical user interface designed for testing wireless networks.
The Company has also made recent Pentium product introductions in its
industrial computing and communications product lines and has significantly
expanded its AIRSHOW product offerings.
The Company uses its customer relationships to focus its product development
strategy on customer needs and emerging technologies.
CUSTOMERS AND MARKETING
Overview. The Company markets its products to a diverse customer base. The
Company's products are sold to a broad range of communications service
providers, including RBOCs, long-distance carriers, competitive access
providers, wireless service companies, independent telephone companies, cable
television operations, and a wide array of computer and data communication
users, corporate and industrial customers, and scientific organizations.
Most of the Company's revenues are generated through direct selling. The
Company also uses distributorships and representative relationships to sell
its products in areas of the United States and the rest of the world with
relatively low sales volume.
The Company's sales of goods and services to various agencies of the United
States federal government were approximately $20,040,000, $12,785,000, and
$17,484,000 in fiscal 1995, fiscal 1996, and fiscal 1997, respectively. Sales
of goods and services to the agencies of the United States federal government
are made pursuant to standard contracts which generally permit such agencies
to cancel or revise the contracts at will.
No single customer accounted for more than 10% of sales in any of these
three years.
Communications Test. In the U.S., TTC markets and sells its communications
test and analysis products primarily through a 180-person direct sales team
comprising predominantly engineers and technical professionals who undergo
intensive initial training on TTC's and its competitors' products.
Internationally, TTC employs a 60-person direct sales team for key markets
along with distributors and representatives to market and sell its products.
TTC's principal customers are communications service providers (such as RBOCs,
long-distance companies and competitive access providers), service users such
as large corporate and government network operators, and manufacturers of
communications equipment and systems.
Industrial Computing and Communications. ICS sells its ruggedized industrial
computer products to engineers and scientists primarily through its catalogs
and a telemarketing sales force comprised of highly-trained electrical
engineers. Itronix employs a direct sales force of engineers to market and
sell its ruggedized mobile computer products to organizations with large field
service groups such as telephone and insurance companies
81
<PAGE>
and utilities. ICS typically sells to thousands of customers with no
significant customer concentration while Itronix's sales tend to be more
concentrated on fewer large customers.
Visual Communications. The Company's niche visual communications businesses
generally sell into niche markets directly through their own sales forces as
well as through distributors and representatives.
PRODUCT ASSEMBLY
The Company outsources most of its manufacturing and mechanical parts
fabrication and generally performs its own final assembly and testing of
products.
COMPETITION
The markets in which the Company competes are highly competitive and are
characterized by rapidly changing technology. Principal competitors include
businesses with significant financial, development, marketing, and
manufacturing resources, as well as numerous small, specialized companies. The
Company believes it holds a relatively favorable position with respect to the
important competitive factors in each of its markets. The Company considers
rapid product development, product functionality and features, and highly
trained technical sales and support staff to be key competitive factors. See
"--Industry Overview" and "Risk Factors--Highly Competitive Markets."
INTERNATIONAL
The Company maintains sales subsidiaries or branches for its communications
test business in major countries in Western Europe and Asia and has
distribution agreements in other countries where sales volume does not warrant
a direct sales organization. The Company's foreign sales from continuing
operations (including exports from the United States directly to foreign
customers) were approximately 20%, 20%, and 23% of consolidated net sales in
fiscal 1997, fiscal 1996, and fiscal 1995, respectively.
The Company's international business is subject to risks customarily found
in foreign operations, such as fluctuations in currency exchange rates, import
and export controls, and regulatory policies of foreign governments. A summary
of the Company's sales, earnings and identifiable assets by geographic area is
found in the Company's financial statements. See "Consolidated Financial
Statements."
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND DIVESTED BUSINESSES
The Company engaged in a business divestiture program beginning in 1994 and
ending in fiscal 1997. Through such program, the Company sold 24 non-core
businesses, which resulted in total proceeds to the Company of approximately
$190 million, including $13.5 million in non-cash proceeds. See "Notes to
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements."
BACKLOG
The Company's backlog of orders at December 31, 1997 and 1996 was
$77,463,000 and $52,398,000, respectively, excluding the effects of the
Itronix acquisition on December 31, 1996.
EMPLOYEES
At December 31, 1997, the Company employed approximately 2,200 people. The
Company's experience has been that employees having requisite skills for the
Company's purposes are generally available in the areas where its facilities
are located, although there are constraints on the Company's ability to fill
certain engineering positions. The Company's employees are not represented by
a labor union, and the Company believes its employee relations are good.
82
<PAGE>
LITIGATION
The Company is involved from time to time in routine legal matters
incidental to its business. The Company believes that the resolution of such
matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
condition or results of operations.
On June 27, 1996, Cincinnati Microwave, Inc. ("CMI") filed an action in the
United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the
Company and Whistler Corporation of Massachusetts ("Whistler"), alleging
willful infringement of CMI's patent for a mute function in radar detectors.
In 1994, the Company sold its radar detector business to Whistler. The Company
and Whistler have asserted in response that they have not infringed, and that
the patent is invalid and unenforceable. The Company obtained an opinion of
counsel from Bromberg & Sunstein LLP in connection with the manufacture and
sale of the Company's Whistler series radar detectors and will be offering the
opinion, among other things, as evidence that any alleged infringement was not
willful. On March 24, 1998, CMI, together with its co-plaintiff and patent
assignee Escort, Inc., moved for summary judgment. Discovery is ongoing. The
Company intends to defend the lawsuit vigorously and does not believe that the
outcome of the litigation is likely to have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
The Company relies primarily on trade secrets, trademark laws,
confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions to establish and
protect its proprietary rights.
The Company generally seeks patent protection for inventions and
improvements to its products which it believes to be patentable. It holds
numerous United States and foreign patents and patent applications covering
many products. The Company does not believe that the expiration of any patent
or group of patents would materially affect its business.
FIREBERD, T-BERD, CENTEST, INTERCEPTOR, XC 6250, INDUSTRIAL COMPUTER SOURCE,
DA VINCI SYSTEMS and AIRSHOW are among the registered trademarks which the
Company considers valuable assets.
DYNATECH and design is a registered service mark of the Company in the
United States and a registered trade or service mark (issued or applied for)
of the Company in most other major industrialized countries of the world.
The Company is subject to customary risks of infringement of its proprietary
rights. While the Company considers its proprietary rights important, it
believes its technical marketing and manufacturing capabilities are of greater
competitive significance.
SUPPLIERS
Materials and components used in the Company's products are normally
available stock items or can be obtained to Company specifications from more
than one potential supplier, with the exception of certain components which
are being sourced from a single supplier. These include certain commercially
available and customized microprocessors and application specific integrated
circuits, power supplies, display devices and certain operating system
software. The Company has not entered into long term contracts for the supply
of such components. Although alternative sources generally exist for these
materials, a significant amount of time could be required before the Company
would begin to receive adequate supplies from such alternative suppliers. The
Company also purchases certain key components from sole source vendors,
including a semi-conductor manufacturer of a component utilized in the
Company's communications test business and a component manufacturer for the
Itronix series of ruggedized laptop computers. There can be no assurance that
such components will continue to be produced or that the price for such
components may not significantly increase. Some components and assemblies are
purchased in Asia pursuant to volume contracts. See "Risk Factors--Dependence
on Sole Source Suppliers and Licensors."
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
Federal, state and local laws or regulations which have been enacted or
adopted regulating the discharge of materials into the environment have not
had, and under present conditions, the Company does not foresee that they will
have, a material adverse effect on capital expenditures, earnings, or the
competitive position of the Company.
83
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
The Company's policy is generally to lease real property for its
manufacturing and sales operations. Principal operating facilities for
continuing operations are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SQUARE LEASE
LOCATION FEET TERMINATION
- -------- ------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Burlington, Massachusetts................................... 14,600 1999
Ft. Lauderdale, Florida..................................... 16,300 2001
Germantown, Maryland........................................ 30,000 2006
Germantown, Maryland........................................ 68,000 2001
Germantown, Maryland........................................ 98,000 2003
Lombard, Illinois........................................... 23,300 1998
Northampton, Massachusetts.................................. 22,500 1999
Tustin, California.......................................... 24,300 1999
Salem, Virginia............................................. 35,900 2004
San Diego, California....................................... 135,000 2004
Spokane, Washington......................................... 66,400 1999
</TABLE>
The Company has other leases for continuing operations manufacturing space
and sales offices, but in each case the total leased space is under 15,000
square feet.
The Company has leased approximately 239,000 square feet of space in various
facilities in discontinued operations at December 31, 1997.
YEAR 2000
The Company has commenced a review of its computer systems and products in
order to assess its exposure to Year 2000 issues. The Company is currently in
the process of determining the full scope, related costs and action plan to
insure that the Company's systems continue to meet its internal needs and
those of its customers. The Company expects to make the necessary
modifications or changes to its computer information systems to enable proper
processing of transactions relating to the Year 2000 and beyond. However,
there can be no assurance that Year 2000 costs and expenses will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, the Company does not
currently have any information concerning the Year 2000 compliance status of
its suppliers and customers. In the event that any of the Company's
significant suppliers or customers do not successfully and timely achieve Year
2000 compliance, the Company's business or operations could be materially
adversely affected. Finally, there can be no assurance that the Company's
existing or installed base of products are Year 2000 compliant, or that the
Company's products will not be integrated by the Company or its customers
with, or otherwise interact with, non-compliant software or other products.
Any such product non-compliance may expose the Company to claims from its
customers and others, and could impair market acceptance of the Company's
products and services, increase service and warranty costs, or result in
payment of damages, which in turn could materially adversely affect the
Company.
84
<PAGE>
THE SPECIAL MEETING
MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING
Each copy of this Proxy Statement mailed to Stockholders is accompanied by a
proxy card furnished in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the
Board of Directors for use at the Special Meeting. The Special Meeting is
scheduled to be held on May 21, 1998 at 9:00 a.m. at the offices of Ropes &
Gray, 27th Floor, 885 Third Avenue, New York, New York. At the Special
Meeting, Stockholders will consider and vote upon (i) a proposal to approve
and adopt the Merger Agreement and the Merger and (ii) such other matters as
may properly be brought before the Special Meeting.
At the Special Meeting, Stockholders will be asked to consider and vote upon
a proposal to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement between MergerCo and the
Company and the Merger contemplated thereby. A copy of the Merger Agreement is
attached as Appendix A to this Proxy Statement. The Merger Agreement provides,
among other things, for the Merger of MergerCo into the Company with the
Company continuing as the Surviving Corporation. Pursuant to the Merger
Agreement, at the Effective Time the Restated Articles of Organization of the
Company will be amended and restated to provide, among other things, that the
Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of Recapitalized Common
Stock. In the Merger, (i) each outstanding share of Common Stock will be
converted into the right to receive (a) $47.75 in cash and (b) 0.5 shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock (except that any shares held by MergerCo or held in
the Company's treasury will be canceled and any Stockholder who properly
dissents from the Merger will be entitled to appraisal rights under the MBCL)
and (ii) each share of MergerCo Common Stock will be converted into one share
of Recapitalized Common Stock.
Prior to the Merger, (a) John F. Reno, together with two family trusts
established by Mr. Reno, will contribute 40,804 shares of Common Stock to
MergerCo in exchange for 799,758 shares of MergerCo Common Stock and (b) CDR
Fund V, which is managed by CDR, will purchase 110,790,770 shares of MergerCo
Common Stock for approximately $277 million. In the Merger, all such shares of
MergerCo Common Stock will be converted into Recapitalized Common Stock as
described above. As a result of the Merger and these related transactions,
immediately following the Merger, (x) CDR Fund V will own approximately 92.3%
of the outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock, (y) Stockholders, other than
Mr. Reno and his family trusts, will own approximately 7.0% of the outstanding
Recapitalized Common Stock and (z) Mr. Reno (together with his family trusts)
will own approximately 0.7% of the outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock.
The Company expects to treat the Merger as a recapitalization for financial
reporting purposes. Accordingly, the historical basis of the Company's assets
and liabilities will not be affected by the transaction.
The Board of Directors has determined that the Merger Agreement and the
Merger are advisable and fair to and in the best interests of the Company and
its Stockholders, and has approved the Merger and the Merger Agreement.
ACCORDINGLY, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT STOCKHOLDERS VOTE "FOR"
APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND THE MERGER. See "Special
Factors--Background of the Merger" and "Special Factors--Recommendation of
Board; Reasons for the Merger."
STOCKHOLDERS ARE REQUESTED PROMPTLY TO COMPLETE, DATE SIGN AND RETURN THE
ACCOMPANYING PROXY CARD IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE. FAILURE TO
RETURN A PROPERLY EXECUTED PROXY CARD OR TO VOTE AT THE SPECIAL MEETING WILL
HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS A VOTE AGAINST THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND THE MERGER.
RECORD DATE AND VOTING
The Record Date for the Special Meeting is the close of business on April
16, 1998. At the close of business on the Record Date, there were 16,864,434
shares of Common Stock outstanding and entitled to vote, held by approximately
922 Stockholders of record. Each holder of Common Stock on the Record Date
will be entitled to
85
<PAGE>
one vote for each share held of record. The presence, either in person or by
proxy, of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to
vote is necessary to constitute a quorum at the Special Meeting. Abstentions
(including broker non-votes) are included in the calculation of the number of
votes represented at a meeting for purposes of determining whether a quorum
has been achieved.
The Board is not aware of any matters other than those set forth in the
Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders that may be brought before the
Special Meeting. If any other matters properly come before the Special
Meeting, the persons named in the accompanying proxy will vote the shares
represented by all properly executed proxies on such matters in such manner as
shall be determined by a majority of the Board, except that shares represented
by proxies which have been voted "against" the Merger Agreement and Merger
will not be used to vote "for" postponement or adjournment of the Special
Meeting for the purpose of allowing additional time for soliciting additional
votes "for" the Merger Agreement and the Merger. See "--Vote Required;
Revocability of Proxies" and "Other Information and Stockholder Proposals."
STOCKHOLDERS SHOULD NOT FORWARD ANY COMMON STOCK CERTIFICATES WITH THEIR
PROXY CARDS. IN THE EVENT THE MERGER IS CONSUMMATED, STOCK CERTIFICATES SHOULD
BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH IN A LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL, WHICH WILL BE SENT TO STOCKHOLDERS BY BOSTON EQUISERVE, L.P., IN
ITS CAPACITY AS THE EXCHANGE AGENT, AS SOON AS IS REASONABLY PRACTICABLE AFTER
THE EFFECTIVE TIME.
VOTE REQUIRED; REVOCABILITY OF PROXIES
Approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger require the
affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock entitled to vote thereon. At the close of business on April 16,
1998, there were 16,864,434 shares of Common Stock outstanding and entitled to
vote, held by approximately 922 Stockholders of record. The directors and
executive officers of the Company collectively owned 117,936 shares of Common
Stock as of the Record Date (which represented approximately 0.7% of
outstanding shares of Common Stock as of the Record Date). Messrs. Reno, Kline
and Peeler intend to vote their shares of Common Stock, which represent in the
aggregate approximately 0.4% of the outstanding Common Stock, in favor of the
approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger. The members of
the Board (other than Mr. Reno) intend to vote their shares of Common Stock,
which, as of the close of business on April 16, 1998, represented in the
aggregate approximately 0.2% of the outstanding Common Stock, in favor of the
approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger.
Because the required vote of the Stockholders on the Merger Agreement and
the Merger is based upon the total number of outstanding shares of Common
Stock, the failure to submit a proxy card (or to vote in person at the Special
Meeting) or the abstention from voting by a Stockholder (including broker non-
votes) will have the same effect as an "against" vote with respect to approval
and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger. Proxies delivered to the
Company's Clerk that do not contain any instruction to vote for or against a
particular matter will be voted in favor of such matter.
The presence of a Stockholder at the Special Meeting will not automatically
revoke such Stockholder's proxy. However, a Stockholder may revoke a proxy at
any time prior to its exercise by (i) delivering to the Company's Clerk a
written notice of revocation prior to the Special Meeting, (ii) delivering
prior to the Special Meeting a duly executed proxy bearing a later date or
(iii) attending the Special Meeting and voting in person.
If a quorum is not obtained, or if fewer shares of Common Stock are voted in
favor of approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and Merger than the
number required for approval, it is expected that the Special Meeting will be
postponed or adjourned for the purpose of allowing additional time for
soliciting and obtaining additional proxies or votes, and, at any subsequent
reconvening of the Special Meeting, all proxies will be voted in the same
manner as such proxies would have been voted at the original convening of the
special meeting, except for any proxies which have theretofore effectively
been revoked or withdrawn.
86
<PAGE>
Although approval of the stockholders of MergerCo is not a condition to
consummation of the Merger pursuant to the Merger Agreement, CDR Fund V has
committed to vote its shares of MergerCo Common Stock in favor of the Merger.
The obligations of the Company and MergerCo to consummate the Merger are
subject, among other things, to the condition that the Stockholders approve
and adopt the Merger Agreement and Merger. See "The Merger and the Merger
Agreement--Conditions to the Merger."
SOLICITATION OF PROXIES
The Company will bear the costs of soliciting proxies from Stockholders. The
Company has retained McKenzie Partners, Inc. to aid in the solicitation of
proxies from the Stockholders. The fees of McKenzie Partners, Inc. to be paid
by the Company and shall not exceed $10,000 plus reimbursement of out-of-
pocket expenses. In addition to soliciting proxies by mail, directors,
officers and employees of the Company solicit proxies by telephone, by
telegram or in person. Such directors, officers and employees will not be
additionally compensated for any such solicitation but may be reimbursed for
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection therewith.
Arrangements also will be made with brokerage firms and other custodians,
nominees and fiduciaries to forward solicitation materials to the beneficial
owners of shares held of record by such persons, and the Company will
reimburse such brokerage firms, custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for the
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection therewith.
IN THE EVENT THE MERGER IS CONSUMMATED, STOCKHOLDERS WILL RECEIVE, BY MAIL,
LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL WITH WHICH SUCH STOCK CERTIFICATES SHOULD BE RETURNED
AFTER THE EFFECTIVE TIME. HOLDERS SHOULD THEREFORE NOT SEND STOCK CERTIFICATES
WITH THEIR PROXY CARDS.
87
<PAGE>
THE MERGER AND THE MERGER AGREEMENT
The following is a summary of material features of the Merger and of the
Merger Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Appendix A and
incorporated by reference herein. All references to and summaries of the
Merger Agreement in this Proxy Statement are qualified in their entirety by
reference to the Merger Agreement. Stockholders are urged to read the Merger
Agreement carefully and in its entirety.
MERGER CONSIDERATION
Subject to certain provisions as described herein with respect to shares of
Common Stock owned by the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, and with
respect to fractional shares and Dissenting Shares at the Effective Time each
issued and outstanding share of Common Stock will be converted into the right
to receive from the Company following the Merger $47.75 in cash and 0.5 shares
of Recapitalized Common Stock. With respect to certain risks related to the
retention of Common Stock, see "Risk Factors" above.
Immediately prior to the Merger, (a) John F. Reno, together with two family
trusts established by Mr. Reno, will contribute 40,804 shares of Common Stock
to MergerCo in exchange for 799,758 shares of MergerCo Common Stock and (b)
CDR Fund V will purchase 110,790,770 shares of MergerCo Common Stock for
approximately $277 million; such shares of MergerCo Common Stock will be
converted into Recapitalized Common Stock in the Merger on a one-for-one
basis.
Fractional shares of Common Stock will not be issued in the Merger. Holders
of Common Stock otherwise entitled to a fractional share of Common Stock
following the Merger will be paid in cash in lieu of such fractional share
determined and paid as described under "--Fractional Shares" below.
Any shares of Common Stock held by MergerCo or held in the Company's
treasury will automatically be cancelled at the Effective Time and will cease
to exist and no Merger Consideration will be delivered in exchange therefor.
In the Merger, each share of MergerCo Common Stock issued and outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Time will be converted into one share of
Recapitalized Common Stock. As a result of the Merger, assuming no Stockholder
exercises their appraisal rights and no Company Stock Options are exercised
prior to the Merger, CDR Fund V will hold 110,790,770 shares of Recapitalized
Common Stock, or approximately 92.3%, Mr. Reno (together with his family
trusts) will hold 799,758 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock, or
approximately 0.7%, and Stockholders, other than Mr. Reno and his family
trusts, will hold approximately 8,431,161 shares of Recapitalized Common
Stock, or approximately 7.0%, in each case, of the outstanding shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock expected to be outstanding immediately after the
Merger.
EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER
The Merger will become effective upon the filing of the Articles of Merger
with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the
Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or
such later date as is specified in such Articles of Merger or Certificate of
Merger (the "Effective Time"). The filing of the Articles of Merger and the
Certificate of Merger will occur as soon as practicable on or after the
satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the Merger specified in the Merger
Agreement unless another date is agreed to in writing by the Company and
MergerCo. Subject to certain limitations, the Merger Agreement may be
terminated by either MergerCo or the Company. See "--Conditions to the Merger"
and "--Termination; Termination Fees."
CONVERSION OF SHARES; PROCEDURES FOR EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES
The conversion of shares of Common Stock (other than Dissenting Shares) into
the Merger Consideration will occur at the Effective Time. As soon as
practicable as of or after the Effective Time, the Exchange Agent will send a
letter of transmittal to each holder of Common Stock. The letter of
transmittal will contain
88
<PAGE>
instructions with respect to the surrender of certificates representing shares
of Common Stock in exchange for cash and shares of Recapitalized Common Stock
for which the shares represented by the certificates so surrendered are
exchangeable pursuant to the Merger Agreement.
STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY SHOULD NOT FORWARD THEIR STOCK CERTIFICATES TO
THE EXCHANGE AGENT UNTIL THEY HAVE RECEIVED THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
As soon as is practicable after the Effective Time, each holder of an
outstanding certificate or certificates at such time which prior thereto
represented shares of Common Stock will, upon surrender to the Exchange Agent
of such certificate or certificates and acceptance thereof by the Exchange
Agent, be entitled to the amount of cash and the number of shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock into which the number of shares of Common Stock
previously represented by such certificate or certificates surrendered will
have been converted pursuant to the Merger Agreement. The Exchange Agent will
accept such certificates upon compliance with such reasonable terms and
conditions the Exchange Agent may impose to effect an orderly exchange thereof
in accordance with normal exchange practices. After the Effective Time, there
will be no further transfer on the records of the Company or its transfer
agent of certificates representing shares of Common Stock which have been
converted, in whole or in part, pursuant to the Merger Agreement into the
right to receive cash and shares of Recapitalized Common Stock, and if such
certificates are presented to the Company for transfer, they will be cancelled
against delivery of cash and certificates for such shares of Recapitalized
Common Stock. Until surrendered as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, each
certificate for shares for Common Stock will be deemed at any time after the
Effective Time to represent only the right to receive upon such surrender the
consideration contemplated by the Merger Agreement. No interest will be paid
or will accrue on any cash payable as consideration in the Merger or in lieu
of any fractional shares of Recapitalized Common Stock.
FRACTIONAL SHARES
No certificates or scrip representing fractional shares of Recapitalized
Common Stock will be issued in connection with the Merger, and such fractional
share interests will not entitle the owner thereof to vote or to any rights of
a stockholder of the Company after the Merger. Each holder of shares of Common
Stock exchanged pursuant to the Merger who would otherwise have been entitled
to receive a fraction of a share of Recapitalized Common Stock (after taking
into account all shares of Common Stock delivered by such holder) will
receive, in lieu thereof, a cash payment (without interest) representing such
holder's proportionate interest in the value of such share (assuming that each
share of Recapitalized Common Stock has a cash value of $2.50).
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
It is intended that the Merger will be treated as a recapitalization for
financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the historical basis of the
Company's assets and liabilities will not be impacted by the transaction.
EFFECT ON STOCK OPTIONS AND EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, except as provided in the following
paragraph, (i) each Company Stock Option will become fully vested and
exercisable immediately prior to the Merger, (ii) any Company Stock Option
that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will, subject to
the consent of the holder thereof, be cancelled and (iii) each holder of any
such cancelled Company Stock Option will receive, in consideration of such
cancellation, an Option Cancellation Payment. The Option Cancellation Payments
will be paid in cash as of or as soon as practicable after the Effective Time.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company Stock Options held by Messrs.
Reno, Peeler and Kline (or, in the case of Mr. Peeler, his options to purchase
137,600 shares of Common Stock) will be converted into equivalent options to
purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock (the exercise prices of which
preserve the economic value of their current Company Stock Options), all of
which, other than 20,737 Company Stock Options held by Mr. Reno, will be fully
vested and exercisable. It is expected that an aggregate of 483,400
89
<PAGE>
Company Stock Options held by Management Stockholders will be converted into
equivalent options to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock (the
exercise prices of which preserve the economic value of their current Company
Stock Options), all of which will be fully vested and exercisable. Following
the Merger, it is also expected that certain officers and key employees will
receive new options to acquire approximately 15,680,000 shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock. See "Special Factors--Interests of Certain Persons
in the Merger." Shortly following the consummation of the Merger, the Company
intends to grant a substantial majority of such options to eligible officers
and key executives. The exercise price of each share of Recapitalized Common
Stock subject to such options will generally be the fair market value of a
share of Recapitalized Common Stock on the date of grant. Such options will
generally become vested in 20% increments on each of the first five
anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the grantee's continued
employment.
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company's 1996 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan (the "ESPP") has been amended to provide that there will be no new stock
purchase periods after March 31, 1998 and the ESPP will terminate at the
Effective Time.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Merger Agreement contains customary representations and warranties of
the Company with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries relating to,
among other things, (a) organization, standing and similar corporate matters;
(b) the authorization, execution, delivery, performance and enforceability of
the Merger Agreement; (c) the Company's capital structure; (d) documents filed
by the Company with the Commission and the accuracy of information contained
therein; (e) the absence of any violation, breach, termination, acceleration,
default (i) under certain agreements to which the Company is a party, (ii)
under the articles of organization or bylaws of the Company or (iii) under any
federal, state, local or foreign order, writ, injunction, judgment, award,
decree, statute, law, rule or regulation applicable to the Company; (f) the
absence of the need for governmental approvals and consents in connection with
the Merger Agreement; (g) the accuracy of information supplied by the Company
in connection with this Proxy Statement and any related schedules; (h) the
absence of certain changes or events since September 30, 1997, including
material adverse changes with respect to the Company; (i) the absence of
undisclosed liabilities; (j) pending or threatened material litigation,
certain labor matters and compliance with applicable laws; (k) benefit plans
and other matters relating to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended, and employment matters; (l) title to owned real or personal
property and valid leasehold and subleasehold interests in leased real or
personal property; (m) filing of tax returns and payment of taxes; (n)
environmental matters; (o) insurance matters; (p) receipt of an opinion of the
Company's financial adviser; (q) brokers' fees and expenses; (r) books and
records; (s) ownership of or rights to use Company intellectual property; (t)
material contracts; (u) the Company's Rights Agreement; (v) takeover statutes
and (w) the accuracy of information provided to MergerCo.
The Merger Agreement also contains customary representations and warranties
of MergerCo relating to, among other things, (a) organization, standing and
similar corporate matters; (b) the authorization, execution, delivery,
performance and enforceability of the Merger Agreement and related matters;
(c) the accuracy of information supplied by MergerCo in connection with this
Proxy Statement and any related schedules; (d) the absence of the need for
governmental approvals and consents in connection with the Merger Agreement;
(e) brokers' fees and expenses; (f) the business of MergerCo outside the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement; (g)
financing matters; and (h) MergerCo's capital structure.
NO SOLICITATION
The Merger Agreement provides that the Company will not, directly or
indirectly, through any officer, director, employee, representative or agent
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (i) solicit, initiate or knowingly
encourage (including by way of furnishing non-public information) or take any
other action to facilitate the institution of any inquiries, proposals or
offer (a "Company Takeover Proposal") regarding any direct or indirect
acquisition or purchase of a business that constitutes 50% or more of the net
revenues, net income or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, or 50% or more of any class of equity
90
<PAGE>
securities of the Company, any tender offer or exchange offer that if
consummated would result in any person beneficially owning 50% or more of any
class of any equity securities of the Company, or any merger, consolidation,
business combination, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or similar
transaction involving the Company (or any of its subsidiaries whose business
constitutes 50% or more of the net revenues, net income or assets of the
Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole) (any of the foregoing being
referred to as a "Company Takeover Event") or (ii) participate in negotiations
or discussions regarding any Company Takeover Proposal; provided, however, the
Board is permitted to provide non-public information regarding the Company
pursuant to a customary confidentiality agreement, and to participate in
discussions or negotiations regarding a Company Takeover Proposal if the Board
has determined in good faith (after consultation with outside counsel) that it
is necessary to do so in order to ask in a manner consistent with its
fiduciary duties to the Stockholders; and provided, further, that the Company
has given MergerCo prior notice of any such request or Company Takeover
Proposal and the material terms and conditions of such request or Company
Takeover Proposal.
COOPERATION AND BEST EFFORTS
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement and subject to certain conditions and
limitations described therein, the parties have agreed to cooperate with each
other and use their respective reasonable best efforts to take certain
specified and other actions so that the transactions contemplated by the
Merger Agreement may be consummated as soon as practicable.
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Company made various customary
covenants relating to the conduct of its business prior to the Merger. The
Company has agreed that, prior to the Effective Time, unless MergerCo agrees
otherwise in writing, as required by the Merger Agreement or applicable law or
as required by a material contract, it will conduct its business and will
cause its subsidiaries to conduct their businesses in the ordinary course of
business and in a manner consistent with past practice and, to the extent
consistent therewith, will use all reasonable efforts to preserve
substantially intact its business organization, and preserve its relationships
with customers, suppliers, employees and creditors. In the Merger Agreement,
the Company has further agreed, among other things, that prior to the
Effective Time it will not and it will cause each of its subsidiaries to not:
(a) amend its charter or bylaws or similar organizational documents; (b)
issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber, or authorize the issuance, sale,
pledge, disposition or encumbrance of any shares of capital stock of any
class, or any options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights of any
kind to acquire any shares of capital stock in the Company or any of its
subsidiaries; (c) sell, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
(except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice); (d)
declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution in respect
of any of its capital stock; (e) split, combine or reclassify any of its
capital stock or issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any other
securities or property in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares
of its capital stock; (f) purchase, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire,
any of its securities or any securities of any of its subsidiaries; (g)
acquire any corporation, partnership or other business organization or
division or any equity interest therein; (h) incur any long-term indebtedness
or any short-term indebtedness other than under lines of credit existing on
December 20, 1997 (except in certain limited circumstances in the ordinary
course of business, consistent with past practice); (i) enter into or amend
any material contract or agreement; (j) increase the compensation payable or
to become payable to its officers or management employees except for increases
in salary or wages consistent with past practice; (k) adopt, enter into, or
amend or increase, accelerate the payment or vesting of, the amounts, benefits
or rights under any severance, termination, bonus, profit sharing, deferred
compensation, stock option, or other equity based or other material employee
compensation or benefit plan; (l) except as may be required as a result of a
change in generally accepted accounting principles, take any action to change
accounting policies or procedures; (m) make any material tax election
inconsistent with past practice or settle or compromise or amend any material
federal, state, local or foreign tax liability; (n) pay, discharge or satisfy
any claims, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or
unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or
satisfaction in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past
practice or involving a payment not in excess of $250,000, and following prior
notice to and consultation with
91
<PAGE>
MergerCo; or (o) take, or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the
actions described in this paragraph, or any action which would make any of the
representations or warranties of the Company contained in the Merger Agreement
untrue or incorrect or prevent the Company from performing or cause the
Company not to perform its covenants thereunder.
INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
The Merger Agreement provides that the Articles of Organization and By-laws
of the Surviving Corporation will contain the provisions with respect to
indemnification set forth in the Articles of Organization and By-laws of the
Company on the date of the Merger Agreement, which provisions may not be
amended, repealed or otherwise modified for a period of six years from the
Effective Time in any manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder
of individuals who on or prior to the Effective Time were directors, officers,
employees or agents of the Company, unless such modification is required by
law.
The Merger Agreement also provides that after the Effective Time, the
Surviving Corporation will indemnify and hold harmless each present and former
director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
against any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities, arising out of
acts or omissions occurring at or prior to the Effective Time, to the same
extent as provided in the Company's Articles or Organization or By-Laws or any
applicable contract or agreement as in effect on the date of the Merger
Agreement, in each case for a period of six years after the date of the Merger
Agreement.
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, MergerCo has agreed that, for a period of
six years after the Effective Time, it will cause the Surviving Corporation to
maintain in effect, directors' and officers' liability insurance covering
those persons who are currently covered by the Company's directors' and
officers' liability insurance policy on terms comparable to those now
applicable to directors and officers of the Company.
CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER
All Parties. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the respective obligations of
each party to effect the merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of
the following conditions at or prior to the Effective Time; (i) approval and
adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger by the holders of at least
two-thirds of the Common Stock entitled to vote thereon; (ii) termination or
expiration of the waiting period (and any extension thereof) applicable to the
Merger under the HSR Act; (iii) no statute, rule, regulation, executive order,
decree, ruling, temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent
injunction or other order having been enacted, entered, promulgated, enforced
or issued by any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction or
otherwise being in effect which prohibits, restrains, enjoins or restricts the
consummation of the Merger and (iv) the Board of Directors having received the
solvency opinion described above.
MergerCo. MergerCo's obligation to effect the Merger is further subject to
the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions: (i) the
representations and warranties of the Company contained in the Merger
Agreement being true and correct in all material respects at and as of the
Effective Time except for (a) changes contemplated by the Merger Agreement and
(b) those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a
particular date; (ii) the Company having performed or complied in all material
respects with all agreements and covenants required to be complied with by it
under the Merger Agreement at or prior to the Effective Time; (iii) holders of
no more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock having perfected
their dissenters' rights in accordance with Sections 85-95 of the MBCL; (iv)
there being no material adverse effect on the business, assets, condition
(financial or other) or results of operations of the Company since September
30, 1997; (v) the Company having obtained the funds pursuant to the Financing,
substantially on the terms provided therein and (vi) the Company's
Shareholders' Rights Agreement, dated February 16, 1989, as amended, and all
outstanding rights issued thereunder shall terminate at the Effective Time.
The Company. The obligation of the Company to effect the Merger is further
subject to the representations and warranties of MergerCo set forth in the
Merger Agreement being true and correct in all material respects as
92
<PAGE>
of the Effective Time (except for changes contemplated by the Merger Agreement
and except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of an
earlier date), and MergerCo having performed all obligations required to be
performed by it under the Merger Agreement at or prior to the Effective Time.
TERMINATION; TERMINATION FEES
The Merger Agreement may be terminated and the Merger abandoned prior to the
Effective Time: (i) upon the mutual written consent of the Company and
MergerCo; (ii) by either the Company or MergerCo, if the Merger is not
completed by June 30, 1998 (provided that this right to terminate shall not be
available to a party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under the Merger
Agreement has been the cause of such delay); (iii) by either the Company or
MergerCo if a court or other governmental body has issued a nonappealable
final statute, order, decree or regulation permanently restraining, enjoining
or otherwise legally prohibiting the Merger; (iv) by either the Company or
MergerCo, if (A) the holders of at least two-thirds of the Common Stock
entitled to vote fail to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement and the Merger
or (B) the Board withdraws or modifies its approval or recommendation of the
Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder in a manner
adverse to MergerCo or recommends a Company Takeover Proposal (as defined in
"No Solicitation"); (v) by MergerCo, if a tender offer or exchange offer for
20% or more of the Common Stock is commenced by a third party and the Board
fails to recommend that the Stockholders not tender their shares in such
tender or exchange offer; or (vi) by either the Company or MergerCo, upon 15
days' prior written notice, if the other party breaches or fails to comply
with any of its material representations or warranties or obligations under
the Merger Agreement such that the conditions to the obligations of the
terminating party would be incapable of being satisfied by the Effective Time
of the Merger.
The Company will be obligated to pay CDR a fee of $24,500,000 in the event
the Merger Agreement is terminated in any one of the following manners: (a) by
either the Company or MergerCo if the holders of at least two-thirds of the
Common Stock fail to approve the Merger, (b) by MergerCo if the Company
materially breaches a representation or a covenant, or (c) by MergerCo if a
tender offer for 20% or more of the outstanding Common Stock is commenced and
the Board fails to recommend that Stockholders do not tender their shares in
such offer, provided, that in the case of the foregoing (a), (b) or (c), a
Company Takeover Proposal shall have been previously made public and a Company
Takeover Event shall have occurred within twelve months of such termination.
Such fee shall also be payable if the Merger Agreement is terminated by either
the Company or MergerCo if the Board or the Special Committee withdraws or
modifies in a manner adverse to MergerCo its recommendation. In addition, if
the Merger Agreement is terminated, the Company will be obligated to reimburse
MergerCo for its documented expenses up to $5,000,000. No such fees or
expenses are payable if the Merger Agreement is terminated due to the failure
of MergerCo to fulfill any of its material obligations or because
recapitalization accounting is not applicable to this transaction.
AMENDMENT; WAIVER
The Merger Agreement provides that it may be amended only by written
agreement of both the Company and MergerCo at any time prior to the Effective
Time; provided, however, that, after the Stockholders have approved the Merger
Agreement and the Merger at the Special Meeting, no such amendment is
permitted which materially adversely affects the rights of the Stockholders,
without first obtaining further approval of the Stockholders. The Merger
Agreement further provides that, at any time prior to the Effective Time, the
parties to the Merger Agreement, by action taken or authorized by their
respective Boards of Directors, may, by written agreement signed by the party
to be bound, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations
or other acts of the other party thereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the
representation and warranties of any other party contained in the Merger
Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant to the Merger Agreement or
(iii) waive compliance by any other party with any of the conditions and
agreements contained in the Merger Agreement.
93
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF DYNATECH CAPITAL STOCK
The Company is currently authorized by its Restated Articles of Organization
to issue an aggregate of 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 100,000 shares
of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). By the
terms of the Restated Articles of Organization, the Board has the authority to
establish one or more series of preferred stock and, with respect to such
series, to fix the terms of such series. Pursuant to Section 50A of the MBCL,
the directors of the Company are classified as three staggered classes.
COMMON STOCK
The following is a summary of certain of the rights and privileges
pertaining to the Common Stock. For a full description of Common Stock,
reference is made to the Company's Restated Articles of Organization and By-
Laws, as amended, as currently in effect, copies of which are on file with the
Commission, and to the Company's Restated Articles of Organization as the same
is proposed to be in effect if the Merger is approved by the Stockholders and
consummated, a copy of which is attached hereto as Appendix C.
Voting Rights
Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters
submitted to a vote of Stockholders. Approval of matters brought before the
Stockholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present and
voting, except where a greater or lesser voting percentage may otherwise be
required by law.
Dividend Rights
Holders of Common Stock are entitled to participate in dividends as and when
declared by the Board out of funds legally available therefor.
Liquidation Rights
Subject to the rights of creditors and holders of Preferred Stock, if any,
holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in a distribution of
assets of the Company upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company.
SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK
Pursuant to the Company's Restated Articles of Organization, the Board
created the Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock ("Series
A Preferred Stock") on February 16, 1989. The following is a summary of
certain of the rights and privileges pertaining to the Series A Preferred
Stock. For a full description of Series A Preferred Stock, reference is made
to the Company's Restated Articles of Organization and By-Laws, as amended, as
currently in effect, copies of which are on file with the Commission.
Rights Plan
The Series A Preferred Stock is issuable to holders of Common Stock pursuant
to a Shareholder Rights Agreement dated February 16, 1989 between the Company
and BankBoston, N.A., as Rights Agent, as amended. No shares of Series A
Preferred Stock have been issued. The Shareholder Rights Agreement has been
amended in connection with the Merger (i) to define the Expiration Date of the
Shareholder Rights Agreement and the rights issued thereunder to be the
earlier of February 16, 1999 and the Effective Time and (ii) to ensure that
neither the execution of the Merger Agreement nor the consummation of the
Merger accelerates the rights of the Stockholders under the Shareholder Rights
Agreement.
Voting Rights
In addition to any voting rights required by law, holders of Series A
Preferred Stock are entitled to 2,000 votes (subject to adjustment) per share
on all matters submitted to a vote of Stockholders. The holders of shares
94
<PAGE>
of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote
together as one class. If at any time dividends on Series A Preferred Stock
are in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly periods (a "Default
Period"), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, subject to certain
requirements, shall have the right to elect two (2) members of the Board, such
Directors' terms to expire upon the expiration of the Default Period.
Dividend Rights
Holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, as and when
declared by the Board of the Company out of funds legally available therefor,
quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of March, June, September
and December (the "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing after the
first issuance of any Series A Preferred Stock. The quarterly dividend shall
consist of the greater of: (a) $60.00 or (b) subject to adjustment, the sum of
2,000 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends and 2,000
times the aggregate per share amount of all non-cash dividends or other
distributions (other than a dividend in the form of Common Stock) declared on
the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date, or with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the
first issuance of any Series A Preferred Stock. Dividends shall begin to
accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of
such shares.
Liquidation Rights
Upon any voluntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company,
no distribution shall be made to the holders of any shares of stock ranking
junior to the Series A Preferred Stock unless, prior to such distribution, the
holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received an amount equal to all
accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, plus an amount equal
to the greater of (i) $200,000 per share or (ii) an aggregate amount per share
(subject to adjustment) equal to 2,000 times the aggregate amount to be
distributed per share to holders of Common Stock.
Rights upon Consolidation or Merger
If the Company enters into any consolidation, merger, or other transaction
in which shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock,
cash, or other property, the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the
same time be exchanged or changed into an amount per share equal to 2,000
(subject to adjustment) times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash
or other property into which each share of Common Stock is changed or
exchanged, plus accrued and unpaid dividends.
Rights upon Redemption
The Company may, at any time, with the affirmative vote of a majority of the
Board, redeem any or all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
Stock. The amount per share of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed to be
paid upon any such redemption shall be equal to $200,000 plus accrued and
unpaid dividends.
95
<PAGE>
RECAPITALIZED COMMON STOCK FOLLOWING THE MERGER
Following the Merger, the Company will be authorized by its Restated
Articles of Organization to issue an aggregate of 200,000,000 shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock and 100,000 shares of preferred stock, par value
$1.00 per share. The following is a summary of certain of the rights and
privileges pertaining to the Recapitalized Common Stock. The Recapitalized
Common Stock to be issued in connection with the Merger will be freely
transferable, except that shares issued to or owned by any shareholder who may
be deemed to be an "affiliate" (as defined under the Securities Act and
generally including, without limitation, directors, certain executive officers
and beneficial owners of 10% or more of a class of capital stock) of the
Company for purposes of Rule 145 under the Securities Act will not be
transferable except in compliance with the Securities Act. This Proxy
Statement does not cover sales of Recapitalized Common Stock issued to any
person who may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Company. See "The Merger
and the Merger Agreement--Certain Effects of the Merger." For a full
description of Recapitalized Common Stock, reference is made to the Company's
Restated Articles of Organization as the same is proposed to be in effect
after the Merger is approved by the Stockholders and consummated. Pursuant to
Section 50A of the MBCL, the directors of the Company are classified in three
staggered classes.
Voting Rights
Holders of Recapitalized Common Stock shall have exclusive voting rights
except as otherwise required by law and except to the extent the Board may
determine that a series of preferred stock shall have exclusive voting rights
or shall vote together as a single class with shares of Recapitalized Common
Stock. Holders of Recapitalized Common Stock will be entitled to one vote per
share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Approval of matters
brought before the stockholders will require the affirmative vote of a
majority of shares present and voting, except where a greater or lesser voting
percentage may otherwise be required by law. Immediately after the Effective
Time, Stockholders who prior to the Merger controlled all of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock will control approximately 7.7% of the Recapitalized
Common Stock. CDR Fund V will control approximately 92.3% of the outstanding
shares of Recapitalized Stock of the Company, and as a result of its stock
ownership, will control the Company and have the power to elect the directors
of the Company, appoint new management, and approve any action requiring
approval by the holders of the Recapitalized Common Stock of the Company. See
"Risk Factors--Control by CDR Fund V."
Dividend Rights
Holders of Recapitalized Common Stock will be entitled to participate in
dividends as and when declared by the Board of the Company out of funds
legally available therefor.
Liquidation Rights
Subject to the rights of creditors and holders of preferred stock, if any,
holders of Recapitalized Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in a
distribution of assets of the Company upon any liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Company.
96
<PAGE>
COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS
The rights of the holders of Common Stock are presently governed by the
Restated Articles of Organization and the Bylaws of the Company and the MBCL.
In connection with the Merger, holders of Common Stock will receive shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock as part of the Merger Consideration. The rights of
such holders of Recapitalized Common Stock will be governed by the MBCL and
the Amended and Restated Articles of Organization and the Bylaws. The Restated
Articles of Organization of the Company are proposed to be amended and
restated pursuant to the Merger Agreement.
As described above ("Description of Dynatech Capital Stock--Series A Junior
Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock"), each present outstanding share of
Common Stock has an associated Preferred Stock Purchase Right. Such right may
deter some takeover attempts and give the Board the ability, consistent with
its fiduciary duties, to respond to a takeover attempt in what the Board
believes to be the best interests of the Company and its Stockholders.
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Shareholder Rights Plan will be
terminated at the Effective Time. Following the Merger, the Series A Preferred
Stock will continue to be authorized and may be issued at the discretion of
the Board.
The foregoing summary, which does not purport to be a complete statement of
the differences between the Restated Articles of Organization and the Amended
and Restated Articles of Organization, is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the full text of each of such documents, the Shareholder Rights
Agreement and the MBCL. For information as to how such documents may be
obtained, see "Available Information."
REGULATORY APPROVALS
Under the HSR Act and the rules promulgated thereunder by the Federal Trade
Commission (the "FTC"), the Merger may not be consummated until notifications
have been given and certain information has been furnished to the FTC and the
Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice (the "Antitrust Division") and
the applicable waiting period has expired or been terminated. On February 3,
1998, the Company and certain stockholders of MergerCo filed Notification and
Report Forms under the HSR Act with the FTC and the Antitrust Division. On
February 23, 1998, the waiting period under the HSR Act was terminated.
97
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
The executive officers and directors of the Company, each of whom is a
citizen of the United States, are listed below. The business address for each
executive officer (including Mr. Reno) is c/o Dynatech Corporation, 3 New
England Executive Park, Burlington, MA 01803.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME: AGE: POSITION WITH THE COMPANY:
----- ---- --------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
John F. Reno............ 58 Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Allan M. Kline.......... 53 Corporate Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
John R. Peeler.......... 43 Corporate Vice President--Communications Test Business
Samuel W. Tishler....... 60 Corporate Vice President--Corporate Development
John A. Mixon........... 52 Corporate Vice President--Human Resources
Robert W. Woodbury,
Jr. ................... 41 Corporate Vice President--Corporate Controller
Mark V.B. Tremallo...... 41 Corporate Vice President--General Counsel
William R. Cook......... 53 Director
Robert G. Paul.......... 55 Director
L. Dennis Kozlowski..... 50 Director
Peter van Cuylenburg.... 49 Director
O. Gene Gabbard......... 57 Director
Richard K. Lochridge.... 53 Director
</TABLE>
John F. Reno presently serves as Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company. Mr. Reno has served in all three capacities since
August 1996 and as President and Chief Executive Officer since January 1993.
From July 1991 to January 1993, Mr. Reno was President and Chief Operating
Officer. Prior to July 1991, Mr. Reno served as Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Reno is also a director of Millipore Corporation.
Allan M. Kline presently serves as Corporate Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer of the Company. Mr. Kline joined the Company in June
1996. From 1995 to 1996, he served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer of CrossComm Corporation, a manufacturer of networking products. From
1994 to 1995, he was President of TAR Acquisition Corp., a private investment
company. From 1989 to 1994, Mr. Kline was also a Director of CrossComm
Corporation. From 1990 to 1994, Mr. Kline was Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer of Cabot Safety Corporation, a subsidiary of Cabot
Corporation. Prior to that, he served at Leggett & Platt, Incorporated and was
a partner with Arthur Young & Company.
John R. Peeler presently serves as Corporate Vice President--Communications
Test Business of the Company. Mr. Peeler has been employed by the Company
since 1980.
Samuel W. Tishler presently serves as Corporate Vice President--Corporate
Development of the Company. Mr. Tishler joined the Company in September 1994.
From 1988 to 1994, he was Vice President of Raytheon Ventures, the venture
capital portfolio of Raytheon Co. From 1977 to 1986, he served as Vice
President of ADL Enterprises, a wholly owned subsidiary of Arthur D. Little,
Inc. From 1970 to 1977, Mr. Tishler was President of Harnessed Energies, Inc.,
a manufacturer of scientific instrumentation.
John A. Mixon presently serves as Corporate Vice President--Human Resources
of the Company. Mr. Mixon has been employed by the Company since 1989.
Robert W. Woodbury, Jr. presently serves as Corporate Vice President--
Corporate Controller of the Company. Mr. Woodbury joined the Company in
January 1996. From 1992 to January 1996, he served as Vice President and
Controller for Kollmorgen Corporation, a manufacturer of motion control
devices. From 1990 to 1992, he was Chief Financial Officer of Kidde Fenwal,
Inc., a manufacturer of fire suppression equipment.
Mark V.B. Tremallo presently serves as Corporate Vice President--General
Counsel of the Company. Mr. Tremallo joined the Company in May 1997. From 1995
to 1997 he served as Vice President, General Counsel
98
<PAGE>
and Secretary of Aearo Corporation (formerly Cabot Safety Corporation), a
manufacturer of industrial safety products. From 1990 to 1995 he was General
Counsel of Cabot Safety Corporation, a subsidiary of Cabot Corporation.
William R. Cook presently serves as a director. Mr. Cook has been President
and Chief Executive Officer of BetzDearborn Inc. of Trevose, Pennsylvania, a
chemical company, since 1993; President and Chief Operating Officer from 1990
to 1993. Mr. Cook is also a director of Betz Laboratories, Inc. and the
Chemical Manufacturers Association. He is a Trustee of the Academy of Natural
Sciences. Mr. Cook's business address is Betz Dearborn, Inc., 4636 Sumerton
Road, Trevose, PA 19053.
Robert G. Paul presently serves as a director. Mr. Paul has been President
and Chief Executive Officer of The Allen Group Inc., manufacturer and marketer
of electronics and other products for the wireless communications industry, in
Beachwood, Ohio since 1991; President and Chief Operating Officer prior to
1991. Mr. Paul is also a director of The Allen Group Inc. Mr. Paul's business
address is Allen Telecom Inc., 25101 Chagrin Boulevard, Beachwood, OH 44122.
L. Dennis Kozlowski presently serves as a director. Mr. Kozlowski has been
Chairman of the Board of Tyco International Ltd. since 1993; Chief Executive
Officer since 1992; President and Chief Operating Officer since 1989. He was
President of Grinnell Corporation, a subsidiary of Tyco International, since
1984. Mr. Kozlowski is also a director of RJR Holdings, Inc., Applied Power
Inc., and Raytheon Company. Mr. Kozlowski's business address is Tyco
International Ltd., One Tyco Park, Exeter, NH 03833.
Peter van Cuylenburg presently serves as a director. Mr. van Cuylenburg has
been the President of the Specialty Storage Products Group of Quantum
Corporation since September 1996. From January 1996 to September 1996, Mr. van
Cuylenburg was a consultant for Xerox Corporation. He was Executive Vice
President of Xerox from July 1993 to December 1995. From April 1992 to May
1993, Mr. van Cuylenburg was President of NeXT Computer, Inc., a manufacturer
of computer systems, and from December 1989 to April 1992, he was a Group
Director for Cable & Wireless plc. Mr. van Cuylenburg is also a director of
Mitel Corporation. Mr. van Cuylenburg's business address is Quantum
Corporation, 500 McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, CA 95035.
O. Gene Gabbard presently serves as a director. Mr. Gabbard has been a
consultant and entrepreneur who works with high technology start-up companies
since February 1993. Prior to that, Mr. Gabbard was an Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of MCI Communications Corporation. Mr.
Gabbard is also a director of PowerTel, Inc., Adtran, Inc., ITC Deltacom, Inc.
and MindSpring Enterprises, Inc. Mr. Gabbard's business address is 102
Marseille Place, Cary, NC 27511.
Richard K. Lochridge presently serves as a director. Mr. Lochridge has been
the President and Chief Executive Officer of Lochridge and Company, Inc.,
Boston, Massachusetts, a management consulting firm since April 1986. Prior to
that, Mr. Lochridge was a Vice President of the Boston Consulting Group.,
Boston, Massachusetts, and a member of the Management Committee of the Boston
Consulting Group, Inc. Mr. Lochridge is also a director of Hannaford Brothers
Food, Inc. and Lowe's Companies, Inc. Mr. Lochridge's business address is
Lochridge & Company, Inc., 420 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116.
The directors of the Company, each of whom is a citizen of the United States
after the Merger will be:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME: AGE: POSITION WITH THE COMPANY:
----- ---- --------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
John F. Reno............ 58 Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Allan M. Kline.......... 53 Director, Corporate Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
John R. Peeler.......... 43 Director and Corporate Vice President--Communications Test Business
Joseph L. Rice, III..... 66 Director
Brian D. Finn........... 37 Director
Charles P. Pieper....... 51 Director
</TABLE>
99
<PAGE>
Joseph L. Rice, III is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CDR. Mr. Rice
is a director and Vice President and Treasurer of MergerCo. After the Merger,
Mr. Rice will serve as a Director of the Company. In addition, Mr. Rice is a
director of Uniroyal Holding, Inc. and Remington Arms Company, Inc.,
corporations in which an investment partnership managed by CDR has an
investment, and serves as a trustee of Williams College and The Manhattan
Institute. He is a graduate of Williams College and Harvard Law School. Mr.
Rice is a limited partner of CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership, the
general partner of CDR Fund V ("Associates V"), and is a Director and
President of CD&R Investment Associates II, Inc. ("Associates II Inc."), the
managing general partner of Associates V. Mr. Rice's business address is 375
Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
Brian D. Finn is a principal of CDR. Mr. Finn is President and a director of
MergerCo and after the Merger will serve as a Director of the Company. Mr.
Finn joined CDR in 1997 from Credit Suisse First Boston where he was Managing
Director and Co-Head of Mergers & Acquisitions. During his 15 years at Credit
Suisse First Boston he advised a large number of corporate clients in various
industries in transactions totaling approximately $250 billion. Mr. Finn
received his B.S. in Economics from The Wharton School of the University of
Pennsylvania. He is a limited partner of Associates V and a Director of
Associates II Inc. Mr. Finn's business address is 375 Park Avenue, New York,
New York 10022.
Charles P. Pieper is a principal of CDR. After the Merger, Mr. Pieper will
serve as a Director of the Company. Mr. Pieper joined CDR in 1997. He was
President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Lighting Europe. During his 16-
year career at GE, Mr. Pieper was responsible for several key business units,
including serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of: GE Japan,
Korea, Taiwan; GE Medical Systems Asia; as well as GE Lighting Europe. He
joined GE in 1981, from the Boston Consulting Group. Mr. Pieper graduated from
Harvard College and holds an M.B.A from Harvard Business School. He is a
limited partner of Associates V and a Director of Associates II Inc.
Mr. Pieper's business address is 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
Richard J. Schnall is a professional employee of CDR. Mr. Schnall is a
director, Secretary and Assistant Treasurer of MergerCo. Mr. Schnall joined
CDR in 1996. Prior to joining CDR, Mr. Schnall was with McKinsey & Co., and
before that with Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, and before that with Smith
Barney. Mr. Schnall is a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania and the
Harvard Business School. He is a limited partner of Associates V. Mr.
Schnall's business address is 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
The Merger Agreement provides that the directors of MergerCo at the
Effective Time and/or such other persons as may be designated by MergerCo will
be the directors of the Company following the Merger, and that such persons
will fill the vacancies and/or newly created directorship as so designated.
The present directors of MergerCo are Brian D. Finn, Joseph L. Rice, III and
Richard J. Schnall. It is expected that prior to the Effective Time, Mr.
Schnall will resign and be replaced by Charles P. Pieper. See "MergerCo, CDR
Fund V and CDR."
After the Effective Time, the Board will be subject to change from time to
time. CDR Fund V will have the right to elect the directors of the Board,
except that CDR Fund V has agreed, pursuant to the employment agreements of
certain executive officers, namely, Messrs. Reno, Kline and Peeler, to elect
such officers to serve as members of the Board during the period of their
employment with the Company.
The Merger Agreement also provides that the executive officers of the
Company at the Effective Time will be the executive officers of the Company
following the Merger until such time as may be determined by the Board
following the Merger.
100
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
The following summary compensation table sets forth information concerning
compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to (i) the Company's Chief
Executive Officer, (ii) the four highest compensated executive officers who
were serving as executive officers at the end of fiscal 1997, and (iii) two
other persons who served as executive officers at the end of fiscal 1997
(collectively, the "Named Executive Officers") for services rendered in all
capacities with respect to the Company's fiscal years ended March 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG TERM
COMPENSATION
ANNUAL COMPENSATION(1) AWARDS(2)
------------------------ ------------
ALL OTHER
NAME AND FISCAL SALARY BONUS OPTIONS COMPENSATION
PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR ($) ($) (#) ($)(3)
------------------ ------ ------- --------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
John F. Reno................. 1997 456,250 1,032,185 55,100 31,892
Chairman, President and 1996 435,000 372,836 62,000 25,533
Chief Executive Officer 1995 385,000 420,609 144,000 5,571
John R. Peeler............... 1997 244,242 662,314 20,800 18,936
Corporate Vice President-- 1996 225,042 293,128 28,000 15,939
Communications Test Division 1995 213,000 305,790 64,000 5,519
George A. Merrick(4)......... 1997 210,331 242,673 15,000 16,343
Corporate Vice President-- 1996 204,667 196,798 19,000 7,253
Display Business 1995 116,667 75,244 40,000 0
John A. Mixon................ 1997 178,500 270,591 13,800 9,910
Corporate Vice President-- 1996 172,125 94,384 14,000 8,851
Human Resources 1995 159,500 120,684 40,000 5,404
Allan M. Kline(5)............ 1997 158,333 218,918 50,000 3,234
Corporate Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer
Roger C. Cady(6)............. 1997 216,000 286,508 13,000 11,875
Former Corporate Vice Presi-
dent-- 1996 211,500 99,898 14,000 10,815
Business Development 1995 202,500 145,825 13,000 5,362
Robert H. Hertz(7)........... 1997 221,500 377,747 0 17,190
Former Treasurer and 1996 216,625 133,633 19,000 11,672
Chief Financial Officer 1995 200,000 170,244 30,000 5,571
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Perquisites and other personal benefits paid to each Named Executive
Officer in each instance aggregated less than 10% of the total annual
salary and bonus set forth in the columns entitled "Salary" and "Bonus"
for each Named Executive Officer, and accordingly, have been omitted from
the table as permitted by the rules of the SEC.
(2) The Company did not grant any restricted stock awards or stock
appreciation rights to any of the Named Executive Officers during the
years shown.
(3) Figures in this column represent the Company's contributions on behalf of
each of the Named Executive Officers under the Company's 401(k) plan. In
Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1997, these figures also include the Company's
contributions under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, which
became effective April 1, 1995.
(4) Mr. Merrick's employment with the Company commenced in September 1994, and
his active employment terminated in July 1997.
(5) Mr. Kline's employment with the Company commenced in June 1996.
(6) Mr. Cady's active employment with the Company terminated on April 11,
1997. Mr. Cady will continue to be paid his monthly base salary, a
performance bonus for fiscal 1997 and certain benefits for a period of
101
<PAGE>
twenty-four (24) months; provided that should he accept full-time
employment during this period, his payments from the Company shall either
cease or be reduced depending upon the amount of compensation paid by his
new employer. Mr. Cady's stock options shall continue to vest during this
period.
(7) Mr. Hertz' active employment with the Company terminated on July 31, 1996.
Mr. Hertz will continue to be paid his monthly base salary through July
31, 1998, as well as certain benefits and bonuses for the 1997, 1998 and
(pro-rated) 1999 fiscal years, such bonuses to be calculated in the manner
utilized for the fiscal 1996 bonus. Mr. Hertz' stock options shall
continue to vest during this period, and any such options not vested as of
July 31, 1998 will at that date become vested and exercisable.
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
The following table sets forth information concerning individual grants of
stock options to the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended
March 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS(1)
---------------------------------------------
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
% OF TOTAL VALUED AT ASSUMED
NUMBER OF OPTIONS ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
SECURITIES GRANTED TO PRICE APPRECIATION
UNDERLYING EMPLOYEES EXERCISE OR FOR OPTION TERM(2)
OPTIONS IN FISCAL BASE PRICE EXPIRATION ---------------------
NAME GRANTED (#) YEAR (%) ($/SH)(1) DATE 5% ($) 10% ($)
---- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
John F. Reno............ 55,100 9.1% $33.25 7/30/06 $1,152,180 $2,919,854
John R. Peeler.......... 20,800 3.4% $33.25 7/30/06 $ 434,943 $1,102,232
George A. Merrick....... 15,000 2.5% $33.25 7/30/06 $ 313,661 $ 794,879
John A. Mixon........... 13,800 2.3% $33.25 7/30/06 $ 288,568 $ 731,288
Allan M. Kline.......... 50,000 8.2% $32.00 6/17/06 $1,006,231 $2,549,988
Roger C. Cady........... 13,000 2.1% $33.25 7/30/06 $ 271,839 $ 688,895
Robert H. Hertz......... 0 -- -- -- -- --
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Options vest annually in five equal installments beginning on the first
anniversary date of grant. Options to purchase an aggregate of 816,563
shares held by such Named Executive Officers will be vested immediately
prior to the Effective Time of the Merger. The options in this table
expire 10 years after grant.
(2) These columns show the hypothetical value of the options granted at the
end of the option terms if the price of the Common Stock were to
appreciate annually by 5% and 10%, respectively. At April 30, 1997, the
aggregate value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Company was
approximately $555,696,045, based upon 16,712,663 shares outstanding and
held by non-affiliates at a price per share of $33.25. If the Common Stock
appreciates at a compound rate of 5% per year for ten years, the aggregate
value of all shares held by non-affiliates would be approximately
$905,169,657, representing an increase of $349,473,612. Similarly, if the
Common Stock appreciates at a compound rate of 10% per year for ten years,
the aggregate value of all shares held by non-affiliates would be
approximately $1,441,331,905, representing an increase of $885,635,860.
There is no assurance that the stock price will appreciate at the rates
shown.
102
<PAGE>
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION
VALUES
The following table sets forth certain information regarding stock option
exercises by the Named Executive officers during Fiscal 1997 and stock options
held by the Named Executive Officers at March 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
SHARES VALUE OPTIONS AT FY-END(#) AT FY-END(2)($)
ACQUIRED ON REALIZED ------------------------- -------------------------
NAME EXERCISE(#) (1)($) EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
---- ----------- -------- ------------------------- -------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
John F. Reno............ 35,600 $812,500 102,800/253,500 $1,577,700/$2,926,200
John R. Peeler.......... 17,600 $461,600 38,400/103,200 $ 633,700/$1,290,900
George A. Merrick....... 3,000 $ 85,875 16,800/ 54,200 $ 292,175/$ 619,200
John A. Mixon........... 6,250 $171,922 18,050/ 55,000 $ 239,425/$ 564,450
Allan M. Kline.......... 0 $ 0 0/ 50,000 $ 0/$ 0
Roger C. Cady........... 12,000 $249,175 0/ 48,000 $ 0/$ 521,300
Robert H. Hertz......... 11,200 $237,550 15,000/ 48,800 $ 252,200/$ 793,650
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the
date of exercise, less the option exercise price.
(2) Calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Common Stock on
March 31, 1997 ($30.00), less the applicable option exercise price.
103
<PAGE>
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
SPECIAL TERMINATION AGREEMENTS
Each of the persons named in the compensation table set forth above (other
than Messrs. Cady and Hertz) as well as other key employees is party to a
special termination agreement with the Company. These agreements provide that
if there is a "Change in Control" of the Company (as defined in the
Agreements), and if during the two-year period following such Change in
Control the officer's employment is terminated for any reason other than on
account of death or for "Cause," or the officer terminates his or her own
employment following a demotion, reduction in compensation, or similar event,
the officer will be entitled to receive a lump sum severance payment from the
Company within 15 days after the date of termination and continuance of fringe
benefits. Under the special termination agreements, the amount of the
severance payment is based on an officer's length of service with the Company,
ranging incrementally from one times the officer's average annual cash
compensation to three times the officer's average annual cash compensation
after fifteen years of service.
EMPLOYMENT AND OTHER AGREEMENTS
In connection with the Merger, the Company entered into employment
agreements, effective at the Effective Time, with Messrs. Reno, Kline and
Peeler. The employment agreements will supersede the special termination
agreements currently in effect for each such Named Executive Officer. The
employment agreements generally provide for an initial term of five years,
commencing at the Effective Time, and for compensation and benefit
arrangements that are consistent with the current compensation and benefit
arrangements of each such Named Executive Officer. The employment agreements
further provide for the election of such officers to serve as directors of the
Company during their employment with the Company.
Mr. Reno's employment agreement provides that he, together with his family
trusts, will contribute 40,804 shares of Common Stock to MergerCo in exchange
for 799,758 shares of MergerCo Common Stock, which shares of MergerCo Common
Stock will be converted in the Merger into a like number of shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock. Messrs. Peeler and Kline each acknowledge in his
employment agreement that his shares of Common Stock will be cancelled
pursuant to the Merger Agreement in exchange for the Merger Consideration. The
employment agreements also provide that all of the Company Stock Options held
by each such Named Executive Officer (or, in the case of Mr. Peeler, a
substantial majority of such options) will be converted into equivalent
options to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock (the exercise prices
of which preserve the economic value of their current Company Stock Options),
all of which, other than 20,737 Company Stock Options held by Mr. Reno, will
be fully vested and exercisable. In addition, the employment agreements: (i)
restrict the ability of the Named Executive Officer to transfer shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock beneficially owned by him (other than certain
permitted transfers for estate planning purposes and transfers not exceeding
in the aggregate 25% of the Recapitalized Common Stock owned, or subject to
options held by the Named Executive Officer at the Effective Time), (ii) grant
the Named Executive Officer certain "tag along" rights which entitle the Named
Executive Officer to participate in a proposed sale of Recapitalized Common
Stock by CDR Fund V prior to a Public Offering (as defined in the employment
agreements), (iii) grant CDR Fund V certain "drag along" rights which entitle
CDR Fund V to require the Named Executive Officer to sell his shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock in a proposed sale of substantially all of CDR Fund
V's shares prior to a Public Offering, and (iv) grant the Company and CDR Fund
V the right, following any termination of a Named Executive Officer's
employment prior to a Public Offering, to purchase the Named Executive
Officer's shares of Recapitalized Common Stock and options to purchase
Recapitalized Common Stock.
The employment agreements also provide that, in the event of a termination
of any such Named Executive Officer's employment during the term of the
agreement by the Company other than for "Cause" (as defined in the employment
agreements) or by such Named Executive Officer for "Good Reason" (as so
defined), the Named Executive Officer will be entitled to special termination
benefits consisting of (i) continued payments of his average annual base
salary and average annual bonus until the second anniversary of the date of
termination, (ii) continued coverage under the Company's medical insurance
plan until his 65th birthday and (iii) a pro rata
104
<PAGE>
incentive compensation bonus for the portion of the calendar year preceding
such termination. The agreements also contain customary indemnification,
confidentiality, noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions.
In connection with the Merger, the Company will enter into certain
agreements (the "Mixon Agreements"), effective at the Effective Time, with Mr.
Mixon. The Mixon Agreements will supersede Mr. Mixon's current special
termination agreement. The Mixon Agreements will provide that, in the event of
a termination of his employment prior to the third anniversary of the
Effective Time by the Company other than for "Cause" (as defined in the
employment agreements) or by Mr. Mixon for "Good Reason" (as so defined), he
will be entitled to special termination benefits during a salary continuation
period which will be based on his period of service with the Company. Such
salary continuation benefits will consist of continued payments of his average
annual base salary, average annual bonus and continued coverage under the
Company's medical insurance and other benefit plans. The Mixon Agreements will
also contain customary indemnification, confidentiality, noncompetition and
nonsolicitation provisions.
The Mixon Agreements also are expected to provide that a substantial
majority of his Company Stock Options will be converted into equivalent
options to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock (the exercise prices
of which preserve the economic value of his current Company Stock Options),
all of which will be fully vested and exercisable. In addition, his agreements
will provide for certain call options upon termination of employment, and for
certain drag-along and tag-along rights.
Certain other executives of the Company are expected to convert
substantially all of their existing Company Stock Options into equivalent
options to purchase shares of Recapitalized Common Stock (the exercise prices
of which preserve the economic value of their current Company Stock Options),
all of which will be fully vested and exercisable and will enter into
agreements substantially similar to the Mixon Agreements.
Prior to the Merger, assuming the vesting and exercise of all Company Stock
Options, Messrs. Reno, Kline, Peeler and Mixon own shares representing
approximately 2.4%, 0.4%, 1.0% and 0.5%, respectively, of the outstanding
Common Stock. Following the Merger, assuming no Stockholders exercise their
appraisal rights, no Company Stock Options are exercised prior to the Merger,
the conversion of Company Stock Options and the issuance of the options
described above and the vesting and exercise of all outstanding options,
Messrs. Reno, Kline, Peeler and Mixon would own shares representing
approximately 5.7%, 0.8%, 1.7% and 1.0%, respectively, of the outstanding
Recapitalized Common Stock.
105
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors was established in 1979
and is comprised solely of independent, non-employee directors. The
Compensation Committee reviews and approves all compensation plans, benefit
programs, and perquisites for executives and other employees. The Compensation
Committee sets the salary of the Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO"), sets
relative relationships between the CEO's salary and the salary of other key
executives, and recommends to the board the compensation program for
directors. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves management
recommendations for stock option grants under the Company's stock option plan.
The Compensation Committee periodically reviews the job performance of the
Chief Executive Officer.
The Company's executive compensation program has been designed to attract
and retain exceptional executives who seek a long-term association with the
Company and who enjoy the challenge of pay for performance. The basic program
consists of two cash compensation components: base salary and a performance
based annual bonus. A third component, ownership-linked stock options, is used
for executive retention, to attract new key people, to recognize
accomplishments under individually tailored business growth programs, and to
align the long-term interests of eligible executives with those of the
Stockholders.
Base salary for the CEO is set annually taking into consideration Company
sales and profit growth, overall job performance, and mid-range pay levels for
CEOs of corporations of similar size. The Compensation Committee utilizes, as
a reference, up-to-date information on compensation practices of other
companies from several independent sources. Base salary is then set so as to
represent no more than 40% of total attainable compensation, the majority of
which is fully contingent upon the achievement of both qualitative and
quantitative levels of performance and stockholder return. Mr. Reno's annual
base salary is at approximately the median base compensation level paid to
chief executive officers of corporations of a similar size and complexity to
the Company.
The Company's pay for performance annual bonus program is considered the
most significant cash-based compensation component. Executives in this program
earn a bonus set by growth in profit and return on assets from either their
particular business unit or the Company as a whole. The plan is formula-based
using weighted average three year (current and two trailing) performance and
is designed so that consistently good individual performance over the three
years provides the executive with the highest payout. The intent is to
encourage investment decisions in undertakings that will provide the best
medium term (three year) financial results. With consistently outstanding
profit growth, an executive can earn a bonus of several times the executive's
annual salary; or, with no profit growth and return on assets below standard,
no bonus at all. For Fiscal 1997, Mr. Reno's bonus was $1,032,185,
representing approximately 217.3% of his current base salary. Mr. Reno's
Fiscal 1997 bonus was earned as a result of current and prior years'
performance, including the Company's completion during fiscal 1997 of its
strategy to dispose of the Company's noncore businesses. This compares to
Fiscal 1996 when his bonus, calculated under the same formula, was $372,836
and represented 82.9% of his base salary.
The third compensation component is an ownership-linked stock option
program, which provides long-term incentives to executives that are aligned
with the interests of the Stockholders. Stock options, granted at market
price, typically vest annually in 20% increments over five years. A longer
term perspective is established by sequential grants. The stock option program
requires specified levels of continued stock ownership for senior executives
based on position and years of participation in the program. The program is
designed to encourage senior executives to be long-term Stockholders and to
have owner concern and care for the Company as a whole. The intent of the
option program is to provide an executive with the opportunity for financial
gain which is larger than cumulative annual bonuses but which takes much
longer to achieve; and which requires meaningful long-term growth in the
market price of the Common Stock for the gain to be realized.
The size and frequency of option grants are based on level of
responsibility, performance of the Company as a whole, the performance of the
executive's business unit, and the executive's personal performance. Annually,
both financial and non-financial specific goals are set aimed at building
future marketplace strengths,
106
<PAGE>
intercompany cooperation and alliances, achieving corporate success factors,
and, when appropriate, restructuring issues. For senior executives, option
grants may be subject to reduction and/or elimination in proportion to the
executive's ownership position relative to ownership levels required by the
plan. Other option grants may be made based upon management's specific
recommendations, and review and approval by the Compensation Committee. Grants
are made from a Compensation Committee defined pool of shares. In accordance
with these goals and policies, in Fiscal 1997, Mr. Reno was granted an option
to purchase 55,100 shares of common sock.
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), which became effective on January 1, 1994, generally limits the
Company's ability to deduct compensation expense in excess of $1 million paid
to the Company's Chief Executive Officer or each of the four other most highly
paid executive officers. The Compensation Committee's policy with respect to
Section 162(m) is to make every reasonable effort to insure that compensation
is deductible to the extent permitted while simultaneously providing Company
executives with appropriate rewards for their performance. Toward this end,
the Company's 1994 Stock Option and Incentive Plan has been drafted in a
manner that will qualify stock options as performance-related compensation not
subject to the cap on deductibility imposed by Section 162(m).
Robert G. Paul, Chairman
O. Gene Gabbard
William R. Cook
SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE
Based solely on its review of copies of reports filed by persons ("Reporting
Persons") required to file such reports pursuant to Section 16(a) of the
Exchange Act, the Company believes that all filings required to be made by
Reporting Persons of the Company were timely made in accordance with the
requirements of the Exchange Act.
107
<PAGE>
COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997
The graph that follows compares the five-year cumulative total return of the
Common Stock with the S&P 500 Composite Stock Price Index and the S&P High
Tech Composite Index. It assumes an investment of $100 on March 31, 1992 in
the Common Stock and the stocks comprising the S&P 500 and the S&P High Tech
Composite Index and assumes reinvested dividends.
[LINE GRAPH APPEARS HERE]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mar 92 Mar 93 Mar 94 Mar 95 Mar 96 Mar 97
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DYNATECH
CORPORATION 100.000 135.443 93.670 159.494 237.975 303.797
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P HIGH TECH
COMPOSITE 100.000 112.917 131.347 169.815 230.093 303.579
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P 500 INDEX 100.000 115.188 116.891 135.059 178.278 213.567
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
108
<PAGE>
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of April 16, 1998, with respect to (i) each
director and each executive officer of the Company named below; (ii) all
current directors and executive officers of the Company as a group; and (iii)
each current beneficial owner of five percent or more of Common Stock.
PRE-MERGER BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT AND
NATURE OF PERCENT OF
BENEFICIAL COMMON
NAME OWNERSHIP(1)(2) STOCK(2)
---- --------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Farallon Capital Management, L.L.C. (3)............ 1,099,800 6.52%
One Maritime Plaza, Suite 1325, San Francisco, CA
94111
Lazard Freres & Co. LLC (4)........................ 973,600 5.77%
30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10020
John F. Reno (5)................................... 223,674 1.31%
John R. Peeler (6)................................. 91,650 *
John A. Mixon (7).................................. 36,303 *
Richard K. Lochridge (8)........................... 12,450 *
Allan M. Kline (9)................................. 12,011 *
Robert G. Paul (10)................................ 11,275 *
William R. Cook (11)............................... 8,600 *
O. Gene Gabbard (12)............................... 7,600 *
L. Dennis Kozlowski................................ 3,000 *
Peter van Cuylenburg............................... 2,400 *
All current Directors and Executive Officers as a
group (13 persons) (13)........................... 429,496 2.50%
</TABLE>
- --------
* Less than 1% of outstanding Common Stock.
(1) Represents shares of Common Stock beneficially owned on April 16, 1998.
Unless otherwise noted, each person has sole voting and investment power
with respect to such shares.
(2) Based upon 16,864,434 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of April 16,
1998. Common Stock includes all shares of outstanding Common Stock plus,
as required for the purpose of determining beneficial ownership (in
accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act), all
shares of Common Stock subject to any right of acquisition by such person,
through exercise or conversion of any security, within 60 days of April
16, 1998.
(3) Based on information provided to the Company by Farallon Capital
Management, L.L.C.
(4) Based on information provided to the Company by Lazard Freres & Co. LLC.
(5) Includes 2,000 shares owned by Mr. Reno's spouse, 15,000 shares owned by
The John F. Reno 1997 Qualified Annuity Trust for which Mr. Reno has sole
voting power, 15,000 shares owned by The Suzanne M. Reno 1997 Qualified
Annuity Trust, of which Mr. Reno is a Trustee, and 5,050 shares owned by a
relative for which Mr. Reno has power of attorney. Includes 175,820 shares
of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options which are
exercisable within 60 days of April 16, 1998.
(6) Includes 68,160 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock
options which are exercisable within 60 days of April 16, 1998.
(7) Includes 30,360 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock
options which are exercisable within 60 days of April 16, 1998.
(8) Includes 3,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock
options which are exercisable within 60 days of April 16, 1998.
(9) Includes 10,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock
options which are exercisable within 60 days of April 16, 1998.
(10) Includes 2,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock
options which are exercisable within 60 days of April 16, 1998.
(11) Includes 2,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock
options which are exercisable within 60 days of April 16, 1998.
109
<PAGE>
(12) Includes 2,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock
options which are exercisable within 60 days of April 16, 1998.
(13) Includes 311,560 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock
options which are exercisable within 60 days of April 16, 1998. Excludes
shares which will become vested and exercisable at the Effective Time.
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of Recapitalized Common Stock that will be outstanding immediately
following the Merger.
POST-MERGER BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF OUTSTANDING RECAPITALIZED COMMON STOCK
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES OWNED
IMMEDIATELY AFTER MERGER(1)
---------------------------------
NAME NUMBER PERCENT(2)
---- ----------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited
Partnership(3)............................... 110,790,770 92.3%
John F. Reno(4)............................... 8,491,637 6.6%
John R. Peeler(5)............................. 2,708,907 2.2%
John A. Mixon(6).............................. 1,624,027 1.3%
Allan M. Kline(7)............................. 1,294,769 1.1%
All future Directors and Executive Officers as
a group (10 persons)(8)...................... 126,777,355 93.8%
</TABLE>
- --------
* Less than 1% of outstanding Recapitalized Common Stock.
(1) Assumes conversion of the Company Stock Options as described under "The
Merger and the Merger Agreement--Effect on Stock Options and Employee
Benefits Matters," assumes no Stockholders exercise their appraisal rights
and no Company Stock Options are exercised prior to the Merger.
(2) Based upon 120,021,689 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock outstanding at
the Effective Time (which assumes no Stockholders exercise their appraisal
rights, no Company Stock Options are exercised after the Record Date and
the conversion of the Company Stock Options as described above).
Recapitalized Common Stock includes all shares of outstanding
Recapitalized Common Stock plus, as required for the purpose of
determining beneficial ownership (in accordance with Rule 13d-3
promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act), all shares of Recapitalized
Common Stock subject to any right of acquisition by such person, through
exercise or conversion of any security, within 60 days of the Effective
Time.
(3) B. Charles Ames, Michael G. Babiarz, William A. Barbe, Kevin J. Conway,
Brian D. Finn, Donald J. Gogel, Leon J. Hendrix, Jr., Hubbard C. Howe,
Thomas E. Ireland, Charles P. Pieper and Joseph L. Rice, III may be deemed
to share beneficial ownership of the shares owned of record by CDR Fund V
by virtue of their status as stockholders of Associates II Inc., the
managing general partner of Associates V, the general partner of CDR Fund
V, but each expressly disclaims such beneficial ownership of the shares
owned by CDR Fund V. The voting stockholders of Associates II Inc. share
investment and voting power with respect to securities owned by CDR Fund
V. The business address for each of them is 1403 Foulk Road, Suite 106,
Wilmington, Delaware 19803.
(4) Includes 1,000 shares owned by Mr. Reno's spouse, 294,000 shares owned by
The John F. Reno 1997 Qualified Annuity Trust for which Mr. Reno has sole
voting power, 294,000 shares owned by The Suzanne M. Reno 1997 Qualified
Annuity Trust, of which Mr. Reno is a Trustee and 2,525 shares owned by a
relative for which Mr. Reno has power of attorney. Includes 7,688,354
shares of Recapitalized Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock
options which are exercisable within 60 days of the Effective Time.
(5) Includes 2,696,690 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of stock options which are exercisable within 60 days of the
Effective Time.
(6) Includes 1,620,920 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of stock options which are exercisable within 60 days of the
Effective Time.
(7) Includes 1,293,600 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of stock options which are exercisable within 60 days of the
Effective Time.
(8) Includes 15,165,754 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of stock options which are exercisable within 60 days of the
Effective Time. Brian D. Finn, Charles P. Pieper and Joseph L. Rice, III
may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares owned of record
by CDR Fund V by virtue of their status as stockholders of Associates II
Inc., the managing general partner of Associates V, the general partner of
CDR Fund V, but expressly disclaims such beneficial ownership of the
shares owned by CDR Fund V. The voting stockholders of Associates II Inc.
share investment and voting power with respect to securities owned by CDR
Fund V.
110
<PAGE>
FEES AND EXPENSES
Estimated fees and expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Company in
connection with the Merger and the Financing are approximately as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Financing fees.................................................. $23,970,000
Investment banking fees and expenses............................ 5,675,000
Legal fees and expenses......................................... 2,480,000
SEC filing fee.................................................. 260,000
Accounting fees and expenses ................................... 350,000
Printing and mailing fees and expenses.......................... 500,000
Proxy solicitation agent fees and expenses...................... 15,000
Exchange Agent fees and expenses................................ 25,000
Miscellaneous expenses.......................................... 30,000
Total......................................................... 33,305,000
</TABLE>
Estimated fees and expenses incurred or to be incurred by MergerCo, CDR Fund
V, Associates II Inc. and the CDR/Management Group in connection with the
Merger are approximately as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Investment banking fees and expenses............................. $2,000,000
Legal fees and expenses.......................................... 3,200,000
Accounting fees.................................................. 950,000
Miscellaneous expenses........................................... 45,000
Total.......................................................... 6,195,000
</TABLE>
The above fees and expenses of MergerCo, CDR Fund V, Associates II Inc. and
the CDR/Management Group will be paid by the Surviving Corporation if the
Merger is consummated. See "Special Factors--Interests of Certain Persons." In
the event that the Merger Agreement is terminated under certain circumstances,
certain fees and expenses of the CDR/Management Group will be paid by the
Company. See "The Merger and the Merger Agreement--Termination; Termination
Fees."
Pursuant to an engagement letter, dated as of December 9, 1997, between the
Company and Merrill Lynch, the Company has agreed to pay Merrill Lynch a fee
of $5,000,000 for services rendered in connection with the Merger. Of this
amount, $250,000 was payable on the date of the engagement letter, $2,250,000
was payable upon the execution of the Merger Agreement, and $2,500,000 will be
payable if, up to one year after the Board ceases to retain Merrill Lynch, (a)
the Company engages in a business combination with an acquiror or (b) the
Company enters into an agreement with an acquiror which results in a business
combination. The Company has also agreed to reimburse Merrill Lynch for the
expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with its engagement
(including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) and to indemnify Merrill
Lynch and its affiliates from and against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the federal securities laws, arising out of its engagement.
Pursuant to the engagement letter, dated as of November 19, 1997, between
MergerCo and CSFB, MergerCo has agreed to pay CSFB a fee, payable upon
consummation of the Merger, of $2,000,000. MergerCo has also agreed to
indemnify CSFB and its affiliates from and against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the federal securities laws, arising out of its
engagement.
111
<PAGE>
MERGER FINANCINGS
SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS
The Company expects that approximately $865.3 million will be required to
(i) finance the payment of the Merger Consideration, (ii) pay Option
Cancellation Payments (as defined herein) and (iii) pay the fees and expenses
expected to be incurred in connection with the Merger. It is contemplated that
at the Effective Time, (a) $292.9 million of bank financing will be borrowed
pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities with a group of banks led by
Morgan and CSFB and (b) $275.0 million in gross proceeds will be provided
through the sale by the Company of the Senior Subordinated Notes. At the
Effective Time, the Company expects to have at least $20.4 million of cash on-
hand and $277.0 million of gross proceeds from the sale of MergerCo Common
Stock to CDR Fund V, which proceeds will become an asset of the Company upon
effectiveness of the Merger.
The following table illustrates the estimated sources and uses of funds
necessary to consummate the Transactions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SOURCES
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
---------------------
<S> <C>
Senior Secured Credit Facilities:
Revolving Credit Facility...... $ 32.9
Tranche A Term Loan............ 50.0
Tranche B Term Loan............ 70.0
Tranche C Term Loan............ 70.0
Tranche D Term Loan............ 70.0
Senior Subordinated Notes........ 275.0
Shareholders' Equity............. 277.0
Cash............................. 20.4
Total Sources.................. $865.3
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
USES
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
---------------------
<S> <C>
Purchase of Common Stock........ $803.1
Option Cancellation Payments.... 22.7
Estimated Fees and Expenses(a).. 39.5
Total Uses.................... $865.3
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Includes underwriting discounts and commissions, bank and financial
advisory fees, legal and accounting fees and other transaction expenses
described under "Fees and Expenses."
Shortly before the Merger, TTC will be converted into a Delaware limited
liability company. The initial obligors under the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities and the Senior Subordinated Notes will be the Company and a new
direct subsidiary of the Company, TTC Merger Co. LLC ("TTC Merger").
Immediately after the consummation of the Merger, TTC Merger will merge with
TTC, with TTC surviving, and TTC will succeed to and assume all obligations
with respect to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Senior
Subordinated Notes. TTC will become the primary obligor under the Senior
Secured Credit Facilities and the Senior Subordinated Notes. At the same time,
the Company will contribute the shares of each of its direct subsidiaries to
TTC and the Company will be released as primary obligor with respect to the
Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Senior Subordinated Notes. The
Company will guaranty TTC's monetary obligations under the Senior Secured
Credit Facilities on a senior basis and under the Senior Subordinated Notes on
a senior subordinated basis.
SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES
The credit agreement expected to be entered into in connection with the
Merger will provide for aggregate maximum borrowings by TTC under a $260.0
million term loan facility (the "Term Loan Facility") and a $110.0 million
revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility").
Pursuant to a letter dated December 19, 1997 addressed to MergerCo., Morgan
and CSFB have committed to provide, or arrange for a syndicate of lenders to
provide, the Company, subject to certain terms and conditions, the Senior
Secured Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
$370.0 million ($185.0 million each). At the consummation of the Merger, (i)
approximately $260.0 million is expected to be drawn under the Term Loan
Facility described below and (ii) approximately $32.9 million is expected to
be drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility. Undrawn amounts under the
Revolving Credit Facility will be available on a revolving credit basis for
general corporate purposes of TTC and its subsidiaries.
112
<PAGE>
Structure
The Senior Secured Credit Facilities are expected to consist of (a) the Term
Loan Facility which provides for term loans in an aggregate principal amount
of $260.0 million, consisting of four tranches in principal amounts of $50.0
million, $70.0 million, $70.0 million and $70.0 million (the "Tranche A Term
Loans", "Tranche B Term Loans", "Tranche C Term Loans" and "Tranche D Term
Loans", respectively) and (b) the Revolving Credit Facility which provides for
revolving loans to TTC (including a $10.0 million swingline subfacility and a
$25.0 million letter of credit subfacility) at any time not to exceed $110.0
million.
Availability
The availability of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities is expected to be
subject to various conditions precedent including, but not limited to, the
Merger being consummated; repayment of the material outstanding other debt of
the Company and its subsidiaries (other than the Senior Subordinated Notes,
intercompany debt and certain other exceptions to be determined) and discharge
of all liens securing such debt; receipt by MergerCo or the Company of at
least $275.0 million in equity financing; receipt by the Company of $275.0
million in gross cash proceeds from an offering of Senior Subordinated Notes;
and continued equity investment in common stock of the Company of at least
$20.0 million by certain Stockholders and members of management; at least
$20.0 million of cash-on-hand being held by the Company at the Effective Time;
receipt of $25.0 million of proceeds from exercise of existing options for
Common Stock (which proceeds may be provided as a reduction against amounts
payable to option holders as consideration in connection with the Merger);
total cost of consummating the transactions contemplated by the Merger
Agreement not exceeding $920.0 million and related fees and expenses,
estimates of which shall not exceed $42.5 million; and other conditions
precedent typical of bank loans. Each of Morgan's and CSFB's respective
commitment to provide the Senior Secured Credit Facilities is also subject to,
among other things, the receipt of all material government and third party
consents and approvals. The full amount of the Term Loan Facility will have to
be drawn by the Effective Time.
The Tranche A Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Facility are expected to
mature in 2004. The Tranche B Term Loans are expected to mature in 2005, the
Tranche C Term Loans are expected to mature in 2006 and the Tranche D Term
Loans are expected to mature in 2007. The Company expects that its working
capital needs will require it to obtain new revolving credit facilities at the
time that the Revolving Credit Facility matures, whether by extending,
renewing, replacing or otherwise refinancing the Revolving Credit Facility,
but there can be no assurance of any such extension, renewal, replacement or
refinancing being successfully accomplished.
Amortization of the principal amount of the respective tranches of the Term
Loan Facility is expected to be on an installment schedule, with amortization
of the Tranche A Term Loans over their six-year term and with no substantial
amortization of the Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans and Tranche D
Term Loans until after the sixth, seventh and eighth year, respectively. The
Senior Secured Credit Facilities are expected to be subject to mandatory
prepayment and reduction in an amount equal to, subject to certain exceptions,
(a) 100% of the net proceeds of (i) certain debt offerings by TTC and any of
its subsidiaries, (ii) certain asset sales by TTC or any of its subsidiaries,
and (iii) casualty insurance, condemnation awards or other recoveries received
by the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (b) 50% of the Company's excess
cash flow (as defined under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities), under
certain circumstances.
Security; Guaranty
The obligations of TTC under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are
expected to be unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Company and
each existing and each subsequently acquired or created domestic subsidiary of
TTC (other than certain immaterial domestic subsidiaries) (such subsidiaries,
the "Subsidiary Guarantors"). In addition, the Senior Secured Credit
Facilities and the guarantees thereunder are expected to be secured by
security interests in the equity interests in TTC, by substantially all of the
material tangible and intangible assets of TTC and the Subsidary Guarantors,
pledges of all the capital stock of each direct or indirect domestic
subsidiary of TTC (other than certain immaterial domestic subsidiaries) and of
up to 65% of the capital stock of each material direct foreign subsidiary of
TTC.
113
<PAGE>
Interest
At TTC's election, the interest rates per annum applicable to the loans
under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are expected to be a fluctuating
rate of interest measured by reference to either (a) an adjusted London inter-
bank offered rate ("LIBOR") plus a borrowing margin or (b) an alternate base
rate ("ABR") (equal to the higher of Morgan's published prime rate and 1/2 of
1% over the Federal Funds effective rate) plus a borrowing margin. The
borrowing margins applicable to the Tranche A Term Loans and loans under the
Revolving Credit Facility are expected to be 1.25% for ABR loans and 2.25% for
LIBOR loans through the six-month anniversary of the Effective Time. The
interest rate borrowing margins applicable to the Tranche B Term Loans, the
Tranche C Term Loans and the Tranche D Term Loans are expected to be 1.50%,
1.75% and 2.00%, respectively, for ABR loans and 2.50%, 2.75% and 3.00%,
respectively, for LIBOR loans through the six-month anniversary of the
Effective Time. The borrowing margins applicable to such term loans and the
loans under the Revolving Credit Facility after such six-month anniversary of
the Effective Time are expected to be determined pursuant to the terms of the
definitive documentation. Amounts under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities
not paid when due bear interest at a default rate equal to 2.00% above the
rate then borne by such borrowings.
Fees
Subject to the consummation of the Merger, TTC is expected to agree to pay
certain fees with respect to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, including
(i) fees on the unused commitments of the lenders, which fees will initially
accrue at a rate equal to 1/2 of 1% on the undrawn portion of the commitments
in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility; (ii) letter of credit fees on the
aggregate face amount of outstanding letters of credit equal to the then
applicable borrowing margin for LIBOR loans under the Revolving Credit
Facility plus an amount at a rate to be agreed upon but not exceeding 1/4 of
1% per annum fronting bank fee for the letter of credit issuing bank; (iii)
annual administration fees; and (iv) agent, arrangement and other similar
fees.
Covenants
The Revolving Credit Facility and the Tranche A Term Loans will be subject
to covenants that, among other things, would limit or restrict the ability of
TTC and its subsidiaries to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness,
incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, make restricted
payments, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions,
modify terms of the indenture under which the Senior Subordinated Notes are
issued, engage in mergers or consolidations, change the business conducted by
TTC and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, make capital expenditures, or
engage in certain transactions with affiliates. In addition, under the Senior
Secured Credit Facilities, TTC is expected to be required to comply with a
minimum interest expense coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. The
Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans and Tranche D Term Loans are
expected to be subject to negative covenants which are substantially similar
to those contained in the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes.
See"--Senior Subordinated Notes."
Events of Default
The Revolving Credit Facility and the Tranche A Term Loans will be subject
to customary events of default including non-payment of principal, interest or
fees, failure to meet covenants, inaccuracy of representations or warranties
in any material respect, cross default to certain other indebtedness, loss of
lien perfection or priority, material judgments and change of ownership or
control. The Tranche B Term Loans, Tranche C Term Loans and Tranche D Term
Loans are expected to be subject to events of default which are substantially
similar to those applicable to those contained in the indenture governing the
Senior Subordinated Notes, with certain exceptions. See"--Senior Subordinated
Notes."
SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
In connection with the Merger, the Company intends to offer and sell up to
approximately $275.0 million of Senior Subordinated Notes, in a private
offering with registration rights. The following is a summary description
114
<PAGE>
of certain terms of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the indenture under
which such Senior Subordinated Notes are expected to be issued (the
"Indenture"), based on the Company's preliminary discussions with financing
sources and its current expectations.
The Senior Subordinated Notes will mature in 2008, and will bear interest at
a fixed, market rate of interest to be determined at the time of their
offering. With certain exceptions, the Company will not have the right at its
option to redeem the Senior Subordinated Notes during the first five years
that they will be outstanding. Thereafter, the Company may at its option
redeem such Senior Subordinated Notes, in whole or in part, at certain
redemption prices, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
date of redemption. These redemption prices will be calculated at a premium
over the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes, which will decline
ratably to zero at the final maturity date. In addition, at any time during
the first three years that the Senior Subordinated Notes are outstanding, the
Company will have the right, subject to certain requirements, to redeem a
portion of the Senior Subordinated Notes with the cash proceeds of certain
equity offerings by the Company. This redemption price will be calculated at a
premium over the principal amount to be redeemed.
The Indenture is expected to provide that, upon the occurrence of certain
events constituting a "Change of Control," the Company will have the right to
redeem the Senior Subordinated Notes. The redemption price will be calculated
at a premium over the principal amount to be redeemed. In addition, upon a
Change of Control, unless the Company has exercised any right to redeem the
Senior Subordinated Notes, the Company will be required to offer to purchase
the Senior Subordinated Notes from their holders at a price equal to 101% of
the principal amount to be purchased. Under certain circumstances, the Company
also will be required to apply certain asset sale proceeds to an offer to
purchase Senior Subordinated Notes, at a price equal to the principal amount
to be purchased.
The Senior Subordinated Notes will be unsecured, general obligations of the
Company, and will be subordinated to all indebtedness under the Senior Credit
Facilities and all other existing and future "Senior Indebtedness" (to be
defined in the Indenture) of the Company. Under certain circumstances, the
Senior Subordinated Notes may be guaranteed, on an unsecured, subordinated
basis, by certain subsidiaries of the Company. In addition, the Indenture will
contain certain negative covenants, including limitations on incurrence of
indebtedness, including guarantees; limitations on dividends, investments and
certain other restricted payments; limitations on restrictions on
distributions and transfers from subsidiaries; limitations on asset sales;
limitations on affiliate transactions; and limitations on certain liens
securing pari passu or subordinated indebtedness. The Indenture will also
contain certain affirmative covenants, including financial and other reporting
requirements, and certain default provisions.
SALE OF MERGERCO COMMON STOCK
In connection with the Merger, MergerCo will sell to CDR Fund V, for
approximately $277 million in cash, 110,790,770 shares of MergerCo Common
Stock. Upon the effectiveness of the Merger, the proceeds of such purchase
will become an asset of the Company. Additionally, immediately prior to the
Effective Time, John F. Reno and two family trusts established by Mr. Reno
will be issued an aggregate amount of approximately 799,758 shares of MergerCo
Common Stock, in exchange for Mr. Reno and such family trusts contributing
40,804 shares of Common Stock to MergerCo. See "Special Factors--Interests of
Certain Persons in the Merger." Each share of MergerCo Common Stock will be
converted into one share of Recapitalized Common Stock in the Merger.
115
<PAGE>
MERGERCO, CDR FUND V AND CDR
MERGERCO
MergerCo is a newly formed Delaware corporation which was organized at the
direction of CDR in connection with the transactions contemplated by the
Merger Agreement. MergerCo is a nonsubstantive transitory merger vehicle which
will be merged out of existence at the Effective Time. Accordingly, it is not
expected to have significant assets or liabilities (other than arising under
the Merger Agreement or in connection with the Merger) or to engage in any
activities (other than those incident to its formation and the Merger). The
authorized capital stock of MergerCo consists of 125,000,000 shares of common
stock, par value $0.01, of which no shares are currently outstanding.
The principal executive offices of MergerCo are c/o Clayton, Dubilier & Rice
Fund V Limited Partnership, 1403 Foulk Road, Suite 106, Wilmington, Delaware
19803.
CDR FUND V
CDR Fund V, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, is a private
investment fund managed by CDR. Amounts contributed to CDR Fund V by its
limited partners are invested at the discretion of the general partner in
equity or equity-related securities of entities formed to effect leveraged
acquisition transactions and in the equity of corporations where the infusion
of capital, coupled with the provision of managerial assistance by CDR, can be
expected to generate returns on investments comparable to returns historically
achieved in leveraged acquisition transactions. The general partner of CDR
Fund V is CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands exempted
limited partnership ("Associates V"). Associates V has three general partners.
The managing general partner of Associates V is CD&R Investment Associates II,
Inc. a Cayman Islands exempted company ("Associates II Inc."). The other
general partners of Associates V are CD&R Cayman Investment Associates, Inc.,
a Cayman Islands exempted company ("Associates Cayman Inc.") and CD&R
Investment Associates, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Associates Inc."). Under
the partnership agreement of Associates V, all management authority (other
than with respect to the amendment of the partnership agreement) is vested in
Associates II Inc. CDR Fund V has committed to purchase 110,790,770 shares of
MergerCo Common Stock for approximately $277 million immediately prior to the
Merger. The principal executive offices of CDR Fund V, Associates V,
Associates II Inc., and Associates Inc. are located at 1403 Foulk Road, Suite
106, Wilmington, DE 19803. The principal executive offices of Associates
Cayman Inc. are located at Ugland House, South Church Street, Grand Cayman,
Cayman Islands BWI.
Set forth below are the names, business address, present principal
occupation or employment and five year employment history of each director and
officer of Associates II Inc. and Associates Inc. and each director and
shareholder of Associates Cayman Inc., each of whom is a United States
citizen. The business address of each person listed below is Clayton, Dubilier
& Rice, Inc., 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10125. The shareholders of
Associates Inc. and Associates II Inc. are principals of CDR. No shareholder
holds more than approximately 18% of the voting stock of either Associates
Inc. or Associates II Inc. Associates Cayman Inc. has no officers.
Joseph L. Rice, III has been a principal of CDR since 1978 and the Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer of CDR since 1995. Mr. Rice is a Director and the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of both Associates II Inc. and Associates
Inc. and is a shareholder and Director of Associates Cayman Inc. Mr. Rice also
serves as a Director of RACI Holding, Inc. and Remington Arms Company, Inc. B.
Charles Ames has been a principal of CDR since 1989, and is a Director of both
Associates II Inc. and Associates Inc. Since October 1996, Mr. Ames has served
as Chairman of Riverwood Holding, Inc., RIC Holding, Inc. and Riverwood
International Corporation. Mr. Ames is also Chairman of WESCO Distribution,
Inc. and CDW Holding Corporation, and serves as a Director of Lexmark
International Group, Inc., Lexmark International, Inc., RACI Holding Inc. and
Remington Arms Company, Inc. Donald J. Gogel has been a principal of CDR since
1989 and the President, Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer of CDR
since 1995. Mr. Gogel is a Director, President, Assistant Treasurer and
Assistant Secretary of both Associates II Inc. and Associates Inc. and is a
shareholder and Director
116
<PAGE>
of Associates Cayman Inc. Mr. Gogel is also a Director of APS Holding
Corporation, A.P.S. Inc., Lexmark International Group, Inc. Lexmark
International, Inc. CDRF Holding, Inc., Alliant Foodservice, Inc. and Kinko's
Inc. William A Barbe is a principal of CDR and has been a professional
employee of CDR since 1992. Mr. Barbe serves as a Director and Vice President,
Secretary and Treasurer of CDR and of both Associates II Inc. and Associates
Inc. Mr. Barbe serves as a Director of WESCO Distribution, Inc., CDW Holding
Corporation and Kinko's, Inc. Brian D. Finn is a principal of CDR and has been
a professional employee of CDR since 1997. Mr. Finn serves as a Director of
MergerCo and Associates II Inc. Mr. Peiper is a principal of CDR and has been
a professional employee of CDR since 1997. Mr Pieper is a Director of
Associates II Inc. and serves as a Director of Alliant Foodservice, Inc. and
CDRF Holding, Inc. Kevin J. Conway is a principal of CDR and has been a
professional employee of CDR since 1994 and is a Director of both Associates
II Inc. and Associates Inc. Mr.Conway also serves on the board of directors of
Riverwood Holding, Inc., RIC Holding, Inc. and Riverwood International
Corporation. Michael G. Barbiarz is a principal of CDR and has been a
professional employee of CDR since 1990 and is a Director of Associates II
Inc.
CDR
CDR is a private investment firm which is organized as a Delaware
corporation. CDR is the manager of a series of investment funds, including CDR
Fund V, formed to invest in equity or equity-related securities of entities
formed to effect leveraged acquisition transactions and in the equity of
corporations where the infusion of capital, coupled with the provision of
managerial assistance by CDR, can be expected to generate returns on
investments comparable to returns historically achieved in leveraged
acquisition transactions. CDR generally assists in structuring, arranging
financing for and negotiating the transactions in which the funds it manages
invest. After the consummation of such transactions, CDR generally provides
management and financial consulting services to the companies in which its
investment funds have invested during the period of such fund's investment.
Such services include helping such companies to establish effective banking,
legal and other business relationships and assisting management in developing
and implementing strategies for improving the operational, marketing and
financial performance of such companies.
Upon or following the Merger, the Company expects to enter into a consulting
agreement with CDR which will provide for (i) an annual fee, initially of
$500,000, for providing such management and financial consulting services to
the Company and its subsidiaries and (ii) reimbursement of out-of-pocket
expenses it incurs after the Merger, for so long as CDR Fund V has an
investment in the Company and its subsidiaries. At or following the Merger, it
is expected that the Company will pay CDR a transaction fee of $9.2 million,
plus reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by CDR in consideration
for services provided by CDR in arranging the Merger, arranging and
negotiating the financing for the Merger, and related services. In addition,
it is expected that, upon and following the Merger, the Company will agree to
indemnify CDR and CDR Fund V and certain related parties, subject to certain
limitations, against all claims and liabilities arising out of or in
connection with the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable
securities or other laws, in connection with the Merger and related
transactions and the operation of the business following the Merger. It is
also expected that, upon and following the Merger, the Company will enter into
a registration rights agreement with the shareholders of MergerCo which will
provide that such shareholders may require the Company to register their
shares of Recapitalized Common Stock under the Securities Act.
The principal executive offices of CDR is located at 375 Park Avenue, 18th
Floor, New York, New York 10022. The officers of CDR are Messrs. Rice, Gogel
and Barbe. The directors of CDR are Messrs. Ames, Babiarz, Conway, Finn,
Gogel, Pieper and Rice. The shareholders of CDR are Messrs. Babiarz, Barbe,
Conway, Finn, Gogel, Pieper and Rice. No shareholder holds more than 45.25% of
the voting stock of CDR.
117
<PAGE>
APPRAISAL RIGHTS
Set forth below is a summary of the procedure which a Dissenting Stockholder
must follow in order to seek to exercise appraisal rights. The information
contained below with respect to Stockholders' appraisal rights is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the applicable sections of the MBCL, which are
attached to this Proxy Statement as Appendix D. A person having a beneficial
interest in shares of the Company that are held of record in the name of
another person, such as a broker or nominee, must act promptly to cause the
record holder to follow the steps summarized below properly and in a timely
manner to perfect whatever appraisal rights the beneficial owner may have.
THIS DISCUSSION AND APPENDIX D SHOULD BE REVIEWED CAREFULLY BY ANY STOCKHOLDER
WHO WISHES TO EXERCISE STATUTORY APPRAISAL RIGHTS OR WHO WISHES TO PRESERVE
THE RIGHT TO DO SO. FAILURE STRICTLY TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THE PROCEDURAL
REQUIREMENTS OF SECTIONS 85 THROUGH 98 OF THE MBCL COULD RESULT IN A
TERMINATION OR WAIVER OF APPRAISAL RIGHTS UNDER SECTIONS 85 THROUGH 98 OF THE
MBCL.
Sections 85 through 98, inclusive, of the MBCL contain provisions which, in
the case of a merger of a corporation organized under Massachusetts law, grant
to Dissenting Stockholders who comply with the procedures specified in these
sections the right to receive payment in cash equal to the "fair value" of
their shares. The principal provisions of the statute are summarized below.
This summary is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of Sections 85
through 98 of the MBCL, which are annexed as Appendix D to this Proxy
Statement and should be carefully reviewed by holders of Common Stock.
To claim appraisal rights, a Dissenting Stockholder must (a) file a written
objection to the Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby prior to the
Stockholder vote, stating that such Dissenting Stockholder intends to demand
payment for his or her shares of Common Stock if the Merger is consummated,
(b) not vote such Dissenting Stockholder's shares in favor of approval of the
Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby, and (c) in the event the
Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby are approved by the
Stockholders and consummated, demand in writing payment for such shares of
Common Stock from the Company within 20 days after the date of mailing to the
Dissenting Stockholder of a notice that the Merger has become effective. Such
notice is to be mailed by registered or certified mail by Merger within 10
days of the Effective Time to all Dissenting Stockholders who have complied
with the requirements described in (a) and (b) above.
A vote against the Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby will not
be deemed to satisfy the requirement that a written objection be filed with
the Company prior to the taking of the stockholder vote on the Merger and the
transactions contemplated thereby. However, a Dissenting Stockholder who has
filed a written objection to the Merger and the transactions contemplated
thereby as provided in (a) above will not be deemed to have waived such
Dissenting Stockholder's appraisal rights by failing to vote against the
Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby so long as such Dissenting
Stockholder does not actually vote in favor of it.
The Company is required to make payment of the fair market value of the
shares of Common Stock owned by each Dissenting Stockholder within 30 days
after the expiration of the 20-day period during which a demand for payment
for shares may be made. If, during such 30-day period, the Company and a
Dissenting Stockholder fail to agree as to the fair value of such Dissenting
Stockholder's shares, either the Company or the Dissenting Stockholder may,
within four months after the expiration of such 30-day period, request a court
determination of the fair value of all shares held by the Dissenting
Stockholders by filing a bill in equity in the Superior Court of Middlesex
County in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The cost of such an action, other
than counsel fees and fees of experts retained by a party, will be determined
by the court and apportioned in such a manner as appears to the court to be
equitable; however, all costs of giving notice to the Dissenting Stockholders
entitled to notice of the filing of such an action will be paid by the
Company. In any such action, the fair value of the shares of Common Stock of
the Dissenting Stockholder parties to the action will be determined as of the
day preceding the date that the Merger and the transactions contemplated
thereby were approved by the Stockholders of the Company, and will not include
any element of value arising from the expectation or consummation of the
Merger. The Company has not yet determined whether it will file such a bill in
equity and, therefore, any
118
<PAGE>
Dissenting Stockholder who desires such a bill in equity to be filed is
advised to file it on a timely basis. Unless the Company files such a bill in
equity, the failure by a Dissenting Stockholder to file such a bill could
nullify all written demands for appraisal.
Any Dissenting Stockholder contemplating the exercise of rights summarized
above is urged to consult with counsel. The failure by a Dissenting
Stockholder to follow precisely all of the steps required by Sections 85
through 98 of the MBCL will result in the loss of those rights. Under Section
98 of the MBCL, the enforcement by a Dissenting Stockholder of the right to
receive payment for his or her or its shares of Common Stock is an exclusive
remedy, except that such provisions do not exclude the right of a Dissenting
Stockholder to bring or maintain an appropriate proceeding to obtain relief on
the ground that the Merger will be or is fraudulent or illegal as to him or
her.
OTHER INFORMATION AND STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS
Management of the Company knows of no other matters that may properly be, or
which are likely to be, brought before the Special Meeting. However, if any
other matters are properly brought before such Special Meeting, the persons
named in the enclosed Proxy Statement or their substitutes intend to vote the
proxies in accordance with their judgment with respect to such matters, unless
authority to do so is withheld in the proxy.
EXPERTS
The consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 1997 and 1996 and the
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 1997, have been set
forth herein in reliance of the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.,
independent accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
LEGAL COUNSEL
The legality of the shares of Recapitalized Common Stock being issued in the
Merger will be passed upon by Ropes & Gray.
119
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS......................................... F-2
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1997............... F-3
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
MARCH 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997.......................................... F-4
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY......................... F-5
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
MARCH 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997.......................................... F-6
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.............................. F-7
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1996 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED).............................................. F-20
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF MARCH 31, 1997 AND AS OF DE-
CEMBER 31, 1997 (UNAUDITED)............................................ F-21
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE
NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)............... F-22
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.................... F-23
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Dynatech Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dynatech
Corporation as of March 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, shareholders' equity, cash flows and related
schedule of valuation and qualifying accounts for each of the three fiscal
years in the period ended March 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for
our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements and schedule referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position
of Dynatech Corporation as of March 31, 1997 and 1996, and the consolidated
results of its operations, its cash flows and related schedule of valuation
and qualifying accounts for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended
March 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Boston, Massachusetts
May 1, 1997
F-2
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31
------------------
1997 1996
-------- --------
(AMOUNTS IN
THOUSANDS EXCEPT
SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................ $ 39,782 $ 46,094
Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $1,872 and $957,
respectively)........................................... 70,930 45,367
Inventories:
Raw materials.......................................... 19,423 10,210
Work in process........................................ 11,376 9,381
Finished goods......................................... 9,326 7,325
-------- --------
Total inventory...................................... 40,125 26,916
Other current assets..................................... 11,074 5,981
Net assets of discontinued operations held for sale...... -- 22,824
-------- --------
Total current assets................................. 161,911 147,182
Property and equipment:
Land, building and leasehold improvements................ 4,141 2,468
Machinery and equipment.................................. 47,020 39,441
Furniture and fixtures................................... 9,940 6,680
-------- --------
61,101 48,589
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization........... (37,268) (30,038)
-------- --------
23,833 18,551
Other assets:
Intangible assets, net................................... 43,813 28,406
Other.................................................... 20,478 11,050
-------- --------
$250,035 $205,189
======== ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt...... $ 201 $ 655
Accounts payable......................................... 16,900 9,849
Accrued expenses:
Compensation and benefits.............................. 23,912 16,120
Taxes, other than income taxes......................... 1,850 834
Deferred revenue....................................... 8,876 3,424
Other.................................................. 19,948 9,500
Accrued income taxes..................................... 657 939
Net liabilities of discontinued operations............... 9,173 --
-------- --------
Total current liabilities............................ 81,517 41,321
Long-term debt............................................. 5,226 1,800
Deferred income taxes...................................... 1,025 531
Deferred compensation...................................... 1,581 818
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
Serial preference stock, par value $1 per share;
authorized 100,000 shares; none issued..................
Common stock, par value $0.20 per share; authorized
50,000,000 shares; issued 18,605,689.................... 3,721 3,721
Additional paid-in-capital............................... 9,887 12,102
Retained earnings........................................ 195,506 165,657
Cumulative translation adjustments....................... (1,247) 342
Treasury stock, at cost; 1,812,287 and 1,020,605 shares,
respectively............................................ (47,181) (21,103)
-------- --------
Total shareholders' equity........................... 160,686 160,719
-------- --------
$250,035 $205,189
======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED MARCH 31
----------------------------
1997 1996 1995
-------- -------- --------
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS
EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Sales............................................ $362,412 $293,042 $243,078
Cost of sales.................................... 137,254 111,436 91,412
-------- -------- --------
Gross profit..................................... 225,158 181,606 151,666
Selling, general and administrative expense...... 114,479 98,487 86,329
Product development expense...................... 43,267 36,456 30,585
Nonrecurring charges............................. 27,776 16,852 --
Amortization of intangibles...................... 6,793 5,136 5,106
-------- -------- --------
Operating income............................... 32,843 24,675 29,646
Interest expense................................. (828) (1,723) (3,919)
Interest income.................................. 2,785 2,181 1,518
Other income, net................................ 634 975 850
-------- -------- --------
Income from continuing operations before income
taxes........................................... 35,434 26,108 28,095
Provision for income taxes....................... 17,585 10,394 11,671
-------- -------- --------
Income from continuing operations................ 17,849 15,714 16,424
Discontinued operations:
Gain on sale of businesses net of income tax
provision of $22,692.......................... 12,000 -- --
Operating income (loss), net of income tax
provision (benefit) of $(1,009) in 1996 and
$2,948 in 1995................................ -- (1,471) 3,763
-------- -------- --------
Income before extraordinary charge............... 29,849 14,243 20,187
Extraordinary charge for early retirement of
debt, net of income tax benefit of $738......... -- -- (1,019)
-------- -------- --------
Net income....................................... $ 29,849 $ 14,243 $ 19,168
======== ======== ========
Income (loss) per common share--basic:
Continuing operations.......................... $ 1.04 $ 0.87 $ 0.92
Discontinued operations........................ 0.70 (0.08) 0.21
Extraordinary charge........................... -- -- (0.06)
-------- -------- --------
$ 1.74 $ 0.79 $ 1.07
======== ======== ========
Income (loss) per common share--diluted:
Continuing operations.......................... $ 0.99 $ 0.86 $ 0.92
Discontinued operations........................ 0.67 (0.08) 0.21
Extraordinary charge........................... -- -- (0.06)
-------- -------- --------
$ 1.66 $ 0.78 $ 1.07
======== ======== ========
Weighted average number of shares:
Basic.......................................... 17,200 17,969 17,846
Diluted........................................ 18,028 18,315 17,971
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES
------------------- ADDITIONAL CUMULATIVE TOTAL
COMMON TREASURY COMMON PAID-IN RETAINED TRANSLATION TREASURY SHAREHOLDERS'
STOCK STOCK STOCK CAPITAL EARNINGS ADJUSTMENTS STOCK EQUITY
-------- --------- ------ ---------- -------- ----------- -------- -------------
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, March 31,
1994................... 12,387 (3,090) $2,477 $9,414 $185,957 $ (757) $(54,448) $142,643
Net income--1995........ 19,168 19,168
Purchases of treasury
stock.................. (597) (12,576) (12,576)
Translation
adjustments............ 3,416 3,416
Exercise of stock
options and other
issuances.............. 90 (215) 1,790 1,575
Retirement of treasury
stock.................. (3,085) 3,085 (617) (53,711) 54,328 --
Two-for-one stock
split.................. 9,303 (521) 1,861 (1,861) --
Tax benefit from
exercise of stock
options................ 94 94
-------- -------- ------ ------ -------- ------- -------- --------
Balance, March 31,
1995................... 18,605 (1,033) 3,721 7,432 151,414 2,659 (10,906) 154,320
Net income--1996........ 14,243 14,243
Purchases of treasury
stock.................. (800) (19,367) (19,367)
Translation
adjustments............ (2,317) (2,317)
Exercise of stock
options and other
issuances.............. 812 3,688 9,170 12,858
Tax benefit from
exercise of stock
options................ 982 982
-------- -------- ------ ------ -------- ------- -------- --------
Balance, March 31,
1996................... 18,605 (1,021) 3,721 12,102 165,657 342 (21,103) 160,719
Net income--1997........ 29,849 29,849
Purchases of treasury
stock.................. (1,021) (32,695) (32,695)
Translation
adjustments............ (1,589) (1,589)
Exercise of stock
options and other
issuances.............. 230 (3,533) 6,617 3,084
Tax benefit from
exercise of stock
options................ 1,318 1,318
-------- -------- ------ ------ -------- ------- -------- --------
Balance, March 31,
1997................... 18,605 (1,812) $3,721 $9,887 $195,506 $(1,247) $(47,181) $160,686
======== ======== ====== ====== ======== ======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
----------------------------
1997 1996 1995
-------- -------- --------
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating activities:
Net income from operations..................... $ 29,849 $ 15,714 $ 20,187
Adjustment for noncash items included in net
income:
Gain on discontinued operations.............. (12,000) -- --
Depreciation................................. 9,280 8,279 14,112
Amortization of intangibles.................. 6,793 5,136 8,471
Purchased incomplete technology.............. 20,627 16,852 --
Intangibles writeoff......................... 7,149 -- --
Change in net deferred income tax asset...... (7,617) (5,173) 7,187
Other........................................ 797 457 283
Changes in operating assets and liabilities,
net of effects of purchase acquisitions and
divestitures.................................. 4,926 (19,556) (16,013)
-------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by continuing operations..... 59,804 21,709 34,227
Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued
operations.................................... (52,313) 699 (3,250)
-------- -------- --------
Net cash flows provided by operating
activities.................................... 7,491 22,408 30,977
Investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment............ (10,176) (8,198) (16,426)
Disposals of property and equipment............ 214 308 437
Proceeds from sales of businesses.............. 96,682 48,901 27,140
Businesses acquired in purchase transactions,
net of cash acquired.......................... (68,930) (17,143) (1,056)
Other.......................................... 290 5,597 (1,095)
-------- -------- --------
Net cash flows provided by continuing
operations.................................... 18,080 29,465 9,000
Net cash flows used in discontinued
operations.................................... (951) (5,487) --
-------- -------- --------
Net cash flows provided by investing
activities.................................... 17,129 23,978 9,000
Financing activities:
Net borrowings (repayment) of debt............. 2,522 (9,400) (24,125)
Premium paid on early retirement of debt....... -- -- (1,757)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options........ 1,693 952 1,461
Purchases of treasury stock.................... (32,695) (19,367) (12,576)
-------- -------- --------
Net cash flows used in financing activities.... (28,480) (27,815) (36,997)
Effect of exchange rate on cash.................. (2,452) (272) 1,714
-------- -------- --------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents..................................... (6,312) 18,299 4,694
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year... 46,094 27,795 23,101
-------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year......... $ 39,782 $ 46,094 $ 27,795
======== ======== ========
Change in operating asset and liability
components:
Increase in trade accounts receivable.......... $(15,833) $(10,287) $ (1,215)
Decrease (increase) in inventories............. 450 (2,007) (2,820)
Decrease (increase) in other current assets.... (3,341) (297) 180
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable........ 2,059 (402) 129
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and
taxes......................................... 21,591 (6,563) (12,287)
-------- -------- --------
Change in operating assets and liabilities..... $ 4,926 $(19,556) $(16,013)
======== ======== ========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
information:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest..................................... $ 889 $ 1,739 $ 4,833
Income taxes................................. 42,340 13,798 7,672
Tax benefit of disqualifying dispositions of
stock options................................. 1,318 982 94
Noncash proceeds from sale of businesses:
Promissory notes............................. 7,200 -- 5,200
Preferred stock.............................. 6,300 -- --
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Business
Dynatech is a global communications equipment company focused on network
technology solutions. Its products address communications test, industrial
computing and communications, and visual communications applications.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent
company and its wholly owned domestic and international subsidiaries.
Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior
year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reported period. Significant estimates in these financial statements include
allowances for accounts receivable, net realizable value of inventories, tax
valuation reserves, nonrecurring charges, and the carrying values of
discontinued operations. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Foreign Exchange Contracts
The Company enters into a limited number of forward exchange contracts to
manage the exposure to foreign currency fluctuations associated with certain
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency, as well as
certain highly anticipated cash flows or firm commitments. Gains and losses on
these contracts will be included in income when the operating revenue and
expenses related to the underlying transactions are recognized. Amounts as of
March 31, 1997 and 1996 were $0 and $1.0 million, respectively.
Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents represent highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of
three months or less at the time of purchase. Financial instruments, which
potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist
primarily of short-term deposits in Europe with major banks, with investment
levels and debt ratings set to limit exposure from any one institution.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out or average)
or market.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost and include expenditures for
major improvements which substantially increase their useful life. Repairs and
maintenance are expensed as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise
disposed of, the assets and related allowances for depreciation and
amortization are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss
is recognized in the Statement of Operations.
Depreciation and Amortization
For financial reporting purposes, depreciation of machinery, equipment, and
fixtures is computed on the straight-line method over estimated useful lives
of two to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over
F-7
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
the lesser of the lives of the leases or estimated useful lives of the
improvements. Buildings are depreciated on the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives, up to 30 years.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets acquired primarily from business acquisitions are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
------- -------
AMOUNTS IN
THOUSANDS
<S> <C> <C>
Product technology.......................................... $17,042 $18,259
Excess of cost over net assets acquired..................... 30,861 17,424
Other intangible assets..................................... 13,307 13,307
------- -------
61,210 48,990
Less accumulated amortization............................... 17,397 20,584
------- -------
Total..................................................... $43,813 $28,406
======= =======
</TABLE>
At each balance sheet date, management evaluates whether there has been a
permanent impairment in the value of goodwill or intangible assets by
assessing the carrying value of the asset against the anticipated future cash
flows from related operating activities. Factors which management considers in
performing this assessment include current operating results, trends, product
transition, distribution channels and prospects, and, in addition, demand,
competition, and other economic factors. In March 1997, the Company recorded a
$7.1 million charge related to product and distribution transitions.
Product technology and other intangible assets are amortized on a straight-
line basis primarily over three to ten years, but in no event longer than
their expected useful lives. Amortization expense related to product
technology was $3.1 million in fiscal 1997, $1.9 million in fiscal 1996, and
$1.6 million in fiscal 1995, and was excluded from cost of sales. Excess of
cost over fair market value of net assets is being amortized on a straight-
line basis primarily over 15 years.
Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currency for the majority of the Company's foreign operations
is the applicable local currency. The translation from the applicable foreign
currencies to U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using the
exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense
accounts using a weighted average exchange rate during the period. The gains
or losses resulting from such translation are included in shareholders'
equity. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are
included in other income.
Treasury Stock
The Company delivers treasury shares upon the exercise of stock options and
the difference between the cost of the treasury shares, on a last-in, first-
out basis, and the exercise price of the option is reflected in additional
paid-in capital. Repurchase of treasury stock is accounted for by using the
cost method of accounting.
Revenue Recognition
Sales of products and services are recorded based on product shipment and
performance of service, respectively. Proceeds received in advance of product
shipment or performance of service are recorded as deferred revenue in the
balance sheet.
F-8
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Research, Development and Warranty Costs
Costs relating to research, development and product warranty are expensed as
incurred. Warranty costs are not material to the consolidated financial
statements. Internal software development costs that qualify for
capitalization are not material.
Income Taxes
The Company provides for income taxes in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under
this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and
liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be
in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.
Income (Earnings) Per Share
The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
128,"Earnings per Share," which modifies the calculation of earnings per share
("EPS"). The Standard replaces the previous presentation of primary and fully
diluted EPS to basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is
computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS
includes the dilution of common stock equivalents, and is computed similarly
to fully diluted EPS pursuant to APB Opinion 15. All prior periods presented
have been restated to reflect this adoption.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED MARCH
31,
----------------------
1997 1996 1995
------ ------ ------
(AMOUNTS IN
THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER
SHARE DATE)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BASIC:
Common Stock Outstanding
beginning of year...... 17,594 17,577 18,594
Weighted Avg. Treasury
Stock issued during the
period................. 144 461 56
Weighted Avg. Treasury
Stock repurchased...... (538) (69) (804)
------ ------ ------
Weighted average common
stock outstanding end
of year................ 17,200 17,969 17,846
====== ====== ======
DILUTED:
Common Stock Outstanding
beginning of year...... 17,594 17,577 18,594
Weighted Avg. Treasury
Stock issued during the
period................. 144 461 56
Weighted Avg. common
stock equivalents...... 828 346 125
Weighted Avg. Treasury
Stock repurchased...... (538) (69) (804)
------ ------ ------
Weighted average common
stock outstanding end
of year................ 18,028 18,315 17,971
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
F-9
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
New Pronouncements
The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income" which establishes standards for the reporting
and display of comprehensive income in general-purpose financial statements.
The Company has not assessed the impact of this Standard on its financial
statements.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," which
establishes standards for the reporting of operating segments in the financial
statements. The Company has not assessed the impact of this Standard on its
financial statements.
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
A formal plan to discontinue noncore businesses was approved by the Board of
Directors on February 7, 1996. In fiscal 1997, the Company essentially
completed its disposition of the noncore businesses. Proceeds from these sales
in fiscal 1997 and 1996 were $96.7 million in cash, $7.2 million in long-term
promissory notes, and Class A Preferred Stock of CMSI Holdings Corporation
with an aggregate liquidation preference of $6.3 million, and $48.9 million in
cash, respectively, which resulted in an aftertax gain of $12 million or $0.67
per share.
In connection with the sale of one of its subsidiaries, the Company agreed
to guarantee the purchaser's payment obligations under a credit facility
obtained by the purchaser. The guaranteed portion of the principal amount of
this facility is $3 million for a period of seven years from the closing date
and is to be used to fund the purchaser's capital expenditures.
During fiscal 1995 the Corporation sold ten businesses for approximately
$27.1 million in cash and long-term promissory notes approximating $5.2
million. The provision for losses was reflected in fiscal 1994 and did not
affect fiscal 1995 earnings.
Summary operating results of noncore businesses prior to the formal plan to
discontinue operations are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995
-------- --------
AMOUNTS IN
THOUSANDS
<S> <C> <C>
Sales.................................................... $182,040 $256,452
Gross margin............................................. 79,571 109,563
Income (loss) before taxes............................... (3,460) 6,711
Net income (loss)........................................ $ (1,471) $ 3,763
</TABLE>
In connection with the disposition of these subsidiaries, the Company has
net liabilities of $9.2 million. Included in this amount are liabilities
related to severance, legal, lease runout, taxes and warranty accruals offset
by noncash investments.
NOTES PAYABLE
Short-term notes payable, primarily in Europe, were $0 and $640 thousand at
March 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The maximum amount of short-term
borrowings, domestic and foreign, at any month end during the year was $330
thousand in fiscal 1997, $1.1 million in 1996, and $4.4 million in 1995. The
average amount of short-term borrowings during the year was $186 thousand in
fiscal 1997, $886 thousand in 1996, and $3.4 million in 1995. The approximate
weighted average interest rate was 6.2% in fiscal 1997, 6.6% in 1996, and 6.2%
in 1995 (calculated by dividing interest expense for such borrowings by the
weighted average borrowings outstanding during the year).
At year end, the Company had short-term unused lines of credit aggregating
$500 thousand for continuing foreign operations.
F-10
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt is summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
------ ------
AMOUNTS IN
THOUSANDS
<S> <C> <C>
Revolving credit and term bank loan........................... $5,000 $1,800
Capital lease obligations..................................... 427 15
------ ------
Total debt.................................................. 5,427 1,815
Less current portion.......................................... 201 15
------ ------
Long-term debt................................................ $5,226 $1,800
====== ======
</TABLE>
The Company has an unsecured $70 million revolving credit and term bank loan
agreement ("Old Agreement") with several commercial banks which allows for
borrowings in various currencies and provides for interest to be payable at
the Eurocurrency rate, or base or money market rate quoted by the lender,
depending upon the currencies borrowed and the form of borrowing. Under the
terms of the Old Agreement, the principal borrowings may convert to a term
loan payable in eight equal quarterly installments beginning September 30,
1998.
In April 1997, the Company entered into a new $150 million revolving credit
and term loan agreement ("New Agreement") with several commercial banks. This
agreement allows for borrowings using various instruments with interest
payable at Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin based on the Company's
leverage ratio or base rate, quoted by the lender. Under the terms of the New
Agreement, the principal borrowings may convert to a term loan payable in
eight equal quarterly installments beginning June 30, 2000.
The approximate weighted average cost of capital was 8.6% in both fiscal
1997 and in 1996. The composite rate at March 31, 1997 was 6.9% and at March
31, 1996 was 5.9%.
The terms of the Old Agreement require, among other things, specific levels
of current ratio, fixed-charge coverage ratio, and minimum tangible net worth.
The Company was in compliance with all covenants at March 31, 1997.
Aggregate maturities of the above term debt for each of the years in the
five-year period ending March 31, 2002 are as follows: $201 thousand, $2.0
million, $2.6 million, $625 thousand, and $0, respectively.
F-11
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
INCOME TAXES
The components of income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Domestic........................................... $38,486 $26,657 $27,771
Foreign............................................ (3,052) (549) 324
------- ------- -------
Total............................................ $35,434 $26,108 $28,095
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing
operations are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
------- ------- -------
AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Provision for income taxes:
United States................................... $11,729 $ 9,092 $ 9,552
Foreign......................................... 234 (428) 127
State........................................... 5,622 1,730 1,992
------- ------- -------
Total......................................... $17,585 $10,394 $11,671
======= ======= =======
Components of income tax provision:
Current:
Federal......................................... $19,297 $15,247 $10,609
Foreign......................................... 234 (423) 112
State........................................... 5,671 3,072 2,130
------- ------- -------
Total current................................. 25,202 17,896 12,851
Deferred:
Federal......................................... (7,568) (6,155) (1,057)
Foreign......................................... -- (5) 15
State........................................... (49) (1,342) (138)
------- ------- -------
Total deferred................................ (7,617) (7,502) (1,180)
------- ------- -------
Total....................................... $17,585 $10,394 $11,671
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
F-12
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Reconciliations between U.S. federal statutory rate and the effective tax
rate of continuing operations follow:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax at U.S. federal statutory rate....................... 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
Increases (reductions) to statutory tax rate resulting
from:
Foreign income subject to tax at a rate different than
U.S. rate............................................. 0.6 (0.5) 0.4
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit.. 3.8 4.3 4.4
Research and development tax credit.................... (0.7) (0.7) (0.9)
Nondeductible amortization............................. 1.1 1.9 1.8
Other.................................................. 0.7 (0.2) 0.8
---- ---- ----
Effective tax rate before certain charges............ 40.5% 39.8% 41.5%
Nondeductible purchased research and development....... 8.2 -- --
Nondeductible writeoff of intangibles.................. 0.9 -- --
---- ---- ----
Total effective tax rate on continuing operations.... 49.6% 39.8% 41.5%
==== ==== ====
</TABLE>
The principal components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities follow:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
------- -------
AMOUNTS IN
THOUSANDS
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards......................... $ 3,291 $ 1,993
Vacation benefits........................................ 792 632
Bad debt allowance....................................... 364 196
Inventory capitalization................................. 363 347
Depreciation and amortization............................ 16,767 9,283
Other deferred assets.................................... 4,434 3,979
------- -------
26,011 16,430
Valuation allowance........................................ (3,291) (1,993)
------- -------
22,720 14,437
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization............................ 1,025 531
Other deferred liabilities............................... 1,491 1,319
------- -------
2,516 1,850
------- -------
Net deferred tax assets.................................... $20,204 $12,587
======= =======
</TABLE>
Deferred income taxes are included in the following balance sheet accounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
------- -------
AMOUNTS IN
THOUSANDS
<S> <C> <C>
Other current assets....................................... $ 3,846 $ 3,495
Other assets............................................... 17,383 9,623
Deferred income taxes...................................... (1,025) (531)
------- -------
$20,204 $12,587
======= =======
</TABLE>
The valuation allowance applies to state and foreign net operating loss
carryforwards that may not be fully utilized by the Company. The increase in
the valuation reserve relates to the increase in these net loss carryforwards.
F-13
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLANS
The Company has a trusteed employee retirement profit sharing and 401(k)
savings plan for eligible U.S. employees. The Plan does not provide for stated
benefits upon retirement. Employees outside the U.S. are covered principally
by government-sponsored plans that are deferred contribution plans. The cost
of Company-provided plans is not material.
The Company has a nonqualified deferred compensation plan which permits
certain key employees to annually elect to defer a portion of their
compensation for their retirement. The amount of compensation deferred and
related investment earnings will be placed in an irrevocable rabbi trust and
presented as assets in the Company's balance sheet because they will be
available to the general creditors of the Company in the event of the
Company's insolvency. An offsetting liability will reflect amounts due
employees.
Corporate contributions to employee retirement plans were $4.0 million in
fiscal 1997, $3.3 million in 1996, and $3.0 million in 1995.
STOCK COMPENSATION AND PURCHASE PLANS
The Company maintains two Stock Option plans in which common stock is
available for grant to key employees at prices not less than fair market value
(110% of fair market value for employees holding more than 10% of the
outstanding common stock) at the date of grant determined by the Board of
Directors. Incentive or nonqualified options may be issued under the plans and
are exercisable from one to ten years after grant.
On July 30, 1996 the shareholders adopted the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan under which eligible employees may contribute up to 10% of their salary
toward semi-annual purchases of the Company's capital stock. The plan
commenced October 1, 1996 and each plan period lasts six months beginning on
October 1 and April 1 of each year. The purchase price for each share of stock
is the lesser of 85% of the market price on the first or last day of the plan
period. A total of 600,000 shares are available for purchase under the plan
and 36,536 shares were reserved for issuance at March 31, 1997.
A summary of activity in the Company's option plans is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996 1995
WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED
AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE
1997 EXERCISE 1996 EXERCISE 1995 EXERCISE
SHARES PRICE SHARES PRICE SHARES PRICE
--------- -------- --------- -------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Shares under option,
beginning of year...... 1,684,580 $15.17 1,296,720 $12.09 705,806 $10.55
Options granted (at an
exercise price of $32
to $54 in 1997, $15.50
to $20.25 in 1996,
$10.375 to $17.50 in
1995).................. 607,550 34.51 673,700 20.01 927,000 12.68
Options exercised....... (255,690) 11.99 (126,500) 10.26 (193,920) 9.90
Options canceled........ (265,880) 17.82 (159,340) 14.44 (142,166) 9.67
--------- --------- ---------
Shares under option, end
of year................ 1,770,560 21.87 1,684,580 15.17 1,296,720 12.09
========= ========= =========
Shares exercisable...... 300,710 $14.77 261,780 $11.52 163,936 $10.01
</TABLE>
Options available for future grants under the plans were 1.0 million, 1.4
million and 0 at March 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.
The fair market value of each option granted during 1997 and 1996 is
estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model
with the following weighted average assumptions: expected volatility of
F-14
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
39%, risk-free interest rate of 6.59% in 1997 and 6.27% in 1996, expected life
of 7 years and a dividend yield of 0%. The Weighted Average Fair Value of
options granted, net of forfeitures, during the years 1997 and 1996 was $18.68
and $10.68, respectively.
The following table summarizes information about currently outstanding and
exercisable stock options at March 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED
NUMBER OF AVERAGE WEIGHTED
OPTIONS REMAINING AVERAGE
OUTSTANDING CONTRACTUAL EXERCISE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICE AT 3/31/97 LIFE PRICE
----------------------- ----------- ----------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
$ 9.00 - $15.00............................. 533,590 5.86 $10.93
$15.00 - $30.00............................. 638,120 8.12 19.13
$30.00 - $54.00............................. 598,850 9.35 34.53
---------
Total..................................... 1,770,560 7.86 $21.87
=========
</TABLE>
The Company applies ABP Opinion 25 and related interpretations in accounting
for its plans. In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" ("FAS123"), which is effective for transactions
entered into for fiscal years that begin after December 15, 1995. FAS123
established a fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based
compensation plans. In adopting FAS123 in 1997, the Company elected footnote
disclosure only. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its
stock option plans and its stock purchase plan under FAS123. Had compensation
cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plans been recorded based on
the fair value of awards or grant date consistent with the method prescribed
by FAS123, the Company's net income and earnings per share would have been
changed to the pro forma amounts indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
--------------------- ---------------------
AS REPORTED PRO FORMA AS REPORTED PRO FORMA
----------- --------- ----------- ---------
AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net income....................... $29,849 $27,863 $14,243 $13,464
Net income per share
Basic........................... $ 1.74 $ 1.62 $ 0.79 $ 0.75
Diluted......................... $ 1.66 $ 1.55 $ 0.78 $ 0.74
</TABLE>
The effect of applying FAS123 in this pro forma disclosure is not indicative
of future amounts. FAS123 does not apply to awards prior to 1995; and
additional awards in future years are anticipated.
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
In February 1989 the Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan
and declared a dividend distribution of one Right for each outstanding share
of Dynatech's common stock. The Plan was amended in March 1990. Each Right,
when exercisable, entitles a qualifying shareholder to buy shares of Dynatech
junior participating cumulative preferred stock. The Rights would only become
exercisable (i) ten days after a person has become the beneficial owner of 15%
or more of Dynatech's common stock, or (ii) ten business days after the
commencement of a tender offer that would result in the ownership of 15% or
more of the common stock, or (iii) upon determination by the Board of
Directors that a person who holds 10% or more of Dynatech's common stock
intends to, or is likely to, act in certain specified manners adverse to the
interests of Dynatech and its shareholders.
F-15
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
In the event Dynatech is acquired and is not the surviving corporation in a
merger, or in the event of the acquisition of 50% or more of the assets or
earning power of Dynatech, each Right would then entitle the qualified holder
to purchase, at the then-current exercise price, shares of common stock of the
acquiring company having a value of twice the exercise price of the Right.
Furthermore, if any party were to acquire 15% or more of Dynatech's common
stock or were determined to be an adverse person as described above, qualified
holders of the Rights would be entitled to acquire shares of Dynatech junior
participating cumulative preferred stock having a value of twice the then-
current exercise price. At the option of the Board of Directors, all of the
Rights could be exchanged into shares of common or preferred stock.
The Rights will expire February 16, 1999, but may be redeemed at the option
of the Board for $0.02 per Right until one of the triggering events described
above has occurred. The Rights do not entitle holders to any voting power or
other shareholder benefits. Issuance of the Rights does not dilute the
shareholders' ownership of Dynatech, nor does it affect reported earnings per
share.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company has operating leases from continuing operations covering plant,
office facilities, and equipment which expire at various dates through 2006.
Future minimum annual fixed rentals required during the years ending in fiscal
1998 through 2002 under noncancelable operating leases having an original term
of more than one year are $7.5 million, $7.0 million, $5.7 million, $4.6
million, and $4.1 million, respectively. The aggregate obligation subsequent
to fiscal 2002 is $9.5 million. Rent expense from continuing operations was
approximately $6.2 million, $5.7 million, and $4.4 million in fiscal 1997,
1996, and 1995, respectively.
The Company is a party to several pending legal proceedings and claims.
Although the outcome of such proceedings and claims cannot be determined with
certainty, the Company's counsel and management are of the opinion that the
final outcome should not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
operations or financial position.
NONRECURRING CHARGES
The components of nonrecurring expenses include the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
------- -------
AMOUNTS IN
THOUSANDS
<S> <C> <C>
Incomplete technology........................................ $20,627 $16,852
Intangible writeoffs......................................... 7,149 --
------- -------
Total...................................................... $27,776 $16,852
======= =======
</TABLE>
ACQUISITIONS
1997 Acquisitions
In March of 1997, the Company acquired the net assets of Advent Design, Inc.
("Advent") for $3.5 million in cash. Advent designs and manufactures high-
performance microprocessor-based systems for the computer, medical and
communications markets. This acquisition generated $3.4 million of goodwill
which is being amortized over 15 years. In order to ensure that key personnel
would remain with Advent, a targeted three-year earnout incentive of $1
million per year of the Company's stock, was negotiated but not included in
the purchase price. The earnout is based on, among other things, a positive
operating income.
F-16
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
On December 31, 1996, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets
and assumed certain liabilities of Itronix Corporation ("Itronix") located in
Spokane, Washington, for $65.4 million in cash. Approximately $40 million of
the purchase price was borrowed pursuant to the terms of the Company's
revolving credit and term loan agreement in effect at that time. A significant
portion of the borrowed funds was repaid during the fourth quarter. Itronix is
a manufacturer of mobile computing and communications devices, including
ruggedized laptop computers, which increase the efficiency of large, mission-
critical service groups.
Incident to this acquisition was the purchase of incomplete technology
activities which resulted in a one-time pretax charge of $20.6 million or
($0.74) per share. This purchased incomplete technology that had not reached
technological feasibility and which had no alternative future use was valued
using a risk adjusted cash flow model, both in 1997 and 1996, under which
future cash flows associated with in-process research and development were
discounted considering risks and uncertainties related to the viability of
potential changes in future target markets and to the completion of the
products that will ultimately be marketed by the Company. Acquired complete
technology of $8.4 million is being amortized over two to seven years, and
goodwill of $17.9 million is being amortized over 15 years.
The following unaudited pro forma information presents a summary of
consolidated results of operations of the Company as if the acquisition had
occurred at the beginning of fiscal 1996, with pro forma adjustments to give
effect to amortization of goodwill and intangibles, interest expense on
acquisition debt, and certain other adjustments, together with related income
tax effects.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1996
-------- --------
AMOUNTS IN
THOUSANDS
<S> <C> <C>
Revenue................................................... $426,234 $355,886
Net income from continuing operations..................... $ 31,569 $ 14,609
Income per share:
Basic................................................... $ 1.84 $ 0.81
Diluted................................................. $ 1.74 $ 0.80
Weighted average shares:
Basic................................................... 17,200 17,969
Diluted................................................. 18,028 18,315
</TABLE>
1996 Acquisitions
On February 20, 1996 Dynatech acquired the stock of Synergistic Solutions,
Inc. ("SSI"), of Atlanta, Georgia, for approximately $5.5 million. Acquired
technology and other intangible assets of approximately $4.3 million are being
amortized over four to seven years. The investment in excess of fair market
value of assets purchased of $964 thousand is being amortized over 15 years.
On September 1, 1995 Dynatech acquired substantially all of the business and
assets of Tele-Path Industries, Inc. ("TPI"), of Salem, Virginia, for $23.6
million. Approximately $12.6 million was cash, including a $2.6 million
contingent adjustment for the stock price, and 688,096 shares of the Company's
common stock at $19.91 per share. Acquired complete technology and other
intangible assets of approximately $6.7 million are being amortized over five
years.
Incident to this acquisition, the Company purchased the incomplete
technology activities of TPI, resulting in a one-time pretax charge in the
second quarter of approximately $16.9 million, or ($0.56) per share. This
purchased incomplete technology that had not reached technological feasibility
and which had no alternative future use was valued using a risk adjusted cash
flow model.
Acquisitions, both in fiscal 1997 and 1996, were recorded using the purchase
method of accounting.
F-17
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
SEGMENT INFORMATION AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
The Corporation operates predominantly in a single industry as a global
communications equipment manufacturer focused on network technology solutions.
Its products address communications test, industrial computing and
communications, and visual communications applications. Dynatech is a multi-
national corporation with continuing operations outside the United States
consisting of distribution and sales offices in Germany, England, France and
the Pacific Rim.
Net income in fiscal 1997, 1996, and 1995 included currency gains (losses)
of approximately $99,300, $(90,300), and $292,900, respectively. Information
by geographic areas for the years ended March 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995 is
summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OUTSIDE U.S.
(PRINCIPALLY
UNITED STATES EUROPE) COMBINED
------------- ------------ --------
AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Sales to unaffiliated customers
1997................................. $340,603* $21,809 $362,412
1996................................. 268,830* 24,212 293,042
1995................................. 220,907* 22,171 243,078
Income (loss) before taxes from
continuing operations
1997................................. $ 38,486 $(3,052) $ 35,434
1996................................. 26,657 (549) 26,108
1995................................. 27,771 324 28,095
Identifiable assets at
March 31, 1997....................... $216,243 $33,792 $250,035
March 31, 1996....................... 186,186 19,003 205,189
March 31, 1995....................... 177,317 79,075 256,392
</TABLE>
--------
* Includes export sales of $48,959, $35,844 and $33,929 in 1997, 1996 and
1995, respectively.
F-18
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS BY QUARTER (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH YEAR
------- ------- ------- -------- --------
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE
DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales.................... $81,122 $85,725 $92,007 $103,558 $362,412
Gross profit............. 50,874 54,463 58,485 61,336 225,158
Income (loss) from
continuing operations... 8,412 9,277 (2,896)(b) 3,056(c) 17,849
Net income (loss)........ 8,412 9,277 (2,896) 15,056(d) 29,849
Income (loss) per share
cont ops:
Basic................... $ 0.48 $ 0.54 $ (0.16) $ 0.18 $ 1.04
Diluted................. 0.46 0.52 (0.16) 0.17 0.99
Income (loss) per share:
Basic................... $ 0.48 $ 0.54 $ (0.16) $ 0.88 $ 1.74
Diluted................. 0.46 0.52 (0.16) 0.84 1.66
Market Share Price(a)--
High.................... $ 35.00 $ 46.88 $ 58.00 $ 54.50
--Low........... 23.00 30.75 40.50 28.00
<CAPTION>
1996
FIRST SECOND THIRD FOURTH YEAR
------- ------- ------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales.................... $66,758 $68,513 $80,540 $ 77,231 $293,042
Gross profit............. 41,509 42,251 49,917 47,929 181,606
Income (loss) from
continuing operations... 5,047 (4,883)(b) 8,141 7,409 15,714
Net income (loss)........ 4,625 (4,993) 7,807 6,804 14,243
Income (loss) per share
from continuing
operations
Basic................... $ 0.29 $ (0.27) $ 0.44 $ 0.41 $ 0.87
Diluted................. 0.28 (0.27) 0.44 0.40 0.86
Net Income (loss) per
share:
Basic................... $ 0.26 $ (0.27) $ 0.43 $ 0.38 $ 0.79
Diluted................. 0.26 (0.27) 0.42 0.37 0.78
Market Share Price(a)--
High.................... $ 20.50 $ 22.25 $ 17.50 $ 25.50
--Low........... 14.75 15.13 14.00 16.00
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Dynatech common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Prior to
January 28, 1997, Dynatech common shares were traded on the Nasdaq
National Market. No cash dividends were paid on Dynatech common shares.
(b) Includes charge for purchased incomplete technology of $20.6 million or
($0.74) per share in 1997 on a diluted basis, $16.9 million or ($0.56) per
share on a diluted basis in 1996.
(c) Includes a charge of $7.1 million or ($0.36) per share on a diluted basis
relating to the writeoff of certain intangible assets.
(d) Includes gain on discontinued operations of $12 million or $0.67 per share
on a diluted basis.
F-19
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED NINE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31 DECEMBER 31
-------------------- ------------------
1997 1996 1997 1996
--------- --------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales................................ $ 133,138 $ 92,007 $353,314 $258,854
Cost of sales........................ 58,265 33,522 151,714 95,032
--------- -------- -------- --------
Gross profit......................... 74,873 58,485 201,600 163,822
Selling, general & administrative ex-
pense............................... 38,512 30,084 103,549 84,031
Product development expense.......... 14,484 10,163 41,563 30,065
Purchased incomplete technology...... -- 20,627 -- 20,627
Amortization of intangibles.......... 1,445 1,558 4,327 4,683
--------- -------- -------- --------
Operating income (loss).............. 20,432 (3,947) 52,161 24,416
Interest expense..................... (164) (86) (945) (365)
Interest income...................... 886 942 2,250 2,166
Other income......................... 244 130 694 552
--------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before income taxes.... 21,398 (2,961) 54,160 26,769
Income tax provision (benefit)....... 8,663 (65) 21,933 11,976
--------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss).................... $ 12,735 $ (2,896) $ 32,227 $ 14,793
========= ======== ======== ========
Income (loss) per common share:
Basic.............................. $ 0.76 $ (0.16) $ 1.92 $ 0.86
Diluted............................ 0.73 (0.16) 1.85 0.82
========= ======== ======== ========
Weighted average number of common
shares:
Basic.............................. 16,817 17,074 16,826 17,257
Diluted............................ 17,395 17,074 17,413 18,124
========= ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-20
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEC. 31 MARCH 31
1997 1997
----------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents............................... $ 47,569 $ 39,782
Accounts receivable, net................................ 73,330 70,930
Inventories:
Raw materials......................................... 21,076 19,423
Work in process....................................... 11,970 11,376
Finished goods........................................ 12,362 9,326
-------- --------
Total inventory..................................... 45,408 40,125
Other current assets.................................... 11,870 11,074
-------- --------
Total current assets................................ 178,177 161,911
Property and equipment, net............................... 25,178 23,833
Intangible assets, net.................................... 39,496 43,813
Other assets.............................................. 20,926 20,478
-------- --------
$263,777 $250,035
======== ========
LIABILITIES & EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt....................... $ 171 $ 201
Accounts payable........................................ 20,345 16,900
Accrued expenses:
Compensation and benefits............................. 21,923 23,912
Deferred revenue...................................... 9,954 8,876
Other accrued expenses................................ 14,009 22,455
Net liabilities of discontinued operations.............. 2,793 9,173
-------- --------
Total current liabilities........................... 69,195 81,517
Long-term debt............................................ 109 5,226
Deferred income taxes..................................... 989 1,025
Deferred compensation..................................... 2,112 1,581
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock.............................................. 3,721 3,721
Additional paid-in capital................................ 7,169 9,887
Retained earnings......................................... 227,733 195,506
Cumulative translation adjustment......................... (1,938) (1,247)
Treasury stock............................................ (45,313) (47,181)
-------- --------
Total shareholders' equity.......................... 191,372 160,686
-------- --------
$263,777 $250,035
======== ========
</TABLE>
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-21
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
------------------
1997 1996
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Operating activities:
Net income............................................... $ 32,227 $ 14,793
Adjustments for noncash items included in net income:
Depreciation........................................... 8,926 6,710
Amortization of intangibles............................ 4,327 4,683
Purchased incomplete technology........................ -- 20,627
Increase (decrease) in deferred taxes.................. (36) 938
Other.................................................. 192 390
Change in operating assets and liabilities............... (8,155) (29,451)
-------- --------
Net cash flows provided by continuing operations......... 37,481 18,690
Net cash flows provided by (used in) discontinued
operations.............................................. (12,680) 3,761
-------- --------
Net cash flows provided by operating activities............ 24,801 22,451
Investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment...................... (11,026) (6,676)
Proceeds from sale of businesses......................... -- 44,467
Business acquired in purchase transaction................ -- (65,751)
Other.................................................... 85 (70)
-------- --------
Net cash flows used in continuing operations............. (10,941) (28,030)
Net cash flows provided by (used in) discontinued
operations.............................................. 507 (911)
-------- --------
Net cash flows used in investing activities................ (10,434) (28,941)
Financing activities:
Debt borrowings (repayments)............................. (5,000) 39,750
Repayment of notes payable............................... -- (390)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options.................. 4,332 1,382
Purchases of treasury stock.............................. (5,330) (22,334)
-------- --------
Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities.. (5,998) 18,408
Effect of exchange rate on cash............................ (582) (1,231)
-------- --------
Increase in cash and cash equivalents...................... 7,787 10,687
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year............. 39,782 46,094
-------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period................. $ 47,569 $ 56,781
======== ========
</TABLE>
See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-22
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
A. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In the opinion of management, the unaudited condensed consolidated balance
sheet at December 31, 1997, and the unaudited consolidated statements of
income and unaudited consolidated condensed statements of cash flows for the
interim periods ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 include all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly
these financial statements.
Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial
statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles have been condensed or omitted. The year-end balance sheet data was
derived from audited financial statements, but does not include disclosures
required by generally accepted accounting principles. It is suggested that
these condensed statements be read in conjunction with the Company's most
recent Form 10-K and Annual Report as of March 31, 1997.
This Proxy Statement contains forward-looking statements which involve risks
and uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ significantly from
the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might
cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, product demand and
market acceptance risks, the effect of economic conditions, the impact of
competitive products and pricing, product development, commercialization and
technological difficulties, capacity and supply constraints or difficulties,
availability of capital resources, general business and economic conditions,
the effect of the Company's accounting policies, and other risks detailed in
the Company's most recent Form 10-K, Annual Report as of March 31, 1997 and
this Proxy Statement.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make certain estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reported period. Significant estimates in these financial statements include
allowances for accounts receivable, net realizable value of inventories, and
tax valuation reserves. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
B.NEW PRONOUNCEMENTS
The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income" which establishes standards for the reporting
and display of comprehensive income in general-purpose financial statements.
The Company has not assessed the impact of this Standard on its financial
statements.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information," which
establishes standards for the reporting of operating segments in the financial
statements. The Company has not assessed the impact of this Standard on its
financial statements.
F-23
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
C.PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
On December 31, 1996 the Company acquired substantially all of the assets
and assumed certain liabilities of Itronix Corporation ("Itronix") located in
Spokane, Washington, for $65.4 million in cash. As a percentage of sales, the
gross margin and selling, general and administrative expenses of Itronix are
lower than the consolidated financial results of the Company prior to the
acquisition. Therefore, the pro forma income statements below reflect a lower
gross margin and selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of
consolidated sales. Hence, in order to demonstrate the Company's operating
performance versus the previous years, the following unaudited pro forma
information presents a summary of consolidated results of operations of the
Company as if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of fiscal 1997,
with pro forma adjustments to give effect to amortization of goodwill and
intangibles, interest expense on acquisition debt, and certain other
adjustments, together with related income tax effects. (In thousands except
per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED NINE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1996
------------------ -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Revenue............................... $114,284 $322,676
Cost of sales......................... 48,726 140,854
-------- --------
Gross profit.......................... 65,558 181,822
Selling, general and Administrative
expense.............................. 32,694 91,784
Product development exp............... 12,150 35,313
Amortization.......................... 2,244 6,743
-------- --------
Operating income...................... 18,470 47,982
Interest expense...................... (923) (2,821)
Interest income....................... 942 2,166
Other income.......................... 129 551
-------- --------
Income before taxes................... 18,618 47,878
-------- --------
Net income............................ $ 11,131 $ 28,513
======== ========
Income per share:
Basic............................... $ 0.65 $ 1.65
Diluted............................. $ 0.61 $ 1.57
Weighted average shares:
Basic............................... 17,074 17,257
Diluted............................. 18,161 18,124
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE>
DYNATECH CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
D.INCOME (EARNINGS) PER SHARE
The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,
"Earnings per Share," which modifies the calculation of earnings per share
("EPS"). The Standard replaces the previous presentation of primary and fully
diluted EPS to basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is
computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS
includes the dilution of common stock equivalents, and is computed similarly
to fully diluted EPS pursuant to APB Opinion 15. All prior periods presented
have been restated to reflect this adoption. (In thousands except per share
data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED NINE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
------------------- ------------------
1997 1996 1997 1996
--------- --------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net income........................ $ 12,735 $ (2,896) $ 32,227 $ 14,793
========= ========= ======== ========
BASIC:
Common stock outstanding, net of
treasury stock, beginning of
period........................... 16,757 17,062 16,803 17,594
Weighted average treasury stock
issued during the period......... 60 12 103 123
Weighted average treasury stock
repurchased...................... -- -- (80) (460)
--------- --------- -------- --------
Weighted average common stock
outstanding, net of treasury
stock, end of period............. 16,817 17,074 16,826 17,257
========= ========= ======== ========
Income per common share........... $ 0.76 $ (0.16) $ 1.92 $ 0.86
========= ========= ======== ========
DILUTED:
Common stock outstanding, net of
treasury stock, beginning of
period........................... 16,757 17,062 16,803 17,594
Weighted average treasury stock
issued during the period......... 60 12 103 123
Weighted average common stock
equivalents(a)................... 578 -- 587 867
Weighted average treasury stock
repurchased...................... -- -- (80) (460)
--------- --------- -------- --------
Weighted average common stock
outstanding, net of treasury
stock, end of period............. 17,395 17,074 17,413 18,124
========= ========= ======== ========
Income per common share........... $ 0.73 $ (0.16) $ 1.85 $ 0.82
========= ========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
--------
(a) not included if antidilutive
E. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On June 27, 1996, Cincinnati Microwave, Inc. ("CMI") filed an action in the
United States District Court for the Southern District of Ohio against the
Company and Whistler Corporation of Massachusetts ("Whistler"), alleging
willful infringement of CMI's patent for a mute function in radar detectors.
In 1994, the Company sold its radar detector business to Whistler. The Company
and Whistler have asserted in response that they have not infringed, and that
the patent is invalid and unenforceable. On March 24, 1998, CMI, together with
its co-plaintiff and patent assignee Escort, Inc., moved for summary judgment.
Discovery is ongoing. The Company intends to defend the lawsuit vigorously and
does not believe that the outcome of the litigation is likely to have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of
operations or liquidity.
F-25
<PAGE>
Appendix A
Conformed Copy
=====================================================================
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
by and among
DYNATECH CORPORATION
and
CDRD MERGER CORPORATION
dated as of
December 20, 1997
=====================================================================
A-1
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ARTICLE I
<S> <C>
THE MERGER......................................................................................1
Section 1.1 The Merger.........................................................................1
Section 1.2 Effective Time.....................................................................2
Section 1.3 Closing............................................................................2
Section 1.4 Articles of Organization; By-Laws..................................................2
Section 1.5 Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation................................3
ARTICLE II
CONVERSION OF SHARES............................................................................3
Section 2.1 Conversion of Capital Stock........................................................3
Section 2.2 Exchange of Certificates...........................................................4
Section 2.3 Options............................................................................7
Section 2.4 Dissenting Shares..................................................................8
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY...................................................8
Section 3.1 Organization.......................................................................8
Section 3.2 Capitalization.....................................................................9
Section 3.3 Authorization; Validity of Agreement..............................................11
Section 3.4 No Violations; Consents and Approvals.............................................12
Section 3.5 SEC Reports and Financial Statements..............................................13
Section 3.6 Absence of Certain Changes........................................................14
Section 3.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities................................................14
Section 3.8 Information in Form S-4; Proxy Statement; Exchange Act Schedules..................14
Section 3.9 Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA.....................................................15
Section 3.10 Litigation; Compliance with Law..................................................17
Section 3.11 Intellectual Property............................................................18
Section 3.12 Contracts........................................................................19
Section 3.13 Taxes............................................................................22
Section 3.14 Environmental Matters............................................................23
Section 3.15 Required Vote by Company Stockholders............................................24
Section 3.16 Brokers..........................................................................24
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Section 3.17 Opinions of Financial Advisors...................................................24
Section 3.18 Assets...........................................................................25
Section 3.19 Real Property....................................................................26
Section 3.20 Insurance........................................................................26
Section 3.21 Labor Matters, etc...............................................................27
Section 3.22 Disclosure.......................................................................27
Section 3.23 Rights Agreement.................................................................27
Section 3.24 Takeover Statutes................................................................27
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF MERGERCO.....................................................28
Section 4.1 Organization......................................................................28
Section 4.2 Authorization; Validity of Agreement.............................................28
Section 4.3 Consents and Approvals; No Violations.............................................29
Section 4.4 Information in Form S-4; Proxy Statement; Exchange Act Schedules..................30
Section 4.5 Financing.........................................................................31
Section 4.6 Beneficial Ownership of Shares....................................................31
Section 4.7 Brokers...........................................................................31
Section 4.8 Formation of MergerCo; No Prior Activities........................................31
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS......................................................................................32
Section 5.1 Interim Operations of the Company.................................................32
Section 5.2 No Solicitation by the Company....................................................35
Section 5.3 Access to Information.............................................................37
Section 5.4 Further Action; Reasonable Best Efforts...........................................38
Section 5.5 Employee Benefits.................................................................39
Section 5.6 Shareholders' Meeting; Form S-4; Proxy Statement..................................39
Section 5.7 Notification of Certain Matters..................................................42
Section 5.8 Directors' and Officers' Insurance and Indemnification............................42
Section 5.9 Publicity.........................................................................43
Section 5.10 Shareholder Litigation...........................................................43
Section 5.11 Recapitalization.................................................................43
Section 5.12 Conveyance Taxes.................................................................44
Section 5.13 Delisting........................................................................44
Section 5.14 Affiliates.......................................................................44
Section 5.15 Letter as to Solvency............................................................45
ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS.....................................................................................45
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Section 6.1 Conditions to Each Party's Obligation To Effect the Merger........................45
Section 6.2 Conditions to the Obligation of the Company to Effect the Merger..................46
Section 6.3 Conditions to Obligations of MergerCo to Effect the Merger........................46
ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION....................................................................................47
Section 7.1 Termination.......................................................................47
Section 7.2 Effect of Termination.............................................................49
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS..................................................................................49
Section 8.1 Fees and Expenses.................................................................50
Section 8.2 Amendment; Waiver.................................................................51
Section 8.3 Survival..........................................................................52
Section 8.4 Notices...........................................................................52
Section 8.5 Interpretation....................................................................54
Section 8.6 Headings; Schedules...............................................................54
Section 8.7 Counterparts......................................................................54
Section 8.8 Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries.......................................54
Section 8.9 Severability......................................................................55
Section 8.10 Governing Law....................................................................55
Section 8.11 Assignment.......................................................................55
</TABLE>
iii
<PAGE>
SCHEDULES
Schedule 2.3 Company Stock Options
Schedule 3.1(a) Active Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.1(b) Other Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.2 (a) Capitalization
Schedule 3.2 (b) Ownership
Schedule 3.4 (a) No Violations; Consents and
Approvals
Schedule 3.4 (b) Filings by the Company
Schedule 3.6 Absence of Certain Changes
Schedule 3.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities
Schedule 3.9 (b) Employee Benefit Plans
Schedule 3.9 (c) Severance Benefits
Schedule 3.10 (a) Litigation
Schedule 3.10 (b) Compliance with Laws
Schedule 3.11 Intellectual Property
Schedule 3.12 (a) Contracts
Schedule 3.13 Taxes
Schedule 3.14 (c) Environmental Matters
Schedule 3.18 Assets
Schedule 3.18 (b) Certain Liens
Schedule 3.19 (a)(i) Formerly Owned Property
Schedule 3.19 (a)(ii) Leases
Schedule 3.20 Insurance Policies
Schedule 4.3 (b) Filings by the MergerCo
Schedule 5.1 (iii) Interim Operations
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A Form of Articles of Organization of
Surviving Corporation
Exhibit B Form of Affiliates' Letter
iv
<PAGE>
TABLE OF DEFINED TERMS
----------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Term Section
- ---- -------
<S> <C>
Acquiring Person 3.23
Active Subsidiaries 3.1
Aggregate Merger Consideration Value 2.3
Antitrust Division 5.4(b)
Articles of Merger 1.2
Articles of Organization 3.1
Assets 3.18(a)
Balance Sheet 3.7
Certificate of Merger 1.2
Certificates 2.2(b)
CD&R 8.1(b)
Closing 1.3
Closing Date 1.3
Code 3.9(b)(v)
Collective Bargaining Agreement 3.21
Company Recitals
Company Acquisition Agreement 5.2(b)
Company Authorized Preferred Stock 3.2(a)
Company Common Stock 2.1
Company Intellectual Property 3.11
Company Real Property 3.19
Company Reports 3.5
Company SEC Documents 3.5
Company Stock Options 2.3
Company Stock Plans 2.3
Company Superior Proposal 5.2(b)
Company Takeover Event 5.2(a)
Company Takeover Proposal 5.2(a)
Competition Laws 5.4(b)
Confidentiality Agreement 5.3
Consolidated Group 3.13(b)
Delaware Secretary of State 1.2
DGCL Recitals
Disclosure Schedule 3.1
Dissenting Shares 2.4
Distribution Date 3.23
Effective Time 1.2
Employee Stock Purchase Plan 2.3
Environmental Law 3.14(d)
ERISA Plans 3.9(a)
Evaluation Material 5.3
Exchange Act 3.4(b)
Exchange Agent 2.2(a)
Expenses 8.1(b)
Fee 8.1(b)
</TABLE>
v
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Form S-4 3.8(a)
Formerly Owned Property 3.19
FTC 5.4(b)
Fund Recitals
GAAP 3.5
Governmental Entity 3.4(b)
Hazardous Materials 3.14(d)
HSR Act 5.4(b
Identified Contracts 3.12(a)
Indemnified Parties 5.8(a)
Intellectual Property 3.11
Laws 3.4(a)
Leased Real Property 3.19
Leases 3.19
Lien 3.18
Litigation 3.10(a)
Massachusetts Secretary of State 1.2
Material Adverse Effect 3.1
Material Contracts 3.12(a)
MBCL Recitals
Merger 1.1
MergerCo Recitals
MergerCo Common Stock 2.1
MergerCo Disclosure Schedule 4.3(b)
Merger Consideration 2.1(a)
New Certificates 2.2(a)
NYSE 2.3
Owned Real Property 3.19
Permits 3.10(c)
Permitted Liens 3.18(b)
Person 3.1
Plans 3.9(a)
Proxy Statement 5.6(a)
Real Property 3.19
Recapitalized Common Stock 2.1(b)
Registration Period 5.13
Representative 5.3
Rights 2.1
Rights Agreement 3.2(a)
Schedule 13E-3 5.6(c)
SEC 3.5
Securities Act 3.4(b)
September 30, 1997 Balance Sheet 3.18
Shares 2.1
Special Committee Recitals
Special Meeting 5.6(a)
Stock Acquisition Date 3.23
Subsidiary 3.1
Surviving Corporation 1.1
</TABLE>
vi
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Takeover Statute 3.24
Tax Returns 3.13(b)
Taxes 3.13(b)
Triggering Event 3.23
</TABLE>
vii
<PAGE>
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
----------------------------
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of December 20, 1997, by and
between Dynatech Corporation a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company"), and
CDRD Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("MergerCo") formed by Clayton,
Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership ("Fund").
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of MergerCo has approved, and deems it
advisable and in the best interests of the stockholders of MergerCo to
participate in the recapitalization of the Company, upon the terms and subject
to the conditions set forth herein;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company, based upon the
unanimous recommendation of a special committee of independent directors of the
Company (the "Special Committee"), has approved, and deems it advisable and in
the best interests of the shareholders of the Company to consummate, the
recapitalization of the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth herein; and
WHEREAS, in furtherance of such recapitalization, the Board of
Directors of MergerCo and the Board of Directors of the Company have each
approved this Agreement and the merger of MergerCo with and into the Company in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Business Corporation Law of The
Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the "MBCL") and the Delaware General Corporation
Law (the "DGCL");
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective
representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the
parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
THE MERGER
Section 1.1 The Merger. (a) Upon the terms and subject to the
----------
conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the applicable provisions of
the MBCL, at the Effective Time (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof), MergerCo
shall be merged (the "Merger") with and into the Company and the separate
corporate existence of MergerCo
<PAGE>
shall cease. After the Merger, the Company shall continue as the surviving
corporation (sometimes hereinafter referred to as the "Surviving Corporation")
and shall continue to be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts. The Merger shall have the effect as provided in the applicable
provisions of the MBCL and the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, upon the Merger, all the rights, privileges, immunities, powers and
franchises of the Company and MergerCo shall vest in the Surviving Corporation
and all restrictions, obligations, duties, debts and liabilities of the Company
and MergerCo shall be the obligations, duties, debts and liabilities of the
Surviving Corporation.
Section 1.2 Effective Time. On or as promptly as practicable
--------------
following the Closing (as defined in Section 1.3), MergerCo and the Company will
cause the appropriate articles of merger (the "Articles of Merger") to be
executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts (the "Massachusetts Secretary of State") in such form and executed
as provided in Section 79 of the MBCL and the appropriate certificate of merger
(the "Certificate of Merger") to be executed and filed with the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware Secretary of State") in such form
and executed as provided in Section 252(c) of the DGCL. The Merger shall become
effective on the date on which the Articles of Merger and the Certificate of
Merger have been duly filed with the Massachusetts Secretary of State and the
Delaware Secretary of State, respectively, or such time as is agreed upon by the
parties and specified in the Articles of Merger and the Certificate of Merger,
but not later than 30 days after such filings, and such time is hereinafter
referred to as the "Effective Time."
Section 1.3 Closing. The closing of the Merger (the "Closing") will
-------
take place at 10:00 a.m., New York time, on a date to be specified by the
parties, which shall be no later than the second business day after satisfaction
or waiver of all of the conditions set forth in Article VI hereof (the "Closing
Date"), at the offices of Debevoise & Plimpton, 875 Third Avenue, New York, New
York 10022, unless another date or place is agreed to in writing by the parties
hereto.
Section 1.4 Articles of Organization; By-Laws. Pursuant to the
---------------------------------
Merger, (x) the restated articles of organization, as amended, of the Company in
-
the form attached as Exhibit A hereto, shall be the articles of
2
<PAGE>
organization of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided
by applicable law and such articles of organization and (y) the By-laws of the
-
Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the By-
laws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided by
applicable law, the articles of organization of the Surviving Corporation and
such By-laws.
Section 1.5 Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation.
---------------------------------------------------
(a) The directors of MergerCo immediately prior to the Effective Time
shall, from and after the Effective Time, be the directors of the Surviving
Corporation until their successors shall have been duly elected or appointed and
qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance
with the Surviving Corporation's articles of organization and By-laws.
(b) The officers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective
Time shall be the initial officers of the Surviving Corporation and shall hold
office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, or
their earlier death, resignation or removal.
ARTICLE II
CONVERSION OF SHARES
Section 2.1 Conversion of Capital Stock. As of the Effective Time,
---------------------------
by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holders of any
shares of common stock, par value $.20 per share, of the Company (referred to
herein, together with the rights (the "Rights") associated therewith pursuant to
the Rights Agreement (as defined in Section 3.2(a)), the "Shares" or "Company
Common Stock") or the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of MergerCo (the
"MergerCo Common Stock"):
(a) Each issued and outstanding share of Company Common Stock (other
than (i) Shares to be cancelled in accordance with Section 2.1(c) and (ii)
- --
Dissenting Shares covered by Section 2.4) shall be converted into the right to
receive (A) $47.75 in cash, payable to the holder thereof, without interest and
-
(B) 0.5 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock (as defined below) (collectively,
-
the "Merger Consideration"), upon surrender of the certificate formerly
representing such share of Company Common Stock in the
3
<PAGE>
manner provided in and otherwise in accordance with Section 2.2. All such shares
of Company Common Stock, when so converted, shall no longer be outstanding and
shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each
holder of a certificate representing any such Shares shall cease to have any
rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Merger
Consideration therefor upon the surrender of such certificate in the manner
provided in and in accordance with Section 2.2.
(b) Each issued and outstanding share of MergerCo Common Stock shall
be converted into and become one fully paid and nonassessable share of common
stock, no par value per share, of the Surviving Corporation (the "Recapitalized
Common Stock").
(c) All shares of Company Common Stock that are held by the Company
as treasury stock or that are held by MergerCo shall be cancelled and retired
and shall cease to exist and no Merger Consideration shall be delivered in
exchange therefor.
Section 2.2 Exchange of Certificates.
------------------------
(a) Prior to the Effective Time, MergerCo shall designate the
Company's registrar and transfer agent, or The Chase Manhattan Bank (or any
successor thereto), or such other bank or trust company as may be approved in
writing by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), to
act as exchange agent for the holders of Shares in connection with the Merger,
pursuant to an agreement providing for the matters set forth in this Section 2.2
and such other matters as may be appropriate and the terms of which shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the "Exchange Agent"), to receive the
certificates (the "New Certificates") representing the shares of the
Recapitalized Common Stock and the funds to which holders of Shares shall become
entitled pursuant to Section 2.1(a). At the Effective Time, the Surviving
Corporation will deposit in trust with the Exchange Agent, for the benefit of
holders of Company Common Stock, (i) the funds necessary to complete the
-
payments contemplated by Sections 2.1(a) and 2.2(c) on a timely basis and (ii)
--
the New Certificates.
(b) At the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation will instruct
the Exchange Agent to promptly, and in any event not later than three business
days following the Effective Time, mail (and to make available
4
<PAGE>
for collection by hand) to each holder of record of a certificate or
certificates, which immediately prior to the Effective Time represented
outstanding shares of Company Common Stock (the "Certificates"), whose Shares
were converted pursuant to Section 2.1(a) into the right to receive the Merger
Consideration (i) a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery
-
shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass,
only upon delivery of the Certificates to the Exchange Agent and shall be in
such form and have such other provisions as MergerCo and the Company may
reasonably specify) and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of
--
the Certificates in exchange for the Merger Consideration (which shall provide
that at the election of the surrendering holder, Certificates may be
surrendered, and payment therefor collected, by hand delivery). Upon surrender
of a Certificate for cancellation to the Exchange Agent or to such other agent
or agents as may be appointed by the Company, together with such letter of
transmittal, duly executed, the holder of such Certificate shall be entitled to
receive in exchange therefor the Merger Consideration for each share of Company
Common Stock formerly represented by such Certificate, to be mailed (or made
available for collection by hand if so elected by the surrendering holder)
within three business days of receipt thereof, and the Certificate so
surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. If payment of the Merger Consideration
is to be made to a person other than the person in whose name the surrendered
Certificate is registered, it shall be a condition of payment that the
Certificate so surrendered shall be properly endorsed or shall be otherwise in
proper form for transfer and that the person requesting such payment shall have
paid any transfer and other taxes required by reason of the payment of the
Merger Consideration to a person other than the registered holder of the
Certificate surrendered or shall have established to the satisfaction of the
Surviving Corporation that such tax either has been paid or is not applicable.
Until surrendered as contemplated by this Section 2.2, each Certificate (other
than Certificates representing Dissenting Shares) shall be deemed at any time
after the Effective Time to represent only the right to receive the Merger
Consideration as contemplated by this Section 2.2.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fractions of a share of
Recapitalized Common Stock shall be issued in the Merger, but in lieu thereof
each holder of Shares otherwise entitled to a fraction of a share of
Recapitalized Common Stock shall, upon surrender of his or her certificate
5
<PAGE>
or certificates, be entitled to receive an amount of cash (without interest)
determined by multiplying the fractional share interest to which such holder
would otherwise be entitled by an amount equal to $2.50.
(d) In the event any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the Person claiming
such Certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed, the Exchange Agent will issue
in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate the Merger
Consideration deliverable in respect thereof as determined in accordance with
this Article II, provided that the Person (as defined in Section 3.1) to whom
--------
the Merger Consideration is paid shall, as a condition precedent to the payment
thereof, give the Surviving Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct or
otherwise indemnify the Surviving Corporation in a manner satisfactory to it
against any claim that may be made against the Surviving Corporation with
respect to the Certificate claimed to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
(e) After the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of the Company
shall be closed and there shall be no transfers on the stock transfer books of
the Surviving Corporation of Shares which were outstanding immediately prior to
the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, Certificates are presented to
the Surviving Corporation, they shall be cancelled and exchanged for the Merger
Consideration as provided in this Article II.
(f) Any portion of the funds deposited with the Exchange Agent (and
the proceeds of any interest and other income received by the Exchange Agent in
respect of all such funds) and any New Certificates that remain unclaimed by the
former stockholders of the Company six months after the Effective Time shall be
delivered to the Surviving Corporation. Any former shareholders of the Company
who have not theretofore complied with this Article II shall thereafter look
only to the Surviving Corporation for payment of any Merger Consideration that
may be payable upon surrender of any Certificates such shareholder holds, as
determined pursuant to this Agreement, without any interest thereon.
(g) None of MergerCo, the Company, the Surviving Corporation, the
Exchange Agent or any other person shall be liable to any former holder of
shares of Company Common Stock for any amount properly delivered to a public
official
6
<PAGE>
pursuant to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar laws.
(h) Any payment made pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be subject to
and made net of applicable withholding taxes.
Section 2.3 Options. The Board shall take all actions necessary or
-------
appropriate to cause all options to purchase Company Common Stock (individually,
a "Company Stock Option" and collectively, the "Company Stock Options") granted
to any current or former employee or director of the Company or any Subsidiary
under any of the Company's 1982 Incentive Stock Option Plan, 1992 Stock Option
Plan or 1994 Stock Option or Incentive Plan prior to the date hereof
(collectively, the "Company Stock Plans") and that are outstanding immediately
prior to the Effective Time to be fully vested and exercisable immediately prior
to the Effective Time in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans
and the individual agreements evidencing such Company Stock Options. Each
Company Stock Option that is not exercised prior to the Effective Time shall,
subject to the consent of the holder thereof, be cancelled at the Effective Time
and, in consideration thereof, each holder of such a Company Stock Option will
be entitled to receive, for each share of Company Common Stock subject to such
Company Stock Option, an amount in cash equal to the excess, if any, of the sum
(such sum, the "Aggregate Merger Consideration Value") of (i) $47.75 and the
-
cash value of 0.5 shares of Recapitalized Common Stock, such cash value to be
$1.25, representing one half of the per share price paid by the Fund for a share
of common stock of MergerCo, over (ii) the per share exercise price for such
--
share of Company Common Stock, without interest. Amounts contributed on or
prior to March 31, 1998 for the purchase of Company Common Stock pursuant to the
terms of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan that have not theretofore been applied
to the purchase of such Company Common Stock in accordance with the terms of
such plan shall be applied to the purchase of such Company Common Stock
immediately prior to the Effective Time based on a purchase price per share
equal to 85% of the lesser of (x) the closing price per share of Company Common
-
Stock on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") on October 1, 1997 and (y) the
-
Aggregate Merger Consideration Value, and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan shall
be amended as required by the proviso contained in Section 5.1(d)(ii) and shall
be terminated immediately following the consummation of the purchase of Company
Common Stock contemplated hereby. Each share of Company Common Stock issued in
accordance with the
7
<PAGE>
immediately preceding sentence shall be treated in the same manner as each other
share of Company Common Stock outstanding at the Effective Time. The Company
shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain prior to the Effective Time any
consent of current or former employees and/or directors required to effect the
cancellation of options contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Company Stock Options of the individuals listed on Schedule 2.3 (as such
Schedule 2.3 may be amended from time to time after the date hereof and prior to
the Effective Time by MergerCo to include additional employees, with the consent
of each such additional employee) shall, in connection with the Merger, be
treated as set forth on Schedule 2.3. The amounts payable pursuant to this
Section 2.3 shall be paid as soon as reasonably practicable following the
Closing Date and shall be subject to and made net of all applicable withholding
taxes.
Section 2.4 Dissenting Shares. Notwithstanding anything in this
-----------------
Agreement to the contrary, Shares which are issued and outstanding immediately
prior to the Effective Time and which are held by shareholders who have validly
demanded payment of the fair value for such shareholders' shares as determined
by appraisal in accordance with the MBCL (the "Dissenting Shares"), shall not be
converted into or be exchangeable for the right to receive the Merger
Consideration provided in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement, unless and until
such holder shall have failed to perfect or shall have effectively withdrawn or
lost such holder's right to appraisal and payment under the MBCL. If such
holder shall have so failed to perfect or shall have effectively withdrawn or
lost such right, such holder's Shares shall thereupon be deemed to have been
converted into and to have become exchangeable for, at the Effective Time, the
right to receive the consideration provided for in Section 2.1 of this
Agreement, without any interest thereon.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
The Company represents and warrants to MergerCo as of the date hereof
that:
Section 3.1 Organization. Each of the Company and its Active
------------
Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) is a corporation or other entity duly
organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the
8
<PAGE>
jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, and has all requisite
corporate power and authority to own, lease, use and operate its properties and
to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Each of the Company and
its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) is qualified or licensed to do
business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction
in which it owns real property or in which the nature of the business conducted
by it makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except where the failure
to be so qualified or licensed in the aggregate would not have or result in a
Material Adverse Effect. The term "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean any
change, effect, event, occurrence or state of facts that is, or would reasonably
be expected to be, materially adverse to the business, assets, liabilities,
results of operations or financial or other condition of the Company and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole. None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
in breach or violation of any of its certificate of incorporation, by-laws or
other organizational documents. The Company has previously delivered to MergerCo
a complete and correct copy of each of its restated articles of organization, as
amended (the "Articles of Organization") and By-Laws, as currently in effect.
"Active Subsidiary" shall mean each of the Subsidiaries of the Company other
than those Subsidiaries which conduct no business and hold no more than de
minimis assets. Schedule 3.1(a) of the disclosure schedule delivered by the
Company to MergerCo on or prior to the date hereof (the "Disclosure Schedule")
sets forth a complete and correct list of the Active Subsidiaries of the Company
and their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or organization and Schedule
3.1(b) sets forth a complete and correct list of each of the other Subsidiaries
of the Company and their respective jurisdictions of incorporation. "Subsidiary"
shall mean with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which
50% or more of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary
voting power for the election of directors or others performing similar
functions with respect to such entity is directly or indirectly owned by such
Person. "Person" shall mean any natural person, firm, individual, partnership,
joint venture, business trust, trust, association, corporation, company,
unincorporated entity or Governmental Entity (as defined in Section 3.4(b)).
Section 3.2 Capitalization.
--------------
(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of
50,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock and
9
<PAGE>
100,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00, of the Company (the "Company
Authorized Preferred Stock"), of which 24,000 shares have been designated as
Series A Preferred Stock. At the close of business on December 18, 1997: (i)
16,852,774 shares of Company Common Stock were issued and outstanding; (ii)
1,761,524 shares of Company Common Stock were issued and held by the Company in
its treasury; (iii) 24,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock were reserved for
issuance pursuant to the Shareholders' Rights Agreement, dated February 16,
1989, as amended and restated as of March 12, 1990 (the "Rights Agreement");
(iv) 3,564,537 shares of Company Common Stock were reserved for issuance
pursuant to the Company Stock Plans, of which 2,132,200 shares are subject to
outstanding Company Stock Options; and (v) no shares of Company Authorized
Preferred Stock have been designated (except for the 24,000 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock referenced above) or issued. All out standing shares of capital
stock of the Company are, and all shares thereof which may be issued will be,
when issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and
not subject to preemptive rights. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement
and except for changes since December 18, 1997 resulting from the issuance of
shares of Company Common Stock upon exercise of Company Stock Options granted
prior to the date hereof or pursuant to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan as
contemplated by Section 2.3, (x) there are not issued, reserved for issuance or
outstanding (A) any shares of capital stock or other voting securities of the
Company, (B) any securities of Company or any of its Subsidiaries convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of capital stock or voting
securities of the Company, (C) any warrants, calls, options or other rights to
acquire from Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any obligation of Company
or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, any capital stock, voting securities or
securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or
voting securities of the Company, and (y) there are no outstanding obligations
of Company or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire
any such securities or to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued,
delivered or sold, any such securities, in each case, other than those described
in the second sentence of this Section 3.2(a). Except as set forth in Schedule
3.2(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no existing or outstanding (i)
-
options, warrants, calls, preemptive rights, subscriptions or other rights,
convertible securities, agreements or commitments of any character obligating
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, transfer or sell any shares of
capital stock or
10
<PAGE>
other equity interest in, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or securities
convertible into or exchangeable for such shares or equity interests, (ii)
contractual obligations--of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to
repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any capital stock of the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company or (iii) voting trusts or similar agreements to which
---
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with respect to the voting of
the capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Company has
delivered to MergerCo prior to the execution of this Agreement a complete and
correct copy of the Rights Agreement (together with the amendment thereof
contemplated by Section 3.23).
(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.2(b) of the Disclosure
Schedule, (i) all of the outstanding shares of capital stock (or equivalent
-
equity interests of entities other than corporations) of each of the Company's
Subsidiaries are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company
and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any shares of
--
capital stock or other securities of, or interest in, any other Person (other
than any Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 3.1), or is obligated to make any
capital contribution to or other investment in any other Person, provided that
--------
Schedule 3.2(b) shall not be required to set forth any cash equivalents held by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person in which the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries owns less than 100 shares of publicly traded securities.
Section 3.3 Authorization; Validity of Agreement. The Company has the
------------------------------------
requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement
and, subject to approval of its stockholders as contemplated by Section 5.6
hereof, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution,
delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly recommended by the
Special Committee of the Board of Directors and duly authorized by the Board of
Directors of the Company and, other than approval and adoption of this Agreement
by the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock,
no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to
authorize the execution and de livery of this Agreement by the Company and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been
duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization,
execution and delivery of this Agreement by MergerCo, is a valid and binding
obligation of
11
<PAGE>
the Company in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be
subject to or limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, now
-
or hereafter in effect, affecting creditors' rights generally, and (ii) the
--
effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is
considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).
Section 3.4 No Violations; Consents and Approvals.
-------------------------------------
(a) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the
Company nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated
hereby will (i) violate any provision of the Articles of Organization or By-Laws
-
of the Company, (ii) except as set forth in Schedule 3.4(a) of the Disclosure
--
Schedule, conflict with, result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with
or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any
right of termination, amendment, cancellation or acceleration, or to the
imposition of any Lien (as defined in Section 3.18(b))) under, or result in the
acceleration or trigger of any payment, time of payment, vesting or increase in
the amount of any compensation or benefit payable pursuant to, the terms,
conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, guarantee or
other evidence of indebtedness, or any lease, license, contract, agreement,
plan or other instrument or obligation, to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their assets may be
bound or (iii) conflict with or violate any federal, state, local or foreign
---
order, writ, injunction, judgment, award, decree, statute, law, rule or
regulation (collectively, "Laws") applicable to the Company, any of its
Subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets; except in the case of clauses
(ii) or (iii) for such conflicts, violations, breaches or defaults which in the
aggregate would not have or result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially
impair or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.4(b) of the Disclosure
Schedule, no filing or registration with, declaration or notification to, or
order, authorization, consent or approval of, any federal, state, local or
foreign court, legislative, executive or regulatory authority or agency (a
"Governmental Entity") or any other Person is required in connection with the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company or the
consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby, except (i)
-
12
<PAGE>
applicable requirements under Competition Laws (as defined in Section 5.4(b)),
(ii) applicable requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
- ---
amended (the "Exchange Act"), (iii) applicable requirements under the Securities
---
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), (iv) the filing of the Articles
--
of Merger with the Massachusetts Secretary of State and the filing of the
Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State, (v) applicable
-
requirements under "blue sky" laws of various states,(vi) such other consents,
--
approvals, orders, authorizations, notifications, registrations, declarations
and filings the failure of which to be obtained or made in the aggregate would
not have or result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially impair or delay
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
Section 3.5 SEC Reports and Financial Statements. The Company has
------------------------------------
timely filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), any
applicable state securities authorities and any other Governmental Entity all
forms and documents required to be filed by it since January 1, 1993
(collectively, the "Company Reports") and has heretofore made available to the
Merger Sub (i) its Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal years ended March
-
31, 1993, March 31, 1994, March 31, 1995, March 31, 1996 and March 31, 1997,
respectively, (ii) its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the periods ended June
--
30 and September 30, 1997, (iii) all proxy statements relating to meetings of
---
stockholders of the Company since January 1, 1993 (in the form mailed to
stockholders) and (iv) all other forms, reports and registration statements
--
filed by the Company with the SEC since January 1, 1993 (other than registration
statements on Form S-8 or Form 8-A, filings on Form T-1 or preliminary materials
and registration statements in forms not declared effective). The documents
described in clauses (i)-(iv) above (whether filed before, on or after the date
hereof) are referred to in this Agreement collectively as the "Company SEC
Documents". As of their respective dates, the Company Reports (a) did not
-
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading and (b) complied in all material respects with the applicable
-
requirements of Law, including in the case of SEC filings, the Exchange Act and
the Securities Act, as the case may be, and the applicable rules and regulations
of the SEC thereunder. The consolidated financial statements included in the
Company SEC Documents have been prepared in accordance with United
13
<PAGE>
States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent
basis during the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein and except
that the quarterly financial statements are subject to year end adjustment and
do not contain all footnote disclosures required by GAAP) and fairly present in
all material respects the consolidated financial position and the consolidated
results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as at the dates thereof or for the periods presented therein.
Section 3.6 Absence of Certain Changes. Except as disclosed in the
--------------------------
Company SEC Documents filed prior to the date hereof or as disclosed in Schedule
3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, since September 30, 1997, (i) the Company and
-
its Subsidiaries have conducted their respective operations only in the ordinary
course consistent with past practice, (ii) there has not been a Material Adverse
--
Effect and (iii) the Company and the Subsidiaries have not taken action that if
---
taken after the date hereof would constitute a violation of Section 5.1 (other
than clause (a) thereof).
Section 3.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as and to the
----------------------------------
extent disclosed (a) in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period
-
ended March 31, 1997, including as reflected or reserved against in the balance
sheet dated as of and as at March 31, 1997 constituting a portion of the
financial statements included therein (the "March 31, 1997 Balance Sheet") or in
the notes thereto, (b) in the Company SEC Documents filed prior to the date
-
hereof or (c) in Schedule 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company
-
nor any of its Subsidiaries had as of that date any liabilities or obligations
(accrued, contingent or otherwise) which would be material to the Company and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or which would be required to be set forth in
an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of
that date or the notes thereto prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Section 3.8 Information in Form S-4; Proxy Statement; Exchange Act
------------------------------------------------------
Schedules.
- ---------
(a) The registration statement on Form S-4 (including the Proxy
Statement (as defined in Section 5.6(a)) contained therein as a prospectus) to
be filed with the SEC by the Company in connection with the issuance of the
Recapitalized Common Stock of the Company following the Merger (the "Form S-4")
at the time or times it is filed with the SEC and at any time it is amended or
supplemented
14
<PAGE>
and at the time it becomes effective under the Securities Act, and the
prospectus contained therein, as of its date, (i) will not contain any
-
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading and (ii)
--
will comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities Act
and the rules and regulations thereunder; except that no representation is made
by the Company with respect to statements made in the Form S-4 based on
information supplied by MergerCo specifically for inclusion in the Form S-4.
(b) The Proxy Statement (and any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto) at the date mailed to Company stockholders and at the time of the
Special Meeting (as defined in Section 5.6(b)), (i) will not contain any untrue
-
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of
the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading and (ii) will comply
--
in all material respects with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules
and regulations thereunder; except that no representation is made by the Company
with respect to statements made in the Proxy Statement based on information
supplied by MergerCo specifically for inclusion in the Proxy Statement.
(c) Any Schedule 14A or 13E-3 and any related schedules (and any
amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing) filed with the SEC at the date
so filed (i) will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
-
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to
make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are
made, not misleading and (ii) will comply in all material respects with the
--
provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; except
that no representation is made by the Company with respect to statements made in
any such document based on information supplied by MergerCo specifically for
inclusion therein.
Section 3.9 Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA.
-----------------------------
(a) No material liability under Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty
or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee plans (or equivalent
legislation of a foreign jurisdiction) has been incurred by the Company or
15
<PAGE>
any of its Subsidiaries and, to the Company's best knowledge, no condition
exists or event has occurred that presents a risk to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries of incurring any such material liability.
(b) Each bonus, incentive or deferred compensation, stock option or
other equity based, severance, termination, change in control, retention,
employment, medical, life, disability, other welfare, profit-sharing, retirement
or other material compensation or benefit plan, agreement or policy in respect
of which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has any material liability has
been filed with the Company SEC Documents or is listed on Schedule 3.9(b) of the
Disclosure Schedule (collectively, the "Plans"). No such Plan is subject to
section 302 of ERISA or section 412 of the Code and no such Plan has incurred
any "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in section 302 of ERISA or
section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived. Each such Plan that is intended
to be "qualified" within the meaning of section 401(a) of the Code has received
a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service confirming its
qualified status and no condition exists or event has occurred since the date of
such determination letter that would adversely affect the qualified status of
any such Plan. Each Plan has been operated and administered in all respects in
substantial compliance with its terms and applicable Law, including but not
limited to ERISA, the Code and equivalent applicable legislation of a foreign
jurisdiction. There are no pending, or to the best knowledge of the Company,
threatened claims by or on behalf of any Plan, by any employee or beneficiary or
otherwise involving any such Plan or the assets thereof, except for claims the
resolution of which would not individually or in the aggregate have or result in
a material liability to the Company or a Subsidiary.
(c) Assuming that no amount is paid to any employee listed on
Schedule 3.9(c)(i) as a severance benefit with respect to a termination of
employment, no payment, benefit or other amount paid, payable or required to be
paid in respect of any employee will fail to be deductible under section 280G of
the Code. Except as provided in Section 2.3 hereof or as set forth on Schedule
3.9(c)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) no current or former employee or
-
director of the Company or any Subsidiary is or will become entitled to any
additional or new compensation, benefits or other compensatory payment or an
increase in the amount of any compensation, benefits or other compensatory
payment in connection with or as a result of the consummation of the
16
<PAGE>
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) neither the vesting nor the
--
timing of the payment of any such compensation, benefit or other compensatory
payment in respect of any such employee or director has been or will be
accelerated in connection with or as a result of the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 3.10 Litigation; Compliance with Law.
-------------------------------
(a) Except as disclosed in the Company SEC Documents filed prior to
the date hereof or in Schedule 3.10(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) there is
-
no suit, claim, action, arbitration, proceeding or investigation or other
Litigation (as defined below) pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,
threatened, against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their
properties or assets which, individually or in the aggregate, if determined
adversely to the Company or any such Subsidiary, would have or result in a
Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its
--
Subsidiaries is subject to any settlement or similar agreement with any
Governmental Entity, or to any order, judgment, decree, injunction or award of
any Governmental Entity or arbitrator, that individually or in the aggregate,
would have or result in a Material Adverse Effect. "Litigation" means any
action, cause of action, claim, demand, suit, proceeding, citation, summons,
subpoena, inquiry or investigation of any nature, civil, criminal, regulatory or
otherwise, in law or in equity, by or before any court, tribunal, arbitrator or
other Governmental Entity.
(b) Except as disclosed in the Company SEC Documents filed prior to
the date hereof, the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries have not
been and are not being conducted, and no Real Property (as defined in Section
3.19) is, in violation of any law, statute or regulation, any judgment, decree,
order or injunction of any Governmental Entity, any other Law, or any Permit (as
defined below), except where such violations in the aggregate would not have or
result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10(b) of
the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has
received any notice, or has knowledge of any claim, alleging any such violation.
(c) The Company and its Subsidiaries hold all licenses, permits,
variances, consents, authorizations, waivers, grants, franchises, concessions,
exemptions, orders, registrations and approvals of Governmental Entities
17
<PAGE>
or other Persons necessary for the ownership, leasing, operation, occupancy and
use of the Real Property and the conduct of their respective businesses as
currently conducted ("Permits"), except where the failure to hold such Permits
in the aggregate would not have or result in a Material Adverse Effect. There is
no Litigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, that
would result in the termination, modification or nonrenewal of any Permit, and
neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice that any
Permit will be terminated or modified or cannot be renewed in the ordinary
course of business, and there is no reasonable basis for any such termination,
modification or nonrenewal, except for such terminations, modifications or
nonrenewals as in the aggregate would not have or result in a Material Adverse
Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not
violate any Permit, or result in any termination, modification or nonrenewal
thereof, except for such violations terminations, modifications or nonrenewals
thereof as in the aggregate would not have or result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
Section 3.11 Intellectual Property. (a) The Company and its
---------------------
Subsidiaries own (beneficially and as of record), or possess valid and legally
enforceable licenses or rights to use, any and all United States and foreign
patents, patent applications, patent disclosures, mask works, software,
trademarks, trade names, copyrights and service marks, including applications to
register and registrations for any of the foregoing, as well as trade secrets,
know-how and other proprietary rights and information (collectively,
"Intellectual Property") necessary for the conduct of, or otherwise material to,
their business and operations as currently conducted or as proposed to be
conducted (the "Company Intellectual Property"), free and clear of any Liens
(except for any Permitted Liens, as defined in Section 3.18(b)). Except as
disclosed in Schedule 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, the conduct of the
business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted does not
infringe or conflict with any Intellectual Property of any Person; and neither
the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice or has actual
knowledge of any such current infringement or conflict except where such
infringements and conflicts as in the aggregate would not have or result in a
Material Adverse Effect. All of the patents, patent applications and patent
disclosures included in Company Intellectual Property are valid, subsisting and
enforceable. To the knowledge of the
18
<PAGE>
Company, no Person is infringing or allegedly infringing any Intellectual
Property of the Company or its Subsidiaries except where such actual and alleged
infringements as in the aggregate would not have or result in a Material Adverse
Effect. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby will not result in the loss of, or creation of
any Lien on, the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to the
Intellectual Property owned or used by them, except where such losses and such
Liens as in the aggregate would not have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Schedule 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list of
all patents, patent applications, patent disclosures, mask works, software
(other than any software that is commercially available for an amount less than
$50,000), trademarks, trade names, registered copyrights and service marks,
including applications to register and registrations for any of the foregoing,
included in Company Intellectual Property except that Schedule 3.11 need not
disclose any trademarks, trade names or service marks that are not (a)
-
registered or applied for and (b) not material to the business of the Company or
-
any of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted. Except as disclosed in Schedule
3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, all software used by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, or sold, licensed or otherwise made available to any other Person
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, that in each case, contains or calls
on a calendar function, including but not limited to any function that is
indexed to a computer processing unit clock, provides specific dates or
calculates spans of dates, is and will be able to record, store, process and
provide true and accurate dates and calculations for dates and spans of dates
including and following January 1, 2000.
Section 3.12 Contracts. (a) Other than the contracts or agreements
---------
of the Company listed as exhibits to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended March 31, 1997 (the "Material Contracts"), Schedule 3.12(a)
of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of each of the
following contracts, commitments and agreements to which the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them is bound (the contracts,
commitments and agreements of the types described below that are scheduled or
required to be scheduled, collectively, the "Identified Contracts"), in each
case, as such Identified Contract is in effect on the date hereof:
19
<PAGE>
(i) contracts, commitments and agreements governing the terms of
indebtedness for borrowed money, or guarantees of indebtedness, of, or
secured by assets of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(ii) shareholder, voting trust or similar contracts and agreements
relating to the voting of shares or other equity or debt interests of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(iii) contracts, commitments and agreements entered into since 1994
providing for the acquisition or disposition of assets having a value in
excess of $500,000, other than sales of inventories in the ordinary course
of business and sales of obsolete equipment;
(iv) leases, subleases and licenses or real property, occupancy, use
and other agreements relating to or constituting real property, each with a
term of one year or more and an annual payment obligation in excess of
$500,000;
(v) (a) joint venture agreements, partnership agreements and other
-
similar contracts, commitments and agreements involving a sharing of
profits and expenses; contracts, commitments and agreements providing for a
"strategic alliance" or "preferred vendor" relationship; or (b) contracts,
-
commitments or agreements with distributors, brokers or sales agents
except, in the case of (b), only to the extent that any such distributors,
brokers or sales agents are responsible for revenues to the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries in excess of $500,000 per year;
(vi) contracts, commitments and agreements governing the terms of
indebtedness (other than trade payables in the ordinary course of
business) of third parties to the Company or by any of its Subsidiaries,
or guarantees by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of indebtedness of
third parties;
(vii) contracts, commitments and agreements prohibiting or materially
restricting the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to
conduct its business, to engage in any business or operate in any
geographical area or to compete with any Person;
20
<PAGE>
(viii) contracts, commitments and agreements with "change of control"
provisions except to the extent that if a "change of control" event
occurred, it would not result in a termination or other alteration of such
contract, commitment or agreement that would have or would reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company
or its Subsidiary that is a party thereto;
(ix) contracts, commitments, and agreements with any federal or
state Governmental Entity;
(x) exchange-traded or over-the-counter swap, forward, future,
option, cap floor or collar financial contract, or interest rate or foreign
currency protection contract, other than those listed in the financial
statements contained in the Company SEC Documents;
(xi) licenses, licensing arrangements and other contracts and
agreements either (x) providing, in whole or in part, for the use of, or
-
limiting the use of, any Intellectual Property or (y) relating to the
-
development, support or maintenance of any Intellectual Property (in each
case, that is material to the business of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries that is a party thereto and other than relating to software
that is commercially available for less than $50,000); and
(xii) contracts and agreements that are or will be material to the
business, operations, results of operations, condition (financial or
otherwise), assets or properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries
involving amounts in excess of $250,000.
(b) Each of the Identified Contracts and Material Contracts is in
full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor,
to the knowledge of the Company, any other Person, is in breach of, or default
under, any such contract, commitment or agreement, and no event has occurred
that with notice or passage of time or both would constitute such a breach or
default thereunder by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the
knowledge of the Company, any other Person, except for such failures to be in
full force and effect and such conflicts, violations, breaches or defaults as in
the aggregate would not have or result in a Material Adverse
21
<PAGE>
Effect or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby.
Section 3.13 Taxes.
-----
(a) Except as disclosed in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule:
(i) each of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and any Consolidated Group (as
-
defined below) has timely filed all material Tax Returns (as defined below)
required to be filed by it and has paid all Taxes (as defined below) shown
thereon to be owing, and each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has provided
reserves in accordance with GAAP in its most recent financial statements
included in the Company SEC Documents for any Taxes (as defined below) that have
not been paid for the periods covered by such financial statements; (ii) none of
--
the Company or its Subsidiaries has granted any extension or waiver of the
statute of limitations period applicable to any material Tax Return, which
period (after giving effect to such extension or waiver) has not expired; (iii)
---
all Tax periods of each of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and any
Consolidated Group, through and including March 31, 199_ are closed or no longer
subject to audit; (iv) no audits or other administrative proceedings or court
--
proceedings are presently pending with regard to any Taxes or Tax Return of any
of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Consolidated Group as to which any
taxing authority has asserted in writing any claim which, if adversely
determined, individually or in the aggregate would have or result in a Material
Adverse Effect; and (v) none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has
-
received any notice of deficiency or assessment from any taxing authority with
respect to liabilities for income or any material other Taxes which has not been
fully paid or finally settled.
(b) "Consolidated Group" shall mean any consolidated, combined,
unitary or aggregate group for Tax purposes of which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is a member. "Taxes" shall mean all federal, state, local and
foreign taxes, and other assessments of a similar nature (whether imposed
directly or through withholding), including interest and penalties, and
additions thereto. "Tax Returns" shall mean all federal, state, local and
foreign tax returns, declarations, statements, reports, schedules, forms and
information returns, and any amendments to any of the foregoing, relating to
Taxes.
22
<PAGE>
Section 3.14 Environmental Matters.
---------------------
(a) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has complied and is in
compliance in all respects with all applicable Environmental Laws (as defined
below) pertaining to any of the properties and assets of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries (including the Real Property and the properties currently or
formerly owned or leased) and the use and ownership thereof, and to their
businesses and operations. No violation by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is being alleged or has been alleged of any applicable
Environmental Law relating to any of their respective properties and assets
including (the Real Property and the properties currently or formerly owned or
leased) or the use or ownership thereof, or to their respective businesses and
operations.
(b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any other
Person (including any tenant or subtenant) has caused or taken any action that
will result in, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject
to, any liability or obligation on the part of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries relating to (x) the environmental conditions on, under, or about
-
the Real Property or other properties or assets currently or formerly owned,
leased, operated or used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any
predecessor thereto at the present time or in the past, including without
limitation, the air, soil and groundwater conditions at such properties or (y)
-
the past or present use, management, handling, transport, treatment,
generation, storage, disposal, discharge, leak, emission, or other manner of
release of any Hazardous Materials (as defined below).
(c) The Company has disclosed and made available to MergerCo all
information, including, without limitation, all studies, analyses and test
results, in the possession, custody or control of or otherwise known to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries relating to (x) the environmental conditions
-
on, under or about the Real Property or other properties or assets currently or
formerly owned, leased, operated or used by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries or any predecessor in interest thereto at the present time or in
the past, and (y) any Hazardous Materials used, managed, handled, transported,
-
treated, generated, stored, discharged, leaked, emitted, or otherwise released
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person on, under, about
or from any of the Real Property and the properties currently or formerly owned
or leased, or
23
<PAGE>
otherwise in connection with the use or operation of any of the properties and
assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or their respective businesses
and operations. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.14(c), none of the current or
past operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any by-product
thereof, and none of the currently or formerly owned or leased property or
assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation
the Real Property, is related to or subject to any Litigation related to any
Environmental Law.
(d) "Environmental Law" means any foreign, federal, state or local
law, regulation, rule, ordinance or case law relating to pollution or protection
of human health and safety or the environment, including, but not limited to,
laws relating to releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Materials into the
environment and including laws pertaining to the protection of the health and
safety of employees. "Hazardous Materials" means any substance or material that
is classified or regulated as "hazardous" or "toxic" pursuant to any
Environmental Law, including without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated
biphenyls and petroleum.
Section 3.15 Required Vote by Company Stockholders. The affirmative
-------------------------------------
vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding Shares entitled to vote
hereon is the only vote of any class of capital stock of the Company required by
the MBCL, the Articles of Organization or the By-Laws of the Company to adopt
this Agreement and approve the transactions contemplated hereby.
Section 3.16 Brokers. Except for Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., a
-------
complete and accurate copy of the engagement letter of which has been provided
to MergerCo, no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any
brokerage, finder's or other fee or commission in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or
on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, that is or will be payable
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
Section 3.17 Opinions of Financial Advisors. The Company has
------------------------------
received from Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc., and provided to MergerCo on or prior to
the date hereof, an executed copy of its opinion that the Merger Consideration
to be received by the holders of Shares in the Merger is fair, from a financial
point of view, to such holders. The Company has been authorized by the Financial
Advisor to
24
<PAGE>
include the Fairness Opinion in the Proxy Statement and has not been notified by
the Financial Advisor that the Fairness Opinion has been withdrawn or modified.
Section 3.18 Assets.
------
(a) The Company and its Subsidiaries own, or otherwise have
sufficient and legally enforceable rights to use, all of the properties and
assets (real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible), reasonably necessary
for the conduct of, or otherwise material to, their business and operations (the
"Assets"). The Company and its Subsidiaries have good, valid and marketable
title to, or in the case of leased property have good and valid leasehold
interests in, all Assets, including but not limited to all such Assets reflected
in the balance sheet dated as of September 30, 1997, constituting a portion of
the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30,
1997 (the "September 30, 1997 Balance Sheet") or acquired since the date thereof
(except as may have been disposed of in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practices prior to the date hereof or in accordance
herewith), in each case free and clear of any Lien (as defined below), except
Permitted Liens (as defined below). All tangible Assets are reasonably adequate
and suitable for the purposes for which they are presently being used. Schedule
3.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of
each of the countries in which Assets are located.
(b) "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, deed of trust, hypothecation,
right of others, claim, security interest, encumbrance, burden, title defect,
title retention agreement, lease, sublease, license, occupancy agreement,
easement, covenant, condition, encroachment, voting trust agreement, interest,
option, right of first offer, negotiation or refusal, proxy, lien, charge or
other restrictions of any nature whatsoever. "Permitted Liens" means (a) Liens
-
reserved against in the September 30, 1997 Balance Sheet, to the extent so
reserved, (b) Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or that are being
-
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate
reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or that are statutory Liens
for Taxes not yet delinquent, (c) those Liens that are set forth in Schedule
-
3.18(b) of the Disclosure Schedule and (d) those Liens that, in the aggregate
-
with all other Permitted Liens, do not and will not materially detract from the
value of the properties and assets of any of the Company and its Subsidiaries
materially interfere with the present
25
<PAGE>
use of any thereof or otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.19 Real Property. There is no Owned Real Property (as
-------------
defined below). Schedule 3.19(a)(i) contains a complete and correct list of each
parcel of Formerly Owned Property (as defined below) setting forth the street
address, current owner, date of disposition to the current owner, and the legal
description of each parcel of Formerly Owned Property. Schedule 3.19(a)(ii) of
the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list of all Leases (as
defined below) setting forth the address, tenant for each Lease and the
documents of which each Lease is comprised. No material damage or destruction
has occurred since March 31, 1997 with respect to any of the Company Real
Property. "Company Real Property" means the Owned Real Property and the Leased
Real Property. "Formerly Owned Property" means any Real Property previously
owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries since 1990, but not owned by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries as of the date of this Agreement. "Leases"
means the leases, subleases, licenses and use or occupancy agreements pursuant
to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the lessee, sublessee,
licensee, user or occupant of Real Property. "Leased Real Property" means all
interests in Real Property pursuant to the Leases. "Owned Real Property" means
the real property owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries. "Real Property"
means real property and structures, facilities and improvements located thereon
or attached or appurtenant thereto and all easements, licenses, rights and
appurtenances relating to the foregoing.
Section 3.20 Insurance. Schedule 3.20 of the Disclosure Schedule
---------
contains a complete and correct list and summary description of all insurance
policies maintained at present or at any time during the past three calendar
years by or on behalf of any of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Such policies
are in full force and effect, and all premiums due thereon have been paid. The
Company and its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with the
terms and provisions of such policies. The insurance coverage provided by such
policies is adequate and suitable for the business and operations of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, and is on such terms (including without limitation as to
deductibles and self-insured retentions), covers such risks, contains such
deductibles and retentions, and is in such amounts, as the insurance customarily
carried by comparable companies of established reputation similarly situated and
carrying on the same or similar business and operations.
26
<PAGE>
Section 3.21 Labor Matters, etc. Neither the Company nor any of its
------------------
Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by and none of their respective employees is
subject to any collective bargaining agreement, memorandum of understanding or
other written document relating to the terms and conditions of employment for
any group of employees (any such agreement, memorandum or document, a
"Collective Bargaining Agreement"), and there are no labor unions or other
organizations representing or purporting or attempting to represent any
employees employed by any of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company and
its Subsidiaries have complied with all applicable Laws pertaining to the
employment or termination of employment of their respective employees,
including, without limitation, all such Laws relating to labor relations, equal
employment opportunities, fair employment practices, prohibited discrimination
or distinction and other similar employment activities, except for any failures
so to comply that individually or in the aggregate would not have or result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.22 Disclosure. To the actual knowledge of the Company,
----------
this Agreement and each certificate or other instrument or document furnished by
or on behalf of the Company to MergerCo pursuant hereto, taken as a whole, do
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact required to be stated herein or therein or necessary to make the statements
contained herein or therein in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.
Section 3.23 Rights Agreement. The Board of Directors of the Company
----------------
has contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement amended the Rights
Agreement so that (i) none of CD&R, Fund or MergerCo will become an "Acquiring
Person" as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, (ii) no "Stock Acquisition Date", "Triggering Event" or "Distribution
Date" (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement) will have occurred as
a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
and (iii) all outstanding Rights issued and outstanding under the Rights
Agreement and the Rights Agreement will terminate immediately prior to the
Effective Time and no shares of Recapitalized Common Stock issued on or after
the Effective Time will have any Rights associated with them under the Rights
Agreement.
Section 3.24 Takeover Statutes. No "Fair price," "Moratorium,"
-----------------
"control share acquisition" or other similar
27
<PAGE>
anti-takeover statute or regulation enacted under state or federal laws in the
United States (each, a "Takeover Statute") including, without limitation,
Chapters 110C, 110D and 110F of the Massachusetts General Laws, applicable to
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is applicable to the execution, delivery
and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the Merger or the other
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF MERGERCO
MergerCo represents and warrants to the Company as of the date hereof
and as of the Closing Date as follows:
Section 4.1 Organization. MergerCo is a corporation duly
------------
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware.
MergerCo has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease, operate
or use its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted and is
qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which it owns real property or in which the nature of the
business conducted by it makes such qualification or licensing necessary.
MergerCo is not in breach of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws.
MergerCo has previously delivered to the Company complete and correct copies of
the certificate of incorporation and by-laws of MergerCo, as currently in
effect.
Section 4.2 Authorization; Validity of Agreement.
------------------------------------
(a) MergerCo has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute
and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby. The execution, delivery and performance by MergerCo of this Agreement
and the consummation by MergerCo of the transactions contemplated hereby have
been duly authorized by its Board of Directors and, other than the approval and
adoption of this Agreement by the stockholders of MergerCo, no other corporate
proceedings on the part of MergerCo are necessary to authorize the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by MergerCo and,
assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the
Company, is
28
<PAGE>
a valid and binding obligation of MergerCo enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be subject to or
limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, now or hereafter in
-
effect, affecting creditors rights generally, and (ii) the effect of general
--
principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a
proceeding at law or in equity).
(b) MergerCo has previously delivered to the Company a letter from
Fund, addressed to the Company, confirming Fund's agreement to vote to approve
and adopt this Agreement, in its capacity as a stockholder of MergerCo, upon its
purchase of MergerCo Common Stock.
Section 4.3 Consents and Approvals; No Violations.
-------------------------------------
(a) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by MergerCo
nor the consummation by MergerCo of the transactions contemplated hereby will
(i) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of
-
MergerCo, (ii) conflict with, result in a violation or breach of, or constitute
--
(with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to
any right of termination, amendment, cancellation or acceleration) under, any of
the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture,
guarantee, other evidence of indebtedness, license, or any material lease,
contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation, to which MergerCo or any
of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them or any of their assets
may be bound or (iii) conflict with or violate any Laws applicable to MergerCo,
---
any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets; except in the case
of clauses (ii) and (iii) for such conflicts, violations, breaches or defaults
which in the aggregate would not have a material adverse effect on the business,
assets, liabilities, results of operations or financial or other condition of
MergerCo and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or materially impair or delay
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.3(b) of the disclosure schedule
delivered by MergerCo to the Company on or prior to the date hereof (the
"MergerCo Disclosure Schedule") and assuming that the representation and
warranty of the Company set forth in Section 3.4(b) is true and correct, no
filing or registration with, declaration or no-
29
<PAGE>
tification to, or order, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental
Entity is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement by MergerCo or the consummation by MergerCo of the transactions
contemplated hereby, except (i) applicable requirements under Competition
-
Laws (as defined in Section 5.4(b)), (ii) applicable requirements under the
--
Exchange Act, (iii) applicable requirements under the Securities Act, (iv) the
--- --
filing of the Articles of Merger with the Massachusetts Secretary of State and
the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State,
(v) applicable requirements under "blue sky" laws of various states, (vi)
- --
applicable requirements under Environmental Laws and (vii) such other consents,
---
approvals, orders, authorizations, notifications, registrations, declarations
and filings (x) required to be obtained or made by the Company or any of its
-
Subsidiaries or (y) the failure of which to be obtained or made would not have a
-
material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, results of
operations or financial or other condition of MergerCo and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, or materially impair or delay the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 4.4 Information in Form S-4; Proxy Statement; Exchange Act
------------------------------------------------------
Schedules.
- ---------
(a) None of the information supplied in writing by MergerCo
specifically for inclusion in the Form S-4 will, at the time or times the Form
S-4 is filed with the SEC and at any time it is amended or supplemented and at
the time it becomes effective under the Securities Act, contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of
the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
(b) None of the information supplied in writing by MergerCo
specifically for inclusion in the Proxy Statement (including any amendments or
supplements thereto) will, at the date mailed to stockholders and at the time of
the Special Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to
make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are
made, not misleading.
(c) None of the information supplied in writing by MergerCo
specifically for inclusion in any Schedule 14A
30
<PAGE>
or 13E-3 (and any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing) will, at the
date such documents are filed with the SEC, contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
Section 4.5 Financing. MergerCo has received and delivered to the
---------
Company (i) a commitment letter from Credit Suisse First Boston and J.P. Morgan
-
Securities, Inc. and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, addressed to
MergerCo, whereby such financial institutions have committed, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth therein, to provide debt financing to the
Company in the amount of $370 million, and (ii) a letter from Credit Suisse
--
First Boston and/or J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., addressed to MergerCo,
expressing confidence in its ability to place an additional $275 million in debt
financing for the Company, in each case, as in effect on the date hereof.
MergerCo has received, and delivered to the Company a letter, as in effect on
the date hereof, from the Fund, whereby the Fund has committed, upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth therein, to provide equity financing to
MergerCo up to $277 million.
Section 4.6 Beneficial Ownership of Shares. MergerCo does not
------------------------------
"beneficially own" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) more than
l% of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock or any securities
convertible into or exchangeable for Company Common Stock.
Section 4.7 Brokers. Except as otherwise previously disclosed by
-------
MergerCo to the Company in writing and except for Credit Suisse First Boston and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, who
will provide financing in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, no broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage,
finder's or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of
MergerCo, that is or will be payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
Section 4.8 Formation of MergerCo; No Prior Activities. MergerCo was
------------------------------------------
formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement. As of the date hereof and the Effective Time, except for (i)
obligations or liabilities incurred in connection with its
31
<PAGE>
incorporation or organization and the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, (ii) this Agreement and any other agreements or arrangements
contemplated by this Agreement or in furtherance of the transactions
contemplated hereby and (iii) the contribution by certain members of the
Company's management, immediately prior to the Effective Time, of certain shares
of Company Common Stock owned by them in exchange for shares of MergerCo Common
Stock, MergerCo has not incurred, directly or indirectly, through any subsidiary
or affiliate, any obligations or liabilities or engaged in any business
activities of any type or kind whatsoever or entered into any agreements or
arrangements with any Person.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS
Section 5.1 Interim Operations of the Company. The Company covenants
---------------------------------
and agrees that, except as (i) required by this Agreement, (ii) required by
- --
applicable law, (iii) required by any Material Contract or Identified Contract
---
or by any Plan disclosed on Schedule 3.9(b), in each case to the extent such
requirement is specifically described on Schedule 5.1(iii) or (iv) agreed to in
--
writing by MergerCo, after the date hereof and prior to the Effective Time:
(a) the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be
conducted only in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and, to the
extent consistent therewith, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall use
its reasonable efforts to preserve its business organization and the business
organization of its Subsidiaries intact and maintain existing relations with
customers, suppliers, employees and creditors;
(b) the Company shall not amend its Articles of Organization or By-
Laws;
(c) the Company shall not declare, set aside or pay any dividend or
other distribution payable in cash, stock or property with respect to its
capital stock (except for cash dividends on Company Common Stock in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practice); and neither the Company nor
any of its Subsidiaries shall (i) issue, sell, grant, transfer, pledge, dispose
-
of or encumber any additional shares of, or securities convertible
32
<PAGE>
into or exchangeable for, or options, warrants, calls, commitments or rights of
any kind to acquire, any shares of capital stock of any class of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries (except pursuant to the exercise of stock options
outstanding on the date hereof and stock issuable under the Employee Stock
Purchase Plan to the extent contemplated by this Agreement); (ii) incur any long
--
term indebtedness (whether evidenced by a note or other instrument, pursuant to
a financing lease, sale-leaseback transaction, or otherwise) or incur short-term
indebtedness other than under lines of credit existing on the date hereof,
except for borrowings under existing credit facilities or lines of credit in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (iii) redeem,
---
purchase or otherwise acquire directly or indirectly any of its capital stock or
other securities; or (iv) enter into or amend in any material respect any Lease
, Material Contract or Identified Contract;
(d) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall (i)
-
except for normal salary increases in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practice, grant any increase in the compensation or benefits payable
or to become payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any officer or
other management employee of the Company or any Subsidiary; (ii) adopt, enter
--
into or amend or increase, or accelerate the payment or vesting of the amounts,
benefits or rights payable or accrued or to become payable or accrued under, any
bonus, incentive or deferred compensation, severance, termination, change in
control, retention, stock option or other equity based or other material
employee compensation or benefit plan, agreement or policy, provided that the
--------
Employee Stock Purchase Plan shall be (A) amended simultaneously with the
-
execution of this Agreement to preclude (1) any increases after the date hereof
in the rate of payroll deduction contributions that may be made thereunder and
(2) any employees who are not participating under such Employee Stock Purchase
Plan as of the date hereof to become participants thereunder and (B) subject to
-
Section 2.3, terminated effective as of March 31, 1998; or (iii) enter into or
---
amend in any material respect any employment, severance, retention or collective
bargaining agreement or, except in accordance with the existing written policies
of the Company or existing contracts or agreements, grant any severance or
termination pay to any officer, director or employee of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries;
33
<PAGE>
(e) neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries shall change the
accounting principles used by it unless required by GAAP (or, if applicable with
respect to Subsidiaries, foreign generally accepted accounting principles);
(f) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall acquire
or agree to acquire, by merging or consolidating with, by purchasing an equity
interest in or a portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business
or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or
division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets of any
other Person (other than the purchase of assets in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practice);
(g) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall sell,
lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, trans transfer or otherwise dispose of, or
agree to sell, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose
of, any of its Assets, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past practice;
(h) neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries shall enter into any
material arrangement, agreement or contract, or any material amendment,
supplement, waiver or other modification in respect of any existing arrangement,
agreement or contract, with any third party (other than customers in the
ordinary course of business) that provides for an exclusive arrangement with
that third party or is substantially more restrictive on the Company or its
Subsidiaries or substantially less advantageous to the Company or its
Subsidiaries than arrangements, agreements or contracts existing on the date
hereof; and
(i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall compromise,
settle, grant any waiver or release relating to or otherwise adjust any
Litigation, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice, or involving a payment not in excess of $250,000, and following prior
notice to and consultation with MergerCo;
(j) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall make any
material Tax election, amend any Tax Return or settle or compromise any material
federal, state, local or foreign Tax liability; and
34
<PAGE>
(k) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will enter into
an agreement, contract, commitment or arrangement to do any of the foregoing.
Section 5.2 No Solicitation by the Company.
------------------------------
(a) The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, nor shall it authorize or permit any of its directors, officers
or employees or any investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant
or other representative retained by it or any of its subsidiaries to, directly
or indirectly through another person, (i) solicit, initiate or knowingly
-
encourage (including by way of furnishing non-public information), or take any
other action designed to facilitate, any inquiries or the making of any proposal
which constitutes a Company Takeover Proposal (as defined below) or (ii)
--
participate in any discussions or negotiations regarding any Company Takeover
Proposal; provided, however, that if and to the extent that, at any time prior
-------- -------
to the time of the adoption of this Agreement by the Company's shareholders at
the Special Meeting, the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good
faith, after consultation with outside counsel, that it is necessary to do so in
order to act in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties to the Company's
shareholders under applicable law, the Company may, in response to any Company
Takeover Proposal which was not solicited by it and which did not otherwise
result from a breach of this Section 5.2(a), and subject to providing prior
notice of any such proposal or any such request for non-public information and
of its decision to take such action to MergerCo and compliance with Section
5.2(c), (x) furnish information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries
to any person inquiring about or making a Company Takeover Proposal pursuant to
a customary confidentiality agreement (as determined by the Company based on the
advice of its outside counsel) and (y) participate in discussions or
negotiations regarding such Company Takeover Proposal. For purposes of this
Agreement, "Company Takeover Proposal" means any inquiry, proposal or offer from
any person relating to any Company Takeover Event. For purposes of this
Agreement, "Company Takeover Event" means any direct or indirect acquisition or
purchase of a business that constitutes 50% or more of the net revenues, net
income or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or 50%
or more of any class of equity securities of the Company, any tender offer or
exchange offer that if consummated would result in any person beneficially
owning 50% or more of any class of any
35
<PAGE>
equity securities of the Company, or any merger, consolidation, business
combination, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction
involving the Company (or any Subsidiary whose business constitutes 50% or more
of the net revenues, net income or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole), other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(b) Except as expressly permitted by this Section 5.2, neither the
Board of Directors of the Company, the Special Committee nor any other committee
shall (i) withdraw or modify or propose publicly to withdraw or modify, in a
-
manner adverse to MergerCo, the approval or recommendation by such Board of
Directors or such committee of the Merger or this Agreement, (ii) approve or
--
recommend, or propose publicly to approve or recommend any Company Takeover
Proposal, or (iii) cause the Company to enter into any letter of intent,
---
agreement in principle, acquisition agreement or other similar agreement (each,
a "Company Acquisition Agreement") related to any Company Takeover Proposal
unless prior to the adoption of this Agreement by the Company's shareholders at
the Special Meeting, the Board of Directors of the Company, to the extent that
it determines in good faith, following the recommendation of the Special
Committee and after consultation with outside counsel, that in light of a
Company Superior Proposal it is necessary to do so in order to act in a manner
consistent with its fiduciary duties. For purposes of this Agreement, a
"Company Superior Proposal" means any proposal made by a third party to acquire,
directly or indirectly, including pursuant to a tender offer, exchange offer,
merger, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, liquidation,
dissolution or similar transaction, for consideration consisting of cash and/or
securities, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the shares of the
Company's capital stock then outstanding or all or substantially all the assets
of the Company and otherwise on terms which the Board of Directors of the
Company determines in its good faith judgment, is more favorable to the
Company's stockholders than the Merger.
(c) In addition to the obligations of the Company set forth in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.2, the Company shall immediately advise
MergerCo orally and in writing of any request for information or of any Company
Takeover Proposal and the material terms and conditions of such request or
Company Takeover Proposal.
36
<PAGE>
(d) Nothing contained in this Section 5.2 shall prohibit the Company
from taking and disclosing to its shareholders a position contemplated by Rule
14e-2(a) promulgated under the Exchange Act or from making any disclosure to the
Company's shareholders if, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors
of the Company, after consultation with outside counsel, failure so to disclose
would be inconsistent with its obligations under applicable law; provided,
--------
however, that, neither the Company nor its Board of Directors nor any committee
- -------
thereof shall withdraw or modify, or propose publicly to withdraw or modify, its
position with respect to this Agreement or the Merger or approve or recommend,
or propose publicly to approve or recommend, a Company Takeover Proposal except
to the extent permitted by Section 5.2(b).
Section 5.3 Access to Information. From the date of this Agreement
---------------------
until the Effective Time, the Company shall, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, afford to MergerCo and its authorized representatives
reasonable access during normal business hours upon reasonable prior notice to
all of its books and records, including but not limited to tax, financial and
accounting books and records. In addition, during such period, the Company
shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, furnish promptly to MergerCo
(a) a copy of each report, schedule, registration statement and other document
-
filed or received by it during such period pursuant to the requirements of the
Exchange Act or other applicable Law and (b) such other information concerning
-
its business, properties and personnel as MergerCo may reasonably request.
MergerCo and its authorized representatives will use all reasonable efforts to
conduct all such inspections in a manner which will minimize any material
disruptions of the business and operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
Until the Effective Time, MergerCo will hold any such information in accordance
with the provisions of the certain letter agreement, dated November 5, 1997,
between CD&R and the Company (the "Confidentiality Agreement"), and will cause
such information to be so held by its Representatives (as defined in the
Confidentiality Agreement) of MergerCo. Upon a termination of this Agreement
pursuant to Section 7.1, MergerCo and its Representatives shall return or
destroy (and hold confidential) all information provided pursuant to this
Section 5.3 and all other Evaluation Material (as defined in the Confidentiality
Agreement) pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Confidentiality
Agreement.
37
<PAGE>
Section 5.4 Further Action; Reasonable Best Efforts.
---------------------------------------
(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided,
each of the parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take, or
cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, all things
necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to
consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
including using reasonable best efforts to satisfy the conditions precedent to
the obligations of any of the parties hereto, to obtain all necessary
authorizations, consents and approvals, and to effect all necessary
registrations and filings. Each of the parties hereto will furnish to the other
parties such necessary information and reasonable assistance as such other
parties may reasonably request in connection with the foregoing and will provide
the other parties with copies of all filings made by such party with any
Governmental Entity or any other information supplied by such party to a
Governmental Entity in connection with this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby.
(b) MergerCo and the Company shall use their respective reasonable
best efforts to resolve such objections, if any, as may be asserted with respect
to the transactions contemplated hereby under the laws, rules, guidelines or
regulations of any Governmental Entity. Without limiting the foregoing, each of
the Company and MergerCo shall, as soon as practicable, file (or cause its
respective "ultimate parent entity" within the meaning of the HSR Act to file)
Notification and Report Forms under the HSR Act (as defined below) with the
Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC") and Antitrust Division of the Department of
Justice (the "Antitrust Division") and shall use reasonable best efforts to
respond as promptly as practicable to all inquiries received from the FTC or the
Antitrust Division for additional information or documentation. Each party
hereto shall use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all
actions necessary, proper or advisable to obtain any consent, waiver, approval
or authorization relating to any Competition Law that is required for the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. "Competition
Laws" means statutes, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, administrative and
judicial doctrines, and other laws that are designed or intended to prohibit,
restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization,
lessening of competition or restraint of trade and includes the Hart-Scott-
Rodino Antitrust Im-
38
<PAGE>
provement Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR Act") and, to the extent applicable,
equivalent laws of the European Union or the Member States thereof, and of other
countries.
(c) Except as provided in Sections 3.23 with respect to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Board of Directors of the
Company shall not so long as this Agreement is in effect (a) amend the Rights
Agreement in a manner adverse to the interests of MergerCo, or (b) take any
actions with respect to, or make any determination under, the Rights Agreement,
including, but not limited to, any redemption of the Rights or any action that
would have the effect of facilitating a Company Takeover Proposal or Company
Takeover Event.
Section 5.5 Employee Benefits. (a) Continuation of Employee
----------------- ------------------------
Benefits. For the period commencing at the Effective Time and ending on
- --------
December 31, 1998, the Surviving Corporation shall make available to employees
of the Company and the Subsidiaries employee benefits, other than equity based
benefits, that are substantially comparable in the aggregate to the aggregate
employee benefits made available to such employees immediately prior to the
Effective Time, provided that, nothing in this Section 5.5(a) shall be construed
--------
to preclude the provision of a lesser level of benefits to any employee of the
Company or any Subsidiary who consents to such lesser level of benefits in
writing.
(b) Certain Existing Agreements. From and after the Effective Time,
---------------------------
the Surviving Corporation shall honor, pay and perform all obligations under
each employment, severance and special termination agreement with any employee
of the Company or any Subsidiary in accordance with the terms thereof in effect
as of the date hereof (or as the same may be amended from time to time
hereafter, with the prior written approval of the Surviving Corporation).
Section 5.6 Shareholders' Meeting; Form S-4; Proxy Statement.
------------------------------------------------
(a) As promptly as practicable after the date hereof, the Company
shall prepare the Proxy Statement (as defined below), and the Company shall
prepare and file with the SEC, and MergerCo shall cooperate with the Company in
such preparation and filing, the Form S-4 in which the Proxy Statement, will be
included. The Company will use its best efforts, after consultation with
MergerCo, to respond promptly to any comments made by the SEC with respect to
the
39
<PAGE>
Form S-4 or the Proxy Statement and use its best efforts to have the Form S-4
declared effective under the Securities Act, as promptly as practicable
following such filing. The Company will use its best efforts to cause a
definitive proxy statement (the "Proxy Statement") to be mailed to its
shareholders as promptly as practicable after the Form S-4 is declared
effective. The Company shall include in the Proxy Statement the recommendation
of the Board and the Special Committee that shareholders of the Company approve
and adopt this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
(b) The Company shall, as soon as practicable following the date the
Form S-4 is declared effective under the Securities Act, in accordance with
applicable law and the Articles of Organization and the By-laws of the Company,
duly call, set a record date for, give notice of, convene and hold a special
meeting of its stockholders (the "Special Meeting") as promptly as practicable
after the date the Form S-4 is declared effective under the Securities Act for
the purpose of considering and taking action upon this Agreement and such other
matters as may be appropriate at the Special Meeting. The Company shall,
through its Board of Directors, recommend that its shareholders approve the
Merger and shall use all reasonable efforts to solicit from shareholders of the
Company proxies in favor of the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.
(c) The Company and MergerCo shall together prepare and file a
Transaction Statement on Schedule 13E-3 (the "Schedule 13E-3") under the
Exchange Act. Each of MergerCo and the Company shall furnish all information
concerning it, its affiliates and the holders of its capital stock required to
be included in the Schedule 13E-3 and, after consultation with each other, shall
respond promptly to any comments made by the SEC with respect to the Schedule
13E-3.
(d) The information supplied by the Company for inclusion in the Form
S-4, the Proxy Statement or the Schedule 13E-3 shall not, at the time the Form
S-4 is declared effective under the Securities Act, or at the time the Proxy
Statement is mailed, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to
make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading or, at the time of the Special Meeting, as then amended or
supplemented, or at the Effective Time, omit to state any material fact
necessary to
40
<PAGE>
correct any statement originally supplied by the Company for inclusion in the
Form S-4, the Proxy Statement or the Schedule 13E-3 which has become false or
misleading. If at any time prior to the Effective Time any event relating to the
Company or any of its affiliates, or its, or its affiliates', respective
officers, directors or shareholders, should be discovered which should be set
forth in an amendment of, or a supplement to such Form S-4, Proxy Statement or
Schedule 13E-3, the Company shall promptly so inform MergerCo and will furnish
all necessary information to MergerCo relating to such event and an appropriate
amendment or supplement to such Form S-4, Proxy Statement or Schedule 13E-3 will
thereafter be filed with the SEC by the Company. All documents that the Company
is responsible for filing with the SEC in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement shall comply in all material respects, both as to
form and otherwise, with the Exchange Act and/or the Securities Act, as the case
may be, and the rules and regulations thereunder. The Company shall also take
any action required to be taken under any applicable state securities laws in
connection with the registration and qualification in connection with the Merger
of Recapitalized Common Stock following the Merger.
(e) The Company will immediately notify MergerCo of (i) the
effectiveness of the Form S-4, (ii) the receipt of any comments from the SEC and
(iii) any request by the SEC for any amendment to the Form S-4 or for additional
information. All filings with the SEC, including the Form S-4 and any amendment
thereto, and all mailings to the Company's stockholders in connection with the
Merger, including the Proxy Statement, shall be subject to the prior review,
comment and approval of MergerCo. No such filing or mailing shall be made
without the prior consent of MergerCo.
(f) The information supplied or to be supplied by MergerCo for
inclusion in the Form S-4, the Proxy Statement or the Schedule 13E-3 shall not,
at the time the Form S-4 is declared effective under the Securities Act, or at
the time the Proxy Statement is mailed, contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or, at the time of the
Special Meeting, as then amended or supplemented, or at the Effective Time, omit
to state any material fact necessary to correct any statement originally
supplied by MergerCo for inclusion in the Proxy Statement or the Schedule 13E-3
which has become false or misleading. If at any time prior to the
41
<PAGE>
Effective Time any event relating to MergerCo or any of its affiliates, or its
affiliates' respective officers, directors or shareholders should be discovered
which should be set forth in an amendment of, or a supplement to, such Form S-4,
Proxy Statement or Schedule 13E-3, MergerCo shall promptly so inform the Company
and will furnish all necessary information to the Company relating to such event
and an appropriate amendment or supplement to such Form S-4, Proxy Statement or
Schedule 13E-3 will thereafter be filed with the SEC by the Company. All
documents that MergerCo is responsible for filing with the SEC in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall comply in all
material respects, both as to form and otherwise, with the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations thereunder.
(g) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its
independent accountants to deliver two letters, one dated as of the date on
which the Form S-4 shall become effective under the Securities Act and one dated
as of the Closing Date, each addressed to the Company, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Company and customary in scope and substance for
comfort letters delivered by independent public accounts in connection with
registration statements similar to the Form S-4.
Section 5.7 Notification of Certain Matters. The Company shall give
-------------------------------
prompt notice to MergerCo, and MergerCo shall give prompt notice to the Company,
of (i) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event the occurrence or non-
-
occurrence of which would cause any representation or warranty of the Company,
or of MergerCo, as the case may be, contained in this Agreement to be untrue or
inaccurate in any material respect at the Effective Time, (ii) any material
--
failure of the Company, or MergerCo, as the case may be, to comply with or
satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by
it hereunder and (iii) any event, occurrence, fact, condition, change,
---
development or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, would have or
result in a Material Adverse Effect or a breach of Section 5.1.
Section 5.8 Directors' and Officers' Insurance and Indemnification.
---------------------------------- -------------------
(a) For a period of six years after the Effective Time, the Surviving
Corporation shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the present and former
officers, directors, employees and agents of the Company and its Subsidiaries in
such capacities ("Indemnified Parties") against all losses,
42
<PAGE>
claims, damages, expenses or liabilities arising out of actions or omissions or
alleged actions or omissions occurring at or prior to the Effective Time to the
same extent and on the same terms and conditions (including with respect to
advancement of expenses) provided for in the Company's Articles of Organization
and By-Laws in effect at the date hereof (to the extent consistent with
applicable law).
(b) For a period of six years after the Effective Time, the Surviving
Corporation shall maintain in effect directors' and officers' liability
insurance covering the persons who are currently covered by the Company's
existing directors' and officers' liability insurance with respect to claims
arising from facts or events which occurred at or prior to the Effective Time,
on terms and conditions no less favorable to such directors and officers than
those in effect on the date hereof;
(c) The provisions of this Section 5.8 are intended for the benefit
of, and shall be enforceable by, the respective Indemnified Parties. Nothing in
this Section 5.8 shall limit or restrict the right or ability of the Surviving
Corporation to change its state of domicile to Delaware.
Section 5.9 Publicity. Neither the Company, MergerCo nor any of
---------
their respective affiliates shall issue or cause the publication of any press
release or other announcement with respect to the Merger, this Agreement or
the other transactions contemplated hereby without the prior consultation of the
other party, except as may be required by law or by any listing agreement with a
national securities exchange if all reasonable efforts have been made to consult
with the other party.
Section 5.10 Shareholder Litigation. Each of the Company and MergerCo
----------------------
shall give the other the reasonable opportunity to participate in the defense of
any shareholder litigation against the Company or MergerCo, as applicable, and
its directors relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 5.11 Recapitalization. Each of the Company and MergerCo
----------------
shall use its best efforts to cause the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, including the Merger, to be accounted for as a recapitalization and
such accounting treatment to be accepted by their respective accountants and by
the SEC, and each of the Company and
43
<PAGE>
MergerCo agrees that it shall take no action that would cause such accounting
treatment not to be obtained.
Section 5.12 Conveyance Taxes. MergerCo and the Company shall
----------------
cooperate in the preparation, execution and filing of all returns,
questionnaires, applications or other documents regarding any real property
transfer or gains, sales, use, transfer, value added, stock transfer and stamp
taxes, any transfer, recording, registration and other fees or any similar taxes
which become payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that are required or
permitted to be filed on or before the Effective Time.
Section 5.13 Delisting. Each of the parties agrees to cooperate with
---------
each other in taking, or causing to be taken, all actions necessary to delist
the Company Common Stock from the NYSE, provided that such delisting shall not
be effective until after the Effective Time of the Merger. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Surviving Corporation will not take any action, for at least five
years after the Effective Time (the "Registration Period"), to terminate the
registration of the Recapitalized Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange
Act other than in connection with a merger in which the Surviving Corporation is
not the surviving corporation unless less than 100 record holders of shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock and any other shares of capital stock of the
Surviving Corporation (or any successor entity by merger or otherwise, issued in
respect of such shares, whether as a result of stock splits, stock dividends,
reclassifications, recapitalizations or similar events) are non-affiliates of
the Surviving Corporation. The Surviving Corporation will continue to file
timely and accurately all reports required by Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, until the earlier to occur of (x) the expiration of the
Registration Period and (y) such time as the Recapitalized Common Stock is no
longer registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
Section 5.14 Affiliates. Prior to the Closing Date, the Company
----------
shall deliver to MergerCo a letter identifying all persons who are, at the time
this Agreement is submitted for approval to the stockholders of the Company,
"affiliates" of the Company for purposes of Rule 145 under the Securities Act.
The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause each such person to
deliver to MergerCo on or prior to the Closing Date a written agreement
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.
44
<PAGE>
Section 5.15 Letter as to Solvency. The parties hereto shall engage
---------------------
an appraisal firm to deliver a letter addressed to the Board of Directors of the
Company and the Company (and on which the Board of Directors shall be entitled
to rely) indicating that immediately after the Effective Time, and after giving
effect to the Merger and the financings contemplated by this Agreement and any
other transactions contemplated in connection with the Merger, the Surviving
Corporation will not (i) be insolvent or (ii) have unreasonably small capital
- --
with which to engage in its business
ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS
Section 6.1 Conditions to Each Party's Obligation To Effect the
---------------------------------------------------
Merger. The respective obligation of each party to effect the Merger shall be
- ------
subject to the satisfaction on or prior to the Closing Date of each of the
following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by the parties hereto in
writing, in whole or in part, to the extent permitted by applicable law):
(a) No statute, rule, order, decree or regulation shall have been
enacted or promulgated by any Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction
(whether temporary, liminary or permanent) which is in effect and has the
effect of prohibiting the consummation of the Merger or making the Merger
illegal;
(b) There shall be no order or injunction of a Governmental Entity of
competent jurisdiction (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) in effect
precluding, restraining, enjoining or prohibiting consummation of the Merger;
(c) The Form S-4 (including the Proxy Statement) in form and
substance consistent with the intent of the Parties set forth in Section 5.11
shall have become effective under the Securities Act and shall not be the
subject of any stop order or proceedings seeking a stop order, and any material
"blue sky" and other state securities laws applicable to the registration and
qualification of the Recapitalized Common Stock following the Merger shall have
been complied with.
45
<PAGE>
(d) The applicable waiting period under the HSR Act with respect to
the actions contemplated by this Agreement shall have expired or been
terminated; and
(e) Other than filing the Articles of Merger in accordance with the
MBCL and the Certificate of Merger in accordance with the DGCL, all
authorizations, consents and approvals of all Governmental Entities required to
be obtained prior to consummation of the Merger shall have been obtained, except
for such authorizations, consents, and approvals the failure of which to be
obtained would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
(f) The Board of Directors of the Company and the Company shall have
received the letter contemplated by Section 5.15.
Section 6.2 Conditions to the Obligation of the Company to Effect the
---------------------------------------------------------
Merger. The obligation of the Company to effect the Merger is further subject
- ------
to the satisfaction or waiver at or prior to the Effective Time of the following
conditions:
(a) The representations and warranties of MergerCo contained in this
Agreement shall be true and correct at and as of the date hereof, and true and
correct in all respects (in the case of any representation or warranty
containing any materiality qualification) or in all material respects (in the
case of any representation or warranty without any materiality qualification) at
and as of the Effective Time as if made at and as of such time; and
(b) MergerCo shall have performed in all material respects its
obligations under this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to
the Effective Time pursuant to the terms hereof.
Section 6.3 Conditions to Obligations of MergerCo to Effect the
---------------------------------------------------
Merger. The obligations of MergerCo to effect the Merger are further subject to
- ------
the satisfaction or waiver at or prior to the Effective Time of the following
conditions:
(a) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in
this Agreement shall be true and correct at and as of the date hereof, and true
and correct in all respects (in the case of any representation or warranty
containing any materiality qualification) or in all material respects (in the
case of any representation or warranty
46
<PAGE>
without any materiality qualification) at and as of the Effective Time as if
made at and as such time;
(b) The Company shall have performed in all material respects its
obligations under this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to
the Effective Time pursuant to the terms hereof;
(c) MergerCo and the Company shall have received sufficient funds to
pay the Merger Consideration, repay or redeem all of the existing indebtedness
of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and otherwise enable MergerCo to consummate
the transactions contemplated hereby and to meet the working capital
requirements of the Surviving Corporation pursuant to financing arrangements and
definitive financing agreements completed to the satisfaction of MergerCo in its
reasonable judgment;
(d) The number of Dissenting Shares shall not exceed 5% of the issued
and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock;
(e) No event, occurrence, fact, condition, change, development or
effect shall exist or have occurred or come to exist or been threatened since
September 30, 1997 that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or resulted
in, or could reasonably be expected to become or result in, a Material Adverse
Effect;
(f) All outstanding Rights issued and outstanding under the Rights
Agreement shall have been terminated and the Rights Agreement shall have
terminated and be of no further force or effect, as contemplated by Section
3.23.
ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION
Section 7.1 Termination. Notwithstanding any thing herein to the
-----------
contrary, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned at
anytime prior to the Effective Time, whether before or after shareholder
approval thereof:
(a) By the mutual consent of the Boards of Directors of MergerCo and
the Company.
(b) By either the Company, on the one hand, or MergerCo, on the other
hand, if: (i) the Merger has not been
-
47
<PAGE>
consummated on or prior to June 30, 1998 or such other date, if any, as MergerCo
and the Company shall agree upon (provided that the right to terminate this
Agreement under this Section 7.1(b)(i) shall not be available to a party whose
failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of or
resulted in the failure of the Effective Time to occur on or before such date);
or (ii) any Governmental Entity shall have issued a statute, order, decree or
--
regulation or taken any other action (which statute, order, decree, regulation
or other action the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to lift), in
each case permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger
or making the Merger illegal and such statute, order, decree, regulation or
other action shall have become final and non-appealable.
(c) By the Company, (i) if holders of two-thirds of the outstanding
-
Company Common Stock fail to approve and adopt this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby at the Special Meeting (including any
postponement or adjournment thereof), or (ii) if, prior to the Effective Time,
--
either of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Special Committee, shall
have withdrawn, or modified or changed in a manner adverse to MergerCo its
approval or recommendation of this Agreement or the Merger pursuant to Section
5.2; provided in the case of (ii) that such termination shall not be effective
--------
until the Company has made payment to CD&R (as defined in Section 8.1(b)) of the
Fee (as defined in Section 8.1(b)) and has either paid to MergerCo or deposited
with a mutually acceptable escrow agent $5 million for reimbursement to MergerCo
of Expenses (as defined in Section 8.1(b)), in each case in accordance with
Section 8.1.
(d) By the Company, upon 15 days' prior written notice, in the event
of a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on
the part of MergerCo such that the condition set forth in Section 6.2(a) or
6.2(b) would not be satisfied as of the Effective Time, which breach is not
cured prior to the expiration of such 15 day period (provided that if such
--------
breach is not curable, the Company may terminate this Agreement immediately
under this Section 7.1(d)); except where the Company is in material breach of
any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement as provided in Section
7.1(e).
(e) By MergerCo, upon 15 days' prior written notice, in the event of
a material breach of any
48
<PAGE>
representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the Company such
that the condition set forth in Section 6.3(a) or 6.3(b) would not be satisfied
as of the Effective Time, which breach is not cured prior to the expiration of
such 15 day period (provided that if such breach is not curable, MergerCo may
--------
terminate this Agreement immediately under this Section 7.1(e)); except where
MergerCo is in material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or
agreement as provided in Section 7.1(d).
(f) By MergerCo, if (i) holders of at least two-thirds of the
-
outstanding Company Common Stock fail to approve and adopt this Agreement and
the transactions contemplated hereby at the Special Meeting (including any
postponement or adjournment thereof); (ii) either the Board of Directors of the
--
Company or the Special Committee withdraws, modifies or changes its
recommendation of this Agreement or the Merger in a manner adverse to MergerCo
or shall have resolved to do any of the foregoing or the Board of Directors of
the Company shall have recommended to the shareholders of the Company any
Company Takeover Proposal or resolved to do so; or (iii) a tender offer or
---
exchange offer for outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company then
representing 20% or more of the combined power to vote generally for the
election of directors is commenced, and the Board of Directors of the Company
does not recommend that stockholders not tender their shares into such tender or
exchange offer.
Section 7.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination
---------------------
of this Agreement as provided in Section 7.1, written notice thereof shall
forthwith be given by the terminating party or parties to the other party or
parties specifying the provision hereof pursuant to which such termination is
made, and this Agreement shall forthwith become null and void, and there shall
be no liability on the part of MergerCo or the Company, except as set forth in
Section 8.1 hereof and except with respect to the requirement to comply with
the Confidentiality Agreement and return, destroy or hold Evaluation Material
pursuant to the procedures set forth therein or set forth in Section 5.3;
provided that nothing herein shall relieve any party from any liability or
- --------
obligation with respect to any wilful breach of this Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
49
<PAGE>
Section 8.1 Fees and Expenses. (a) Except as contemplated by this
-----------------
Agreement, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the
party incurring such expenses except that the Company shall bear and pay the
costs and expenses incurred in connection with (i) the preparation, filing,
-
printing and mailing of the Form S-4 and the Proxy Statement (including SEC
filing fees) and (ii) the filing of the Schedule 13E-3.
--
(b) The Company shall promptly pay Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
("CD&R") a termination fee of $24.5 million (the "Fee") (x) in the event that
-
this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Sections 7.1(c)(i), 7.1(e) or 7.1(f)(i)
or (iii), provided that (A) prior to the time this Agreement is terminated or
--------
the time of the Special Meeting, as the case may be, a Company Takeover Proposal
shall have been publicly announced or shall have become publicly known and (B)
during the term of this Agreement or within twelve months after the termination
of this Agreement a Company Takeover Event shall occur, (y) the Company
-
terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(c)(ii), or (z) MergerCo
-
terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(f)(ii). In addition, the
Company shall promptly pay MergerCo an amount equal to all Expenses in the event
of any termination of this Agreement other than a termination resulting from (i)
-
the failure by MergerCo to fulfill any of their material obligations under this
Agreement or (ii) the failure of the condition specified in Section 6.1(c) to be
--
satisfied because recapitalization accounting treatment is not available for the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Merger. All such
payments shall be in immediately available funds. In the event that the Company
shall pay MergerCo an amount in respect of Expenses as contemplated by the
proviso to Section 7.1(c), and such amount shall subsequently prove to exceed
the amount of Expenses actually incurred, MergerCo shall refund the excess to
the Company. The term "Expenses" means all documented out-of-pocket fees, costs
and other expenses, not to exceed $5 million, incurred or assumed by MergerCo or
incurred on its behalf in connection with this Agreement or any of the
transactions contemplated hereby, including but not limited to in connection
with the negotiation, preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement,
the structuring and financing of the Merger and the other transactions
contemplated hereby, or any commitments or agreements relating to such
financing.
50
<PAGE>
(c) The Company acknowledges that the agreements contained in this
Section 8.1 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, and that, without these agreements, MergerCo would not enter into
this Agreement; accordingly, if the Company fails promptly to pay the amount due
pursuant to this Section 8.1, and, in order to obtain such payment, MergerCo
commences a suit which results in a judgment against the Company for any of the
Fees or Expenses set forth in this Section 8.1, the Company shall pay to
MergerCo its costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) in
connection with such suit, together with interest on the amount of such Fees and
Expenses at the rate on six-month U.S. Treasury obligations plus 300 basis
points in effect on the date such payment was required to be made.
(d) This Section 8.1 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
Section 8.2 Amendment; Waiver.
-----------------
(a) This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto, by action
taken or authorized by their respective Boards of Directors (and, in the case of
the Company, the Special Committee), at any time before or after approval by the
shareholders of the Company of the matters presented in connection with the
Merger, but after any such approval no amendment shall be made without the
approval of such shareholders if such amendment changes the Merger Consideration
or alters or changes any of the other terms or conditions of this Agreement if
such alteration or change would materially adversely affect the rights of such
shareholders. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3 with respect to
Schedule 2.3, this Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in
writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto.
(b) At any time prior to the Effective Time, the parties may (i)
-
extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of
the other parties hereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and
--
warranties of the other parties contained herein or in any document, certificate
or writing delivered pursuant hereto or (iii) waive compliance with any of the
---
agreements or conditions of the other parties hereto contained herein. Any such
extension or waiver by the Company shall require the consent of the Special
Committee or the Board of Directors of the Company. Any agreement on the part
of any party to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if
51
<PAGE>
set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. Any such
waiver shall constitute a waiver only with respect to the specific matter
described in such writing and shall in no way impair the rights of the party
granting such waiver in any other respect or at any other time. Neither the
waiver by any of the parties hereto of a breach of or a default under any of the
provisions of this Agreement, nor the failure by any of the parties, on one or
more occasions, to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or to
exercise any right or privilege hereunder, shall be construed as a waiver of any
other breach or default of a similar nature, or as a waiver of any of such
provisions, rights or privileges hereunder. The rights and remedies herein
provided are cumulative and none is exclusive of any other, or of any rights or
remedies that any party may otherwise have at law or in equity. The rights and
remedies of any party based upon, arising out of or otherwise in respect of any
inaccuracy or breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement or
failure to fulfill any condition shall in no way be limited by the fact that the
act, omission, occurrence or other state of facts upon which any claim of any
such inaccuracy or breach is based may also be the subject matter of any other
representation, warranty, covenant or agreement as to which there is no
inaccuracy or breach. The representations and warranties of the Company shall
not be affected or deemed waived by reason of any investigation made by or on
behalf of MergerCo (including but not limited to any of its advisors, counsel,
consultants or representatives) or by reason of the fact that MergerCo or any of
such advisors, counsel, consultants or representatives knew or should have known
that any such representation or warranty is or might be inaccurate.
Section 8.3 Survival. The respective representations and warranties
--------
of MergerCo and the Company contained herein or in any certificates or other
documents delivered prior to or as of the Effective Time shall not survive
beyond the Effective Time. The covenants and agreements of the parties hereto
(including the Surviving Corporation after the Merger) shall survive the
Effective Time without limitation (except for those which, by their terms,
contemplate a shorter survival period).
Section 8.4 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder
-------
shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon (a) transmitter's
-
confirmation of a receipt of a facsimile transmission, (b) confirmed delivery
-
by a standard overnight carrier or when delivered by hand or
52
<PAGE>
(c) the expiration of five business days after the day when mailed in the
-
United States by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed at the
following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified
by like notice):
(a) if to the Company, to:
Dynatech Corporation
Corporate Headquarters
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803
Facsimile: (617) 229-8850
Telephone: (781) 272-6100
Attention: General Counsel
and
Attention: Mark V. B. Tremallo, Esq.
with a copy to:
Hale & Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Facsimile: (617) 526-5000
Telephone: (617) 526-6000
Attention: Peter Tarr
and with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110
Facsimile: (617) 951-7050
Telephone: (617) 951-7000
Attention: John E. Beard, Esq.
(b) if to MergerCo, to:
CDRD Merger Corporation
c/o the Clayton, Dubilier & Rice
Fund V Limited Partnership
1043 Foulk Road, Suite 106
Wilmington, Delaware 19803
53
<PAGE>
with a copy to
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor
New York, New York 10152
Facsimile: (212) 407-5252
Telephone: (212) 407-5200
Attention: Brian D. Finn
and with a copy to:
Debevoise & Plimpton
875 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Telephone: (212) 909-6000
Facsimile: (212) 909-6836
Attention: Franci J. Blassberg, Esq.
Section 8.5 Interpretation. When a reference is made in this
--------------
Agreement to Sections, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement
unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words "include", "includes" or
"including" are used in this Agreement they shall be deemed to be followed by
the words "without limitation". The phrase "made available" when used in this
Agreement shall mean that the information referred to has been made available
to the party to whom such information is to be made available. The words
"affiliates" and "associates" when used in this Agreement shall have the
respective meanings ascribed to them in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act. The
phrase "beneficial ownership" and words of similar import when used in this
Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act.
Section 8.6 Headings; Schedules. The headings contained in this
-------------------
Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the
meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Disclosure of any matter
pursuant to any Schedule to the Disclosure Schedule shall not be deemed to be an
admission or representation as to the materiality of the item so disclosed.
Section 8.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or
------------
more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which
shall be considered one and the same agreement.
Section 8.8 Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries. This
-------------------------------------------
Agreement, together with the
54
<PAGE>
Confidentiality Agreement, (a) constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes
all prior agreements and understandings (written and oral), among the parties
with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) except for the provisions of
Sections 5.8, 5.13 and 8.1(b), are not intended to confer upon any person other
than the parties any rights or remedies.
Section 8.9 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or
------------
restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or
other authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against its regulatory
policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be
affected, impaired or invalidated.
Section 8.10 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed and
-------------
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, except to the
extent that it is mandatorily governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts.
Section 8.11 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the
----------
rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the
parties hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior
written consent of the other parties; provided, that MergerCo may assign this
--------
Agreement to any Subsidiary of MergerCo. This Agreement will be binding upon,
inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the parties and their respective
successors and assigns.
55
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MergerCo and the Company have caused this
Agreement to be signed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as
of the date first written above.
DYNATECH CORPORATION
By: /s/ John F. Reno
--------------------------------
Name: John F. Reno
Title: Chairman, President
and Chief Executive
Officer
[Seal]
By: /s/ Allan M. Kline
--------------------------------
Name: Allan M. Kline
Title: Corporate Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer
CDRD MERGER CORPORATION
By: /s/ Brian D. Finn
--------------------------------
Name: Brian D. Finn
Title: President
[Seal]
By: /s/ Joseph L. Rice, III
--------------------------------
Name: Joseph L. Rice, III
Title: Vice President and
Treasurer
56
<PAGE>
Appendix B
[LETTERHEAD OF MERRILL LYNCH APPEARS HERE]
December 20, 1997
Board of Directors
Dynatech Corporation
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803
Members of the Board of Directors:
Dynatech Corporation (the "Company") and CDRD Merger Corporation
("MergerCo"), a corporation formed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited
Partnership (the "Fund"), propose to enter into an Agreement and Plan of Merger
(the "Agreement") pursuant to which MergerCo will be merged with and into the
Company in a transaction (the "Merger") in which (i) the Company will be the
surviving corporation (the "Surviving Corporation") and (ii) each outstanding
share of the Company's common stock, par value $0.20 per share (the "Shares"),
other than Shares held by the Company as treasury stock or that are held by
MergerCo and other than Dissenting Shares (as defined in the Agreement), will be
converted into the right to receive (A) $47.75 in cash, without interest, and
(B) 0.5 shares of Class A common stock, no par value per share, of the Surviving
Corporation (the "Recapitalized Common Stock"). The Merger is expected to be
considered by the shareholders of the Company at a special shareholders' meeting
in early 1998 and consummated on or shortly after the date of such meeting
(assuming the shareholders of the Company approve the Merger).
You have asked us whether, in our opinion, the proposed consideration to be
received in the Merger pursuant to the Agreement by the holders of the Shares
(other than the Company, with respect to treasury stock, and MergerCo) is fair
from a financial point of view to such holders.
In arriving at the opinion set forth below, we have, among other things:
(1) Reviewed certain publicly available business and financial
information relating to the Company that we deemed to be relevant;
(2) Reviewed certain information, including financial forecasts, relating
to the business, earnings, cash flow, assets, liabilities and
prospects of the Company and information relating to certain pro
forma effects on the Company's capital structure after giving effect
to the Merger furnished to us by the Company and the Fund;
(3) Conducted discussions with members of senior management of the
Company and of the Fund concerning the matters described in clauses 1
and 2 above;
B-1
<PAGE>
[LOGO OF MERRILL LYNCH APPEARS HERE]
(4) Reviewed the market prices and valuation multiples for the Shares and
compared them with those of certain publicly traded companies that we
deemed to be relevant;
(5) Reviewed the results of operations of the Company and compared them
with those of certain publicly traded companies that we deemed to be
relevant;
(6) Compared the proposed financial terms of the Merger with the
financial terms of certain other transactions that we deemed to be
relevant;
(7) Participated in certain discussions and negotiations among
representatives of the Company and the Fund;
(8) Reviewed a draft dated December 19, 1997 of the Agreement; and
(9) Reviewed such other financial studies and analyses and took into
account such other matters as we deemed necessary, including our
assessment of general economic, market and monetary conditions.
In preparing our opinion, we have assumed and relied on the accuracy and
completeness of all information supplied or otherwise made available to us,
discussed with or reviewed by or for us, or publicly available, and we have not
assumed any responsibility for independently verifying such information or
undertaken an independent evaluation or appraisal of any of the assets or
liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Company or been furnished with any
such evaluation or appraisal. In addition, we have not assumed any obligation
to conduct any physical inspection of the properties or facilities of the
Company. With respect to the financial forecast information furnished to or
discussed with us by the Company and the information regarding certain pro forma
effects on the Company's capital structure after giving effect to the Merger, we
have assumed that they have been reasonably prepared and reflect the best
currently available estimates and judgment of the Company's management as to the
expected future financial performance of the Company and, subsequent to the
Merger, the Surviving Corporation, and as to such pro forma effects on the
Company's capital structure, respectively. We also assumed that the Merger will
be accounted for as a recapitalization under generally accepted accounting
principles. We have further assumed that the final form of the Agreement will
be substantially similar to the last draft reviewed by us.
Our opinion is necessarily based upon market, economic and other conditions
as they exist and can be evaluated on, and on the information made available to
us as of, the date hereof. Additionally, for the purposes of rendering this
opinion, we have assumed in all respects material to our analysis that the
representations and warranties of each party in the Agreement are true and
correct, that each party to the Agreement will perform all of the covenants and
agreements required to be performed by such party under the Agreement, and that
all conditions to the consummation of the Merger will be satisfied without
waiver thereof.
In connection with the preparation of this opinion, we have not been
authorized by the Company or the Board of Directors to solicit, nor have we
solicited, third-party indications of interest for the acquisition of all or any
part of the Company. In connection with the preparation of this opinion, we
have not been asked to consider, and this opinion does not in any manner
address, the value of the Recapitalized Common Stock or the prices at which
shares of the Recapitalized Common Stock will actually trade following
consummation of the Merger.
We are acting as financial advisor to the Board of Directors in connection
with the Merger and will receive a fee for our services, a significant portion
of which is contingent upon the consummation of the Merger. In addition, the
Company has agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities arising out of our
engagement. We are currently providing and have, in the past, provided
financial advisory and financing
<PAGE>
[LOGO OF MERRILL LYNCH APPEARS HERE]
services to the Fund and/or its affiliates and may continue to do so and have
received, and may receive, fees for the rendering of such services. In addition,
in the ordinary course of our business, we may actively trade the Shares for our
own account and for the accounts of customers and, accordingly, may at any time
hold a long or short position in such securities.
This opinion is for the use and benefit of the Board of Directors of the
Company. Our opinion does not address the merits of the underlying decision by
the Company to engage in the Merger and does not constitute a recommendation to
any shareholder as to how such shareholder should vote on the proposed Merger or
any matter related thereto.
On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that,
as of the date hereof, the proposed consideration to be received in the Merger
pursuant to the Agreement by the holders of the Shares (other than the Company,
with respect to treasury stock, and MergerCo) is fair from a financial point of
view to such holders.
Very truly yours,
[SIGNATURE APPEARS HERE]
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
<PAGE>
Appendix C
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
OFFICE OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE
MICHAEL J. CONNOLLY, Secretary
ONE ASHBURTON PLACE BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02108
ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
(Under G.L. Ch. 156B)
ARTICLE 1
The name of the corporation is:
DYNATECH CORPORATION
ARTICLE II
The purpose of the corporation is to engage
in the following business activities:
To carry on any engineering, research, consulting, development, manufacturing,
mercantile, selling, management, service or other business operation or activity
which may be lawfully carried on by a corporation organized under the Business
Corporation Law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
Note: If the space provided under any article or item on this form is
insufficient additions shall be set forth on a Separate 8 1/2 x 11 sheet of
paper leaving a left hand margin at least 1 inch. Additions to more than one
article maybe continued on a single sheet so long as each article requiring each
such addition is clearly indicated.
C-1
<PAGE>
ARTICLE III
The Type and issuance of stock and the total number of shares and par value, if
any, of each type and class of stock which the corporation is authorized to
issue
WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------
TYPE NUMBER OF SHARES
-------------------------------------
<S> <C>
COMMON:
200,000,000
-------------------------------------
PREFERRED:
-------------------------------------
</TABLE>
WITH PAR VALUE STOCKS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------
TYPE NUMBER OF SHARES PAR VALUE
---------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
COMMON:
---------------------------------------------------
PREFERRED:
100,000 $1
---------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
ARTICLE IV
If more than one type, class or series is authorized, a description of each
_____, if any, the preferences, voting powers, qualifications, special or
relative rights or privileges as to each type and class thereof and any series
now established.
See pages 2A - 2G
ARTICLE V
The restrictions, if any, imposed by the Articles of Organization upon the
transfer of shares of stock of any class are as follows:
None
ARTICLE VI
Other lawful provisions, if any, for the conduct and regulation of business and
affairs of the corporation, for its voluntary dissolution, or for limiting,
defining, regulating the powers of the corporation, or of its directors or
stockholders or of any class of shareholders: (if there are no provisions state
"None".)
See pages 2H - 2M
Note: The preceding (6) articles are considered to be permanent and may only
be changed by filing appropriate articles of amendment.
<PAGE>
Article IV
----------
A description of each of the different classes of stock with the
preferences, voting powers, qualifications, special or relative rights or
privileges as to each class thereof is as follows:
SERIAL PREFERENCE STOCK
-----------------------
1. Issuance. The Serial Preference Stock may from time to time be
--------
divided into and issued in one or more series. The different series shall be
established and designated, and the variations in the relative rights and
preferences as between the different series shall be fixed and determined by the
Board of Directors as provided in Section 2 hereof. In all other respects all
shares of Serial Preference Stock shall be identical.
The Serial Preference Stock may be issued from time to time by
authority of the Board of Directors for such consideration as from time to time
may be fixed by vote of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such
stock.
2. Rights and Privileges. The Board of Directors is hereby
---------------------
expressly authorized, subject to the provisions of these Articles of
Organization, to establish one or more series of Serial Preference Stock and,
with respect to such series, to fix and determine by vote providing for the
issue of such series:
(a) the number of shares to constitute such series and the
distinctive designation thereof;
(b) the dividend rate on the shares of such series and the dividend
payment dates;
(c) whether or not the shares of such series shall be redeemable,
and, if redeemable, the redemption prices which the shares of such series
shall be
2A
<PAGE>
entitled to receive and the terms and manner of redemption;
(d) the preferences, if any, and the amounts which the shares of such
series shall be entitled to receive and all other special or relative
rights of the shares of such series, upon the voluntary and involuntary
dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation;
(e) whether or not the shares of such series shall be subject to the
operation of retirement or sinking funds to be applied for redemption of
such shares and, if such retirement or sinking fund or funds be
established, the annual amount thereof and the terms and provisions
relative to the operation thereof;
(f) whether or not the shares of such series shall be convertible
into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any
other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the
Corporation and the conversion price or prices or ratio or ratios or the
rate or rates at which such exchange may be made, with such adjustments, if
any, as shall be stated in such vote;
(g) whether or not the shares of such series shall have voting
rights, and, if so, the conditions under which the shares of such series
shall vote as a separate class; and
(h) such other designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or
restrictions of such series to the full extent now or hereafter permitted
by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
Notwithstanding the fixing of the number of shares constituting a particular
series, the Board of Directors may at any time thereafter authorize the issuance
of additional shares of the same series.
2B
<PAGE>
3. Dividends. Holders of Serial Preference Stock shall be entitled
---------
to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors but only out of funds
legally available for the payment of dividends, cash dividends (which may be
cumulative) at the annual rates fixed by the Board of Directors for the
respective series and no more, payable on such dates in each year as the Board
of Directors shall fix for the respective series as provided in subsection 2(b)
(hereinafter referred to as "dividend dates"). Until all accrued dividends on
all series of Serial Preference Stock which bear cumulative dividends have been
declared and set apart for payment through the last preceding dividend date set
for all such series, no cash payment or distribution shall be made to holders of
any other class of Stock of the Corporation. Dividends on shares of Serial
Preference Stock of any series which bears cumulative dividends shall accumulate
from and after the day on which such shares are issued, but arrearages in the
payment of dividends on any shares of Serial Preference Stock shall not bear
interest. No dividend shall be declared and set apart for payment on any series
of Serial Preference Stock in respect of any dividend period unless there shall
likewise be declared and set apart for payment on all shares of Serial
Preference Stock of each series at the time outstanding such dividends as would
be payable on the said shares through the last preceding dividend date if all
dividends were declared and paid in full. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire at
any time any shares of its capital stock; provided that no shares of capital
stock shall be repurchased at any time when accrued dividends on any series of
Serial Preference Stock which bears cumulative dividends remain unpaid for any
period to any including the last preceding dividend date.
For purposes of these Articles of Organization, and of any vote fixing
the terms of any series of Serial Preference Stock the amount of dividends
"accrued" on any share of Serial Preference Stock of any series as at any
dividend date which bears cumulative dividends shall be
2C
<PAGE>
deemed to be the amount of any unpaid dividends accumulated thereon to and
including such dividend date, whether or not earned or declared, and the amount
of dividends "accrued" on any such share of Serial Preference Stock of any
series which bears cumulative dividends as at any date other than a dividend
date shall be calculated as the amount of any unpaid dividends accumulated
thereon to and including the last preceding dividend date, whether or not earned
or declared, plus an amount computed, on the basis of 360 days per annum, for
the period after such last preceding dividend date to and including the date as
of which the calculation is made at the annual dividend rate fixed for the
shares of such series.
4. Preference Upon Dissolution. Upon the dissolution of, or upon
---------------------------
any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation, before any payment or
distribution of the assets of the Corporation (whether capital or surplus) shall
be made to or set apart for any other class of stock, the holders of Serial
Preference Stock shall be entitled to payment of the amount of the preference
payable upon such dissolution of, or distribution of the assets of, the
Corporation fixed by the Board of Directors for the respective series as
provided in subsection 2(d), and shall be entitled to no further payment. If
upon any such dissolution or distribution the assets of the Corporation shall be
insufficient to pay in full to the holders of the Serial Preference Stock the
preferential amount aforesaid, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall
be distributed among the holders of each series of Serial Preference Stock
ratably in accordance with the sums which would be payable on such distribution
if all sums payable were discharged in full. The voluntary sale, conveyance,
exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other
consideration) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the
Corporation, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with any
other Corporation, or the merger of any other corporation into it, shall not be
deemed to be a dissolution of, or a distribution of the assets of, the
Corporation, for the purpose of this Section 4.
2D
<PAGE>
5. Redemption. In the event that and during the period in which the
----------
Serial Preference Stock of any series shall be redeemable, then, at the option
of the Board of Directors, the Corporation from time to time may redeem all or
any part of the outstanding shares of such series at the redemption price and
upon the terms and conditions fixed by the Board of Directors as provided in
subsection 2(c) (the sum so payable upon any redemption of Serial Preference
Stock being herein referred to as the "redemption price"); provided, that not
less than 30 days previous to the date fixed for redemption notice of the time
and place thereof shall be mailed to each holder of record of the shares so to
be redeemed at his address as shown by the records of the Corporation; and
provided, further, that in case of redemption of less than all of the
outstanding shares of any series of Serial Preference Stock the shares to be
redeemed shall be chosen by lot or in such equitable manner as may be prescribed
by the Board of Directors. At any time after notice of redemption shall have
been mailed as above provided but before the redemption date, the Corporation
may deposit the aggregate redemption price in trust with a bank or trust company
in New York, New York, Boston, Massachusetts, or any other city in which the
Corporation shall at that time maintain a transfer agency with respect to any
class of its stock, having capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least
$5,000,000, and named in such notice. Upon the making of such deposit, or if no
such deposit is made then upon such redemption date (unless the Corporation
shall default in making payment of the redemption price), holders of the shares
of Serial Preference Stock called for redemption shall cease to be stockholders
with respect to such shares notwithstanding that any certificate for such shares
shall not have been surrendered; and thereafter such shares shall no longer be
transferable on the books of the Corporation and such holders shall have no
interest in or claim against the Corporation with respect to said shares, except
the right (a) to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender of their
-
certificates, or (b) to exercise on or before the date fixed for redemption the
-
rights, if any, not
2E
<PAGE>
theretofore expiring, to convert the shares so called for redemption into, or to
exchange such shares for, shares of stock of any other class or classes of stock
of the Corporation. Any funds deposited in trust as aforesaid which shall not be
required for such redemption, because of the exercise of any right of conversion
subsequent to the date of such deposit or otherwise, shall be returned to the
Corporation forthwith. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive from any
such bank or trust company the interest, if any, allowed on any moneys deposited
pursuant to this Section, and the holders of any shares so redeemed shall have
no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited by the Corporation and
unclaimed at the end of five years from the date fixed for such redemption shall
be repaid to the Corporation upon its request, after which repayment the holders
of such shares who shall not have made claim against such moneys prior to such
repayment shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation, but only
for a period of two years from the date of such repayment (after which all
rights of the holders of such shares as unsecured creditors or otherwise shall
cease), for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as above stated for the
redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no
event be entitled to any interest.
In order to facilitate the redemption of any shares of Serial
Preference Stock, the Board of Directors is authorized to cause the transfer
books of the Corporation to be closed as to the shares to be redeemed.
6. Retirement. Any shares of Serial Preference Stock which shall at
----------
any time have been redeemed, or which shall at any time have been surrendered
for conversion or exchange or for cancellation pursuant to any retirement or
sinking fund provisions with respect to any series of Serial Preference Stock,
shall be retired and shall thereafter have the status of authorized and unissued
shares of Serial Preference Stock undesignated as to series.
2F
<PAGE>
COMMON STOCK
------------
1. Issuance. The Common Stock may be issued from time to time by
--------
authority of the Board of Directors for such consideration as from time to time
may be fixed by vote of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such
stock.
2. Dividends. Holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive
---------
dividends when and as declared by the Board of Directors but only out of funds
legally available for the payment thereof and not until all accrued dividends on
all series of Serial Preference Stock which bear cumulative dividends shall have
been declared and set apart for payment through the last preceding dividend date
set for all such series.
3. Preference to Serial Preference Stock Upon Dissolution. Upon the
------------------------------------------------------
dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the corporation, the
assets, or the proceeds thereof, which are available for distribution to
stockholders shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Stock
after payment to the holders of each series of Serial Preference Stock of the
amount of the preference payable upon such dissolution of, or distribution of
the assets of, the Corporation.
4. Voting Rights. The Common Stock shall have exclusive voting
-------------
rights except as otherwise required by law and except to the extent the Board of
Directors may, at the time any series of Serial Preference Stock is established,
determine that the shares of such series shall have exclusive voting rights or
shall vote together as a single class with shares of Common Stock and/or with
shares of one or more other series of Serial Preference Stock on all or certain
matters. Each share of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote.
2G
<PAGE>
Article VI
----------
POWERS OF THE CORPORATION, DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS
-----------------------------------------------------
The following provisions are inserted for the management of the
business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation and for the
purpose of creating, defining, limiting and regulating the powers of the
Corporation and its Directors (as defined below) and stockholders:
1. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed and may
be altered from time to time in the manner provided in the By-Laws, and
vacancies in the Board of Directors and newly created directorships resulting
from any increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled, and
Directors may be removed, as provided in the By-Laws.
2. The election of Directors may be conducted in any manner approved
by the stockholders at the time when the election is held and need not be by
ballot.
3. All corporate powers and authority of the Corporation (except as
at the time otherwise provided by law, by these Articles of Organization or by
the By-Laws) shall be vested in and exercised by the Board of Directors.
4. No Director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her
fiduciary duty as a Director, provided that nothing contained in these Articles
--------
of Organization shall eliminate or limit the liability of a Director (i) for any
-
breach of the Director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders,
(ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional
--
misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 61 or 62 of
---
the Business Corporation Law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the
2H
<PAGE>
"MBCL"), or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper
--
personal benefit.
No amendment to or repeal of this Article shall apply to or have any
effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Director of the Corporation
for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such Director occurring prior to
such amendment or repeal.
The provisions of this Article shall not eliminate or limit the
liability of a Director of the Corporation for any act or omission occurring
prior to the date on which this Article became effective.
If the MBCL is subsequently amended to eliminate or further limit the
personal liability of Directors or to authorize corporate action to eliminate or
further limit such liability, then the liability of the Directors of the
Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
the MBCL as so amended.
5. The By-Laws of this Corporation may provide that the Directors
may make, amend or repeal the By-Laws in whole or in part, except with respect
to any provision thereof which by law, the Articles of Organization or the By-
Laws requires action by the stockholders.
INDEMNIFICATION
---------------
1. Definitions. For purposes of these Articles:
-----------
(a) A "Director" or "Officer" means any person serving as a director
of the Corporation or in any other office filled by appointment or election by
the Directors or the stockholders and also includes (i) a Director or Officer of
-
the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director,
officer, employee, trustee, partner or other agent of another organization or
who serves at its request in any capacity with respect to any employee benefit
plan,
2I
<PAGE>
and (ii) any person who formerly served as a Director or Officer;
--
(b) "Expenses" means (i) all expenses (including attorneys' fees and
-
disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred in connection with a Proceeding,
in being a witness in a Proceeding, or in successfully seeking indemnification
under these Articles, and (ii) any judgments, awards, fines or penalties paid by
--
a Director or Officer in connection with a Proceeding or amounts paid in
settlement of a Proceeding, including any taxes or penalties imposed on such
Director or Officer with respect to any employee benefit plan under applicable
law; and
(c) A "Proceeding" means any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
and any claim which could be the subject of a Proceeding.
2. Rights to Indemnification. Except as limited by law, the
-------------------------
Corporation shall indemnify its Directors and Officers against all Expenses
incurred by them in connection with any Proceeding resulting from their serving
as an Officer or Director, except that no indemnification shall be provided
regarding any matter as to which it shall be adjudicated that such Director or
Officer did not act in good faith and in the reasonable belief that his or her
action was in the best interests of the Corporation (the "Standard"); for
purposes of this Section 2 in connection with service to an employee benefit
plan, no Director or Officer shall be deemed to have failed to have acted in
accordance with the Standard if he or she acted in good faith in the reasonable
belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the participants or
beneficiaries of said plan; and provided that as to any matter disposed of by a
compromise payment by the Director or Officer seeking indemnification hereunder,
pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification shall be provided
unless such compromise shall be approved (i) by a majority vote of the Directors
-
who were not parties to such Proceeding, or
2J
<PAGE>
(ii) by legal counsel (who may be the counsel regularly employed by the
--
Corporation) in a written opinion to the effect that such Director's or
Officer's actions were not contrary to the Standard or (iii) by vote of a
---
majority of stockholders present in person or by proxy at a meeting at which a
quorum is present.
The Board of Directors may, by general vote pertaining to a specific
employee or agent or class thereof, authorize indemnification of the
Corporation's employees and agents to whatever extent it may determine, which
may be in the same manner and to the same extent provided above.
3. Advance Payments. Except as limited by law, expenses of a
----------------
Director or Officer shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final
determination of a Proceeding, no later than 45 days after the written request
therefor by said Director or Officer, unless it is determined (i) by a majority
-
vote of a quorum consisting of the Directors who were not parties to such
Proceeding, or (ii) by legal counsel (who may be the counsel regularly employed
--
by the Corporation) in a written opinion, to the effect that such Director or
Officer did not act in accordance with the Standard; provided, however, that
such advance shall only be made upon receipt of an undertaking by the Director
or Officer to repay the advances if it is ultimately determined that he or she
is not eligible to be indemnified, which undertaking may be unsecured and
accepted without regard to the financial ability of such Director or Officer to
make repayment.
4. Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and
---------
maintain insurance on behalf of any Director or Officer against any liability or
cost incurred by him or her as a Director or Officer or arising out of such
status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such
Director or Officer against such liability or cost.
2K
<PAGE>
5. Other Rights and Remedies. The provisions of these Articles
-------------------------
shall not be construed to limit the power of the Corporation to indemnify its
Officers or Directors to the full extent permitted by law or to enter into
specific agreements, commitments or arrangements for indemnification permitted
by law.
The indemnification provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of
the heirs and personal representative of a Director or Officer.
All rights to indemnification under these Articles shall be deemed to
be in the nature of a contractual obligation of the Corporation bargained for by
each Director and Officer who serves in such capacity at any time while these
Articles or other relevant provisions of the MBCL and other applicable law, if
any, are in effect. No repeal or modification of these Articles shall adversely
affect any such rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of
facts then or theretofore existing or any Proceeding theretofore or thereafter
brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.
In the event that the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
hereafter shall be amended, the effect of which is to modify, change, expand or
contract the right or ability of a Massachusetts corporation to provide
indemnification to any or all of its Officers or Directors, the Board of
Directors of the Corporation shall be authorized to amend the By-Laws of the
Corporation to insert therein an indemnification provision not inconsistent with
the statutory law of Massachusetts then in effect and any such By-Law provision
shall not be invalid or unenforceable by reason of the fact that it is
inconsistent with the provisions of these Articles.
TRANSACTIONS WITH INTERESTED PERSONS
------------------------------------
1. In the absence of bad faith, no contract or transaction by this
Corporation shall be void, voidable or
2L
<PAGE>
in any way invalid by reason of the fact that it is with an Interested Person.
2. For this purpose, Interested Person shall mean an officer,
director, stockholder or employee of the Corporation, any person in any other
way interested in the Corporation, and a corporation or organization in which an
officer, director, stockholder or employee of this Corporation is an officer,
director, stockholder or employee or in any way interested.
3. In the absence of bad faith, no Interested Person shall be liable
because of his interest in this Corporation to the Corporation or any other
Interested Person for any loss or expense incurred by reason of such contract or
transaction or be accountable for any gain or profit realized from such contract
or transaction.
4. The provisions of this Article shall be operative notwithstanding
the fact that the presence of an Interested Person was necessary to constitute a
quorum at a meeting of Directors or stockholders of the Corporation at which
such contract or transaction was authorized or that the vote of an Interested
Person was necessary for the authorization of such contract or transaction.
The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision
contained in these Articles of Organization in the manner now or hereafter
prescribed by the law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and all rights herein
conferred upon stockholders or Directors are granted subject to this
reservation.
2M
<PAGE>
ARTICLE VII
The effective date of organization of this corporation shall be the date
approved and filed by the Secretary of the Commonwealth. If a later effective
date is desired, specify such date which shall not be more than thirty days
after the date of filing.
The information continued in ARTICLE VIII is NOT a PERMANENT part of the
Articles of Organization and may be changed ONLY by filing the appropriate form
provided therefor.
ARTICLE VIII
a. The street address of the corporation IN MASSACHUSETTS is:(post office boxes
are not acceptable)
3 New England Executive Park, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803
b. The name, residence and post office address (if different) of the directors
and officers of the corporation as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME RESIDENCE POST OFFICE ADDRESS
<S> <C> <C> <C>
President:
Treasurer:
Clerk:
Director:
</TABLE>
c. The fiscal year (i.e., tax year) of the corporation shall end on the last day
of the month of: March
d. The name and BUSINESS address of the RESIDENT AGENT of the corporation, if
any, is:
ARTICLE IX
By-laws of the corporation have been duly adopted and the president, treasurer,
clerk and directors whose names are set forth above, have been duly elected.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF and under the gains and penalties of perjury, I/WE, whose
signature(s) appear below as incorporator(s) and whose names and business or
residential address(es) ARE CLEARLY TYPED OR PRINTED beneath each signature do
hereby associate with the intention of forming this corporation under the
provisions of General Laws Chapter 1568 and do hereby sign these Articles of
Organization as incorporator(s)
this day of 19 .
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: If any already existing corporation is acting as incorporator, type in the
exact name of the corporation, the state or other jurisdictions where it was
incorporated, the name of the persons signing on behalf of said corporation and
the title he/she holds or other authority by which such action is taken.
3
<PAGE>
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
GENERAL LAWS, CHAPTER 156B, SECTION 12
==============================================
I hereby certify that, upon an examination of these articles of
organization, duly submitted to me, it appears that the provisions of the
General Laws relative to the organization of corporations have been complied
with, and I hereby approve said articles; and the filing fee in the amount of
$ having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me
this day of 19 .
Effective date
MICHAEL J. CONNOLLY
Secretary of State
FILING FEE: 1/10 of 1% of the total amount of the authorized capital stock, but
not less than $200.00. For the purpose of filing, shares of stock with a par
value less than one dollar or no par stock shall be deemed to have a par value
of one dollar per share.
PHOTOCOPY OF ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION TO BE SENT
------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
Appendix D
MASSACHUSETTS APPRAISAL STATUTE
Chapter 156B of the General Laws of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
(S) 85. Dissenting stockholder; right to demand payment for stock; exception
A stockholder in any corporation organized under the laws of Massachusetts
which shall have duly voted to consolidate or merge with another corporation or
corporations under the provisions of sections seventy-eight or seventy-nine who
objects to such consolidation or merger may demand payment for his stock from
the resulting or surviving corporation and an appraisal in accordance with the
provisions of sections eighty-six to ninety-eight, inclusive, and such
stockholder and the resulting or surviving corporation shall have the rights and
duties and follow the procedure set forth in those sections. This section shall
not apply to the holders of any shares of stock of a constituent corporation
surviving a merger if, as permitted by subsection (c) of section seventy-eight,
the merger did not require for its approval a vote of the stockholders of the
surviving corporation.
(S) 86. Selections applicable to appraisal; prerequisites
If a corporation proposes to take a corporate action as to which any
section of this chapter provides that a stockholder who objects to such action
shall have the right to demand payment for his shares and an appraisal thereof,
sections eighty-seven to ninety-eight, inclusive, shall apply except as
otherwise specifically provided in any section of this chapter. Except as
provided in sections eighty-two and eighty-three, no stockholder shall have such
right unless (1) he files with the corporation before the taking of the vote of
the shareholders on such corporate action, written objection to the proposed
action stating that he intends to demand payment for his shares if the action is
taken and (2) his shares are not voted in favor of the proposed action.
(S) 87. Statement of rights of objecting stockholders in notice of meeting;
form
The notice of the meeting of stockholders at which the approval of such
proposed action is to be considered shall contain a statement of the rights of
objecting stockholders. The giving of such notice shall not be deemed to create
any rights in any stockholder receiving the same to demand payment for his
stock, and the directors may authorize the inclusion in any such notice of a
statement of opinion by the management as to the existence or non-existence of
the right of the stockholders to demand payment for their stock on account of
the proposed corporate action. The notice may be in such form as the directors
or officers calling the meeting deem advisable, but the following form of notice
shall be sufficient to comply with this section:
"If the action proposed is approved by the stockholders at the meeting and
effected by the corporation, any stockholder (1) who files with the corporation
before the taking of the vote on the approval of such action, written objection
to the proposed action stating that he intends to demand payment for his shares
if the action is taken and (2) whose shares are not voted in favor of such
action has or may have the right to demand in writing from the corporation (or,
in the case of a consolidation or merger, the name of the resulting or surviving
corporation shall be inserted), within twenty days
D-1
<PAGE>
after the date of mailing to him of notice in writing that the corporate action
has become effective, payment for his shares and an appraisal of the value
thereof. Such corporation and any such stockholder shall in such cases have the
rights and duties and shall follow the procedure set forth in sections 88 to 98,
inclusive, of chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts."
(S) 88. Notice of effectiveness of action objected to
The corporation taking such action, or in the case of a merger or
consolidation the surviving or resulting corporation, shall, within ten days
after the date on which such corporate action became effective, notify each
stockholder who filed a written objection meeting the requirements of section
eighty-six and whose shares were not voted in favor of the approval of such
action, that the action approved at the meeting of the corporation of which he
is a stockholder has become effective. The giving of such notice shall not be
deemed to create any rights in any stockholder receiving the same to demand
payment for his stock. The notice shall be sent by registered or certified
mail, addressed to the stockholder at his last known address as it appears in
the records of the corporation.
(S) 89. Demand for payment; time for payment
If within twenty days after the date of mailing of a notice under
subsection (e) of section eighty-two, subsection (f) of section eighty-three, or
section eighty-eight, any stockholder to whom the corporation was required to
give such notice shall demand in writing from the corporation taking such
action, or in the case of a consolidation or merger from the resulting or
surviving corporation, payment for his stock, the corporation upon which such
demand is made shall pay to him the fair value of his stock within thirty days
after the expiration of the period during which such demand may be made.
(S) 90. Demand for determination of value; bill in equity; venue
If during the period of thirty days provided for in section eighty-nine the
corporation upon which such demand is made and any such objecting stockholder
fail to agree as to the value of such stock, such corporation or any such
stockholder may within four months after the expiration of such thirty-day
period demand a determination of the value of the stock of all such objecting
stockholders by a bill in equity filed in the superior court in the county where
the corporation in which such objecting stockholder held stock had or has its
principal office in the commonwealth.
(S) 91. Parties to suit to determine value; service
If the bill is filed by the corporation, it shall name as parties
respondent all stockholders who have demanded payment for their shares and with
whom the corporation has not reached agreement as to the value thereof. If the
bill if filed by a stockholder, he shall bring the bill in his own behalf and in
behalf of all other stockholders who have demanded payment for their shares and
with whom the corporation has not reached agreement as to the value thereof, and
service of the bill shall be made upon the corporation by subpoena with a copy
of the bill annexed. The corporation shall file with its answer a duly verified
list of all such other stockholders, and such stockholders shall thereupon be
deemed to have been added as parties to the bill. The corporation shall give
notice in such form and returnable on such date as the court shall order to each
stockholder party to the bill by registered or certified mail, addressed to the
last known address of such stockholder as shown in the records of the
corporation, and the court may order such additional notice by publication or
otherwise as it deems
-2-
<PAGE>
advisable. Each stockholder who makes demand as provided in section eighty-nine
shall be deemed to have consented to the provisions of this section relating to
notice, and the giving of notice by the corporation to any such stockholder in
compliance with the order of the court shall be a sufficient service of process
on him. Failure to give notice to any stockholder making demand shall not
invalidate the proceedings as to other stockholders to whom notice was properly
given, and the court may at any time before the entry of a final decree make
supplementary orders of notice.
(S) 92. Decree determining value and ordering payment; valuation date
After hearing the court shall enter a decree determining the fair value of
the stock of those stockholders who have become entitled to the valuation of and
payment for their shares, and shall order the corporation to make payment of
such value, together with interest, if any, as hereinafter provided, to the
stockholders entitled thereto upon the transfer by them to the corporation of
the certificates representing such stock if certificated or, if uncertificated,
upon receipt of an instruction transferring such stock to the corporation. For
this purpose, the value of the shares shall be determined as of the day
preceding the date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action and shall
be exclusive of any element of value arising from the expectation or
accomplishment of the proposed corporate action.
(S) 93. Reference to special master
The court in its discretion may refer the bill or any question arising
thereunder to a special master to hear the parties, make findings and report the
same to the court, all in accordance with the usual practice in suits in equity
in the superior court.
(S) 94. Notation on stock certificates of pendency of bill
On motion the court may order stockholder parties to the bill to submit
their certificates of stock to the corporation for the notation thereon of the
pendency of the bill and may order the corporation to note such pendency in its
records with respect to any uncertificated shares held by such stockholder
parties, and may on motion dismiss the bill as to any stockholder who fails to
comply with such order.
(S) 95. Costs; interest
The costs of the bill, including the reasonable compensation and expenses
of any master appointed by the court, but exclusive of fees of counsel or of
experts retained by any party, shall be determined by the court and taxed upon
the parties to the bill, or any of them, in such manner as appears to be
equitable, except that all costs of giving notice to stockholders as provided in
this chapter shall be paid by the corporation. Interest shall be paid upon any
award from the date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action, and the
court may on application of any interested party determine the amount of
interest to be paid in the case of any stockholder.
(S) 96. Dividends and voting rights after demand for payment
Any stockholder who has demanded payment for his stock as provided in this
chapter shall not thereafter be entitled to notice of any meeting of
stockholders or to vote such stock for any purpose and shall not be entitled to
the payment of dividends or other distribution on the stock (except dividends or
-3-
<PAGE>
other distributions payable to stockholders of record at a date which is prior
to the date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action) unless:
(1) A bill shall not be filed within the time provided in section ninety;
(2) A bill, if filed, shall be dismissed as to such stockholder; or
(3) Such stockholder shall with the written approval of the corporation,
or in the case of a consolidation or merger, the resulting or surviving
corporation, deliver to it a written withdrawal of his objections to and an
acceptance of such corporate action.
Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses (1) to (3), inclusive, said
stockholder shall have only the rights of a stockholder who did not so demand
payment for his stock as provided in this chapter.
(S) 97. Status of shares paid for
The shares of the corporation paid for by the corporation pursuant to the
provisions of this chapter shall have the status of treasury stock, or in the
case of a consolidation or merger the shares or the securities of the resulting
or surviving corporation into which the shares of such objecting stockholder
would have been converted had he not objected to such consolidation or merger
shall have the status of treasury stock or securities.
(S) 98. Exclusive remedy; exception
The enforcement by a stockholder of his right to receive payment for his
shares in the manner provided in this chapter shall be an exclusive remedy
except that this chapter shall not exclude the right of such stockholder to
bring or maintain an appropriate proceeding to obtain relief on the ground that
such corporate action will be or is illegal or fraudulent as to him.
-4-
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Section 67 of the MBCL provides that a corporation may indemnify its
directors, officers, employees or other agents to the extent specified in the
articles of organization, by-laws, or by a majority vote of the Stockholders.
Except as the articles of organization or by-laws otherwise require and except
as relating to the directors themselves, the corporation may provide
indemnification to the extent authorized by the directors. Such
indemnification may include payment by the corporation of expenses incurred in
defending a civil or criminal action or proceeding in advance of the final
disposition of such action or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by
the person indemnified to repay such payment if he shall be adjudicated to be
not entitled to indemnification. The MBCL bars indemnification for any person
with respect to any matter as to which he or she has been adjudicated in any
proceeding not to have acted in good faith and in the reasonable belief that
his or her action was in the best interest of the corporation. Section 67
grants to corporations the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf
of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of
the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee, or other agent of another organization against
any liability incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of
his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power
to indemnify him or her against such liability.
Article 6(b) of the Company's Restated Articles of Organization provides
indemnification for the Company's directors and officers against all expenses
incurred by them in connection with any proceeding resulting from their
service in such capacities, except that no indemnification shall be provided
regarding any matter in which a director or officer has been adjudicated not
to have acted in good faith and in the reasonable belief that his or her
action was in the best interests of the Company. The Restated Articles of
Organization direct the Company to pay the expenses of a director or officer
in advance of a final determination of a proceeding, unless it is determined
by (i) a majority vote of a quorum consisting of the directors who were not
parties to such proceeding or (ii) by legal counsel in a written opinion, that
the director or officer in question did not act in good faith and in the
reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the
Company.
Article 6(e) of the Company's Restated Articles of Organization eliminates
the personal liability of the directors to the Company or its Stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as directors, with certain
exceptions.
See Item 22 below.
II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(A) EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
----------- -----------
<C> <S>
2 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 20, 1997 by and
between MergerCo and Registrant (included as Appendix A to the
Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed as part of this Registration
Statement).
3.1 Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Organization of
Registrant to become effective in connection with the Merger
(included as Appendix C to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed as
part of this Registration Statement).
3.2 By-Laws of Registrant*
5 Opinion of Ropes & Gray.
8 Tax Opinion of Ropes & Gray
10.1 Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with John F.
Reno.
10.2 Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Allan M.
Kline.
10.3 Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with John R.
Peeler.
10.4 Form of Letter Agreement with John A. Mixon and Certain Other
Officers.
10.5 Form of Management Equity Agreement with Mr. Reno
10.6 Form of Management Equity Agreement with Messrs. Kline and Peeler
10.7 Form of Management Equity Agreement with Mr. Mixon and Certain
Other Officers.
10.8 Form of Nondisclosure, Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation
Agreement.
21 Schedule of Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
23.2 Consent of Ropes & Gray (included in Exhibits 5 and 8).
24 Power of Attorney.*
99.1 Fairness opinion of Merrill Lynch (included as Appendix B to the
Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed as part of this Registration
Statement).
99.2 Consent of Merrill Lynch.
99.3 Form of Proxy Card for Special Meeting of Stockholders.
99.4 Consent of Credit Suisse First Boston.
99.5 Form of Letter of Transmittal to be used in connection with the
Merger.
99.6 Consent of Bromberg & Sunstein LLP.
99.7 Opinion of Bromberg & Sunstein LLP.
</TABLE>
- --------
*Previously filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
Schedules other than those listed above have been omitted because they are
either not required or not applicable or because the required information has
been included elsewhere in the financial statements or notes thereto.
(C) FAIRNESS OPINION
The Fairness opinion of Merrill Lynch with respect to the Merger is set
forth as Appendix B to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus forming a part of this
Registration Statement.
II-2
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any
public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a
prospectus which is a party of this registration statement by any person or
party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c),
the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the
information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to
reofferings by persons who may be deemed to be underwriters, in addition to
the information called for by the other Items of the applicable form.
The Registrant undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant
to the immediately preceding undertaking or (ii) that purports to meet the
requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an
offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as part of an
amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such
amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability
under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the
Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act (and where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's
annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is
incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be
a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-3
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement through
the date of responding to the request.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-
effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company
being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in
the Registration Statement when it became effective.
II-4
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE
REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY
THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF BURLINGTON,
MASSACHUSETTS AS OF APRIL 29, 1998.
/s/ John F. Reno
By: _________________________________
John F. Reno
Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS AMENDMENT
NO. 3 HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND AS OF THE
DATE INDICATED.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
SIGNATURE CAPACITY IN WHICH DATE
SIGNED
/s/ John F. Reno Chairman, President
- ------------------------------------- and Chief Executive April 29, 1998
JOHN F. RENO Officer (Principal
Executive Officer)
* Corporate Vice
- ------------------------------------- President, Chief April 29, 1998
ALLAN M. KLINE Financial Officer
and Treasurer
(Principal
Financial Officer)
* Corporate Vice
- ------------------------------------- President and April 29, 1998
ROBERT W. WOODBURY, JR. Corporate
Controller
(Principal
Accounting Officer)
* Director
- ------------------------------------- April 29, 1998
L. DENNIS KOZLOWSKI
* Director
- ------------------------------------- April 29, 1998
PETER VAN CUYLENBURG
* Director
- ------------------------------------- April 29, 1998
ROBERT G. PAUL
II-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
SIGNATURE CAPACITY IN WHICH
SIGNED DATE
* Director April 29, 1998
- -------------------------------------
O. GENE GABBARD
* Director April 29, 1998
- -------------------------------------
RICHARD K. LOCHRIDGE
* Director April 29, 1998
- -------------------------------------
WILLIAM R. COOK
/s/ John F. Reno April 29, 1998
- -------------------------------------
JOHN F. RENO
ATTORNEY IN FACT
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
----------- -----------
<C> <S>
2 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 20, 1997 by and
between MergerCo and Registrant (included as Appendix A to the
Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed as part of this Registration
Statement).
3.1 Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Organization of
Registrant to become effective in connection with the Merger
(included as Appendix C to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed as
part of this Registration Statement).
3.2 By-Laws of Registrant*
5 Opinion of Ropes & Gray
8 Tax Opinion of Ropes & Gray
10.1 Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with John F.
Reno
10.2 Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Allan M.
Kline
10.3 Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with John R.
Peeler
10.4 Form of Letter Agreement with John A. Mixon and Certain Other
Officers.
10.5 Form of Management Equity Agreement with Mr. Reno
10.6 Form of Management Equity Agreement with Messrs. Kline and Peeler
10.7 Form of Management Equity Agreement with Mr. Mixon and Certain
Other Officers.
10.8 Form of Nondisclosure, Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation
Agreement.
21 Schedule of Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
23.2 Consent of Ropes & Gray (included in Exhibits 5 and 8).
24 Power of Attorney.*
99.1 Fairness opinion of Merrill Lynch (included as Appendix B to the
Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed as part of this Registration
Statement).
99.2 Consent of Merrill Lynch.
99.3 Form of Proxy Card for Special Meeting of Stockholders.
99.4 Consent of Credit Suisse First Boston.
99.5 Form of Letter of Transmittal to be used in connection with the
Merger.
99.6 Consent of Bromberg & Sunstein LLP.
99.7 Opinion of Bromberg & Sunstein LLP.
</TABLE>
- --------
*Previously filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 5
LETTERHEAD OF ROPES & GRAY
May , 1998
Dynatech Corporation
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, MA 01803
Re: Shares of Recapitalized Common Stock,
no par value, of Dynatech Corporation
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Dynatech Corporation, a Massachusetts
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the issuance by the Company of
9,193,600 shares (the "Shares") of its common stock, no par value per share
pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 20, 1997 between
the Company and CDRD Merger Corporation (the "Merger Agreement"). This opinion
is furnished to you in connection with the registration statement/proxy
statement of the Company on Form S-4 (No. 333-44933), as amended, and all
exhibits thereto (the "Registration Statement"), all as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Act"). For purposes of this opinion, we have
examined and relied upon such documents, records, certificates and other
instruments as we have deemed necessary.
We express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than those of
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, upon
the issuance of the Shares by the Company in accordance with the terms of the
Merger Agreement, such Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully
paid and nonassessable.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the
Registration Statement at each place in which it appears.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Ropes & Gray
Ropes & Gray
<PAGE>
[ROPES & GRAY LETTERHEAD]
EXHIBIT 8
April 29, 1998
Dynatech Corporation
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803
Ladies & Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Dynatech Corporation ("Dynatech") in connection
with the contemplated merger (the "Merger") of CDRD Merger Corporation into
Dynatech.
The discussion under the caption "Material Federal Income Tax Consequences"
in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") being
filed by Dynatech with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with
the Merger is our opinion.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 8 to the
Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Registration Statement
and in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus included therein.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Ropes & Gray
Ropes & Gray
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of
this __ day of April, 1998 by and between Dynatech Corporation, a Massachusetts
corporation ("Employer"), and John F. Reno ("Executive").
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed by Employer as its Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer;
WHEREAS, pursuant and subject to the terms of the Agreement and Plan
of Merger, dated as of December 20, 1997 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and
between Employer and CDRD Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation
("MergerCo"), Employer will be merged with and into MergerCo (the "Merger") and
Employer will be the surviving corporation to the Merger;
WHEREAS, Executive and Employer are currently parties to a Special
Termination Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1995 (the "Prior Agreement"),
pursuant to which Executive is entitled to certain severance compensation and
benefits in the event of certain terminations of his employment following a
"change in control" (as defined in the Prior Agreement);
WHEREAS, Employer wishes to secure the continued services of Executive
following the consummation of the Merger and Executive desires to accept such
continued employment, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth
herein;
WHEREAS, Executive and Employer entered into an Employment Agreement,
dated December 20, 1997 (the "Employment Agreement") to set forth the terms and
conditions of Executive's employment with Employer following the Merger;
WHEREAS, Employer and Executive wish to amend and restate the
Employment Agreement in its entirety, as set forth herein (as so amended and
restated, the "Amended Agreement");
WHEREAS, Employer and Executive acknowledge and agree that Executive
has had and will continue to have a prominent role in the management of the
business, and the development of the goodwill, of Employer and its Affiliates
(as defined below) and has established and developed and will continue to
establish and develop
<PAGE>
relations and contacts with the principal customers and suppliers of Employer
and its Affiliates in the United States, Europe, the Pacific Rim and the rest of
the world, all of which constitute valuable goodwill of, and could be used by
Executive to compete unfairly with, Employer and its Affiliates;
WHEREAS, (i) in the course of his employment with Employer, Executive
-
has obtained and will continue to obtain confidential and proprietary
information and trade secrets concerning the business and operations of Employer
and its Affiliates in the United States, Europe, the Pacific Rim and the rest of
the world that could be used to compete unfairly with Employer and its
Affiliates; (ii) the covenants and restrictions contained in Sections 8 through
--
13, inclusive, are intended to protect the legitimate interests of Employer and
its Affiliates in their respective goodwill, trade secrets and other
confidential and proprietary information; and (iii) Executive desires to be
---
bound by such covenants and restrictions;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and promises contained herein and for other good and valuable
consideration, Employer and Executive hereby agree to amend and restate the
Employment Agreement as follows:
1. Agreement to Continue Employment; Obligations subject to Merger.
---------------------------------------------------------------
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Amended Agreement, Employer
hereby continues the employment of Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such
continued employment by Employer. Executive and Employer each hereby
acknowledge and agree that their respective rights and obligations hereunder are
subject to the consummation of the Merger and the Prior Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect until the consummation of the Merger.
2. Term; Position and Responsibilities.
-----------------------------------
(a) Term of Employment. Unless Executive's employment shall sooner
------------------
terminate pursuant to Section 7, subject to the consummation of the Merger,
Employer shall employ Executive for a term commencing on the date of the
consummation of the Merger (the "Commencement Date") and ending on the fifth
anniversary of the Commencement Date (the "Initial Term"). Effective upon the
expiration of the Initial Term and of each Additional Term (as defined below),
Executive's employment hereunder shall be deemed to be automatically extended,
upon the same terms and conditions, for an additional period of one year (each,
an "Additional Term"), in each such case, commencing upon the expiration of the
Initial Term or the then current Additional Term, as the case may be, unless
Employer, at least 60 days prior to the expir ation of the Initial Term or such
Additional Term, shall give written notice
2
<PAGE>
(a "Non-Extension Notice") to Executive of its intention not to extend the
Employment Period (as defined below) hereunder, provided that a Non-Extension
--------
Notice shall not constitute a notice to Executive of the termination of his
employment by Employer unless such notice specifically provides for such
termination of employment and the specific date thereof. The period during which
Executive is employed pursuant to this Amended Agreement, including any
extension thereof in accordance with the preceding sentence, shall be referred
to as the "Employment Period".
(b) Position and Responsibilities. During the Employment Period,
-----------------------------
Executive shall serve as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
Employer and have such duties and responsibilities as are customarily assigned
to individuals serving in such position and such other duties consistent with
Executive's title and position as the Board of Directors of Employer (the
"Board") specifies from time to time. Executive shall devote all of his skill,
knowledge and working time (except for (i) vacation time as set forth in Section
-
6(c) and absence for sickness or similar disability and (ii) to the extent that
--
it does not interfere with the performance of Executive's duties hereunder, (A)
-
such reasonable time as may be devoted to service on boards of directors of
other corporations and entities, subject to the provisions of Section 9, and the
fulfillment of civic responsibilities and (B) such reasonable time as may be
-
necessary from time to time for personal financial matters) to the conscientious
performance of the duties and responsibilities of such position. During the
Employment Period, Employer shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause
Executive to be nominated and elected to serve as a member of the Board of
Directors, without additional compensation.
3. Base Salary. As compensation for the services to be performed by
-----------
Executive during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive a base
salary at an annualized rate of $500,000, payable in installments on Employer's
regular payroll dates. The Board shall review Executive's base salary annually
during the period of his employment hereunder and, in its sole discretion, the
Board may increase (but may not decrease) such base salary from time to time
based upon the performance of Executive, the financial condition of Employer,
prevailing industry salary levels and such other factors as the Board shall
consider relevant. (The annual base salary payable to Executive under this
Section 3, as the same may be increased from time to time and without regard to
any reduction therefrom in accordance with the next sentence, shall hereinafter
be referred to as the "Base Salary".) The Base Salary payable under this Sec
tion 3 shall be reduced to the extent that Executive elects to defer such Base
Salary under the terms of any deferred compensation, savings plan or other
voluntary deferral arrange ment that may be maintained or established by
Employer.
3
<PAGE>
4. Incentive Compensation Arrangements.
-----------------------------------
(a) Annual Incentive Compensation. During the Employment Period,
-----------------------------
Employer shall maintain an annual incentive compensation program for its senior
executives in which Executive shall be entitled to participate in accordance
with the terms thereof as in effect from time to time, at a level commensurate
with his position and duties with Employer, which program shall be operated in
accordance with Employer's customary corporate practices and shall provide for
an annual bonus based on such performance targets as may be established from
time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board.
(b) Roll-Over of Certain Options; Retention of Equity.
-------------------------------------------------
(i) As of the date hereof, Executive is the beneficial owner of
40,804 shares (together with the rights associated therewith pursuant to the
Shareholders' Rights Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1989, as amended and
restated as of March 12, 1990, the "Previously Owned Shares") of the common
stock, par value $.20 per share, of Employer (the "Prior Common Stock"),
including 30,000 shares held in two family trusts, and holds options (the "Prior
Options") to purchase 413,000 additional shares of Prior Common Stock.
(ii) Executive agrees that, immediately prior to the effective time
of the Merger (the "Effective Time"), he will contribute all of the Previously
Owned Shares to MergerCo in exchange for shares of common stock, par value $.20
per share, of MergerCo (the "MergerCo Common Stock"), which shares of MergerCo
Common Stock shall be converted into a like number of shares of common stock,
par value $.20 per share, of the corporation surviving the Merger (the
"Recapitalized Common Stock").
(iii) Employer and Executive each acknowledge and agree that (x) in
-
the case of each Prior Option that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, is
intended to be a nonqualified stock option (each, a "Prior Nonqualified
Option"), such Prior Nonqualified Stock Option shall become fully vested and
exercisable as of the Effective Time and (y) in the case of each Prior Option
-
that, immediately prior to the Effective Time, is intended to qualify as an
"incentive stock option" under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (each, a "Prior ISO"), (A) each Prior ISO that has become vested and
-
exercisable prior to the Effective Time in accordance with the award agreement
evidencing such Prior ISO shall remain fully vested and exercisable from and
after the Effective Time, (B) Prior ISOs that have not become vested and
-
exercisable prior to the Effective Time having an aggregate exercise price not
exceeding the excess of
4
<PAGE>
(1) $100,000 over
-
(2) the aggregate exercise price of any Prior ISOs that become vested
-
in calendar year 1998 prior to the Effective Time
shall become vested and exercisable as of the Effective Date and (C) each
-
remaining Prior ISO shall become vested after the Effective Time in
accordance with the terms of the award agreement evidencing such Prior ISO.
Executive acknowledges and agrees that, at the Effective Time, each Prior
Option will be automatically converted into an option (the "Recapitalized
Option") to purchase a number of shares (such shares, the "Recapitalized
Option Shares") of common stock, par value $.20 per share, of the
corporation surviving the Merger (the "Recapitalized Common Stock") equal
to the sum of:
(x) the quotient of
(I) the product of (A) the number of shares of Prior Common
-
Stock subject to such Prior Option immediately prior to the
Effective Time, multiplied by (B) the cash consideration per
-
share of Prior Common Stock paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement
to holders of Prior Common Stock, divided by
(II) the fair market value of a share of Recapitalized Common
Stock as of the Effective Time of the Merger, determined based on
the value thereof reported by Employer to shareholders for
Federal income tax purposes,
and
(y) the product of (I) the number of shares of Prior Common Stock
-
subject to such Prior Option immediately prior to the Effective Time,
multiplied by (II) the number of shares of Recapitalized Common Stock
--
transferred pursuant to the Merger Agreement to holders of Prior
Common Stock for each such share of Prior Common Stock.
Each Recapitalized Option shall have an exercise price per Recapitalized
Option Share equal to the quotient of:
(x) the aggregate exercise price for all shares of Prior Common Stock
subject to the corresponding Prior Option, divided by
5
<PAGE>
(y) the number of Recapitalized Option Shares subject to such
Recapitalized Option immediately following the conversion thereof
contemplated hereby.
(iv) Each Recapitalized Option that is the successor option to a
Prior Nonqualified Option shall provide that it shall expire on the normal
expiration date specified in the option award agreement evidencing such
corresponding Prior Nonqualified Option that applies if Executive's employment
continues at least until such date (such expiration date, the "Original
Termination Date"), provided that (x) in the event of the termination of
-
Executive's employment with Employer prior to an applicable Original Termination
Date as a result of Executive's death, Executive's Disability (as defined
below), a termination of Executive's employment by Employer Without Cause (as
defined below) or a termination of Executive's employment by Executive for Good
Reason (as defined below), each such Recapitalized Option that is then
outstanding shall expire on the earlier of (I) the Original Termination Date and
-
(II) the later of (A) the six month anniversary of the date of the expiration of
-- -
any initial lock-up period imposed on sales of Recapitalized Common Stock in
connection with the first underwritten public offering of any shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock led by one or more underwriters, at least one of
which is of nationally recognized standing (such expiration date, the "Lock-Up
Expiration Date"), and (B) the first anniversary of the applicable Date of
-
Termination (as defined below) and (y) in the event of the termination of
-
Executive's employment with Employer prior to such Original Termination Date for
any reason other than the reasons described in the immediately preceding clause
(x), each such Recapitalized Option that is then outstanding shall expire on the
earliest of (I) the Original Termination Date, (II) the later of (1) the 90th
- -- -
day following the Lock-Up Expiration Date and (2) the 30th day following the
-
applicable Date of Termination and (III) the first anniversary of the applicable
---
Date of Termination.
Each Recapitalized Option that is the successor option to a Prior ISO
shall provide that it shall expire on the expiration date specified in the
option award agreement evidencing such corresponding Prior ISO, including,
without limitation, any such early expiration date applicable in the case of a
termination of Executive's employment.
(v) Executive, Employer and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited
Partnership (the "CD&R Fund") shall enter into a separate agreement (the
"Ancillary Agreement"), to become effective as of the Effective Time, that will
provide, among other things, that:
(A) during the Employment Period, the CD&R Fund will vote its shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock in favor of the election of Executive to serve
as a member of the Board;
6
<PAGE>
(B) Executive shall not be permitted, at any time during his employment
with Employer, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock beneficially owned by him (including any
Recapitalized Option Shares), other than (I) transfers upon death to
-
Executive's estate, (II) transfers to family trusts or partnerships for
--
estate planning purposes or (III) de minimis transfers during the
---
Employment Period not exceeding, in the aggregate, 25% of the sum of the
aggregate shares of Recapitalized Common Stock beneficially owned by
Executive as of the Commencement Date and the aggregate Recapitalized
Option Shares subject to the Recapitalized Options held by Executive as of
the Commencement Date, provided, in the case of any transfer pursuant to
--------
the foregoing clause (I) or (II), that the executor of Executive's estate
or the trustee or general partner of any such trust or partnership, as
applicable, shall agree, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Employer, to be bound by all of the provisions of the Ancillary Agreement;
(C) following any termination of Executive's employment with Employer,
Employer and the CD&R Fund shall have successive rights to repurchase any
Recapitalized Options and/or Recapitalized Option Shares then beneficially
owned or held by Executive for a purchase price equal to the then fair
market value of the Recapitalized Option Shares or the Recapitalized Option
Shares then subject to the Recapitalized Options, as applicable (reduced by
the option exercise price in the case of a purchase of Recapitalized
Options), such fair market value to be determined in good faith by the
Board on the basis of an independent valuation of the Recapitalized Common
Stock, provided, that the determination of such fair market value will not
--------
give effect to (x) any restrictions on transfer of such shares, (y) the
- -
fact that such shares are not registered for resale by Executive under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (z) the fact that such shares would
-
represent a minority interest in Employer;
(D) in the event of certain qualifying sales of Recapitalized Common Stock
by the CD&R Fund, Executive shall have the right to sell a pro rata portion
of the shares of Recapitalized Common Stock then owned by him, on the same
terms and conditions as the CD&R Fund; and
(E) in the event of the sale by the CD&R Fund of substantially all of the
Recapitalized Common Stock then beneficially owned by it (other than any
such sale to an Affiliate of the CD&R Fund), the CD&R Fund shall have the
right to require Executive to sell the same percentage of the Recapitalized
Common Stock then beneficially owned by him as will be sold by the CD&R
Fund, on the same terms and conditions as the CD&R Fund, and Employer shall
have the right to cause any Recapitalized Options then held by Executive to
be canceled in
7
<PAGE>
exchange for a payment in respect of each Recapitalized Option Share
covered by such Recapitalized Options equal to the excess, if any, of the
price per share of Recapitalized Common Stock paid to holders of
Recapitalized Common Stock in connection with such sale over the applicable
option exercise price.
(F) The transfer restrictions described in the foregoing subparagraph (B)
shall terminate on the earlier of (I) the fifth anniversary of the
-
Commencement Date and (II) the Lock-Up Expiration Date. The rights and
--
obligations of Executive and Employer under the foregoing subparagraphs
(C), (D) and (E) of this Section 4(b)(v) shall terminate on the closing
date following the effective date of the first registration statement filed
under the Securities Act by Employer after the Commencement Date with
respect to an underwritten public offering of any shares of Employer's
capital stock led by one or more underwriters, at least one of which is of
nationally recognized standing.
5. Employee Benefits. During the Employment Period, Executive shall
-----------------
be entitled to participate in all of Employer's profit sharing, pension,
savings, deferred compensation, supplemental savings, life, medical, dental and
disability insurance plans, as the same may be amended and in effect from time
to time, applicable to senior executives of Employer, provided that Executive
--------
shall not be entitled to participate in any severance plan of Employer or
otherwise receive any severance benefits under any other type of plan. The
benefits referred to in this Section 5 shall be provided to Executive on a basis
that is commensurate with Executive's position and duties with Employer
hereunder and shall be substantially comparable, in the aggregate, to the
benefits (exclusive of severance and equity or other incentive compensation
benefits) provided to Executive immediately prior to the Commencement Date.
6. Perquisites and Expenses.
------------------------
(a) General. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be
-------
entitled to participate in all special benefit or perquisite programs generally
available from time to time to senior executives of Employer, including
Employer's programs providing for reimbursement of certain automobile expenses,
club social dues and fees for tax return preparation, financial planning and
investment advisory services, on the terms and conditions in effect from time to
time under each such program.
(b) Business Travel, Lodging, etc. Employer shall reimburse
------------------------------
Executive for reasonable travel, lodging, meal and other reasonable expenses
incurred by him in connection with his performance of services hereunder upon
submission of evidence, satisfactory to Employer, of the incurrence and purpose
of each such expense and
8
<PAGE>
otherwise in accordance with Employer's business travel reimbursement policy
applicable to its senior executives as in effect from time to time.
(c) Vacation. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be
--------
entitled to a number of weeks of paid vacation, without carryover accumulation,
determined in accordance with the terms of Employer's vacation policy applicable
to senior executives as in effect from time to time. As soon as reasonably
practicable following the Commencement Date, Employer shall pay Executive a cash
amount equal to $96,829, which shall be in full and complete satisfaction of all
then unpaid vacation pay accrued by Executive with respect to periods of
employment completed prior to November 30, 1997.
7. Termination of Employment.
-------------------------
(a) Termination Due to Death or Disability. In the event that
--------------------------------------
Executive's employment hereunder terminates due to death or is terminated by
Employer due to Executive's Disability (as defined below), no termination
benefits shall be payable to or in respect of Executive except as provided in
Section 7(f)(ii). For purposes of this Amended Agreement, "Disability" shall
mean a physical or mental disability that prevents the performance by Executive
of his duties hereunder lasting (or likely to last, based on competent medical
evidence presented to the Board) for a continuous period of six months or
longer. The reasoned and good faith judgment of the Board as to Executive's
Disability shall be based on such competent medical evidence as shall be pre
sented to it by Executive or by any physician or group of physicians or other
competent medical experts employed by Executive or Employer to advise the Board.
(b) Termination by Employer for Cause. Executive's employment with
---------------------------------
Employer may be terminated by Employer for Cause (as defined below), provided
--------
that Executive shall be permitted to attend a meeting of the Board within 30
days after delivery to him of a Notice of Termination (as defined below)
pursuant to this Sec tion 7(b) to explain why he should not be terminated for
Cause and, if following any such explanation by Executive, the Board determines
that Employer does not have Cause to terminate Executive's employment, any such
prior Notice of Termination delivered to Executive shall thereupon be withdrawn
and of no further force or effect. "Cause" shall mean (i) the willful failure
-
of Executive substantially to perform his duties hereunder (other than any such
failure due to Executive's physical or mental illness) or other willful and
material breach by Executive of any of his obligations hereunder, after a
written demand for substantial performance has been delivered, and a reasonable
opportunity to cure has been given, to Executive by the Board, which demand
identifies in reasonable detail the manner in which the Board believes that
Executive has not substantially performed his duties or has breached his
obligations, (ii) Executive's dishonesty or engaging in willful and serious
--
misconduct, which misconduct has caused or is
9
<PAGE>
reasonably expected to result in direct or indirect material injury to Employer
or any of its Affiliates or (iii) Executive's conviction of, or entering a plea
---
of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony.
---- ----------
(c) Termination Without Cause. A termination "Without Cause" shall
-------------------------
mean a termination of Executive's employment by Employer other than due to
Disability as described in Section 7(a) or for Cause as described in Section
7(b).
(d) Termination by Executive. Executive may terminate his employment
------------------------
for any reason. A termination of employment by Executive for "Good Reason"
shall mean a termination by Executive of his employment with Employer within 30
days following the occurrence, without Executive's consent, of any of the
following events: (i) the assignment to Executive of (x) a title that is
- -
different from, and a diminution from, the title specified in Section 2 or (y)
-
duties that are significantly different from, and that result in a substantial
diminution of, the duties that he is to assume on the Commencement Date, (ii)
--
the failure of Employer to obtain the assumption of this Amended Agreement by
any Successor (as defined below) to Employer as contemplated by Section 14,
(iii) a reduction in the rate of Executive's Base Salary, (iv) a material
--- --
reduction in the aggregate level of employee and executive benefits provided to
Executive pursuant to Section 5 hereof, (v) Employer's delivery to Executive of
-
a Non-Extension Notice or (vi) a relocation of Executive's principal place of
--
business to a location beyond a radius of 30 miles from the location of such
place of business on the Commencement Date, provided that, within 30 days
--------
following the occurrence of any of the events set forth therein, Executive shall
have delivered written notice to Employer of his intention to terminate his
employment for Good Reason, which notice specifies in reasonable detail the
circumstances claimed to give rise to Executive's right to terminate his
employment for Good Reason, and Employer shall not have cured such circumstances
to the reasonable satisfaction of Executive.
(e) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive's employment
---------------------
hereunder by Employer pursuant to Section 7(a), 7(b) or 7(c), or by Executive
pursuant to Section 7(d), shall be communicated by a written Notice of
Termination addressed to the other. A "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice stating that Executive's employment with Employer has been or will be
terminated and setting forth the provisions hereof pursuant to which such
employment has or will be terminated.
(f) Payments Upon Certain Terminations.
----------------------------------
(i) In the event of a termination of Executive's employment by
Employer Without Cause or a termination by Executive of his employment for Good
Reason during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay to Executive his full
Base
10
<PAGE>
Salary through the Date of Termination and an amount equal to the pro rata
amount of annual incentive compensation for the portion of the fiscal year
preceding the Date of Termination that would have been payable to Executive
pursuant to Section 4(a) if he had remained employed for the entire fiscal year,
determined on the basis of the actual performance achieved by Employer through
the Date of Termination and the performance objectives established for such
fiscal year, pro rated to reflect the calculation of such annual incentive
compensation for the portion of the fiscal year preceding the Date of
Termination. In addition, in the event of any such termination, Employer shall
pay or, in the case of the Continued Benefits (as defined below), provide to
Executive (or, following his death, to Executive's designated beneficiary or
beneficiaries), as liquidated damages,
(A) his Average Base Salary (as defined below), which shall be payable
in installments on Employer's regular payroll dates, for the period
beginning on the Date of Termination (as defined below) and ending on the
second anniversary of the Date of Termination (such period, the "Severance
Period") and
(B) on the last day of each calendar month included in the Severance
Period, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the Average Annual Bonus (as
defined below); and
(C) continued coverage for Executive and his eligible dependents under
Employer's medical insurance plans referred to in Section 5 (the "Continued
Benefits") during the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending
on the earlier of (i) Executive's 65th birthday and (ii) the date of
- --
Executive's death, subject to timely payment by Executive of all premiums,
contributions and other co-payments required to be paid by senior
executives of Employer under the terms of such plans as in effect from time
to time;
provided that Employer may, at any time, pay to Executive, in a single lump sum
- --------
and in satisfaction of Employer's obligations under clauses (A) and (B) of this
Section 7(f)(i), an amount equal to the present value (as determined by Employer
using a discount rate equal to the then prevailing applicable federal short-term
rate under section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) of
the sum of the installments of the Average Base Salary and Average Annual Bonus
then remaining to be paid to Executive pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) above.
Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the costs to Employer
under this Section 7(f)(i), except that (i) payments of Base Salary and Average
-
Annual Bonus will be reduced, but not below zero, by the amount of any
compensation earned by Executive (whether paid currently or deferred) during any
portion of the Severance Period
11
<PAGE>
from any subsequent employer or other Person (as defined in Section 17(k) below)
for which Executive performs services, including but not limited to consulting
services, and (ii) Continued Benefits shall be reduced or canceled if comparable
--
medical benefit coverage is provided or offered to Executive by any subsequent
employer or other Person for which Executive performs services, including but
not limited to consulting services, at any time after the Date of Termination.
The term "Average Annual Bonus" means the average of the annual
bonuses paid to Executive pursuant to Employer's annual incentive compensation
plan for each of the three fiscal years of Employer ending immediately prior to
the Date of Termination or, if fewer, each of such fiscal years during which
Executive was at any time employed by Employer and the term "Average Base
Salary" means the average of the annual base salary rate of Executive in effect
immediately prior to the Date of Termination and as of the last day of each of
the two fiscal years of Employer ending immediately prior to the Date of
Termination or, if fewer, each of such fiscal years during which Executive was
at any time employed by Employer; provided that if Executive's employment is
--------
terminated by Executive pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition of Good
Reason, Executive's annual base salary rate in effect immediately prior to any
reduction thereof shall be substituted for Executive's annual base salary rate
in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination in calculating the
Average Base Salary.
(ii) If Executive's employment shall terminate upon his death or
Disability or if Employer shall terminate Executive's employment for Cause or
Executive shall terminate his employment without Good Reason during the
Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive his full Base Salary through the
Date of Termination and, in the case of any such termination upon Executive's
death or Disability, Executive shall be entitled to receive (x) a cash payment
-
equal to the pro rata amount of annual incentive compensation for the portion of
the fiscal year preceding the Date of Termination (exclusive of any time between
the onset of a physical or mental disability that prevents the performance by
Executive of his duties hereunder and the resulting Date of Termina tion) that
would have been payable to Executive pursuant to Section 4(a) if he had remained
employed for the entire fiscal year, determined on the basis of the actual
performance achieved by Employer through the Date of Termination and the
performance objectives established for such fiscal year, pro rated to reflect
the calculation of such annual incentive compensation for the portion of the
fiscal year preceding the Date of Termination and (y) such death or Disability
-
benefits, as applicable, as are provided under the terms of any employee and
executive death benefit and disability plans and programs referred to in Section
5 or 6(a).
(iii) Except as specifically set forth in this Section 7(f),
Executive shall be entitled to receive all amounts payable and benefits accrued
under any otherwise
12
<PAGE>
applicable plan, policy, program or practice of Employer in which Executive was
a participant during his employment with Employer (including, without
limitation, Employer's 401(k) Savings Plan and Supplemental 401(k) Savings Plan)
in accordance with the terms thereof, provided that Executive shall not be
entitled to receive any payments or benefits under any such plan, policy,
program or practice providing any bonus or incentive compensation or severance
compensation or benefits (and the provisions of this Section 7(f) shall
supersede the provisions of any such plan, policy, program or practice).
(g) Date of Termination. As used in this Amended Agreement, the term
-------------------
"Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Executive's employment is terminated by
-
his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Executive's employment is terminated
--
by Employer for Cause, the date on which Notice of Termination is given as
contemplated by Section 7(e) or, if later, the date of termination specified in
such Notice, and (iii) if Executive's employment is terminated by Employer
---
Without Cause, due to Executive's Disability or by Executive for any reason, the
date that is 30 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given as
contemplated by Section 7(e) or, if no such Notice is given, immediately upon
the termination of Executive's employment.
(h) Resignation upon Termination. Effective as of any Date of
----------------------------
Termination under this Section 7 or otherwise as of the date of Executive's
termination of employment with Employer, Executive shall resign, in writing,
from all Board memberships and other positions then held by him with Employer
and its Affiliates.
(i) Limit on Payments by the Company.
--------------------------------
(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended Agreement,
in the event that any amount or benefit paid, payable or distributed to
Executive pursuant to this Amended Agreement which is a parachute payment as
defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), taken together with any amounts or benefits otherwise paid, payable or
distributed to Executive by Employer or any Affiliate thereof which are
parachute payments as defined in Section 280G of the Code (collectively, the
"Covered Payments"), would be an "excess parachute payment" as defined in
Section 280G of the Code, and would thereby subject Executive to the tax (the
"Excise Tax") imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (or any similar tax that
may hereafter be imposed), the provisions of this Section 7(i) shall apply to
determine the amounts payable to Executive pursuant to Section 7(f) of this
Amended Agreement.
(ii) Immediately following delivery of any Notice of Termination,
the Company shall notify Executive of the aggregate present value of all
termination benefits to which he would be entitled under this Amended Agreement
and any other plan,
13
<PAGE>
program or arrangement as of the projected Date of Termination, together with
the projected maximum payments, determined as of such projected Date of
Termination that could be paid without Executive being subject to the Excise
Tax.
(iii) If the aggregate value of all parachute payments to be paid or
provided to Executive under this Amended Agreement and any other plan, agreement
or arrangement with Employer or any Affiliate thereof exceeds the amount of
parachute payments which can be paid to Executive without Executive incurring an
Excise Tax, then the amounts payable to Executive under Section 7(f) shall be
reduced (but not below zero) to the maximum amount which may be paid hereunder
without Executive becoming subject to such an Excise Tax (such amount to be
referred to as the "Payment Cap"). In the event that Executive receives reduced
payments and benefits hereunder, Executive shall have the right to designate
which of the payments and benefits otherwise provided for in Section 7(f) of
this Amended Agreement he will receive in connection with the application of the
Payment Cap.
(iv) For purposes of determining whether any of the Covered Payments
will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax,
(A) (x) whether any amount or benefit paid, payable or distributed to
Executive is a "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G
of the Code, and (y) whether there are "parachute payments" in excess
of the "base amount" (as defined under Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code)
shall be determined in good faith by Employer's independent certified
public accountants or tax counsel selected by such accountants (the
"Accountants"), provided however that payments or benefits made or
provided to Executive pursuant to Sections 3 through 6 of this Amended
Agreement in respect of periods of Executive's employment with
Employer (other than any amount attributable to the acceleration of
any Prior Options) shall not be treated as parachute payments, and
(B) the value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or
benefit shall be determined by the Accountants in accordance with the
principles of Section 280G of the Code.
(v) If Executive receives reduced payments and benefits as a result
of the provisions of this Section 7(i) (or this Section 7(i) is determined not
to be applicable to Executive because the Accountants conclude that Executive is
not subject to any Excise Tax) and it is established pursuant to a final
determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service proceeding (a "Final
Determination") that, notwithstanding the good faith of Executive and Employer
in applying the terms of this Amended Agreement, the
14
<PAGE>
aggregate "parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code
paid to Executive or for his benefit are in an amount that would result in
Executive's being subject to an Excise Tax, then any amounts actually paid to or
on behalf of Executive which are treated as excess parachute payments shall be
deemed for all purposes to be a loan to Executive made on the date of receipt of
such excess payments, which Executive shall have an obligation to repay to
Employer on demand, together with interest on such amount at the applicable
Federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of the
payment hereunder to the date of repayment by Executive. If Executive receives
reduced payments and benefits by reason of this Section 7(i) and it is
established pursuant to a Final Determination that Executive could have received
a greater amount without exceeding the Payment Cap, then Employer shall promptly
thereafter pay Executive the aggregate additional amount which could have been
paid without exceeding the Payment Cap, together with interest on such amount at
the applicable Federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the
original payment due date to the date of actual payment by Employer.
8. Unauthorized Disclosure. During the period of Executive's
-----------------------
employment with Employer and the ten year period following any termination of
such employment, without the prior written consent of the Board or its
authorized representative, except to the extent required by an order of a court
having jurisdiction or under subpoena from an appropriate government agency, in
which event, Executive shall use his best efforts to consult with the Board
prior to responding to any such order or subpoena, and except as required in the
performance of his duties hereunder, Executive shall not disclose any
confidential or proprietary trade secrets, customer lists, drawings, designs,
information regarding product development, marketing plans, sales plans,
manufacturing plans, management organization information (including but not
limited to data and other information relating to members of the Board or the
Board of Directors of any of Employer's Affiliates or to management of Employer
or any of its Affiliates), operating policies or manuals, business plans,
financial records, packaging design or other financial, commercial, business or
technical information (a) relating to Employer or any of its Affiliates or (b)
- -
that Employer or any of its Affiliates may receive belonging to suppliers,
customers or others who do business with Employer or any of its Affiliates
(collectively, "Confidential Information") to any third person unless such
Confidential Information has been previously disclosed to the public or is in
the public domain (other than by reason of Executive's breach of this Section
8).
9. Non-Competition. During the period of Executive's employment
---------------
with Employer and, following any termination thereof, the period ending on the
second anniversary of the Date of Termination (such periods, collectively, the
"Restriction Period"), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, become
employed in an executive capacity by, engage in business with, serve as an agent
or consultant to, or become
15
<PAGE>
a partner, member, principal or stockholder (other than a holder of less than 5%
of the outstanding voting shares of any publicly held company) of, any Person
that competes or has a reasonable potential for competing, anywhere in the
world, with any part of the business of Employer or any of its Subsidiaries (as
defined below). For purposes of this Section 9, the phrase employment "in an
executive capacity" shall mean employment in any position in connection with
which Executive has or reasonably would be viewed as having powers and
authorities with respect to any other Person or any part of the business thereof
that are substantially similar, with respect thereto, to the powers and
authorities assigned to the Chairman, President or Chief Executive Officer or
any superior executive officer of Employer in the By-Laws of Employer as in
effect on the date hereof, a copy of the relevant portions of which has been
delivered to Executive on or before the date hereof, and which Executive hereby
confirms that he has reviewed.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, as a result of the
operation of the provisions of Section 7(i), payments of Average Base Salary and
Average Annual Bonus otherwise required to be paid to Executive for the entire
Severance Period are paid to Executive for a period of less than two years
following the applicable Date of Termination, the Restriction Period shall
expire as of the later of (i) the date such payments of Average Base Salary and
-
Average Annual Bonus cease (or, if Employer elects to pay Executive a lump sum
amount pursuant to Section 7(f)(i), the date such payments would have ceased had
such payments continued to be made in installments) and (ii) the first
--
anniversary of the Date of Termination.
10. Non-Solicitation of Employees. During the Restriction Period,
-----------------------------
Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for his own account or for the
account of any other Person anywhere in the world, (i) solicit for employment,
-
employ or otherwise interfere with the relationship of Employer or any of its
Affiliates with any natural person throughout the world who is or was employed
by or otherwise engaged to per form services for Employer or any of its
Affiliates at any time during which Executive was employed by Employer (in the
case of any such activity during such time) or during the six-month period
preceding such solicitation, employment or interference (in the case of any such
activity after the Date of Termination), other than any such solicitation or
employment on behalf of Employer or any of its Affiliates during Executive's
employment with Employer, or (ii) induce any employee of Employer or any of its
--
Affiliates who is a member of management to engage in any activity which
Executive is prohibited from engaging in under any of Sections 8, 9, 10 or 11 or
to terminate his employment with Employer.
11. Non-Solicitation of Customers. During the Restriction Period,
-----------------------------
Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for his own account or for the
account of any other Person anywhere in the world, solicit or otherwise attempt
to establish any business
16
<PAGE>
relationship of a nature that is competitive with the business or relationship
of Employer or any of its Affiliates with any Person throughout the world which
is or was a customer, client or distributor of Employer or any of its Affiliates
at any time during which Executive was employed by Employer (in the case of any
such activity during such time) or during the twelve-month period preceding the
Date of Termination (in the case of any such activity after the Date of
Termination), other than any such solicitation on behalf of Employer or any of
its Affiliates during Executive's employment with Employer.
12. Return of Documents. In the event of the termination of
-------------------
Executive's employment for any reason, Executive shall deliver to Employer all
of (a) the property of each of Employer and its Affiliates and (b) the non-
- -
personal documents and data of any nature and in whatever medium of each of
Employer and its Affiliates, and he shall not take with him any such property,
documents or data or any reproduction thereof, or any documents containing or
pertaining to any Confidential Information.
13. Injunctive Relief with Respect to Covenants; Forum, Venue and
-------------------------------------------------------------
Jurisdiction. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the covenants, obligations
- ------------
and agreements of Executive contained in Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 relate
to special, unique and extraordinary matters and that a violation of any of the
terms of such covenants, obligations or agreements will cause Employer
irreparable injury for which adequate remedies are not available at law.
Therefore, Executive agrees that Employer shall be entitled to an injunction,
restraining order or such other equitable relief (without the requirement to
post bond) as a court of competent jurisdiction may deem necessary or
appropriate to restrain Executive from committing any violation of such
covenants, obligations or agreements. These injunctive remedies are cumulative
and in addition to any other rights and remedies Employer may have. Employer
and Executive hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts of Massachusetts and the Federal courts of the United States of America,
in each case located in Boston, Massachusetts, in respect of the injunctive
remedies set forth in this Section 13 and the interpretation and enforcement of
Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 insofar as such interpretation and enforcement
relate to any request or application for injunctive relief in accordance with
the provisions of this Section 13, and the parties hereto hereby irrevocably
agree that (a) the sole and exclusive appropriate venue for any suit or pro
-
ceeding relating solely to such injunctive relief shall be in such a court, (b)
-
all claims with respect to any request or application for such injunctive relief
shall be heard and determined exclusively in such a court, (c) any such court
-
shall have exclusive juris diction over the person of such parties and over the
subject matter of any dispute relating to any request or application for such
injunctive relief, and (d) each hereby waives any and all objections and
-
defenses based on forum, venue or personal or subject matter jurisdiction as
they may relate to an application for such injunctive relief in a suit or
17
<PAGE>
proceeding brought before such a court in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 13.
Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, (i) Executive's
-
obligations under Sections 9, 10 and 11 are subject to timely payment by
Employer of the amounts, if any, required to be paid to Executive pursuant to
Section 7(f) (taking into account any reduction in such amounts permitted under
Section 7(i)) and (ii) Employer's obligations to pay Executive any amount
--
pursuant to Section 7(f) is subject to Executive's compliance with his
obligations under Sections 9, 10 and 11.
14. Assumption of Agreement. Employer shall require any Successor
-----------------------
thereto, by agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Executive, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Amended Agreement in
the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to
perform it if no such succession had taken place.
15. Entire Agreement; Termination of Prior Agreement. This Amended
------------------------------------------------
Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect
to the subject matter hereof. All prior correspondence and proposals (including
but not limited to summaries of proposed terms) and all prior promises,
representations, understandings, arrangements and agreements relating to such
subject matter (including but not limited to those made to or with Executive by
any other Person and those contained in the Employment Agreement, the Prior
Agreement or any other prior employment, consulting or similar agreement entered
into by Executive and Employer or any predecessor thereto or Affiliate thereof)
are merged herein and superseded hereby.
Executive and Employer each acknowledges and agrees that, subject to
the consummation of, and effective as of effective time of, the Merger, the
Prior Agreement is hereby terminated in its entirety and shall be of no further
force or effect, without any payment or other consideration to or in respect of
Executive.
16. Indemnification. Employer hereby agrees that, notwithstanding
---------------
the fact that Employer is a Massachusetts corporation, Employer shall indemnify
and hold harmless Executive to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law from
and against any and all liabilities, costs, claims and expenses, including all
costs and expenses incurred in defense of litigation (including attorneys'
fees), arising out of the employment of Executive hereunder, it being understood
that there shall be no indemnification in respect of any claim arising out of or
based upon Executive's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Costs and
expenses incurred by Executive in defense of such litigation (including
attorneys' fees) shall be paid by Employer in advance of the final disposition
of such litigation upon receipt by Employer of (a) a written request for
-
payment,
18
<PAGE>
(b) appropriate documentation evidencing the incurrence, amount and nature of
-
the costs and expenses for which payment is being sought, and (c) an undertaking
-
adequate under Massachusetts law made by or on behalf of Executive to repay the
amounts so paid if it shall ultimately be determined that Executive is not
entitled to be indemnified by Employer under this Amended Agreement, including
but not limited to as a result of such exception.
17. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) Binding Effect; Assignment. This Amended Agreement shall be
--------------------------
binding on and inure to the benefit of Employer, and its successors and
permitted assigns. This Amended Agreement shall also be binding on and inure to
the benefit of Executive and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal
representatives. This Amended Agreement shall not be assignable by any party
hereto without the prior written consent of the other, except as provided
pursuant to this Section 17(a). Employer may effect such an assignment without
prior written approval of Executive upon the transfer of all or substantially
all of its business and/or assets (by whatever means), provided that the
--------
Successor to Employer shall expressly assume and agree to perform this Amended
Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.
(b) Governing Law. This Amended Agreement shall be governed by and
-------------
construed in accordance with the laws of Massachusetts without reference to
principles of conflicts of laws.
(c) Taxes. Employer may withhold from any payments made under this
-----
Amended Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income,
employment and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law.
(d) Amendments. No provision of this Amended Agreement may be
----------
modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is
approved by the Board or a Person authorized thereby and is agreed to in writing
by Executive. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any
other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this
Amended Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver
of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or
subsequent time. No waiver of any provision of this Amended Agreement shall be
implied from any course of dealing between or among the parties hereto or from
any failure by any party hereto to assert its rights hereunder on any occasion
or series of occasions.
(e) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the
------------
provisions of this Amended Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any
19
<PAGE>
respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions
contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
(f) Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted
-------
to be delivered under this Amended Agreement shall be (i) in writing, (ii)
- --
delivered personally, by courier service or by certified or registered mail,
first-class postage prepaid and return receipt requested, (iii) deemed to have
---
been received on the date of delivery or, if so mailed, on the third business
day after the mailing thereof, and (iv) addressed as follows (or to such other
--
address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance
with the terms hereof):
(A) If to Employer, to it at:
Dynatech Corporation
Corporate Headquarters
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, MA 01803
Attention: General Counsel
---------
(C) if to Executive, to him at his residential address as currently
on file with Employer.
Copies of any notices or other communications given under this Amended Agreement
shall also be given to:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
375 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10152
Attention:
---------
Joseph L. Rice, III
and
Debevoise & Plimpton
875 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention:
---------
Franci J. Blassberg, Esq.
and
20
<PAGE>
Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Attention:
---------
Peter Tarr, Esq.
(g) Voluntary Agreement. Executive represents that he is entering
-------------------
into this Amended Agreement voluntarily and that his employment hereunder and
compliance with the terms and conditions of this Amended Agreement will not
conflict with or result in the breach by him of any agreement to which he is a
party or by which he may be bound.
(h) Counterparts. This Amended Agreement may be executed in
------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(i) Headings. The section and other headings contained in this
--------
Amended Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and are not
intended to be a part hereof or to affect the meaning or interpretation hereof.
(k) Certain Definitions.
-------------------
"Affiliate": with respect to any Person, means any other Person that,
---------
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is
Controlled by, or is under common Control with the first Person, including but
not limited to a Subsidiary of the first Person, a Person of which the first
Person is a Subsidiary, or another Subsidiary of a Person of which the first
Person is also a Subsidiary.
"Control": with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly
-------
or indirectly, severally or jointly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or credit arrangement, as trustee or
executor, or otherwise.
"Person": any natural person, firm, partnership, limited liability
------
company, association, corporation, company, trust, business trust, governmental
authority or other entity.
"Subsidiary": with respect to any Person, each corporation or other
----------
Person in which the first Person owns or Controls, directly or indirectly,
capital stock or other ownership interests representing 50% or more of the
combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership
interests of such corporation or other Person.
21
<PAGE>
"Successor": of a Person means a Person that succeeds to the first
---------
Person's assets and liabilities by merger, liquidation, dissolution or otherwise
by operation of law, or a Person to which all or substantially all the assets
and/or business of the first Person are transferred.
22
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer has duly executed this Amended Agreement
by its authorized representative, and Executive has hereunto set his hand, in
each case effective as of the date first above written.
DYNATECH CORPORATION
By: ________________________________
Name: Allan M. Kline
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Executive:
----------------------------------
Name: John F. Reno
23
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of
this __ day of April, 1998 by and between Dynatech Corporation, a Massachusetts
corporation ("Employer"), and Allan M. Kline ("Executive").
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed by Employer as its Corporate
Vice President-Chief Financial Officer;
WHEREAS, pursuant and subject to the terms of the Agreement and Plan
of Merger, dated as of December 20, 1997 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and
between Employer and CDRD Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation
("MergerCo"), Employer will be merged with and into MergerCo (the "Merger") and
Employer will be the surviving corporation to the Merger;
WHEREAS, Executive and Employer are currently parties to a Special
Termination Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1996 (the "Prior Agreement"),
pursuant to which Executive is entitled to certain severance compensation and
benefits in the event of certain terminations of his employment following a
"change in control" (as defined in the Prior Agreement);
WHEREAS, Employer wishes to secure the continued services of Executive
following the consummation of the Merger and Executive desires to accept such
continued employment, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth
herein;
WHEREAS, Executive and Employer entered into an Employment Agreement,
dated December 20, 1997 (the "Employment Agreement") to set forth the terms and
conditions of Executive's employment with Employer following the Merger;
WHEREAS, Employer and Executive wish to amend and restate the
Employment Agreement in its entirety, as set forth herein (as so amended and
restated, the "Amended Agreement");
WHEREAS, Employer and Executive acknowledge and agree that Executive
has had and will continue to have a prominent role in the management of the
business, and the development of the goodwill, of Employer and its Affiliates
(as defined below) and has established and developed and will continue to
establish and develop
<PAGE>
relations and contacts with the principal customers and suppliers of Employer
and its Affiliates in the United States, Europe, the Pacific Rim and the rest of
the world, all of which constitute valuable goodwill of, and could be used by
Executive to compete unfairly with, Employer and its Affiliates;
WHEREAS, (i) in the course of his employment with Employer, Executive
-
has obtained and will continue to obtain confidential and proprietary
information and trade secrets concerning the business and operations of Employer
and its Affiliates in the United States, Europe, the Pacific Rim and the rest of
the world that could be used to compete unfairly with Employer and its
Affiliates; (ii) the covenants and restrictions contained in Sections 8 through
--
13, inclusive, are intended to protect the legitimate interests of Employer and
its Affiliates in their respective goodwill, trade secrets and other
confidential and proprietary information; and (iii) Executive desires to be
---
bound by such covenants and restrictions;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and promises contained herein and for other good and valuable
consideration, Employer and Executive hereby agree to amend and restate the
Employment Agreement as follows:
1. Agreement to Continue Employment; Obligations subject to Merger.
---------------------------------------------------------------
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Amended Agreement, Employer
hereby continues the employment of Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such
continued employment by Employer. Executive and Employer each hereby
acknowledge and agree that their respective rights and obligations hereunder are
subject to the consummation of the Merger and the Prior Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect until the consummation of the Merger.
2. Term; Position and Responsibilities.
-----------------------------------
(a) Term of Employment. Unless Executive's employment shall sooner
------------------
terminate pursuant to Section 7, subject to the consummation of the Merger,
Employer shall employ Executive for a term commencing on the date of the
consummation of the Merger (the "Commencement Date") and ending on the fifth
anniversary of the Commencement Date (the "Initial Term"). Effective upon the
expiration of the Initial Term and of each Additional Term (as defined below),
Executive's employment hereunder shall be deemed to be automatically extended,
upon the same terms and conditions, for an additional period of one year (each,
an "Additional Term"), in each such case, commencing upon the expiration of the
Initial Term or the then current Additional Term, as the case may be, unless
Employer, at least 60 days prior to the
2
<PAGE>
expiration of the Initial Term or such Additional Term, shall give written
notice (a "Non-Extension Notice") to Executive of its intention not to extend
the Employment Period (as defined below) hereunder, provided that a Non-
--------
Extension Notice shall not constitute a notice to Executive of the
termination of his employment by Employer unless such notice specifically
provides for such termination of employment and the specific date thereof. The
period during which Executive is employed pursuant to this Amended Agreement,
including any extension thereof in accordance with the preceding sentence, shall
be referred to as the "Employment Period".
(b) Position and Responsibilities. During the Employment Period,
-----------------------------
Executive shall serve as Corporate Vice President-Chief Financial Officer of
Employer and have such duties and responsibilities as are customarily assigned
to individuals serving in such position and such other duties consistent with
Executive's title and position as the Board of Directors of Employer (the
"Board") specifies from time to time. Executive shall devote all of his skill,
knowledge and working time (except for (i) vacation time as set forth in Section
-
6(c) and absence for sickness or similar disability and (ii) to the extent that
--
it does not interfere with the performance of Executive's duties hereunder, (A)
-
such reasonable time as may be devoted to service on boards of directors of
other corporations and entities, subject to the provisions of Section 9, and the
fulfillment of civic responsibilities and (B) such reasonable time as may be
-
necessary from time to time for personal financial matters) to the conscientious
performance of the duties and responsibilities of such position. During the
Employment Period, Employer shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause
Executive to be nominated and elected to serve as a member of the Board of
Directors, without additional compensation.
3. Base Salary. As compensation for the services to be performed by
-----------
Executive during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive a base
salary at an annualized rate of $225,000, payable in installments on Employer's
regular payroll dates. The Board shall review Executive's base salary annually
during the period of his employment hereunder and, in its sole discretion, the
Board may increase (but may not decrease) such base salary from time to time
based upon the performance of Executive, the financial condition of Employer,
prevailing industry salary levels and such other factors as the Board shall
consider relevant. (The annual base salary payable to Executive under this
Section 3, as the same may be increased from time to time and without regard to
any reduction therefrom in accordance with the next sentence, shall hereinafter
be referred to as the "Base Salary".) The Base Salary payable under this Sec
tion 3 shall be reduced to the extent that Executive elects to defer such Base
Salary under the terms of any deferred compensation, savings plan or other
voluntary deferral arrange ment that may be maintained or established by
Employer.
3
<PAGE>
4. Incentive Compensation Arrangements.
-----------------------------------
(a) Annual Incentive Compensation. During the Employment Period,
-----------------------------
Employer shall maintain an annual incentive compensation program for its senior
executives in which Executive shall be entitled to participate in accordance
with the terms thereof as in effect from time to time, at a level commensurate
with his position and duties with Employer, which program shall be operated in
accordance with Employer's customary corporate practices and shall provide for
an annual bonus based on such performance targets as may be established from
time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board.
(b) Roll-Over of Certain Options; Retention of Equity.
-------------------------------------------------
(i) As of the date hereof, Executive is the beneficial owner of
2,011 shares (together with the rights associated therewith pursuant to the
Shareholders' Rights Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1989, as amended and
restated as of March 12, 1990, the "Previously Owned Shares") of the common
stock, par value $.20 per share, of Employer (the "Prior Common Stock") and
holds options (the "Prior Options") to purchase 66,000 additional shares of
Prior Common Stock.
(ii) Executive agrees that, at the effective time of the Merger
(the "Effective Time"), all of the Previously Owned Shares shall be converted
into the right to receive the Merger Consideration, within the meaning and in
accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.
(iii) Executive acknowledges and agrees that, at the Effective Time,
each Prior Option will be automatically converted into a fully vested and
exercisable option (the "Recapitalized Option") to purchase a number of shares
(such shares, the "Recapitalized Option Shares") of common stock, par value $.20
per share, of the corporation surviving the Merger (the "Recapitalized Common
Stock") equal to the sum of:
(x) the quotient of
(I) the product of (A) the number of shares of Prior Common
-
Stock subject to such Prior Option immediately prior to the
Effective Time, multiplied by (B) the cash consideration per
-
share of Prior Common Stock paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement
to holders of Prior Common Stock, divided by
(II) the fair market value of a share of Recapitalized Common
Stock as of the Effective Time of the Merger, determined based on
4
<PAGE>
the value thereof reported by Employer to shareholders for
Federal income tax purposes,
and
(y) the product of (I) the number of shares of Prior Common Stock
-
subject to such Prior Option immediately prior to the Effective Time,
multiplied by (II) the number of shares of Recapitalized Common Stock
--
transferred pursuant to the Merger Agreement to holders of Prior
Common Stock for each such share of Prior Common Stock.
Each Recapitalized Option shall have an exercise price per Recapitalized Option
Share equal to the quotient of:
(x) the aggregate exercise price for all shares of Prior Common Stock
subject to the corresponding Prior Option, divided by
(y) the number of Recapitalized Option Shares subject to such
Recapitalized Option immediately following the conversion thereof
contemplated hereby.
Each Recapitalized Option shall provide that it shall expire on the tenth
anniversary of the date of grant of the corresponding Prior Option (such date,
the "Original Termination Date"), provided that (x) in the event of the
-
termination of Executive's employment with Employer prior to an applicable
Original Termination Date as a result of Executive's death, Executive's
Disability (as defined below), a termination of Executive's employment by
Employer Without Cause (as defined below) or a termination of Executive's
employment by Executive for Good Reason (as defined below), each then
outstanding Recapitalized Option shall expire on the earlier of (I) the Original
-
Termination Date and (II) the later of (A) the six month anniversary of the date
-- -
of the expiration of any initial lock-up period imposed on sales of
Recapitalized Common Stock in connection with the first underwritten public
offering of any shares of Recapitalized Common Stock led by one or more
underwriters, at least one of which is of nationally recognized standing (such
expiration date, the "Lock-Up Expiration Date"), and (B) the first anniversary
-
of the applicable Date of Termination (as defined below) and (y) in the event of
-
the termination of Executive's employment with Employer prior to such Original
Termination Date for any reason other than the reasons described in the
immediately preceding clause (x), each then outstanding Recapitalized Option
shall expire on the earliest of (I) the Original Termination Date, (II) the
- --
later the (1) the 90th day following the Lock-Up Expiration Date and (2) the
- -
30th day following the applicable Date of Termination and (III) the first
---
anniversary of the applicable Date of Termination.
5
<PAGE>
(iv) Each Nonqualified Recapitalized Option (as defined below) and
each Disqualified Recapitalized Option (as defined below) shall provide that it
shall expire on the normal expiration date specified in the option award
agreement evidencing the corresponding Prior Option that applies if Executive's
employment continues at least until such date (such date, the "Original
Termination Date"), provided that (x) in the event of the termination of
-
Executive's employment with Employer prior to an applicable Original Termination
Date as a result of Executive's death, Executive's Disability (as defined
below), a termination of Executive's employment by Employer Without Cause (as
defined below) or a termination of Executive's employment by Executive for Good
Reason (as defined below), each then outstanding Nonqualified Recapitalized
Option and Disqualified Recapitalized Option shall expire on the earlier of (I)
-
its Original Termination Date and (II) the later of (A) the six month
-- -
anniversary of the date of the expiration of any initial lock-up period imposed
on sales of Recapitalized Common Stock in connection with the first underwritten
public offering of any shares of Recapitalized Common Stock led by one or more
underwriters, at least one of which is of nationally recognized standing (such
expiration date, the "Lock-Up Expiration Date"), and (B) the first anniversary
-
of the applicable Date of Termination (as defined below) and (y) in the event of
-
the termination of Executive's employment with Employer prior to such Original
Termination Date for any reason other than the reasons described in the
immediately preceding clause (x), each then outstanding Nonqualified
Recapitalized Option and Disqualified Recapitalized Option shall expire on the
earliest of (I) its Original Termination Date, (II) the later of (1) the 90th
- -- -
day following the Lock-Up Expiration Date and (2) the 30th day following the
-
applicable Date of Termination and (III) the first anniversary of the applicable
---
Date of Termination.
Each Recapitalized Vested ISO and each Recapitalized Accelerated ISO
that is not an Disqualified Recapitalized Option shall provide that it shall
expire on the expiration date specified in the option award agreement evidencing
the corresponding Prior ISO, including without limitation, any such early
expiration date applicable in the case of a termination of Executive's
employment.
For purposes of this Section 4(b)(iv), the following terms shall have
the meanings set forth below.
(A) "Disqualified Recapitalized Option" means those Recapitalized
Accelerated ISOs having an aggregate exercise price exceeding the
excess of
(1) $100,000 over
-
6
<PAGE>
(2) the aggregate exercise price of all Recapitalized Vested
-
ISOs, the corresponding Prior ISO of which became vested and
exercisable in calendar year 1998 prior to the Effective Time
(B) "Nonqualified Recapitalized Option" means each Recapitalized
Option that is a successor option to a Prior Option that, immediately
prior to the Effective Time, is intended to be a nonqualified stock
option.
(C) "Prior ISO" means each Prior Option that, immediately prior to
the Effective Time, is intended to qualify as an "incentive stock
option" under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
(D) "Recapitalized Accelerated ISO" means each Recapitalized Option
that is a successor option to a Prior ISO that becomes vested solely
as a result of the acceleration of the vesting of Prior Options in
connection with, and as of the Effective Time of, the Merger.
(E) "Recapitalized Vested ISO" means each Recapitalized Option that
is a successor option to a Prior ISO that became vested and
exercisable prior to the Effective Time and not in connection with the
Merger.
(v) Executive, Employer and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited
Partnership (the "CD&R Fund") shall enter into a separate agreement (the
"Ancillary Agreement"), to become effective as of the Effective Time, that will
provide, among other things, that:
(A) during the Employment Period, the CD&R Fund will vote its shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock in favor of the election of Executive to serve
as a member of the Board;
(B) Executive shall not be permitted, at any time during his employment
with Employer, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock beneficially owned by him (including any
Recapitalized Option Shares), other than (I) transfers upon death to
-
Executive's estate, (II) transfers to family trusts or partnerships for
--
estate planning purposes or (III) de minimis transfers during the
---
Employment Period not exceeding, in the aggregate, 25% of the sum of the
aggregate shares of Recapitalized Common Stock beneficially owned by
Executive as of the Commencement Date and the aggregate Recapitalized
Option Shares subject to the Recapitalized Options held by Executive as of
the Commencement Date, provided, in the case of any transfer
--------
7
<PAGE>
pursuant to the foregoing clause (I) or (II), that the executor of
Executive's estate or the trustee or general partner of any such trust or
partnership, as applicable, shall agree, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Employer, to be bound by all of the provisions of the
Ancillary Agreement;
(C) following any termination of Executive's employment with Employer,
Employer and the CD&R Fund shall have successive rights to repurchase any
Recapitalized Options and/or Recapitalized Option Shares then beneficially
owned or held by Executive for a purchase price equal to the then fair
market value of the Recapitalized Option Shares or the Recapitalized Option
Shares then subject to the Recapitalized Options, as applicable (reduced by
the option exercise price in the case of a purchase of Recapitalized
Options), such fair market value to be determined in good faith by the
Board on the basis of an independent valuation of the Recapitalized Common
Stock, provided, that the determination of such fair market value will not
--------
give effect to (x) any restrictions on transfer of such shares, (y) the
- -
fact that such shares are not registered for resale by Executive under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (z) the fact that such shares would
-
represent a minority interest in Employer;
(D) in the event of certain qualifying sales of Recapitalized Common Stock
by the CD&R Fund, Executive shall have the right to sell a pro rata portion
of the shares of Recapitalized Common Stock then owned by him, on the same
terms and conditions as the CD&R Fund; and
(E) in the event of the sale by the CD&R Fund of substantially all of the
Recapitalized Common Stock then beneficially owned by it (other than any
such sale to an Affiliate of the CD&R Fund), the CD&R Fund shall have the
right to require Executive to sell the same percentage of the Recapitalized
Common Stock then beneficially owned by him as will be sold by the CD&R
Fund, on the same terms and conditions as the CD&R Fund, and Employer shall
have the right to cause any Recapitalized Options then held by Executive to
be canceled in exchange for a payment in respect of each Recapitalized
Option Share covered by such Recapitalized Options equal to the excess, if
any, of the price per share of Recapitalized Common Stock paid to holders
of Recapitalized Common Stock in connection with such sale over the
applicable option exercise price.
(F) The transfer restrictions described in the foregoing subparagraph (B)
shall terminate on the earlier of (I) the fifth anniversary of the
-
Commencement Date and (II) the Lock-Up Expiration Date. The rights and
--
obligations of Executive and Employer under the foregoing subparagraphs
(C), (D) and (E) of this Section 4(b)(v) shall terminate on the closing
date following the effective date of the first
8
<PAGE>
registration statement filed under the Securities Act by Employer after the
Commencement Date with respect to an underwritten public offering of any
shares of Employer's capital stock led by one or more underwriters, at
least one of which is of nationally recognized standing.
5. Employee Benefits. During the Employment Period, Executive shall
-----------------
be entitled to participate in all of Employer's profit sharing, pension,
savings, deferred compensation, supplemental savings, life, medical, dental and
disability insurance plans, as the same may be amended and in effect from time
to time, applicable to senior executives of Employer, provided that Executive
--------
shall not be entitled to participate in any severance plan of Employer or
otherwise receive any severance benefits under any other type of plan. The
benefits referred to in this Section 5 shall be provided to Executive on a basis
that is commensurate with Executive's position and duties with Employer
hereunder and shall be substantially comparable, in the aggregate, to the
benefits (exclusive of severance and equity or other incentive compensation
benefits) provided to Executive immediately prior to the Commencement Date.
6. Perquisites and Expenses.
------------------------
(a) General. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be
-------
entitled to participate in all special benefit or perquisite programs generally
available from time to time to senior executives of Employer, including
Employer's programs providing for reimbursement of certain automobile expenses,
club social dues and fees for tax return preparation, financial planning and
investment advisory services, on the terms and conditions in effect from time to
time under each such program.
(b) Business Travel, Lodging, etc. Employer shall reimburse
------------------------------
Executive for reasonable travel, lodging, meal and other reasonable expenses
incurred by him in connection with his performance of services hereunder upon
submission of evidence, satisfactory to Employer, of the incurrence and purpose
of each such expense and otherwise in accordance with Employer's business travel
reimbursement policy applicable to its senior executives as in effect from time
to time.
(c) Vacation. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be
--------
entitled to a number of weeks of paid vacation, without carryover accumulation,
determined in accordance with the terms of Employer's vacation policy applicable
to senior executives as in effect from time to time. As soon as reasonably
practicable following the Commencement Date, Employer shall pay Executive a cash
amount equal to $8,222, which shall be in full and complete satisfaction of all
then unpaid vacation pay accrued by Executive with respect to periods of
employment completed prior to November 30, 1997.
9
<PAGE>
7. Termination of Employment.
-------------------------
(a) Termination Due to Death or Disability. In the event that
--------------------------------------
Executive's employment hereunder terminates due to death or is terminated by
Employer due to Executive's Disability (as defined below), no termination
benefits shall be payable to or in respect of Executive except as provided in
Section 7(f)(ii). For purposes of this Amended Agreement, "Disability" shall
mean a physical or mental disability that prevents the performance by Executive
of his duties hereunder lasting (or likely to last, based on competent medical
evidence presented to the Board) for a continuous period of six months or
longer. The reasoned and good faith judgment of the Board as to Executive's
Disability shall be based on such competent medical evidence as shall be pre
sented to it by Executive or by any physician or group of physicians or other
competent medical experts employed by Executive or Employer to advise the Board.
(b) Termination by Employer for Cause. Executive's employment with
---------------------------------
Employer may be terminated by Employer for Cause (as defined below), provided
--------
that Executive shall be permitted to attend a meeting of the Board within 30
days after delivery to him of a Notice of Termination (as defined below)
pursuant to this Sec tion 7(b) to explain why he should not be terminated for
Cause and, if following any such explanation by Executive, the Board determines
that Employer does not have Cause to terminate Executive's employment, any such
prior Notice of Termination delivered to Executive shall thereupon be withdrawn
and of no further force or effect. "Cause" shall mean (i) the willful failure
-
of Executive substantially to perform his duties hereunder (other than any such
failure due to Executive's physical or mental illness) or other willful and
material breach by Executive of any of his obligations hereunder, after a
written demand for substantial performance has been delivered, and a reasonable
opportunity to cure has been given, to Executive by the Board, which demand
identifies in reasonable detail the manner in which the Board believes that
Executive has not substantially performed his duties or has breached his
obligations, (ii) Executive's dishonesty or engaging in willful and serious
--
misconduct, which misconduct has caused or is reasonably expected to result in
direct or indirect material injury to Employer or any of its Affiliates or (iii)
---
Executive's conviction of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a
---- ----------
crime that constitutes a felony.
(c) Termination Without Cause. A termination "Without Cause" shall
-------------------------
mean a termination of Executive's employment by Employer other than due to
Disability as described in Section 7(a) or for Cause as described in Section
7(b).
(d) Termination by Executive. Executive may terminate his employment
------------------------
for any reason. A termination of employment by Executive for "Good Reason"
shall mean a termination by Executive of his employment with Employer within 30
days
10
<PAGE>
following the occurrence, without Executive's consent, of any of the
following events: (i) the assignment to Executive of (x) a title that is
- -
different from, and a diminution from, the title specified in Section 2 or (y)
-
duties that are significantly different from, and that result in a substantial
diminution of, the duties that he is to assume on the Commencement Date, (ii)
--
the failure of Employer to obtain the assumption of this Amended Agreement by
any Successor (as defined below) to Employer as contemplated by Section 14,
(iii) a reduction in the rate of Executive's Base Salary, (iv) a material
--- --
reduction in the aggregate level of employee and executive benefits provided to
Executive pursuant to Section 5 hereof, (v) Employer's delivery to Executive of
-
a Non-Extension Notice or (vi) a relocation of Executive's principal place of
--
business to a location beyond a radius of 30 miles from the location of such
place of business on the Commencement Date, provided that, within 30 days
--------
following the occurrence of any of the events set forth therein, Executive shall
have delivered written notice to Employer of his intention to terminate his
employment for Good Reason, which notice specifies in reasonable detail the
circumstances claimed to give rise to Executive's right to terminate his
employment for Good Reason, and Employer shall not have cured such circumstances
to the reasonable satisfaction of Executive.
(e) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive's employment
---------------------
hereunder by Employer pursuant to Section 7(a), 7(b) or 7(c), or by Executive
pursuant to Section 7(d), shall be communicated by a written Notice of
Termination addressed to the other. A "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice stating that Executive's employment with Employer has been or will be
terminated and setting forth the provisions hereof pursuant to which such
employment has or will be terminated.
(f) Payments Upon Certain Terminations.
----------------------------------
(i) In the event of a termination of Executive's employment by
Employer Without Cause or a termination by Executive of his employment for Good
Reason during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay to Executive his full
Base Salary through the Date of Termination and an amount equal to the pro rata
amount of annual incentive compensation for the portion of the fiscal year
preceding the Date of Termination that would have been payable to Executive
pursuant to Section 4(a) if he had remained employed for the entire fiscal year,
determined on the basis of the actual performance achieved by Employer through
the Date of Termination and the performance objectives established for such
fiscal year, pro rated to reflect the calculation of such annual incentive
compensation for the portion of the fiscal year preceding the Date of
Termination. In addition, in the event of any such termination, Employer shall
pay or, in the case of the Continued Benefits (as defined below), provide to
Executive (or, following his death, to Executive's designated beneficiary or
beneficiaries), as liquidated damages,
11
<PAGE>
(A) his Average Base Salary (as defined below), which shall be
payable in installments on Employer's regular payroll dates, for the period
beginning on the Date of Termination (as defined below) and ending on the
second anniversary of the Date of Termination (such period, the "Severance
Period") and
(B) on the last day of each calendar month included in the Severance
Period, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the Average Annual Bonus (as
defined below); and
(C) continued coverage for Executive and his eligible dependents
under Employer's medical insurance plans referred to in Section 5 (the
"Continued Benefits") during the period commencing on the Termination Date
and ending on the earlier of (i) Executive's 65th birthday and (ii) the
- --
date of Executive's death, subject to timely payment by Executive of all
premiums, contributions and other co-payments required to be paid by senior
executives of Employer under the terms of such plans as in effect from time
to time;
provided that Employer may, at any time, pay to Executive, in a single lump sum
- --------
and in satisfaction of Employer's obligations under clauses (A) and (B) of this
Section 7(f)(i), an amount equal to the present value (as determined by Employer
using a discount rate equal to the then prevailing applicable federal short-term
rate under section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) of
the sum of the installments of the Average Base Salary and Average Annual Bonus
then remaining to be paid to Executive pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) above.
Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the costs to Employer
under this Section 7(f)(i), except that (i) payments of Base Salary and Average
-
Annual Bonus will be reduced, but not below zero, by the amount of any
compensation earned by Executive (whether paid currently or deferred) during any
portion of the Severance Period from any subsequent employer or other Person (as
defined in Section 17(k) below) for which Executive performs services, including
but not limited to consulting services, and (ii) Continued Benefits shall be
--
reduced or canceled if comparable medical benefit coverage is provided or
offered to Executive by any subsequent employer or other Person for which
Executive performs services, including but not limited to consulting services,
at any time after the Date of Termination.
The term "Average Annual Bonus" means the average of the annual
bonuses paid to Executive pursuant to Employer's annual incentive compensation
plan for each of the three fiscal years of Employer ending immediately prior to
the Date of Termination or, if fewer, each of such fiscal years during which
Executive was at any
12
<PAGE>
time employed by Employer and the term "Average Base Salary" means the average
of the annual base salary rate of Executive in effect immediately prior to the
Date of Termination and as of the last day of each of the two fiscal years of
Employer ending immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if fewer, each
of such fiscal years during which Executive was at any time employed by
Employer; provided that if Executive's employment is terminated by Executive
--------
pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition of Good Reason, Executive's annual
base salary rate in effect immediately prior to any reduction thereof shall be
substituted for Executive's annual base salary rate in effect immediately prior
to the Date of Termination in calculating the Average Base Salary.
(ii) If Executive's employment shall terminate upon his death or
Disability or if Employer shall terminate Executive's employment for Cause or
Executive shall terminate his employment without Good Reason during the
Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive his full Base Salary through the
Date of Termination and, in the case of any such termination upon Executive's
death or Disability, Executive shall be entitled to receive (x) a cash payment
-
equal to the pro rata amount of annual incentive compensation for the portion of
the fiscal year preceding the Date of Termination (exclusive of any time between
the onset of a physical or mental disability that prevents the performance by
Executive of his duties hereunder and the resulting Date of Termina tion) that
would have been payable to Executive pursuant to Section 4(a) if he had remained
employed for the entire fiscal year, determined on the basis of the actual
performance achieved by Employer through the Date of Termination and the
performance objectives established for such fiscal year, pro rated to reflect
the calculation of such annual incentive compensation for the portion of the
fiscal year preceding the Date of Termination and (y) such death or Disability
-
benefits, as applicable, as are provided under the terms of any employee and
executive death benefit and disability plans and programs referred to in Section
5 or 6(a).
(iii) Except as specifically set forth in this Section 7(f),
Executive shall be entitled to receive all amounts payable and benefits accrued
under any otherwise applicable plan, policy, program or practice of Employer in
which Executive was a participant during his employment with Employer
(including, without limitation, Employer's 401(k) Savings Plan and Supplemental
401(k) Savings Plan) in accordance with the terms thereof, provided that
Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits under any
such plan, policy, program or practice providing any bonus or incentive
compensation or severance compensation or benefits (and the provisions of this
Section 7(f) shall supersede the provisions of any such plan, policy, program or
practice).
(g) Date of Termination. As used in this Amended Agreement, the term
-------------------
"Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Executive's employment is terminated by
-
his
13
<PAGE>
death, the date of his death, (ii) if Executive's employment is terminated
--
by Employer for Cause, the date on which Notice of Termination is given as
contemplated by Section 7(e) or, if later, the date of termination specified in
such Notice, and (iii) if Executive's employment is terminated by Employer
---
Without Cause, due to Executive's Disability or by Executive for any reason, the
date that is 30 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given as
contemplated by Section 7(e) or, if no such Notice is given, immediately upon
the termination of Executive's employment.
(h) Resignation upon Termination. Effective as of any Date of
----------------------------
Termination under this Section 7 or otherwise as of the date of Executive's
termination of employment with Employer, Executive shall resign, in writing,
from all Board memberships and other positions then held by him with Employer
and its Affiliates.
(i) Limit on Payments by the Company.
--------------------------------
(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended Agreement,
in the event that any amount or benefit paid, payable or distributed to
Executive pursuant to this Amended Agreement which is a parachute payment as
defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), taken together with any amounts or benefits otherwise paid, payable or
distributed to Executive by Employer or any Affiliate thereof which are
parachute payments as defined in Section 280G of the Code (collectively, the
"Covered Payments"), would be an "excess parachute payment" as defined in
Section 280G of the Code, and would thereby subject Executive to the tax (the
"Excise Tax") imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (or any similar tax that
may hereafter be imposed), the provisions of this Section 7(i) shall apply to
determine the amounts payable to Executive pursuant to Section 7(f) of this
Amended Agreement.
(ii) Immediately following delivery of any Notice of Termination,
the Company shall notify Executive of the aggregate present value of all
termination benefits to which he would be entitled under this Amended Agreement
and any other plan, program or arrangement as of the projected Date of
Termination, together with the projected maximum payments, determined as of such
projected Date of Termination that could be paid without Executive being subject
to the Excise Tax.
(iii) If the aggregate value of all parachute payments to be paid or
provided to Executive under this Amended Agreement and any other plan, agreement
or arrangement with Employer or any Affiliate thereof exceeds the amount of
parachute payments which can be paid to Executive without Executive incurring an
Excise Tax, then the amounts payable to Executive under Section 7(f) shall be
reduced (but not below zero) to the maximum amount which may be paid hereunder
without Executive becoming subject to such an Excise Tax (such amount to be
referred to as the "Payment Cap"). In
14
<PAGE>
the event that Executive receives reduced payments and benefits hereunder,
Executive shall have the right to designate which of the payments and benefits
otherwise provided for in Section 7(f) of this Amended Agreement he will receive
in connection with the application of the Payment Cap.
(iv) For purposes of determining whether any of the Covered Payments
will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax,
(A) (x) whether any amount or benefit paid, payable or distributed to
Executive is a "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G
of the Code, and (y) whether there are "parachute payments" in excess
of the "base amount" (as defined under Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code)
shall be determined in good faith by Employer's independent certified
public accountants or tax counsel selected by such accountants (the
"Accountants"), provided however that payments or benefits made or
provided to Executive pursuant to Sections 3 through 6 of this Amended
Agreement in respect of periods of Executive's employment with
Employer (other than any amount attributable to the acceleration of
any Prior Options) shall not be treated as parachute payments, and
(B) the value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or
benefit shall be determined by the Accountants in accordance with the
principles of Section 280G of the Code.
(v) If Executive receives reduced payments and benefits as a result
of the provisions of this Section 7(i) (or this Section 7(i) is determined not
to be applicable to Executive because the Accountants conclude that Executive is
not subject to any Excise Tax) and it is established pursuant to a final
determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service proceeding (a "Final
Determination") that, notwithstanding the good faith of Executive and Employer
in applying the terms of this Amended Agreement, the aggregate "parachute
payments" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code paid to Executive or
for his benefit are in an amount that would result in Executive's being subject
to an Excise Tax, then any amounts actually paid to or on behalf of Executive
which are treated as excess parachute payments shall be deemed for all purposes
to be a loan to Executive made on the date of receipt of such excess payments,
which Executive shall have an obligation to repay to Employer on demand,
together with interest on such amount at the applicable Federal rate (as defined
in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of the payment hereunder to the
date of repayment by Executive. If Executive receives reduced payments and
benefits by reason of this Section 7(i) and it is established pursuant to a
Final Determination that Executive could have received a greater amount without
exceeding the Payment Cap, then Employer shall promptly thereafter pay
15
<PAGE>
Executive the aggregate additional amount which could have been paid without
exceeding the Payment Cap, together with interest on such amount at the
applicable Federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the
original payment due date to the date of actual payment by Employer.
8. Unauthorized Disclosure. During the period of Executive's
-----------------------
employment with Employer and the ten year period following any termination of
such employment, without the prior written consent of the Board or its
authorized representative, except to the extent required by an order of a court
having jurisdiction or under subpoena from an appropriate government agency, in
which event, Executive shall use his best efforts to consult with the Board
prior to responding to any such order or subpoena, and except as required in the
performance of his duties hereunder, Executive shall not disclose any
confidential or proprietary trade secrets, customer lists, drawings, designs,
information regarding product development, marketing plans, sales plans,
manufacturing plans, management organization information (including but not
limited to data and other information relating to members of the Board or the
Board of Directors of any of Employer's Affiliates or to management of Employer
or any of its Affiliates), operating policies or manuals, business plans,
financial records, packaging design or other financial, commercial, business or
technical information (a) relating to Employer or any of its Affiliates or (b)
- -
that Employer or any of its Affiliates may receive belonging to suppliers,
customers or others who do business with Employer or any of its Affiliates
(collectively, "Confidential Information") to any third person unless such
Confidential Information has been previously disclosed to the public or is in
the public domain (other than by reason of Executive's breach of this Section
8).
9. Non-Competition. During the period of Executive's employment
---------------
with Employer and, following any termination thereof, the period ending on the
second anniversary of the Date of Termination (such periods, collectively, the
"Restriction Period"), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, become
employed in an executive capacity by, engage in business with, serve as an agent
or consultant to, or become a partner, member, principal or stockholder (other
than a holder of less than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any publicly
held company) of, any Person that competes or has a reasonable potential for
competing, anywhere in the world, with any part of the business of Employer or
any of its Subsidiaries (as defined below). For purposes of this Section 9, the
phrase employment "in an executive capacity" shall mean employment in any
position in connection with which Executive has or reasonably would be viewed as
having powers and authorities with respect to any other Person or any part of
the business thereof that are substantially similar, with respect thereto, to
the powers and authorities assigned to the Corporate Vice President-Chief
Financial Officer or any superior executive officer of Employer in the By-Laws
of Employer as in effect on the date hereof,
16
<PAGE>
a copy of the relevant portions of which has been delivered to Executive on or
before the date hereof, and which Executive hereby confirms that he has
reviewed.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, as a result of the
operation of the provisions of Section 7(i), payments of Average Base Salary and
Average Annual Bonus otherwise required to be paid to Executive for the entire
Severance Period are paid to Executive for a period of less than two years
following the applicable Date of Termination, the Restriction Period shall
expire as of the later of (i) the date such payments of Average Base Salary and
-
Average Annual Bonus cease (or, if Employer elects to pay Executive a lump sum
amount pursuant to Section 7(f)(i), the date such payments would have ceased had
such payments continued to be made in installments) and (ii) the first
--
anniversary of the Date of Termination.
10. Non-Solicitation of Employees. During the Restriction Period,
-----------------------------
Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for his own account or for the
account of any other Person anywhere in the world, (i) solicit for employment,
-
employ or otherwise interfere with the relationship of Employer or any of its
Affiliates with any natural person throughout the world who is or was employed
by or otherwise engaged to per form services for Employer or any of its
Affiliates at any time during which Executive was employed by Employer (in the
case of any such activity during such time) or during the six-month period
preceding such solicitation, employment or interference (in the case of any such
activity after the Date of Termination), other than any such solicitation or
employment on behalf of Employer or any of its Affiliates during Executive's
employment with Employer, or (ii) induce any employee of Employer or any of its
--
Affiliates who is a member of management to engage in any activity which
Executive is prohibited from engaging in under any of Sections 8, 9, 10 or 11 or
to terminate his employment with Employer.
11. Non-Solicitation of Customers. During the Restriction Period,
-----------------------------
Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for his own account or for the
account of any other Person anywhere in the world, solicit or otherwise attempt
to establish any business relationship of a nature that is competitive with the
business or relationship of Employer or any of its Affiliates with any Person
throughout the world which is or was a customer, client or distributor of
Employer or any of its Affiliates at any time during which Executive was
employed by Employer (in the case of any such activity during such time) or
during the twelve-month period preceding the Date of Termination (in the case of
any such activity after the Date of Termination), other than any such
solicitation on behalf of Employer or any of its Affiliates during Executive's
employment with Employer.
12. Return of Documents. In the event of the termination of
-------------------
Executive's employment for any reason, Executive shall deliver to Employer all
of (a) the property of
-
17
<PAGE>
each of Employer and its Affiliates and (b) the non-personal documents and data
-
of any nature and in whatever medium of each of Employer and its Affiliates, and
he shall not take with him any such property, documents or data or any
reproduction thereof, or any documents containing or pertaining to any
Confidential Information.
13. Injunctive Relief with Respect to Covenants; Forum, Venue and
-------------------------------------------------------------
Jurisdiction. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the covenants, obligations
- ------------
and agreements of Executive contained in Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 relate
to special, unique and extraordinary matters and that a violation of any of the
terms of such covenants, obligations or agreements will cause Employer
irreparable injury for which adequate remedies are not available at law.
Therefore, Executive agrees that Employer shall be entitled to an injunction,
restraining order or such other equitable relief (without the requirement to
post bond) as a court of competent jurisdiction may deem necessary or
appropriate to restrain Executive from committing any violation of such
covenants, obligations or agreements. These injunctive remedies are cumulative
and in addition to any other rights and remedies Employer may have. Employer
and Executive hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts of Massachusetts and the Federal courts of the United States of America,
in each case located in Boston, Massachusetts, in respect of the injunctive
remedies set forth in this Section 13 and the interpretation and enforcement of
Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 insofar as such interpretation and enforcement
relate to any request or application for injunctive relief in accordance with
the provisions of this Section 13, and the parties hereto hereby irrevocably
agree that (a) the sole and exclusive appropriate venue for any suit or pro
-
ceeding relating solely to such injunctive relief shall be in such a court, (b)
-
all claims with respect to any request or application for such injunctive relief
shall be heard and determined exclusively in such a court, (c) any such court
-
shall have exclusive juris diction over the person of such parties and over the
subject matter of any dispute relating to any request or application for such
injunctive relief, and (d) each hereby waives any and all objections and
-
defenses based on forum, venue or personal or subject matter jurisdiction as
they may relate to an application for such injunctive relief in a suit or
proceeding brought before such a court in accordance with the provisions of this
Sec tion 13.
Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, (i) Executive's
-
obligations under Sections 9, 10 and 11 are subject to timely payment by
Employer of the amounts, if any, required to be paid to Executive pursuant to
Section 7(f) (taking into account any reduction in such amounts permitted under
Section 7(i)) and (ii) Employer's obligations to pay Executive any amount
--
pursuant to Section 7(f) is subject to Executive's compliance with his
obligations under Sections 9, 10 and 11.
18
<PAGE>
14. Assumption of Agreement. Employer shall require any Successor
-----------------------
thereto, by agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Executive, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Amended Agreement in
the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to
perform it if no such succession had taken place.
15. Entire Agreement; Termination of Prior Agreement. This Amended
------------------------------------------------
Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect
to the subject matter hereof. All prior correspondence and proposals (including
but not limited to summaries of proposed terms) and all prior promises,
representations, understandings, arrangements and agreements relating to such
subject matter (including but not limited to those made to or with Executive by
any other Person and those contained in the Employment Agreement, the Prior
Agreement or any other prior employment, consulting or similar agreement entered
into by Executive and Employer or any predecessor thereto or Affiliate thereof)
are merged herein and superseded hereby.
Executive and Employer each acknowledges and agrees that, subject to
the consummation of, and effective as of effective time of, the Merger, the
Prior Agreement is hereby terminated in its entirety and shall be of no further
force or effect, without any payment or other consideration to or in respect of
Executive.
16. Indemnification. Employer hereby agrees that, notwithstanding
---------------
the fact that Employer is a Massachusetts corporation, Employer shall indemnify
and hold harmless Executive to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law from
and against any and all liabilities, costs, claims and expenses, including all
costs and expenses incurred in defense of litigation (including attorneys'
fees), arising out of the employment of Executive hereunder, it being understood
that there shall be no indemnification in respect of any claim arising out of or
based upon Executive's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Costs and
expenses incurred by Executive in defense of such litigation (including
attorneys' fees) shall be paid by Employer in advance of the final disposition
of such litigation upon receipt by Employer of (a) a written request for
-
payment, (b) appropriate documentation evidencing the incurrence, amount and
-
nature of the costs and expenses for which payment is being sought, and (c) an
-
undertaking adequate under Massachusetts law made by or on behalf of Executive
to repay the amounts so paid if it shall ultimately be determined that Executive
is not entitled to be indemnified by Employer under this Amended Agreement,
including but not limited to as a result of such exception.
17. Miscellaneous.
-------------
19
<PAGE>
(a) Binding Effect; Assignment. This Amended Agreement shall be
--------------------------
binding on and inure to the benefit of Employer, and its successors and
permitted assigns. This Amended Agreement shall also be binding on and inure to
the benefit of Executive and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal
representatives. This Amended Agreement shall not be assignable by any party
hereto without the prior written consent of the other, except as provided
pursuant to this Section 17(a). Employer may effect such an assignment without
prior written approval of Executive upon the transfer of all or substantially
all of its business and/or assets (by whatever means), provided that the
--------
Successor to Employer shall expressly assume and agree to perform this Amended
Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.
(b) Governing Law. This Amended Agreement shall be governed by and
-------------
construed in accordance with the laws of Massachusetts without reference to
principles of conflicts of laws.
(c) Taxes. Employer may withhold from any payments made under this
-----
Amended Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income,
employment and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law.
(d) Amendments. No provision of this Amended Agreement may be
----------
modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is
approved by the Board or a Person authorized thereby and is agreed to in writing
by Executive. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any
other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this
Amended Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver
of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or
subsequent time. No waiver of any provision of this Amended Agreement shall be
implied from any course of dealing between or among the parties hereto or from
any failure by any party hereto to assert its rights hereunder on any occasion
or series of occasions.
(e) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the
------------
provisions of this Amended Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
(f) Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted
-------
to be delivered under this Amended Agreement shall be (i) in writing, (ii)
- --
delivered personally, by courier service or by certified or registered mail,
first-class postage prepaid and return receipt requested, (iii) deemed to have
---
been received on the date of delivery or, if so mailed, on the third business
day after the mailing thereof, and (iv) addressed as
--
20
<PAGE>
follows (or to such other address as the party entitled to notice shall
hereafter designate in accordance with the terms hereof):
(A) If to Employer, to it at:
Dynatech Corporation
Corporate Headquarters
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, MA 01803
Attention: General Counsel
---------
(C) if to Executive, to him at his residential address as currently
on file with Employer.
Copies of any notices or other communications given under this Amended Agreement
shall also be given to:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
375 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10152
Attention:
---------
Joseph L. Rice, III
and
Debevoise & Plimpton
875 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention:
---------
Franci J. Blassberg, Esq.
and
Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Attention:
---------
Peter Tarr, Esq.
21
<PAGE>
(g) Voluntary Agreement. Executive represents that he is entering
-------------------
into this Amended Agreement voluntarily and that his employment hereunder and
compliance with the terms and conditions of this Amended Agreement will not
conflict with or result in the breach by him of any agreement to which he is a
party or by which he may be bound.
(h) Counterparts. This Amended Agreement may be executed in
------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(i) Headings. The section and other headings contained in this
--------
Amended Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and are not
intended to be a part hereof or to affect the meaning or interpretation hereof.
(k) Certain Definitions.
-------------------
"Affiliate": with respect to any Person, means any other Person that,
---------
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is
Controlled by, or is under common Control with the first Person, including but
not limited to a Subsidiary of the first Person, a Person of which the first
Person is a Subsidiary, or another Subsidiary of a Person of which the first
Person is also a Subsidiary.
"Control": with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly
-------
or indirectly, severally or jointly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or credit arrangement, as trustee or
executor, or otherwise.
"Person": any natural person, firm, partnership, limited liability
------
company, association, corporation, company, trust, business trust, governmental
authority or other entity.
"Subsidiary": with respect to any Person, each corporation or other
----------
Person in which the first Person owns or Controls, directly or indirectly,
capital stock or other ownership interests representing 50% or more of the
combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership
interests of such corporation or other Person.
"Successor": of a Person means a Person that succeeds to the first
---------
Person's assets and liabilities by merger, liquidation, dissolution or otherwise
by operation of law, or a Person to which all or substantially all the assets
and/or business of the first Person are transferred.
22
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer has duly executed this Amended Agreement
by its authorized representative, and Executive has hereunto set his hand, in
each case effective as of the date first above written.
DYNATECH CORPORATION
By: ______________________________
Name: John F. Reno
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Executive:
----------------------------------
Name: Allan M. Kline
23
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.3
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of
this __ day of April __, 1998 by and between Dynatech Corporation, a
Massachusetts corporation ("Employer"), and John Peeler ("Executive").
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed by Employer as its Corporate
Vice President and by Telecommunications Technics Corporation, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Employer ("TTC"), as its President and Chief Executive Officer;
WHEREAS, pursuant and subject to the terms of the Agreement and Plan
of Merger, dated as of December 20, 1997 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and
between Employer and CDRD Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation
("MergerCo"), Employer will be merged with and into MergerCo (the "Merger") and
Employer will be the surviving corporation to the Merger;
WHEREAS, Executive and Employer are currently parties to a Special
Termination Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1995 (the "Prior Agreement"),
pursuant to which Executive is entitled to certain severance compensation and
benefits in the event of certain terminations of his employment following a
"change in control" (as defined in the Prior Agreement);
WHEREAS, Employer wishes to secure the continued services of Executive
following the consummation of the Merger and Executive desires to accept such
continued employment, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth
herein;
WHEREAS, Executive and Employer entered into an Employment Agreement,
dated December 20, 1997 (the "Employment Agreement") to set forth the terms and
conditions of Executive's employment with Employer following the Merger;
WHEREAS, Employer and Executive wish to amend and restate the
Employment Agreement in its entirety, as set forth herein (as so amended and
restated, the "Amended Agreement");
WHEREAS, Employer and Executive acknowledge and agree that Executive
has had and will continue to have a prominent role in the management of the
business, and the development of the goodwill, of Employer and its Affiliates
(as defined below) and has established and developed and will continue to
establish and develop relations and contacts with the principal customers and
suppliers of Employer and its Affiliates in the United States, Europe, the
Pacific Rim and the rest of the world, all of
<PAGE>
which constitute valuable goodwill of, and could be used by Executive to compete
unfairly with, Employer and its Affiliates;
WHEREAS, (i) in the course of his employment with Employer, Executive
-
has obtained and will continue to obtain confidential and proprietary
information and trade secrets concerning the business and operations of Employer
and its Affiliates in the United States, Europe, the Pacific Rim and the rest of
the world that could be used to compete unfairly with Employer and its
Affiliates; (ii) the covenants and restrictions contained in Sections 8 through
--
13, inclusive, are intended to protect the legitimate interests of Employer and
its Affiliates in their respective goodwill, trade secrets and other
confidential and proprietary information; and (iii) Executive desires to be
---
bound by such covenants and restrictions;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants and promises contained herein and for other good and valuable
consideration, Employer and Executive hereby agree to amend and restate the
Employment Agreement as follows:
1. Agreement to Continue Employment; Obligations subject to Merger.
---------------------------------------------------------------
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Amended Agreement, Employer
hereby continues the employment of Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such
continued employment by Employer. Executive and Employer each hereby
acknowledge and agree that their respective rights and obligations hereunder are
subject to the consummation of the Merger and the Prior Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect until the consummation of the Merger.
2. Term; Position and Responsibilities.
-----------------------------------
(a) Term of Employment. Unless Executive's employment shall sooner
------------------
terminate pursuant to Section 7, subject to the consummation of the Merger,
Employer shall employ Executive for a term commencing on the date of the
consummation of the Merger (the "Commencement Date") and ending on the fifth
anniversary of the Commencement Date (the "Initial Term"). Effective upon the
expiration of the Initial Term and of each Additional Term (as defined below),
Executive's employment hereunder shall be deemed to be automatically extended,
upon the same terms and conditions, for an additional period of one year (each,
an "Additional Term"), in each such case, commencing upon the expiration of the
Initial Term or the then current Additional Term, as the case may be, unless
Employer, at least 60 days prior to the expir ation of the Initial Term or such
Additional Term, shall give written notice (a "Non-Extension Notice") to
Executive of its intention not to extend the Employment Period (as defined
below) hereunder, provided that a Non-Extension Notice shall not constitute a
--------
notice to Executive of the termination of his employment by Employer unless
2
<PAGE>
such notice specifically provides for such termination of employment and the
specific date thereof. The period during which Executive is employed pursuant to
this Amended Agreement, including any extension thereof in accordance with the
preceding sentence, shall be referred to as the "Employment Period".
(b) Position and Responsibilities. During the Employment Period,
-----------------------------
Executive shall serve as Corporate Vice President of Employer and President and
Chief Executive Officer of TTC and have such duties and responsibilities as are
customarily assigned to individuals serving in such position and such other
duties consistent with Executive's title and position as the Board of Directors
of Employer (the "Board") specifies from time to time. Executive shall devote
all of his skill, knowledge and working time (except for (i) vacation time as
-
set forth in Section 6(c) and absence for sickness or similar disability and
(ii) to the extent that it does not interfere with the performance of
--
Executive's duties hereunder, (A) such reasonable time as may be devoted to
-
service on boards of directors of other corporations and entities, subject to
the provisions of Section 9, and the fulfillment of civic responsibilities and
(B) such reason able time as may be necessary from time to time for personal
- --
financial matters) to the conscientious performance of the duties and
responsibilities of such position. During the Employment Period, Employer shall
use its reasonable best efforts to cause Executive to be nominated and elected
to serve as a member of the Board of Directors, without additional compensation.
3. Base Salary. As compensation for the services to be performed by
-----------
Executive during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive a base
salary at an annualized rate of $280,000, payable in installments on Employer's
regular payroll dates. The Board shall review Executive's base salary annually
during the period of his employment hereunder and, in its sole discretion, the
Board may increase (but may not decrease) such base salary from time to time
based upon the performance of Executive, the financial condition of Employer,
prevailing industry salary levels and such other factors as the Board shall
consider relevant. (The annual base salary payable to Executive under this
Section 3, as the same may be increased from time to time and without regard to
any reduction therefrom in accordance with the next sentence, shall hereinafter
be referred to as the "Base Salary".) The Base Salary payable under this Sec
tion 3 shall be reduced to the extent that Executive elects to defer such Base
Salary under the terms of any deferred compensation, savings plan or other
voluntary deferral arrange ment that may be maintained or established by
Employer.
4. Incentive Compensation Arrangements.
-----------------------------------
(a) Annual Incentive Compensation. During the Employment Period,
-----------------------------
Employer shall maintain an annual incentive compensation program for its senior
executives in which Executive shall be entitled to participate in accordance
with the terms
3
<PAGE>
thereof as in effect from time to time, at a level commensurate with his
position and duties with Employer, which program shall be operated in accordance
with Employer's customary corporate practices and shall provide for an annual
bonus based on such performance targets as may be established from time to time
by the Compensation Committee of the Board.
(b) Roll-Over of Certain Options; Retention of Equity.
-------------------------------------------------
(i) As of the date hereof, Executive is the beneficial owner of
21,940 shares (together with the rights associated therewith pursuant to the
Shareholders' Rights Agreement, dated as of February 16, 1989, as amended and
restated as of March 12, 1990, the "Previously Owned Shares") of the common
stock, par value $.20 per share, of Employer (the "Prior Common Stock") and
holds options to purchase 166,400 additional shares of Prior Common Stock, of
which the options to purchase 28,800 shares of Prior Common Stock listed on
Schedule A hereto will be treated as described in Section 2.3 of the Merger
Agreement and the remaining options (such remaining options, the "Prior
Options") to purchase 137,600 shares of Prior Common Stock will be treated as
described in Section 4(b)(iii) below, in each case, in connection with the
consummation of the Merger.
(ii) Executive agrees that, at the effective time of the Merger (the
"Effective Time"), all of the Previously Owned Shares shall be converted into
the right to receive the Merger Consideration, within the meaning and in
accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.
(iii) Executive acknowledges and agrees that, at the Effective Time,
each Prior Option will be automatically converted into a fully vested and
exercisable option (the "Recapitalized Option") to purchase a number of shares
(such shares, the "Recapitalized Option Shares") of common stock, par value $.20
per share, of the corporation surviving the Merger (the "Recapitalized Common
Stock") equal to the sum of:
(x) the quotient of
(I) the product of (A) the number of shares of Prior Common
-
Stock subject to such Prior Option immediately prior to the
Effective Time, multiplied by (B) the cash consideration per
-
share of Prior Common Stock paid pursuant to the Merger Agreement
to holders of Prior Common Stock, divided by
(II) the fair market value of a share of Recapitalized Common
Stock as of the Effective Time of the Merger, determined based on
the value thereof reported by Employer to shareholders for
Federal income tax purposes,
4
<PAGE>
and
(y) the product of (I) the number of shares of Prior Common Stock
-
subject to such Prior Option immediately prior to the Effective Time,
multiplied by (II) the number of shares of Recapitalized Common Stock
--
transferred pursuant to the Merger Agreement to holders of Prior
Common Stock for each such share of Prior Common Stock.
Each Recapitalized Option shall have an exercise price per Recapitalized Option
Share equal to the quotient of:
(x) the aggregate exercise price for all shares of Prior Common Stock
subject to the corresponding Prior Option, divided by
(y) the number of Recapitalized Option Shares subject to such
Recapitalized Option immediately following the conversion thereof
contemplated hereby.
(iv) Each Nonqualified Recapitalized Option (as defined below) and
each Disqualified Recapitalized Option (as defined below) shall provide that it
shall expire on the normal expiration date specified in the option award
agreement evidencing the corresponding Prior Option that applies if Executive's
employment continues at least until such date (such date, the "Original
Termination Date"), provided that (x) in the event of the termination of
-
Executive's employment with Employer prior to an applicable Original Termination
Date as a result of Executive's death, Executive's Disability (as defined
below), a termination of Executive's employment by Employer Without Cause (as
defined below) or a termination of Executive's employment by Executive for Good
Reason (as defined below), each then outstanding Nonqualified Recapitalized
Option and Disqualified Recapitalized Option shall expire on the earlier of (I)
-
its Original Termination Date and (II) the later of (A) the six month
-- -
anniversary of the date of the expiration of any initial lock-up period imposed
on sales of Recapitalized Common Stock in connection with the first underwritten
public offering of any shares of Recapitalized Common Stock led by one or more
underwriters, at least one of which is of nationally recognized standing (such
expiration date, the "Lock-Up Expiration Date"), and (B) the first anniversary
-
of the applicable Date of Termination (as defined below) and (y) in the event of
-
the termination of Executive's employment with Employer prior to such Original
Termination Date for any reason other than the reasons described in the
immediately preceding clause (x), each then outstanding Nonqualified
Recapitalized Option and Disqualified Recapitalized Option shall expire on the
earliest of (I) its Original
5
<PAGE>
Termination Date, (II) the later of (1) the 90th day following the Lock-Up
-- -
Expiration Date and (2) the 30th day following the applicable Date of
-
Termination and (III) the first anniversary of the applicable Date of
---
Termination.
Each Recapitalized Vested ISO and each Recapitalized Accelerated ISO
that is not an Disqualified Recapitalized Option shall provide that it shall
expire on the expiration date specified in the option award agreement evidencing
the corresponding Prior ISO, including without limitation, any such early
expiration date applicable in the case of a termination of Executive's
employment.
For purposes of this Section 4(b)(iv), the following terms shall have
the meanings set forth below.
(A) "Disqualified Recapitalized Option" means those Recapitalized
Accelerated ISOs having an aggregate exercise price exceeding the excess of
(1) $100,000 over
-
(2) the aggregate exercise price of all Recapitalized Vested
-
ISOs, the corresponding Prior ISO of which became vested and
exercisable in calendar year 1998 prior to the Effective Time
(B) "Nonqualified Recapitalized Option" means each Recapitalized
Option that is a successor option to a Prior Option that, immediately prior
to the Effective Time, is intended to be a nonqualified stock option.
(C) "Prior ISO" means each Prior Option that, immediately prior to
the Effective Time, is intended to qualify as an "incentive stock option"
under section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(D) "Recapitalized Accelerated ISO" means each Recapitalized Option
that is a successor option to a Prior ISO that becomes vested solely as a
result of the acceleration of the vesting of Prior Options in connection
with, and as of the Effective Time of, the Merger.
(E) "Recapitalized Vested ISO" means each Recapitalized Option that
is a successor option to a Prior ISO that became vested and exercisable
prior to the Effective Time and not in connection with the Merger.
(v) Executive, Employer and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited
Partnership (the "CD&R Fund") shall enter into a separate agreement (the
"Ancillary
6
<PAGE>
Agreement"), to become effective as of the Effective Time, that will provide,
among other things, that:
(A) during the Employment Period, the CD&R Fund will vote its shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock in favor of the election of Executive to serve
as a member of the Board;
(B) Executive shall not be permitted, at any time during his employment
with Employer, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Recapitalized Common Stock beneficially owned by him (including any
Recapitalized Option Shares), other than (I) transfers upon death to
-
Executive's estate, (II) transfers to family trusts or partnerships for
--
estate planning purposes or (III) de minimis transfers during the
---
Employment Period not exceeding, in the aggregate, 25% of the sum of the
aggregate shares of Recapitalized Common Stock beneficially owned by
Executive as of the Commencement Date and the aggregate Recapitalized
Option Shares subject to the Recapitalized Options held by Executive as of
the Commencement Date, provided, in the case of any transfer pursuant to
--------
the foregoing clause (I) or (II), that the executor of Executive's estate
or the trustee or general partner of any such trust or partnership, as
applicable, shall agree, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Employer, to be bound by all of the provisions of the Ancillary Agreement;
(C) following any termination of Executive's employment with Employer,
Employer and the CD&R Fund shall have successive rights to repurchase any
Recapitalized Options and/or Recapitalized Option Shares then beneficially
owned or held by Executive for a purchase price equal to the then fair
market value of the Recapitalized Option Shares or the Recapitalized Option
Shares then subject to the Recapitalized Options, as applicable (reduced by
the option exercise price in the case of a purchase of Recapitalized
Options), such fair market value to be determined in good faith by the
Board on the basis of an independent valuation of the Recapitalized Common
Stock, provided, that the determination of such fair market value will not
--------
give effect to (x) any restrictions on transfer of such shares, (y) the
- -
fact that such shares are not registered for resale by Executive under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (z) the fact that such shares would
-
represent a minority interest in Employer;
(D) in the event of certain qualifying sales of Recapitalized Common Stock
by the CD&R Fund, Executive shall have the right to sell a pro rata portion
of the shares of Recapitalized Common Stock then owned by him, on the same
terms and conditions as the CD&R Fund; and
7
<PAGE>
(E) in the event of the sale by the CD&R Fund of substantially all of the
Recapitalized Common Stock then beneficially owned by it (other than any
such sale to an Affiliate of the CD&R Fund), the CD&R Fund shall have the
right to require Executive to sell the same percentage of the Recapitalized
Common Stock then beneficially owned by him as will be sold by the CD&R
Fund, on the same terms and conditions as the CD&R Fund, and Employer shall
have the right to cause any Recapitalized Options then held by Executive to
be canceled in exchange for a payment in respect of each Recapitalized
Option Share covered by such Recapitalized Options equal to the excess, if
any, of the price per share of Recapitalized Common Stock paid to holders
of Recapitalized Common Stock in connection with such sale over the
applicable option exercise price.
(F) The transfer restrictions described in the foregoing subparagraph (B)
shall terminate on the earlier of (I) the fifth anniversary of the
-
Commencement Date and (II) the Lock-Up Expiration Date. The rights and
--
obligations of Executive and Employer under the foregoing subparagraphs
(C), (D) and (E) of this Section 4(b)(v) shall terminate on the closing
date following the effective date of the first registration statement filed
under the Securities Act by Employer after the Commencement Date with
respect to an underwritten public offering of any shares of Employer's
capital stock led by one or more underwriters, at least one of which is of
nationally recognized standing.
5. Employee Benefits. During the Employment Period, Executive shall
-----------------
be entitled to participate in all of Employer's profit sharing, pension,
savings, deferred compensation, supplemental savings, life, medical, dental and
disability insurance plans, as the same may be amended and in effect from time
to time, applicable to senior executives of Employer, provided that Executive
--------
shall not be entitled to participate in any severance plan of Employer or
otherwise receive any severance benefits under any other type of plan. The
benefits referred to in this Section 5 shall be provided to Executive on a basis
that is commensurate with Executive's position and duties with Employer
hereunder and shall be substantially comparable, in the aggregate, to the
benefits (exclusive of severance and equity or other incentive compensation
benefits) provided to Executive immediately prior to the Commencement Date.
6. Perquisites and Expenses.
------------------------
(a) General. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be
-------
entitled to participate in all special benefit or perquisite programs generally
available from time to time to senior executives of Employer, including
Employer's programs providing for reimbursement of certain automobile expenses,
club social dues and fees for tax return preparation, financial planning and
investment advisory services, on the terms and conditions in effect from time to
time under each such program.
8
<PAGE>
(b) Business Travel, Lodging, etc. Employer shall reimburse
------------------------------
Executive for reasonable travel, lodging, meal and other reasonable expenses
incurred by him in connection with his performance of services hereunder upon
submission of evidence, satisfactory to Employer, of the incurrence and purpose
of each such expense and otherwise in accordance with Employer's business travel
reimbursement policy applicable to its senior executives as in effect from time
to time.
(c) Vacation. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be
--------
entitled to a number of weeks of paid vacation, without carryover accumulation,
determined in accordance with the terms of Employer's vacation policy applicable
to senior executives as in effect from time to time. As soon as reasonably
practicable following the Commencement Date, Employer shall pay Executive a cash
amount equal to $44,423, which shall be in full and complete satisfaction of all
then unpaid vacation pay accrued by Executive with respect to periods of
employment completed prior to November 30, 1997.
7. Termination of Employment.
-------------------------
(a) Termination Due to Death or Disability. In the event that
--------------------------------------
Executive's employment hereunder terminates due to death or is terminated by
Employer due to Executive's Disability (as defined below), no termination
benefits shall be payable to or in respect of Executive except as provided in
Section 7(f)(ii). For purposes of this Amended Agreement, "Disability" shall
mean a physical or mental disability that prevents the performance by Executive
of his duties hereunder lasting (or likely to last, based on competent medical
evidence presented to the Board) for a continuous period of six months or
longer. The reasoned and good faith judgment of the Board as to Executive's
Disability shall be based on such competent medical evidence as shall be pre
sented to it by Executive or by any physician or group of physicians or other
competent medical experts employed by Executive or Employer to advise the Board.
(b) Termination by Employer for Cause. Executive's employment with
---------------------------------
Employer may be terminated by Employer for Cause (as defined below), provided
--------
that Executive shall be permitted to attend a meeting of the Board within 30
days after delivery to him of a Notice of Termination (as defined below)
pursuant to this Sec tion 7(b) to explain why he should not be terminated for
Cause and, if following any such explanation by Executive, the Board determines
that Employer does not have Cause to terminate Executive's employment, any such
prior Notice of Termination delivered to Executive shall thereupon be withdrawn
and of no further force or effect. "Cause" shall mean (i) the willful failure
-
of Executive substantially to perform his duties hereunder (other than any such
failure due to Executive's physical or mental illness) or other willful and
material breach by Executive of any of his obligations hereunder, after a
written demand for substantial performance has been delivered, and a reasonable
opportunity to cure has been given, to Executive by the Board, which demand
identifies in reasonable
9
<PAGE>
detail the manner in which the Board believes that Executive has not
substantially performed his duties or has breached his obligations, (ii)
--
Executive's dishonesty or engaging in willful and serious misconduct, which
misconduct has caused or is reasonably expected to result in direct or indirect
material injury to Employer or any of its Affiliates or (iii) Executive's
---
conviction of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that
---- ----------
constitutes a felony.
(c) Termination Without Cause. A termination "Without Cause" shall
-------------------------
mean a termination of Executive's employment by Employer other than due to
Disability as described in Section 7(a) or for Cause as described in Section
7(b).
(d) Termination by Executive. Executive may terminate his employment
------------------------
for any reason. A termination of employment by Executive for "Good Reason"
shall mean a termination by Executive of his employment with Employer within 30
days following the occurrence, without Executive's consent, of any of the
following events: (i) the assignment to Executive of (x) a title that is
- -
different from, and a diminution from, the title specified in Section 2 or (y)
-
duties that are significantly different from, and that result in a substantial
diminution of, the duties that he is to assume on the Commencement Date, (ii)
--
the failure of Employer to obtain the assumption of this Amended Agreement by
any Successor (as defined below) to Employer as contemplated by Section 14,
(iii) a reduction in the rate of Executive's Base Salary, (iv) a material
--- --
reduction in the aggregate level of employee and executive benefits provided to
Executive pursuant to Section 5 hereof, (v) Employer's delivery to Executive of
-
a Non-Extension Notice or (vi) a relocation of Executive's principal place of
--
business to a location beyond a radius of 30 miles from the location of such
place of business on the Commencement Date, provided that, within 30 days
--------
following the occurrence of any of the events set forth therein, Executive shall
have delivered written notice to Employer of his intention to terminate his
employment for Good Reason, which notice specifies in reasonable detail the
circumstances claimed to give rise to Executive's right to terminate his
employment for Good Reason, and Employer shall not have cured such circumstances
to the reasonable satisfaction of Executive.
(e) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive's employment
---------------------
hereunder by Employer pursuant to Section 7(a), 7(b) or 7(c), or by Executive
pursuant to Section 7(d), shall be communicated by a written Notice of
Termination addressed to the other. A "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice stating that Executive's employment with Employer has been or will be
terminated and setting forth the provisions hereof pursuant to which such
employment has or will be terminated.
(f) Payments Upon Certain Terminations.
----------------------------------
10
<PAGE>
(i) In the event of a termination of Executive's employment by
Employer Without Cause or a termination by Executive of his employment for Good
Reason during the Employment Period, Employer shall pay to Executive his full
Base Salary through the Date of Termination and an amount equal to the pro rata
amount of annual incentive compensation for the portion of the fiscal year
preceding the Date of Termination that would have been payable to Executive
pursuant to Section 4(a) if he had remained employed for the entire fiscal year,
determined on the basis of the actual performance achieved by Employer through
the Date of Termination and the performance objectives established for such
fiscal year, pro rated to reflect the calculation of such annual incentive
compensation for the portion of the fiscal year preceding the Date of
Termination. In addition, in the event of any such termination, Employer shall
pay or, in the case of the Continued Benefits (as defined below), provide to
Executive (or, following his death, to Executive's designated beneficiary or
beneficiaries), as liquidated damages,
(A) his Average Base Salary (as defined below), which shall be
payable in installments on Employer's regular payroll dates, for the period
beginning on the Date of Termination (as defined below) and ending on the
second anniversary of the Date of Termination (such period, the "Severance
Period") and
(B) on the last day of each calendar month included in the Severance
Period, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the Average Annual Bonus (as
defined below); and
(C) continued coverage for Executive and his eligible dependents under
Employer's medical insurance plans referred to in Section 5 (the "Continued
Benefits") during the period commencing on the Termination Date and ending
on the earlier of (i) Executive's 65th birthday and (ii) the date of
- --
Executive's death, subject to timely payment by Executive of all premiums,
contributions and other co-payments required to be paid by senior
executives of Employer under the terms of such plans as in effect from time
to time;
provided that Employer may, at any time, pay to Executive, in a single lump sum
- --------
and in satisfaction of Employer's obligations under clauses (A) and (B) of this
Section 7(f)(i), an amount equal to the present value (as determined by Employer
using a discount rate equal to the then prevailing applicable federal short-term
rate under section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) of
the sum of the installments of the Average Base Salary and Average Annual Bonus
then remaining to be paid to Executive pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) above.
Executive shall not have a duty to mitigate the costs to Employer
under this Section 7(f)(i), except that (i) payments of Base Salary and Average
-
Annual Bonus
11
<PAGE>
will be reduced, but not below zero, by the amount of any compensation earned by
Executive (whether paid currently or deferred) during any portion of the
Severance Period from any subsequent employer or other Person (as defined in
Section 17(k) below) for which Executive performs services, including but not
limited to consulting services, and (ii) Continued Benefits shall be
--
reduced or canceled if comparable medical benefit coverage is provided or
offered to Executive by any subsequent employer or other Person for which
Executive performs services, including but not limited to consulting services,
at any time after the Date of Termination.
The term "Average Annual Bonus" means the average of the annual
bonuses paid to Executive pursuant to Employer's annual incentive compensation
plan for each of the three fiscal years of Employer ending immediately prior to
the Date of Termination or, if fewer, each of such fiscal years during which
Executive was at any time employed by Employer and the term "Average Base
Salary" means the average of the annual base salary rate of Executive in effect
immediately prior to the Date of Termination and as of the last day of each of
the two fiscal years of Employer ending immediately prior to the Date of
Termination or, if fewer, each of such fiscal years during which Executive was
at any time employed by Employer; provided that if Executive's employment is
--------
terminated by Executive pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition of Good
Reason, Executive's annual base salary rate in effect immediately prior to any
reduction thereof shall be substituted for Executive's annual base salary rate
in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination in calculating the
Average Base Salary.
(ii) If Executive's employment shall terminate upon his death or
Disability or if Employer shall terminate Executive's employment for Cause or
Executive shall terminate his employment without Good Reason during the
Employment Period, Employer shall pay Executive his full Base Salary through the
Date of Termination and, in the case of any such termination upon Executive's
death or Disability, Executive shall be entitled to receive (x) a cash payment
-
equal to the pro rata amount of annual incentive compensation for the portion of
the fiscal year preceding the Date of Termination (exclusive of any time between
the onset of a physical or mental disability that prevents the performance by
Executive of his duties hereunder and the resulting Date of Termina tion) that
would have been payable to Executive pursuant to Section 4(a) if he had remained
employed for the entire fiscal year, determined on the basis of the actual
performance achieved by Employer through the Date of Termination and the
performance objectives established for such fiscal year, pro rated to reflect
the calculation of such annual incentive compensation for the portion of the
fiscal year preceding the Date of Termination and (y) such death or Disability
-
benefits, as applicable, as are provided under the terms of any employee and
executive death benefit and disability plans and programs referred to in Section
5 or 6(a).
12
<PAGE>
(iii) Except as specifically set forth in this Section 7(f),
Executive shall be entitled to receive all amounts payable and benefits accrued
under any otherwise applicable plan, policy, program or practice of Employer in
which Executive was a participant during his employment with Employer
(including, without limitation, Employer's 401(k) Savings Plan and Supplemental
401(k) Savings Plan) in accordance with the terms thereof, provided that
Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits under any
such plan, policy, program or practice providing any bonus or incentive
compensation or severance compensation or benefits (and the provisions of this
Section 7(f) shall supersede the provisions of any such plan, policy, program or
practice).
(g) Date of Termination. As used in this Amended Agreement, the term
-------------------
"Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Executive's employment is terminated by
-
his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Executive's employment is terminated
--
by Employer for Cause, the date on which Notice of Termination is given as
contemplated by Section 7(e) or, if later, the date of termination specified in
such Notice, and (iii) if Executive's employment is terminated by Employer
---
Without Cause, due to Executive's Disability or by Executive for any reason, the
date that is 30 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given as
contemplated by Section 7(e) or, if no such Notice is given, immediately upon
the termination of Executive's employment.
(h) Resignation upon Termination. Effective as of any Date of
----------------------------
Termination under this Section 7 or otherwise as of the date of Executive's
termination of employment with Employer, Executive shall resign, in writing,
from all Board memberships and other positions then held by him with Employer
and its Affiliates.
(i) Limit on Payments by the Company.
--------------------------------
(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended Agreement,
in the event that any amount or benefit paid, payable or distributed to
Executive pursuant to this Amended Agreement which is a parachute payment as
defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"), taken together with any amounts or benefits otherwise paid, payable or
distributed to Executive by Employer or any Affiliate thereof which are
parachute payments as defined in Section 280G of the Code (collectively, the
"Covered Payments"), would be an "excess parachute payment" as defined in
Section 280G of the Code, and would thereby subject Executive to the tax (the
"Excise Tax") imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (or any similar tax that
may hereafter be imposed), the provisions of this Section 7(i) shall apply to
determine the amounts payable to Executive pursuant to Section 7(f) of this
Amended Agreement.
13
<PAGE>
(ii) Immediately following delivery of any Notice of Termination,
the Company shall notify Executive of the aggregate present value of all
termination benefits to which he would be entitled under this Amended Agreement
and any other plan, program or arrangement as of the projected Date of
Termination, together with the projected maximum payments, determined as of such
projected Date of Termination that could be paid without Executive being subject
to the Excise Tax.
(iii) If the aggregate value of all parachute payments to be paid or
provided to Executive under this Amended Agreement and any other plan, agreement
or arrangement with Employer or any Affiliate thereof exceeds the amount of
parachute payments which can be paid to Executive without Executive incurring an
Excise Tax, then the amounts payable to Executive under Section 7(f) shall be
reduced (but not below zero) to the maximum amount which may be paid hereunder
without Executive becoming subject to such an Excise Tax (such amount to be
referred to as the "Payment Cap"). In the event that Executive receives reduced
payments and benefits hereunder, Executive shall have the right to designate
which of the payments and benefits otherwise provided for in Section 7(f) of
this Amended Agreement he will receive in connection with the application of the
Payment Cap.
(iv) For purposes of determining whether any of the Covered Payments
will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax,
(A) (x) whether any amount or benefit paid, payable or distributed to
Executive is a "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G
of the Code, and (y) whether there are "parachute payments" in excess
of the "base amount" (as defined under Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code)
shall be determined in good faith by Employer's independent certified
public accountants or tax counsel selected by such accountants (the
"Accountants"), provided however that payments or benefits made or
provided to Executive pursuant to Sections 3 through 6 of this Amended
Agreement in respect of periods of Executive's employment with
Employer (other than any amount attributable to the acceleration of
any Prior Options) shall not be treated as parachute payments, and
(B) the value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or
benefit shall be determined by the Accountants in accordance with the
principles of Section 280G of the Code.
(v) If Executive receives reduced payments and benefits as a result
of the provisions of this Section 7(i) (or this Section 7(i) is determined not
to be applicable to Executive because the Accountants conclude that Executive is
not subject to any Excise Tax) and it is established pursuant to a final
determination of a court or an Internal
14
<PAGE>
Revenue Service proceeding (a "Final Determination") that, notwithstanding the
good faith of Executive and Employer in applying the terms of this Amended
Agreement, the aggregate "parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G
of the Code paid to Executive or for his benefit are in an amount that would
result in Executive's being subject to an Excise Tax, then any amounts actually
paid to or on behalf of Executive which are treated as excess parachute payments
shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to Executive made on the date of
receipt of such excess payments, which Executive shall have an obligation to
repay to Employer on demand, together with interest on such amount at the
applicable Federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the
date of the payment hereunder to the date of repayment by Executive. If
Executive receives reduced payments and benefits by reason of this Section 7(i)
and it is established pursuant to a Final Determination that Executive could
have received a greater amount without exceeding the Payment Cap, then Employer
shall promptly thereafter pay Executive the aggregate additional amount which
could have been paid without exceeding the Payment Cap, together with interest
on such amount at the applicable Federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of
the Code) from the original payment due date to the date of actual payment by
Employer.
8. Unauthorized Disclosure. During the period of Executive's
-----------------------
employment with Employer and the ten year period following any termination of
such employment, without the prior written consent of the Board or its
authorized representative, except to the extent required by an order of a court
having jurisdiction or under subpoena from an appropriate government agency, in
which event, Executive shall use his best efforts to consult with the Board
prior to responding to any such order or subpoena, and except as required in the
performance of his duties hereunder, Executive shall not disclose any
confidential or proprietary trade secrets, customer lists, drawings, designs,
information regarding product development, marketing plans, sales plans,
manufacturing plans, management organization information (including but not
limited to data and other information relating to members of the Board or the
Board of Directors of any of Employer's Affiliates or to management of Employer
or any of its Affiliates), operating policies or manuals, business plans,
financial records, packaging design or other financial, commercial, business or
technical information (a) relating to Employer or any of its Affiliates or (b)
- -
that Employer or any of its Affiliates may receive belonging to suppliers,
customers or others who do business with Employer or any of its Affiliates
(collectively, "Confidential Information") to any third person unless such
Confidential Information has been previously disclosed to the public or is in
the public domain (other than by reason of Executive's breach of this Section
8).
9. Non-Competition. During the period of Executive's employment
---------------
with Employer and, following any termination thereof, the period ending on the
second anniversary of the Date of Termination (such periods, collectively, the
"Restriction Period"), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, become
employed in an executive
15
<PAGE>
capacity by, engage in business with, serve as an agent or consultant to, or
become a partner, member, principal or stockholder (other than a holder of less
than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any publicly held company) of, any
Person that competes or has a reasonable potential for competing, anywhere in
the world, with any part of the business of Employer or any of its Subsidiaries
(as defined below). For purposes of this Section 9, the phrase employment "in an
executive capacity" shall mean employment in any position in connection with
which Executive has or reasonably would be viewed as having powers and
authorities with respect to any other Person or any part of the business thereof
that are substantially similar, with respect thereto, to the powers and
authorities assigned to the Corporate Vice President or any superior executive
officer of Employer or to the President or Chief Executive Officer of TTC in the
By-Laws of Employer or TTC, as applicable, as in effect on the date hereof, a
copy of the relevant portions of which have been delivered to Executive on or
before the date hereof, and which Executive hereby confirms that he has
reviewed.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, as a result of the
operation of the provisions of Section 7(i), payments of Average Base Salary and
Average Annual Bonus otherwise required to be paid to Executive for the entire
Severance Period are paid to Executive for a period of less than two years
following the applicable Date of Termination, the Restriction Period shall
expire as of the later of (i) the date such payments of Average Base Salary and
-
Average Annual Bonus cease (or, if Employer elects to pay Executive a lump sum
amount pursuant to Section 7(f)(i), the date such payments would have ceased had
such payments continued to be made in installments) and (ii) the first
--
anniversary of the Date of Termination.
10. Non-Solicitation of Employees. During the Restriction Period,
-----------------------------
Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for his own account or for the
account of any other Person anywhere in the world, (i) solicit for employment,
-
employ or otherwise interfere with the relationship of Employer or any of its
Affiliates with any natural person throughout the world who is or was employed
by or otherwise engaged to per form services for Employer or any of its
Affiliates at any time during which Executive was employed by Employer (in the
case of any such activity during such time) or during the six-month period
preceding such solicitation, employment or interference (in the case of any such
activity after the Date of Termination), other than any such solicitation or
employment on behalf of Employer or any of its Affiliates during Executive's
employment with Employer, or (ii) induce any employee of Employer or any of its
--
Affiliates who is a member of management to engage in any activity which
Executive is prohibited from engaging in under any of Sections 8, 9, 10 or 11 or
to terminate his employment with Employer.
11. Non-Solicitation of Customers. During the Restriction Period,
-----------------------------
Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for his own account or for the
account of any
16
<PAGE>
other Person anywhere in the world, solicit or otherwise attempt to establish
any business relationship of a nature that is competitive with the business or
relationship of Employer or any of its Affiliates with any Person throughout the
world which is or was a customer, client or distributor of Employer or any of
its Affiliates at any time during which Executive was employed by Employer (in
the case of any such activity during such time) or during the twelve-month
period preceding the Date of Termination (in the case of any such activity after
the Date of Termination), other than any such solicitation on behalf of Employer
or any of its Affiliates during Executive's employment with Employer.
12. Return of Documents. In the event of the termination of
-------------------
Executive's employment for any reason, Executive shall deliver to Employer all
of (a) the property of each of Employer and its Affiliates and (b) the non-
- -
personal documents and data of any nature and in whatever medium of each of
Employer and its Affiliates, and he shall not take with him any such property,
documents or data or any reproduction thereof, or any documents containing or
pertaining to any Confidential Information.
13. Injunctive Relief with Respect to Covenants; Forum, Venue and
-------------------------------------------------------------
Jurisdiction. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the covenants, obligations
- ------------
and agreements of Executive contained in Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 relate
to special, unique and extraordinary matters and that a violation of any of the
terms of such covenants, obligations or agreements will cause Employer
irreparable injury for which adequate remedies are not available at law.
Therefore, Executive agrees that Employer shall be entitled to an injunction,
restraining order or such other equitable relief (without the requirement to
post bond) as a court of competent jurisdiction may deem necessary or
appropriate to restrain Executive from committing any violation of such
covenants, obligations or agreements. These injunctive remedies are cumulative
and in addition to any other rights and remedies Employer may have. Employer
and Executive hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts of Massachusetts and the Federal courts of the United States of America,
in each case located in Boston, Massachusetts, in respect of the injunctive
remedies set forth in this Section 13 and the interpretation and enforcement of
Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 insofar as such interpretation and enforcement
relate to any request or application for injunctive relief in accordance with
the provisions of this Section 13, and the parties hereto hereby irrevocably
agree that (a) the sole and exclusive appropriate venue for any suit or pro
-
ceeding relating solely to such injunctive relief shall be in such a court, (b)
-
all claims with respect to any request or application for such injunctive relief
shall be heard and determined exclusively in such a court, (c) any such court
-
shall have exclusive juris diction over the person of such parties and over the
subject matter of any dispute relating to any request or application for such
injunctive relief, and (d) each hereby waives any and all objections and
-
defenses based on forum, venue or personal or subject matter jurisdiction as
they may relate to an application for such injunctive relief in a suit or
17
<PAGE>
proceeding brought before such a court in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 13.
Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, (i) Executive's
-
obligations under Sections 9, 10 and 11 are subject to timely payment by
Employer of the amounts, if any, required to be paid to Executive pursuant to
Section 7(f) (taking into account any reduction in such amounts permitted under
Section 7(i)) and (ii) Employer's obligations to pay Executive any amount
--
pursuant to Section 7(f) is subject to Executive's compliance with his
obligations under Sections 9, 10 and 11.
14. Assumption of Agreement. Employer shall require any Successor
-----------------------
thereto, by agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Executive, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Amended Agreement in
the same manner and to the same extent that Employer would be required to
perform it if no such succession had taken place.
15. Entire Agreement; Termination of Prior Agreement. This Amended
------------------------------------------------
Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect
to the subject matter hereof. All prior correspondence and proposals (including
but not limited to summaries of proposed terms) and all prior promises,
representations, understandings, arrangements and agreements relating to such
subject matter (including but not limited to those made to or with Executive by
any other Person and those contained in the Employment Agreement, the Prior
Agreement or any other prior employment, consulting or similar agreement entered
into by Executive and Employer or any predecessor thereto or Affiliate thereof)
are merged herein and superseded hereby.
Executive and Employer each acknowledges and agrees that, subject to
the consummation of, and effective as of effective time of, the Merger, the
Prior Agreement is hereby terminated in its entirety and shall be of no further
force or effect, without any payment or other consideration to or in respect of
Executive.
16. Indemnification. Employer hereby agrees that, notwithstanding
---------------
the fact that Employer is a Massachusetts corporation, Employer shall indemnify
and hold harmless Executive to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law from
and against any and all liabilities, costs, claims and expenses, including all
costs and expenses incurred in defense of litigation (including attorneys'
fees), arising out of the employment of Executive hereunder, it being understood
that there shall be no indemnification in respect of any claim arising out of or
based upon Executive's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Costs and
expenses incurred by Executive in defense of such litigation (including
attorneys' fees) shall be paid by Employer in advance of the final disposition
of such litigation upon receipt by Employer of (a) a written request for
-
payment, (b) appropriate documentation evidencing the incurrence, amount and
-
nature of the costs and
18
<PAGE>
expenses for which payment is being sought, and (c) an undertaking adequate
-
under Massachusetts law made by or on behalf of Executive to repay the amounts
so paid if it shall ultimately be determined that Executive is not entitled to
be indemnified by Employer under this Amended Agreement, including but not
limited to as a result of such exception.
17. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) Binding Effect; Assignment. This Amended Agreement shall be
--------------------------
binding on and inure to the benefit of Employer, and its successors and
permitted assigns. This Amended Agreement shall also be binding on and inure to
the benefit of Executive and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal
representatives. This Amended Agreement shall not be assignable by any party
hereto without the prior written consent of the other, except as provided
pursuant to this Section 17(a). Employer may effect such an assignment without
prior written approval of Executive upon the transfer of all or substantially
all of its business and/or assets (by whatever means), provided that the
--------
Successor to Employer shall expressly assume and agree to perform this Amended
Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.
(b) Governing Law. This Amended Agreement shall be governed by and
-------------
construed in accordance with the laws of Massachusetts without reference to
principles of conflicts of laws.
(c) Taxes. Employer may withhold from any payments made under this
-----
Amended Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income,
employment and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law.
(d) Amendments. No provision of this Amended Agreement may be
----------
modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is
approved by the Board or a Person authorized thereby and is agreed to in writing
by Executive. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any
other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this
Amended Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver
of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or
subsequent time. No waiver of any provision of this Amended Agreement shall be
implied from any course of dealing between or among the parties hereto or from
any failure by any party hereto to assert its rights hereunder on any occasion
or series of occasions.
(e) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the
------------
provisions of this Amended Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.
19
<PAGE>
(f) Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted
-------
to be delivered under this Amended Agreement shall be (i) in writing, (ii)
- --
delivered personally, by courier service or by certified or registered mail,
first-class postage prepaid and return receipt requested, (iii) deemed to have
---
been received on the date of delivery or, if so mailed, on the third business
day after the mailing thereof, and (iv) addressed as follows (or to such other
--
address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance
with the terms hereof):
(A) If to Employer, to it at:
Dynatech Corporation
Corporate Headquarters
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, MA 01803
Attention: General Counsel
---------
(C) if to Executive, to him at his residential address as currently
on file with Employer.
Copies of any notices or other communications given under this Amended Agreement
shall also be given to:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
375 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10152
Attention:
---------
Joseph L. Rice, III
and
Debevoise & Plimpton
875 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention:
---------
Franci J. Blassberg, Esq.
and
Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Attention:
---------
Peter Tarr, Esq.
20
<PAGE>
(g) Voluntary Agreement. Executive represents that he is entering
-------------------
into this Amended Agreement voluntarily and that his employment hereunder and
compliance with the terms and conditions of this Amended Agreement will not
conflict with or result in the breach by him of any agreement to which he is a
party or by which he may be bound.
(h) Counterparts. This Amended Agreement may be executed in
------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
(i) Headings. The section and other headings contained in this
--------
Amended Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and are not
intended to be a part hereof or to affect the meaning or interpretation hereof.
(k) Certain Definitions.
-------------------
"Affiliate": with respect to any Person, means any other Person that,
---------
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is
Controlled by, or is under common Control with the first Person, including but
not limited to a Subsidiary of the first Person, a Person of which the first
Person is a Subsidiary, or another Subsidiary of a Person of which the first
Person is also a Subsidiary.
"Control": with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly
-------
or indirectly, severally or jointly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or credit arrangement, as trustee or
executor, or otherwise.
"Person": any natural person, firm, partnership, limited liability
------
company, association, corporation, company, trust, business trust, governmental
authority or other entity.
"Subsidiary": with respect to any Person, each corporation or other
----------
Person in which the first Person owns or Controls, directly or indirectly,
capital stock or other ownership interests representing 50% or more of the
combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership
interests of such corporation or other Person.
"Successor": of a Person means a Person that succeeds to the first
---------
Person's assets and liabilities by merger, liquidation, dissolution or otherwise
by operation of law,
21
<PAGE>
or a Person to which all or substantially all the assets and/or business of the
first Person are transferred.
22
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer has duly executed this Amended Agreement
by its authorized representative, and Executive has hereunto set his hand, in
each case effective as of the date first above written.
DYNATECH CORPORATION
By: ______________________________
Name: John F. Reno
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Executive:
----------------------------------
Name: John Peeler
23
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE A to
Amended and Restated
Employment Agreement
of John Peeler
Options to be treated as provided in Section 2.3 of the Merger Agreement:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Grant Date Number of Shares
---------- ----------------
12/21/92 28,800
24
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.4
Name of Executive
Address
Dear Salutation:
As you know, Dynatech Corporation (the "Company") has entered into an
-------
agreement providing for the merger of the Company and CDRD Merger Corporation
(the "Merger"), with the Company as the surviving corporation following the
------
Merger. The Merger is described in detail in the proxy statement and prospectus
that has been distributed to the Company's shareholders (the "Proxy Statement").
---------------
A copy of the Proxy Statement has been provided to you with this letter
agreement (the "Letter Agreement").
----------------
As described in the Proxy Statement, in connection with and subject to
the consummation of the Merger, each share of common stock of the Company
outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (the "Prior
-----
Common Stock") will be converted into the right to receive $47.75 in cash and .5
- ------------
shares of the recapitalized common stock of the Company (the "Common Stock").
------------
In addition, except as described below, each then outstanding employee option to
purchase shares of Prior Common Stock will be canceled in exchange for a payment
in cash (the "Option Cancellation Payment") in respect of each share of Prior
---------------------------
Common Stock covered by such options equal to $49.00, reduced by the exercise
price per share of such Prior Common Stock.
In recognition of the valuable services you have provided to the
Company in the past and are expected to provide in the future, subject to the
terms of this Letter Agreement, you, together with certain other key members of
the Company's executive management team, have been offered the opportunity to
retain all or a portion of the
<PAGE>
options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company currently held by you
(the "Prior Options") in lieu of receiving an Option Cancellation Payment in
-------------
respect of such retained options. All Prior Options that you elect to retain
will automatically be converted into fully vested options to purchase shares of
Common Stock of the Company (the "Converted Options") at the effective time of
-----------------
the Merger in accordance with the conversion formula described in Attachment 1
hereto. Your rights and obligations with respect to the Converted Options will
be set forth in a separate Management Equity Agreement to be entered into by
you, the Company and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership (the
"Management Equity Agreement").
- ----------------------------
Also in recognition of the key role you have played in the success of
the Company and the uncertainties presented by a change in control of the
Company, subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement, you are being offered
the following employment protections.
(a) Termination Without Cause or For Good Reason. If, prior to the third
--------------------------------------------
anniversary of the date of the consummation of the Merger, your employment
with the Company or the subsidiary thereof that employs you is terminated
(a) by the Company or such subsidiary, other than any such termination of
your employment due to your Disability (as defined in paragraph (c) below)
or for Cause (as defined in paragraph (c) below), or (b) by you for Good
Reason (as defined in paragraph (c) below), (i) 30 days following the
-
Trigger Date (as defined in paragraph (c) below), you will be entitled to
receive (A) all accrued but unpaid base salary as of the Trigger Date and
-
(B) an amount equal to the pro rata amount of your annual bonus for the
-- --- ----
portion of the fiscal year preceding the Trigger Date that would have been
payable to you if you had been employed for the entire fiscal year,
determined on the basis of actual performance achieved by you through the
Trigger Date and the performance objectives established for such fiscal
year, pro rated to reflect the portion of the fiscal year preceding the
Trigger Date and (ii) you will be entitled to receive continued payments of
--
your base pay, at the annual rate in effect on the Trigger Date, for a
period of months (such period of months, the "Salary Continuation Period")
--------------------------
equal to 1.5 times the number of years of service with the Company and its
subsidiaries completed by you prior to your termination (including years of
service completed prior to the Merger), provided that the Salary
Continuation Period shall be at least twelve months in duration and shall
not be longer than 18 months in duration. For each month during the Salary
Continuation Period, you will also be entitled to receive a payment equal
to one twelfth of the average of the annual bonuses paid to you for each of
the three years of your employment (or, if fewer than three, for all such
years of employment) immediately preceding your termination, such payment
to be made as of the last day of each such month. In addition, during the
Salary Continuation Period, you
2
<PAGE>
will continue to be covered under the Company's medical benefit plans in
which you were a participant immediately prior to the Trigger Date of
employment, subject to your timely payment of all premiums for such
coverage as an active employee. Consistent with the Company's current
policy to permit employees who are receiving "salary continuation" to
continue their participation in certain benefit plans of the Company, you
will be eligible during the Salary Continuation Period for continued
coverage under those of the Company's various benefit plans in which you
are an active participant on the Trigger Date of employment and under which
other employees on salary continuation are eligible to participate, in each
case in accordance with the terms of such plans as in effect from time to
time.
You shall have a duty to mitigate the costs to the Company of providing the
payments and benefits described in the immediately preceding paragraph and,
notwithstanding the provisions thereof, (i) such payments of base salary
-
and average annual bonus will be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis, but
not below zero, by the amount of any compensation earned by you (whether
paid currently or deferred) during any portion of the Salary Continuation
Period from any subsequent employer or other person for which you perform
services, including but not limited to consulting services, and (ii) any
--
continued benefit coverage to which you are entitled shall be reduced or
canceled if comparable benefit coverage is provided or offered to you by
any subsequent employer or other person for which you performs services,
including but not limited to consulting services.
(b) Other Terminations. If your employment with the Company or any
------------------
subsidiary that employs you terminates for any reason that is not described
in paragraph (a) above or if your employment with the Company or any
subsidiary that employs you terminates at any time after the third
anniversary of the date of the Merger for any reason, no severance or other
termination benefits shall be payable to you pursuant to this Agreement or
the Special Termination Agreement (as defined below), it being understood
that you will not be entitled to the payments of base salary or bonus
amounts or the continued medical or other benefit plan coverages described
in paragraph (a) above.
(c) Certain Definitions.
-------------------
Cause. A termination of your employment by the Company or the
-----
subsidiary thereof that employs you for "Cause" shall mean a
termination of your employment due to (i) your willful failure
-
substantially to perform the duties of your position with the Company
or such subsidiary (other
3
<PAGE>
than any such failure due to your physical or mental illness) or other
willful and material breach by you of any of your obligations
hereunder or under your Management Equity Agreement or Restrictive
Covenant Agreement (as defined below), after a written demand for
substantial performance has been delivered, and a reasonable
opportunity to cure has been given, to you by the Chief Executive
Officer of the Company (the "CEO"), which demand identifies in
reasonable detail the manner in which the CEO believes that you have
not substantially performed your duties or have breached your
obligations, (ii) your dishonesty or engaging in willful and serious
misconduct, which misconduct has caused or is reasonably expected to
result in direct or indirect material injury to the Company or any of
its affiliates or (iii) your conviction of, or entering a plea of
guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony.
Disability. A termination of your employment by the Company or the
subsidiary thereof that employs you due to your "Disability" shall
mean a termination of your employment as a result of a physical or
mental disability that prevents the performance of your duties lasting
(or likely to last, based on competent medical evidence presented to
the CEO) for a continuous period of six months or longer. The
reasoned and good faith judgment of the CEO as to your Disability
shall be based on such competent medical evidence as shall be
presented to it by you or by any physician or group of physicians or
other competent medical experts employed by you or the Company to
advise the CEO.
Good Reason. A termination of employment by you for "Good Reason"
-----------
shall mean a termination by you of your employment within 30 days
following the occurrence, without your consent, of any of the
following events: (i) the failure of Company to obtain the assumption
of this Agreement by any successor to the Company, (ii) a reduction in
the annual rate of your base salary, or (iii) a material reduction in
the aggregate level of employee and executive benefits provided to
you.
Trigger Date. The date you receive written notice from or provide
------------
written notice to the Company that your employment will be terminated,
regardless of whether you will receive continued salary and benefits
after such date.
* * * * * * * * * * * * *
4
<PAGE>
You are currently party to, or are entitled to enter into, a Special
Termination Agreement, between you and the Company (the "Special Termination
-------------------
Agreement"). Your right to elect to convert all or a portion of your Prior
- ---------
Options into Converted Options and your entitlement to the employment
protections described in paragraphs (a) through (c) above are subject to (i)
-
your agreement to terminate the Special Termination Agreement in its entirety as
of the effective time of the Merger and (ii) your entering into the standard
--
form of non-disclosure, non-competition and non-solicitation agreement attached
hereto as Exhibit A (the "Restrictive Covenant Agreement").
------------------------------
To elect to convert any Prior Options and to become entitled to such
employment protections, you must (i) sign and date each of the three enclosed
-
copies of this Letter Agreement in the space provided below, (ii) sign the three
--
copies of the signature page to the Restrictive Covenant Agreement and (iii)
---
return the three signed copies of this Letter Agreement and the three signature
pages to the Restrictive Covenant Agreement to Mark Tremallo, General Counsel,
c/o Dynatech Corporation, Corporate Headquarters, 3 New England Executive Park,
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803. To be effective, your signed documents must be
received by the Company at the foregoing address no later than May 7, 1998.
The terms of this agreement and the Restrictive Covenant Agreement are
subject to the consummation of the Merger and, effective as of the effective
time of the Merger, will supersede all prior agreements between you and the
Company concerning the subject matter hereof, including the Special Termination
Agreement. However, this Letter Agreement shall not have any effect on your
eligibility for benefits generally under benefit plans maintained by the
Company, other than any such plan providing salary continuation benefits.
If you agree with the foregoing provisions and you will elect to
convert some or all of your Prior Options into Converted Options by executing a
Management
5
<PAGE>
Equity Agreement, please so indicate by executing the enclosed copy
of this Letter Agreement in the space provided below.
Very truly yours,
ACCEPTED AND AGREED as of this
___ day of May, 1998.
___________________________________
Name of Executive
6
<PAGE>
Attachment 1
Option Conversion Formula
-------------------------
The determination of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by a Converted
Option and the exercise price for each share of such Common Stock shall be
calculated on the basis of the following factors:
. the number of shares of Prior Common Stock covered by the corresponding
Prior Option immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger,
. the exercise price for each such share of Prior Common Stock under the
terms of the Prior Option,
. the value of the Common Stock as of the consummation of the Merger,
. the aggregate consideration paid to the Company's shareholders in the
Merger in respect of their shares of Prior Common Stock, including the
cash consideration and the consideration paid in the form of shares of
Common Stock.
Each Prior Option will be converted in accordance with the following formula.
I. The number of shares that will be subject to a Converted Option will
equal the sum of A plus B where:
A is equal to the product of
the number of shares Prior Common Stock subject to the
Prior Option that is being converted
multiplied by
$47.75, which is the cash consideration paid to the
shareholders of the Company in the Merger,
7
<PAGE>
with such product then divided by $2.50, which is the
value of the Common Stock as of the consummation of the
Merger;
and
B is equal to the product of
the number of shares Prior Common Stock subject to the
Prior Option that is being converted
multiplied by
.05 shares, which is the number of shares of Common
Stock paid to the shareholders of the Company in the
Merger.
II. The option exercise price for each share of Common Stock covered by
the Converted Option will equal A / B where:
A is equal to the aggregate exercise price for all shares of Prior
Common Stock covered by the Prior Option,
and
B is equal to the number of shares covered by the Converted Option
immediately following the consummation of the Merger.
Example of Option Conversion:
- ----------------------------
Assume Employee X has a Prior Option covering 1,000 shares of Prior Common Stock
which may be purchased for a per share exercise price of $20.00. Using the
formula set forth above, the Prior Option will be converted as follows.
A = 1,000 shares x $47.75 = 19,100 shares
---------------------
$2.50
B = 1,000 shares x 0.5 = 500 shares
A + B = 19,600 shares
8
<PAGE>
Employee X's Prior Option covering 1,000 shares will be converted into a
Converted Option covering 19,600 shares.
The exercise price for the Common Stock covered by the Converted Option will be
calculated as follows.
A $20.00 x 1,000 = $20,000,
B 19,600
A / B = $1.0204 per
share exercise
price
9
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.5
MANAGEMENT EQUITY AGREEMENT
(Reno)
MANAGEMENT EQUITY AGREEMENT, dated as of May __, 1998 (the
"Agreement"), among Dynatech Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the
---------
"Company"), Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership, a Cayman
- --------
Islands limited partnership (the "Fund"), and the individual whose name appears
----
on the signature page hereof (the "Employee"). Capitalized terms used herein
--------
have the respective meanings ascribed in Section 1.
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger
------
Agreement"), dated as of December 20, 1997, between the Company and CDRD Merger
- ---------
Corporation ("MergerCo"), MergerCo was merged with and into the Company (the
--------
"Merger") and the Company continued as the surviving corporation of the Merger;
- -------
WHEREAS, at the effective time of the Merger (the "Effective Time"),
--------------
pursuant to the Merger Agreement, (i) each then outstanding share of common
-
stock, par value $.20 per share, of the Company (the "Prior Common Stock") was
------------------
converted into the right to receive $47.75 in cash and .5 shares of common
stock, no par value, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), and (ii) except as
------------ --
described below, each then outstanding option to purchase shares of Prior Common
Stock held by current or former employees or directors of the Company or a
Subsidiary thereof was canceled in exchange for a payment in cash (the "Option
------
Cancellation Payment") in respect of each share of Prior Common Stock covered by
- --------------------
such options equal to $49.00, reduced by the exercise price per share of such
Prior Common Stock;
WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, certain executives and other
key management employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the
Employee, were offered the opportunity to convert all or a portion of their
options to purchase shares of Prior Common Stock that were outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Time (the "Prior Options") into options to
-------------
purchase shares of Common Stock (the "Converted Options") in lieu of receiving
-----------------
an Option Cancellation Payment in respect of such Converted Options;
<PAGE>
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement,
dated as of April __, 1998, between the Company and the Employee (the
"Employment Agreement"), the Employee agreed to the conversion of certain of his
- ---------------------
or her Prior Options into Converted Options subject to the consummation of the
Merger;
WHEREAS, the Employee wishes to convert each of his or her Prior
Options listed on Schedule A hereto into Converted Options to purchase the
number of shares of Common Stock listed opposite each such Prior Option on such
Schedule A (the Employee's Converted Options, the "Options" and the shares of
-------
Common Stock covered by the Options, the "Exercise Shares");
---------------
WHEREAS, the Employment Agreement provides, among other things, for
the Company, the Fund and the Employee to enter into an agreement setting forth
certain terms and conditions applicable to the Options and the Exercise Shares
and the parties wish to enter into such agreement and to set forth the terms and
conditions applicable to the Options, the Exercise Shares and any shares of
Common Stock hereinafter acquired by the Employee;
WHEREAS, the parties intend that, except to the extent specifically
provided otherwise herein, the terms of this Agreement shall supersede each
Award Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained
herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms
-----------
have the following respective meanings:
"Award Agreement" With respect to each Option, the agreement between
---------------
the Company and the Employee evidencing the original grant of the corresponding
Prior Option to the Employee and setting forth the original terms and conditions
applicable to such Prior Option.
"Board": The Board of Directors of the Company.
-----
"Cause": As defined in the Employment Agreement.
-----
"CD&R": Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
----
"Code": The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
----
2
<PAGE>
"Common Stock": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------------
"Converted Option": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
----------------
"Company": As defined in the introduction to this Agreement.
-------
"Control": With respect to any Person, the possession, directly or
-------
indirectly, severally or jointly, of the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or credit arrangement, as trustee or executor, or
otherwise.
"Covered Securities": As defined in Section 6(a).
------------------
"Date of Termination": As defined in the Employment Agreement.
-------------------
"Disability": As defined in the Employment Agreement.
----------
"Draft Sale Agreement": As defined in Section 4(a).
--------------------
"Effective Time": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
--------------
"Employee": As defined in the introduction to this Agreement.
--------
"Employment Agreement": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
--------------------
"Excess Number": As defined in Section 3(b).
-------------
"Exchange Act": The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
------------
any successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder which
shall be in effect at the time. Any reference to a particular section thereof
shall include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of any such
successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
"Exercise Shares": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
---------------
"Fair Market Value": As defined in Section 6(c).
-----------------
"First Option Period": As defined in Section 6(a).
-------------------
"Fund": As defined in the introduction to this Agreement.
----
3
<PAGE>
"Good Reason": As defined in the Employment Agreement.
-----------
"Incentive Stock Options": As defined in Section 2(a).
-----------------------
"Lock-Up Expiration Date" As defined in Section 2(d)(i).
-----------------------
"Non-Qualified Options": As defined in Section 2(a).
---------------------
"Option": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------
"Original Termination Date": As defined in Section 2(c).
-------------------------
"Person": Any natural person, firm, partnership, limited liability
------
company, association, corporation, company, trust, business trust, governmental
authority or other entity.
"Prior Common Stock": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------------------
"Prior Option": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------------
"Public Offering": An underwritten public offering of the Common
---------------
Stock led by at least one underwriter of nationally recognized standing.
"Purchase Price": As defined in Section 6(c).
--------------
"Qualifying Number": 5,539,539 shares of Common Stock (excluding any
-----------------
sales or transfers by the Fund to any employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of
the Company).
"Qualifying Sale": As defined in Section 3(b).
---------------
"Repurchase Determination Date" The Date of Termination.
-----------------------------
"Rule 144": Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the
--------
Securities Act.
"Rule 144A": Rule 144A (or any successor provision) under the
---------
Securities Act.
"Sale Notice": As defined in Section 3(a).
-----------
4
<PAGE>
"Sale Percentage": As defined in Section 4(a).
---------------
"Second Option Period": As defined in Section 6(a).
--------------------
"Section 4 Closing": As defined in Section 4(a).
-----------------
"Securities Act": The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any
--------------
successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder which shall
be in effect at the time. Any reference to a particular section thereof shall
include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of any such successor
Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
"Securities and Exchange Commission": The Securities and Exchange
----------------------------------
Commission or any other Federal agency at the time administering the Securities
Act or the Exchange Act.
"Shares": All shares of Common Stock now owned or from time to time
------
acquired by the Employee and all shares of Common Stock held in any family
trusts established by the Employee, including, without limitation, any Exercise
Shares acquired by the Employee upon exercise of any Option.
"Special Registration": (a) The registration of shares of equity
-------------------- -
securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered to
(i) directors, members of management, employees, consultants or sales agents,
-
distributors or similar representatives of the Company or its direct or indirect
Subsidiaries, and/or (ii) directors or senior executives of corporations in
--
which entities managed or sponsored by CD&R have made substantial equity
investments or other individuals with whom CD&R has a consulting or advisory
relationship or (b) the registration of equity securities and/or options or
-
other rights in respect thereof solely on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form.
"Specified Termination": A termination by the Company or any
---------------------
Subsidiary that employs the Employee without Cause or a termination of the
Employee's employment by the Employee for Good Reason,
"Subsidiary": With respect to any Person, each corporation or other
----------
Person in which the first Person owns or Controls, directly or indirectly,
capital stock or other ownership interests representing 50% or more of the
combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership
interests of such corporation or other Person.
5
<PAGE>
"Take-Along Buyer": As defined in Section 4(a).
----------------
"Take-Along Notice": As defined in Section 4(a).
-----------------
"Take-Along Offer": As defined in Section 4(a).
----------------
"Take-Along Sale": As defined in Section 4(a).
---------------
"Unforeseen Personal Hardship": Financial hardship arising from (x)
---------------------------- -
extraordinary medical expenses or other expenses directly related to illness or
disability of the Employee, a member of the Employee's immediate family or one
of the Employee's parents or (y) payments necessary or required to prevent the
-
eviction of the Employee from the Employee's principal residence or foreclosure
on the mortgage on that residence. The Board's reasoned and good faith
determination of Unforeseen Personal Hardship shall be binding on the Company
and the Employee.
2. Certain Terms Applicable to Options.
-----------------------------------
(a) Confirmation of Option Conversion. The Company and the Employee
---------------------------------
hereby confirm that, pursuant to the Employment Agreement, as of the Effective
Time, each Prior Option to purchase the number of shares of Prior Common Stock
set forth on Schedule A hereto at the exercise price set forth on such Schedule
A was converted into the corresponding Option set forth on Schedule A to
purchase the number of shares of Common Stock at the exercise price per share
set forth on Schedule A. The Company and the Employee further confirm that only
the Options set forth on Schedule B hereto (the "Incentive Stock Options") are
-----------------------
intended to and will qualify immediately after the Effective Time as incentive
stock options under the Code and, accordingly, all of the remaining Options
(such remaining Options, the "Non-Qualified Options") are not intended to and
---------------------
will not qualify immediately after the Effective Time as incentive stock options
under the Code.
(b) Vesting. Subject to Section 2(c), Section 2(d) or 2(e),
-------
whichever is applicable, and Section 4(c), (i) the Employee's right to exercise
-
the Non-Qualified Options will become vested as of the Effective Time and (ii)
--
the Employee's right to exercise each Incentive Stock Option will become vested
on the date or dates and subject to the conditions set forth in the Award
Agreement evidencing such Incentive Stock Option except that those Incentive
Stock Options listed on Schedule C hereto shall become vested as of the
Effective Time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the Employee's
termination of employment prior to a Public Offering, the Employee's right to
exercise the Options will be suspended during the First Option Period and the
Second Option Period, except that, in the case of any such Options
6
<PAGE>
whose Original Termination Date is prior to the expiration of the Second Option
Period, the Employee will be permitted to exercise such Options during the 30
days immediately preceding such Original Termination Date unless the Company or
the Fund shall have delivered written notice to the Employee of its election to
purchase such Options.
(c) Termination of Options; Original Termination Date. Subject to
-------------------------------------------------
Section 2(d) or 2(e), whichever is applicable, and Section 4(c), each Option
shall ter minate and be canceled on the normal expiration date of the
corresponding Prior Option set forth on Schedule D hereto (the "Original
--------
Termination Date").
- ----------------
(d) Termination of Non-Qualified Options; Early Termination. With
-------------------------------------------------------
respect to each Non-Qualified Option, such Non-Qualified Option shall expire
prior to its Original Termination Date under the following circumstances.
(i) In the event of the termination of the Employee's employment with the
Company or any Subsidiary thereof that employs the Employee prior to the
Original Termination Date of such Non-Qualified Option as a result of the
Employee's death, the Employee's Disability, a termination of the
Employee's employment by the Company or such Subsidiary without Cause or a
termination of the Employee's employment by the Employee for Good Reason,
such Non-Qualified Option shall expire on the earlier of
(x) its Original Termination Date and
(y) the later of (A) the six month anniversary of the date of the
-
expiration of any initial lock-up period imposed on sales of Common
Stock in connection with the first Public Offering occurring after the
date hereof (such expiration date, the "Lock-Up Expiration Date"), and
-----------------------
(B) the first anniversary of the Date of Termination.
-
(ii) In the event of the termination of the Employee's employment with the
Company or any Subsidiary thereof that employs the Employee prior to the
Original Termination Date of such Non-Qualified Option as a result of the
termination of the Employee's employment (i) by the Employee without Good
-
Reason or (ii) by the Company or such Subsidiary with Cause, such Non-
--
Qualified Option shall expire on the earliest of
(x) its Original Termination Date,
7
<PAGE>
(y) the later of (1) the 90th day following the Lock-Up Expiration
-
Date, and (2) the 30th day following the Date of Termination, and
-
(z) the first anniversary of the Date of Termination.
(e) Termination of Incentive Stock Options; Early Termination. With
---------------------------------------------------------
respect to each Incentive Stock Option, in the event of the termination of
the Employee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary thereof that
employs the Employee prior to the Original Termination Date of such
Incentive Stock Option, such Incentive Stock Option shall expire on the
date specified in the Award Agreement evidencing such Incentive Stock
Option.
(f) Manner of Exercise. Subject to such reasonable administrative
------------------
regulations as the Board may adopt, vested Options may be exercised, in whole or
in part, by notice to the Clerk of the Company in writing given at least 5
business days prior to the date as of which the Employee will so exercise the
Options (the "Exercise Date"). As a condition to the exercise a of any of the
-------------
Options, the Company may require the Employee to furnish or execute such other
documents as the Company shall reasonably deem necessary (i) to evidence such
-
exercise, or (ii) to comply with or satisfy the requirements of the Securities
--
Act, applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws or any other law.
3. Tag-Along Rights. So long as there has not been a Public
----------------
Offering, the Fund hereby agrees not to make any sale or transfer of Common
Stock owned by the Fund which would constitute a Qualifying Sale, except
pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 3:
(a) At least 30 days prior to making any sale or transfer of Common
Stock which would constitute a Qualifying Sale, the Fund will deliver a written
notice (the "Sale Notice") to the Company and the Employee. The Sale Notice
-----------
will fully disclose the identity of the prospective transferee and the terms and
conditions of the proposed Qualifying Sale. The Fund agrees not to consummate
any such proposed Qualifying Sale until at least 30 days after the Sale Notice
has been delivered to the Employee, unless the Fund has received notice from the
Employee indicating whether or not the Employee has elected to participate in
such Qualifying Sale and the number of shares to be sold by the Employee has
been finally determined pursuant hereto prior to the expiration of such 30-day
period. The Employee may elect to participate in the proposed Qualifying Sale
by delivering written notice to the Fund and the Company within 30 days after
receipt of the Sale Notice. If the Employee elects to participate in such
proposed Qualifying Sale, the Employee will be entitled to sell in such
Qualifying Sale, at the same price and on the same terms as the Fund, a number
of Shares equal to
8
<PAGE>
the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A) the percentage of the
then outstanding Common Stock represented by the Shares then held by the
Employee by (B) the aggregate percentage of the then outstanding Common Stock
represented by the Common Stock then held by the Fund and the aggregate Common
Stock held by those employees of the Company or a Subsidiary (including the
Employee) who elect to participate such proposed Qualifying Sale pursuant to the
terms of their respective management equity agreements and (ii) the number of
shares of Common Stock such transferee has agreed to purchase in the proposed
Qualifying Sale (or, in the case of a Qualifying Sale within the meaning of
clause (ii) of Section 3(b), the Excess Number of shares which such transferee
has agreed to purchase).
(b) The term "Qualifying Sale" shall mean (i) any sale or transfer of
--------------- -
Common Stock proposed to be made by the Fund at any time after the Fund has sold
or transferred in the aggregate at least the Qualifying Number of shares of
Common Stock or (ii) in the event that prior to the sale or transfer by the Fund
--
of an aggregate of the Qualifying Number of shares of Common Stock, the Fund
proposes to sell or transfer a number of shares of Common Stock which when
combined with any prior sales or transfers of such shares by the Fund exceeds
the Qualifying Number, the sale or transfer of a number of shares (the "Excess
------
Number") equal to the excess of (A) the sum of any shares previously sold or
- ------ -
transferred by the Fund and the aggregate number of shares proposed to be sold
or transferred in such contemplated sale, over (B) the Qualifying Number of
-
shares. In determining whether there is a Qualifying Sale, equi table
adjustments shall be made to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, stock com
bination, recapitalization or similar transaction.
(c) The obligation of the Fund and the rights of the Employee
pursuant to this Section 3 will not apply to any sale or transfer by the Fund
pursuant to a distribution to the public (whether pursuant to a Public Offering
or pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise (but not pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act or any successor provision)). Any shares referred to, or covered
by any sale, transfer or dis tribution referred to, in the preceding sentence
shall not be included in the computation of Qualifying Sale.
(d) The Fund acknowledges that the Employee would be irreparably
damaged in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the Fund of any of
its obligations under this Section 3 and the Fund agrees that, in the event of a
breach or a threatened breach by the Fund of any such obligation, the Employee
shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to him or her in
respect of such breach, be entitled to an injunction from a court of competent
jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond) granting it specific
performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Section 3. In the event
that the Employee shall file suit to
9
<PAGE>
enforce the covenants contained in this Section 3 (or obtain any other remedy in
respect of any breach thereof) and prevails in such suit the Employee shall be
entitled to recover from the Company the costs incurred by the Employee in
conducting the suit, including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses.
4. Take-Along Rights.
-----------------
(a) Take-Along Notice. If the Fund intends to effect a sale (a
-----------------
"Take-Along Sale") prior to a Public Offering of not less than 90% of the shares
- ----------------
of Common Stock it then holds to a non-Affiliate third party (a "Take-Along
----------
Buyer") and elects to exercise its rights under this Section 4, the Fund shall
- -----
deliver written notice (a "Take-Along Notice") to the Company and the Employee,
-----------------
which notice shall (i) state (w) that the Fund wishes to exercise its rights
- -
under this Section 4 with respect to such transfer, (x) the name and address of
-
the Take-Along Buyer, (y) the per share amount and form of consideration the
-
Fund proposes to receive for its shares of Common Stock and the percentage of
its Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Fund (the "Sale Percentage") and (z)
--------------- -
drafts of purchase and sale documentation setting forth the terms and conditions
of payment of such consideration and all other material terms and conditions of
such transfer (the "Draft Sale Agreement"), (ii) contain an offer (the "Take-
-------------------- -- ----
Along Offer") by the Take-Along Buyer to purchase from the Employee a percentage
- -----------
of the Shares equal to the Sale Percentage, on and subject to the same price,
terms and conditions offered to the Fund and (iii) state the anticipated time
---
and place of the closing of such transfer (a "Section 4 Closing"), which
-----------------
(subject to such terms and conditions) shall occur not fewer than 15 days nor
more than 90 days after the date such Take-Along Notice is delivered, provided
--------
that if such Section 4 Closing shall not occur prior to the expiration of such
90-day period, the Fund shall be entitled to deliver another Take-Along Notice
with respect to such Take-Along Offer. Upon request of the Fund, the Company
shall provide the Fund with a current list of the names and addresses of each
employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who is party to a management equity
agreement.
(b) Conditions to Take-Along. Upon delivery of a Take-Along Notice,
------------------------
the Employee shall have the obligation to transfer a number of his Shares equal
to the Sale Percentage multiplied by the number of Shares then held by the
Employee pursuant to the Take-Along Offer, as such offer may be modified from
time to time, provided that the Fund transfers the Sale Percentage of its shares
--------
of Common Stock to the Take-Along Buyer at the Section 4 Closing and that all
shares of Common Stock sold by the Fund and the Employee to be sold pursuant to
the Take-Along Sale are sold to the Take-Along Buyer at the same price, and on
the same terms and conditions, and provided further that the Employee shall only
-------- -------
be required to make, in connection with a Take-Along Sale, representations and
warranties that survive the closing of such Sale
10
<PAGE>
with respect to his authority, his title to his Shares, certain conflicts,
approvals and litigation relating to him, and shall not be required to make any
representations or warranties with respect to the Company or its business that
survive that Closing of such Sale or with respect to any other employee. Within
five Business Days prior to the closing contemplated by the Take-Along Notice,
the Employee shall (i) deliver to the Fund certificates representing the Shares
to be sold pursuant to the Take-Along Sale, duly endorsed for transfer or
accompanied by duly executed stock powers, and (ii) exe cute and deliver to the
Fund a power of attorney and a letter of transmittal and custody agreement in
favor of the Fund and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Fund
appointing the Fund as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact and custodian for
the Employee, with full power of substitution, and authorizing the Fund to
execute and deliver a purchase and sale agreement substantially in the form of
the Draft Sale Agreement and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this
Section 4(b) and to take such actions as the Fund may reasonably deem necessary
or appropriate to effect the sale and transfer of the Shares to the Take-Along
Buyer, upon receipt of the purchase price therefor set forth in the Take-Along
Notice at the Section 4 Closing, free and clear of all security interests,
liens, claims, encumbrances, options, and voting agreements of whatever nature,
together with all other documents delivered with such Notice and required to be
executed in connection with the sale thereof pursuant to the Take-Along Offer.
The Fund shall hold such shares and other documents in trust for the Employee
for release against payment to the Employee of such Employee's net proceeds in
accordance with the contemplated transaction. If, within 15 days after delivery
to the Fund, the Fund has not completed the sale of all of the shares of Common
Stock owned by the Fund and the Employee to the Take-Along Buyer and another
Take-Along Notice with respect to such Take-Along Offer has not been sent to the
Employee, the Fund shall return to the Employee all certificates representing
the Shares and all other documents that the Employee delivered in connection
with such sale. The Fund shall be permitted to send only two Take-Along Notices
with respect to any one Take-Along Offer. Promptly after the Section 4 Closing,
the Fund shall furnish such other evidence of the completion and time of
completion of such sale and the terms thereof as may reasonably be requested by
the Employee.
(c) Effect of Take-Along On Options.
-------------------------------
(i) Accelerated Vesting and Payment. Subject to Section 4(c)(ii), in
-------------------------------
the event of the consummation of a Take-Along Sale, each Option held by the
Employee immediately prior to the closing of such Take-Along Sale shall be
canceled in exchange for a payment, in cash, of an amount (such amount, the
"Cancellation Payment Amount") equal to the product of (i) the excess, if
-
any, of the price per share of Common Stock paid in connection with such
Take-Along Sale over the exercise price under such Option, multiplied by
(ii) the
11
<PAGE>
number of Exercise Shares covered by such Option immediately prior to such
the consummation of such Take-Along Sale. Payment of the Cancellation
Payment Amount shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no
event later than 30 days, following the closing of the Take-Along Sale.
(ii) Alternative Options. Notwithstanding Section 4(c)(i), no
-------------------
settlement or other payment shall be made with respect to any Option in the
event that the transaction constituting the Take-Along Sale is to be
accounted for using the "pooling of interest" method of accounting. In
such event, each Option held by the Employee immediately prior to the
closing of the Take-Along Sale shall become fully vested immediately prior
to the consummation of such transaction and the Employee shall have the
right, subject to compliance with all applicable securities laws, to (i)
-
exercise all of the Options then held by him or (ii) provided such
--
opportunity is made available by the Take-Along Buyer, exchange such
Options for fully vested options to purchase common stock of the Take-Along
Buyer (or the direct or indirect parent of the Take-Along Buyer) having
substantially equivalent economic value to the Options being exchanged
therefor, as determined by the Board immediately prior to the consummation
of the Take-Along Sale. Any Options not exercised or exchanged shall
expire upon the consummation of the Take-Along Sale.
(d) Remedies. The Employee acknowledges that the Fund would be
--------
irreparably damaged in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the
Employee of any of his obligations under this Section 4 and the Employee agrees
that, in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the Employee of any
such obligation, the Fund shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies
available to it in respect of such breach, be entitled to an injunction from a
court of competent jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond) granting
it specific performance by the Employee of his or her obligations under this
Section 4. In the event that the Fund shall file suit to enforce the covenants
contained in this Section 4 (or obtain any other remedy in respect of any breach
thereof), the prevailing party in the suit shall be entitled to recover, in
addition to all other damages to which it may be entitled, the costs incurred by
such party in conducting the suit, including reasonable attorney's fees and
expenses.
5. Restrictions on Transfer.
------------------------
(a) Restrictions on Transfer. The Employee shall not be permitted to
------------------------
sell, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Option or Shares
except (i) subject to Section 6, any transfer of Options or Shares, upon the
-
death of the Employee, to the Employee's estate, (ii) any transfer of Shares,
--
but not Options, by the Employee to a family trust or partnership solely for
estate planning purposes or (iii)
12
<PAGE>
transfers of Shares, but not Options, by the Employee that do not exceed, in the
aggregate, 25% of the sum of the Shares beneficially owned by the Employee and
the Exercise Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options held by the Employee,
in each case, as of the date of this Agreement, provided in the case of the
transfer of any Options or Shares under subsection (i) or (ii) hereof that the
executor of the Employee's estate, the trustee of any such family trust or the
general partner of any such family partnership, as applicable, shall agree, by
execution of an instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Company, to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
(b) Duration. The transfer restrictions under Section 5(a) shall
--------
terminate with respect to the Shares upon the earliest of (i) the fifth
-
anniversary of the date of the consummation of the Merger, (ii) the Lock-Up
--
Expiration Date and (iii) the termination, for any reason, of the Employee's
---
employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries. The transfer
restrictions under Section 5(a) shall terminate with respect to the Options only
upon the death of the Employee, it being understood that the Options shall be
exercisable during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee.
6. Repurchases by the Company or the Fund Upon Termination of
----------------------------------------------------------
Employment or Unforeseen Personal Hardship of the Employee.
- ----------------------------------------------------------
(a) Termination of Employment. If, prior to a Public Offering, the
-------------------------
Employee's active employment with the Company or any Subsidiary thereof that
employs the Employee is terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall
have an option to purchase all or a portion of the Options, to the extent vested
as of the Date of Termination, and/or Exercise Shares then held by the Employee
(or, if his employment was terminated by his death, his estate) (such vested
Options and Exercise Shares, the "Covered Securities") and shall have 60 days
------------------
from the Repurchase Determination Date, or, in the case of any Covered
Securities that are Incentive Stock Options, 30 days from the Repurchase
Determination Date (such 60-day or 30-day period, whichever is applicable, being
hereinafter referred to as the "First Option Period") during which to give
notice in writing to the Employee (or his estate) of its election to exercise or
not to exercise its option to purchase any of the Covered Securities, in whole
or in part. The Company hereby undertakes to use reasonable efforts to act as
promptly as practicable following the Repurchase Determination Date to make such
election. If the Company fails to give notice that it intends to exercise its
option to purchase any of the Covered Securities within the First Option Period
or the Company gives notice that it does not intend to exercise such option or
that it intends to exercise such option with respect to only a portion of the
Covered Securities, the Fund shall have the right to purchase all or a portion
of the Covered Securities that will not be repurchased by the Company and shall
have until the expiration of the earlier of
13
<PAGE>
(x) 60 days (or, in the case of any Covered Securities that are Incentive Stock
Options, 30 days) following the last day of the First Option Period or (y) 60
days (or, in the case of any Covered Securities that are Incentive Stock
Options, 30 days) from the date of receipt by the Fund of written notice from
the Company indicating whether it will exercise its option to purchase any of
the Covered Securities (such 60-day or 30-day period, whichever is applicable,
being hereinafter referred to as the "Second Option Period"), to give notice in
writing to the Employee (or his estate) of the Fund's exercise of its option to
purchase any Covered Securities, in whole or in part. If the options of the
Company and the Fund to purchase the Covered Securities pursuant to this Section
6(a) are not exercised with respect to all of the Covered Securities as provided
herein, the Employee (or his estate) shall be entitled to retain the Covered
Securities which will not be so purchased, subject to all of the provisions of
this Agree ment (including without limitation Section 4).
(b) Unforeseen Personal Hardship. In the event that the Employee,
----------------------------
while in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary, experiences Unforeseen
Personal Hardship, the Board will carefully consider any request by the Employee
that the Company repurchase the Employee's Shares, but the Company shall have no
obligation to repurchase such Shares. The Board shall consider such request
with re spect to Unforeseen Personal Hardship as soon as practicable after
receipt by the Company of a written request by the Employee, such request to
include sufficient details of the Employee's Unforeseen Personal Hardship to
permit the Board to review the request and the circumstances in an informed
manner.
(c) Purchase Price. All purchases pursuant to this Section 6 by the
--------------
Company or the Fund shall be for a purchase price and effected in the manner
prescribed by Sections 6(c) and 6(d). For purposes of any purchase of Covered
Securities pursuant to this Section 6, the purchase price per Covered Security
to be paid to the Employee (or his estate) for such Covered Security (the
"Purchase Price") shall equal the fair market value (the "Fair Market Value") of
- --------------- -----------------
a share of Common Stock as of the Repurchase Determination Date or, in the case
of a repurchase of any Shares as a result of Unforeseen Personal Hardship, as of
the date such Shares are repurchased, reduced in the case of the purchase of any
Covered Security that is an Option by the exercise price applicable under such
Option.
Whenever determination of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common
Stock is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, such Fair Market Value
shall be such amount as is determined in good faith by the Board on the basis of
an independent valuation of the Common Stock and such other factors as the Board
deems appropriate, including, without limitation, the earnings and certain other
financial and operating information of the Company and its Subsidiaries in
recent periods, the poten-
14
<PAGE>
tial value of the Company and its Subsidiaries as a whole, the future prospects
of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the industries in which they compete,
the history and management of the Company and its Subsidiaries, the general
condition of the securities markets, the fair market value of securities of
companies engaged in businesses similar to those of the Company and its
Subsidiaries and the trading price of the Common Stock. The determination of
Fair Market Value will not give effect to any restrictions on transfer of the
Covered Securities, the fact that such Covered Securities would represent a
minority interest in the Company or the fact that the Covered Securities are not
registered for resale under the Securities Act. The Fair Market Value as
determined in good faith by the Board and in the absence of fraud shall be
binding and conclusive upon all parties hereto. If the Company at any time
subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) the Common Stock
into a greater number of shares, or combines (by reverse stock split or
otherwise) the Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Purchase Price
shall be ap propriately adjusted to reflect such subdivision or combination.
(d) Closing of Purchase; Payment of Purchase Price. The closing of a
----------------------------------------------
purchase pursuant to this Section 6 shall take place at the principal office of
the Company on the tenth business day following whichever of the following is
applicable: (i) the receipt by the Employee (or his estate) of the notice of the
-
Company or the Fund, as the case may be, of its exercise of its option to
purchase any of the Covered Securities pursuant to Section 6(a) or (ii) the
--
Board's determination (which shall be delivered to the Employee) that the
Company is authorized to purchase a stated number of Shares as a result of
Unforeseen Personal Hardship pursuant to Section 6(b). At the closing, (i) the
-
Company or the Fund, as the case may be, shall pay to the Employee (or his
estate) an amount equal to the Purchase Price and (ii) the Employee (or his
--
estate) shall deliver to the Company or the Fund, as applicable, such
certificates or other instruments representing the Covered Securities so
purchased, appropriately endorsed by the Employee (or his estate), as the
Company or the Fund, as applicable, may reasonably require.
7. Lock-Up Agreement. If and whenever the Company proposes to
-----------------
register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act, whether or not
for its own account (other than pursuant to a Special Registration), the
Employee agrees not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration) any
public sale or distribution, including, but not limited to, any sale pursuant to
Rule 144 or Rule 144A, of any Shares, any other equity securities of the Company
or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity
securities of the Company, during the 20 day period prior to or the 90 day
period following the effective date of such reg istration, provided that the
Employee further agrees that, if required by the managing
15
<PAGE>
underwriter for such registered offering, he shall not effect any such public
sale or distribution during the 180 day period following the effective date of
such registration.
8. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) Notices. All notices and other communications required or
-------
permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been given if delivered personally or sent by certified or
express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized
international equivalent of such delivery, to the Company, the Fund or the
Employee, as the case may be, at the following addresses or to such other
address as the Company, the Fund or the Employee, as the case may be, shall
specify by notice to the others:
(i) if to the Company, to it at:
Dynatech Corporation
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803
Attention: General Counsel
---------
(ii) if to the Employee, to the Employee at the address set forth on
the signature page hereof.
(iii) if to the Fund, to:
The Clayton & Dubilier Private Equity
Fund V Limited Partnership
Foulkstone Plaza, Suite 102
1403 Foulk Road
Wilmington, Delaware 19803
Attention: Brian D. Finn
---------
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the
date of delivery if delivered personally or on the third business day after the
mailing thereof. Copies of any notice or other communication given under this
Agreement shall also be given to:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor
New York, New York 10152
Attention: Joseph L. Rice, III
---------
16
<PAGE>
and
Debevoise & Plimpton
875 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Franci J. Blassberg, Esq.
---------
(b) Binding Effect; Benefits. This Agreement shall be binding upon
------------------------
and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is
intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this
Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable
right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision
contained herein.
(c) Waiver; Amendment.
-----------------
(i) Waiver. Any party hereto may by written notice to the other
------
parties (A) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations
-
or other actions of the other parties under this Agreement, (B) waive
-
compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other parties
contained in this Agreement, and (C) waive or modify performance of any of
-
the obligations of the other parties under this Agreement. Except as
provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this
Agreement, including, without limi tation, any investigation by or on
behalf of any party, shall be deemed to con stitute a waiver by the party
taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties,
covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by any party hereto
of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be
construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure
by a party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a
waiver of such party's rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a
waiver of such party's rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time
or times hereunder.
(ii) Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, modified or
---------
supplemented only by a written instrument executed by each of the parties
hereto.
(d) Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy,
-------------
obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be
assignable by the Company or the Employee without the prior written consent of
the other parties. The
17
<PAGE>
Fund may assign from time to time all or any portion of its rights hereunder to
one or more persons or other entities designated by it.
(e) Withholding. Whenever Shares are to be issued pursuant to the
-----------
Options, the Company may require the recipient of the Shares to remit to the
Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable U.S. federal,
state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding requirements as a condition to the
issuance of such Shares. In the event any cash is paid to the Employee or the
Employee's estate pursuant to Sec tion 4 or 6, the Company shall have the right
to withhold an amount from such payment sufficient to satisfy any applicable
U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding requirements.
(f) Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
--------------
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH
PRINCIPLES OR RULES WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF
ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
(g) Section and Other Headings, etc. The section and other headings
-------------------------------
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
18
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE
FUND V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership,
its general partner
By: CD&R Investment Associates, Inc.,
a general partner
By:________________________________
Name:
Title:
DYNATECH CORPORATION
By:_______________________________________
Name:
Title:
THE EMPLOYEE
___________________________________________
John F. Reno
19
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.6
Form of Agreement
Messrs. Peeler and Kline
MANAGEMENT EQUITY AGREEMENT
MANAGEMENT EQUITY AGREEMENT, dated as of May __, 1998 (the
"Agreement"), among Dynatech Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the
---------
"Company"), Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership, a Cayman
- --------
Islands limited partnership (the "Fund"), and the individual whose name appears
----
on the signature page hereof (the "Employee"). Capitalized terms used herein
--------
have the respective meanings ascribed in Section 1.
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger
------
Agreement"), dated as of December 20, 1997, between the Company and CDRD Merger
- ---------
Corporation ("MergerCo"), MergerCo was merged with and into the Company (the
--------
"Merger") and the Company continued as the surviving corporation of the Merger;
- -------
WHEREAS, at the effective time of the Merger (the "Effective Time"),
--------------
pursuant to the Merger Agreement, (i) each then outstanding share of common
-
stock, par value $.20 per share, of the Company (the "Prior Common Stock") was
------------------
converted into the right to receive $47.75 in cash and .5 shares of common
stock, no par value, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), and (ii) except as
------------ --
described below, each then outstanding option to purchase shares of Prior Common
Stock held by current or former employees or directors of the Company or a
Subsidiary thereof was canceled in exchange for a payment in cash (the "Option
------
Cancellation Payment") in respect of each share of Prior Common Stock covered by
- --------------------
such options equal to $49.00, reduced by the exercise price per share of such
Prior Common Stock;
WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, certain executives and other
key management employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the
Employee, were offered the opportunity to convert all or a portion of their
options to purchase shares of Prior Common Stock that were outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Time (the "Prior Options") into options to
-------------
purchase shares of Common Stock (the "Converted Options") in lieu of receiving
-----------------
an Option Cancellation Payment in respect of such Converted Options;
<PAGE>
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement,
dated as of April __, 1998, between the Company and the Employee (the
"Employment Agreement"), the Employee agreed to the conversion of certain of his
- ---------------------
or her Prior Options into Converted Options subject to the consummation of the
Merger;
WHEREAS, the Employee wishes to convert each of his or her Prior
Options listed on Schedule A hereto into Converted Options to purchase the
number of shares of Common Stock listed opposite each such Prior Option on such
Schedule A (the Employee's Converted Options, the "Options" and the shares of
-------
Common Stock covered by the Options, the "Exercise Shares");
---------------
WHEREAS, the Employment Agreement provides, among other things, for
the Company, the Fund and the Employee to enter into an agreement setting forth
certain terms and conditions applicable to the Options and the Exercise Shares
and the parties wish to enter into such agreement and to set forth the terms and
conditions applicable to the Options, the Exercise Shares and any shares of
Common Stock hereinafter acquired by the Employee;
WHEREAS, the parties intend that, except to the extent specifically
provided otherwise herein, the terms of this Agreement shall supersede each
Award Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained
herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms
-----------
have the following respective meanings:
"Award Agreement" With respect to each Option, the agreement between
---------------
the Company and the Employee evidencing the original grant of the corresponding
Prior Option to the Employee and setting forth the original terms and conditions
applicable to such Prior Option.
"Board": The Board of Directors of the Company.
-----
"Cause": As defined in the Employment Agreement.
-----
"CD&R": Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
----
"Code": The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
----
2
<PAGE>
"Common Stock": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------------
"Converted Option": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
----------------
"Company": As defined in the introduction to this Agreement.
-------
"Control": With respect to any Person, the possession, directly or
-------
indirectly, severally or jointly, of the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or credit arrangement, as trustee or executor, or
otherwise.
"Covered Securities": As defined in Section 6(a).
------------------
"Date of Termination": As defined in the Employment Agreement.
-------------------
"Disability": As defined in the Employment Agreement.
----------
"Draft Sale Agreement": As defined in Section 4(a).
--------------------
"Effective Time": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
--------------
"Employee": As defined in the introduction to this Agreement.
--------
"Employment Agreement": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
--------------------
"Excess Number": As defined in Section 3(b).
-------------
"Exchange Act": The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
------------
any successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder which
shall be in effect at the time. Any reference to a particular section thereof
shall include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of any such
successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
"Exercise Shares": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
---------------
"Fair Market Value": As defined in Section 6(c).
-----------------
"First Option Period": As defined in Section 6(a).
-------------------
"Fund": As defined in the introduction to this Agreement.
----
3
<PAGE>
"Good Reason": As defined in the Employment Agreement.
-----------
"Incentive Stock Options": As defined in Section 2(a).
-----------------------
"Lock-Up Expiration Date" As defined in Section 2(d)(i).
-----------------------
"Non-Qualified Options": As defined in Section 2(a).
---------------------
"Option": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------
"Original Termination Date": As defined in Section 2(c).
-------------------------
"Person": Any natural person, firm, partnership, limited liability
------
company, association, corporation, company, trust, business trust, governmental
authority or other entity.
"Prior Common Stock": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------------------
"Prior Option": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------------
"Public Offering": An underwritten public offering of the Common
---------------
Stock led by at least one underwriter of nationally recognized standing.
"Purchase Price": As defined in Section 6(c).
--------------
"Qualifying Number": 5,539,539 shares of Common Stock (excluding any
-----------------
sales or transfers by the Fund to any employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of
the Company).
"Qualifying Sale": As defined in Section 3(b).
---------------
"Repurchase Determination Date" The Date of Termination.
-----------------------------
"Rule 144": Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the
--------
Securities Act.
"Rule 144A": Rule 144A (or any successor provision) under the
---------
Securities Act.
"Sale Notice": As defined in Section 3(a).
-----------
4
<PAGE>
"Sale Percentage": As defined in Section 4(a).
---------------
"Second Option Period": As defined in Section 6(a).
--------------------
"Section 4 Closing": As defined in Section 4(a).
-----------------
"Securities Act": The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any
--------------
successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder which shall
be in effect at the time. Any reference to a particular section thereof shall
include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of any such successor
Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
"Securities and Exchange Commission": The Securities and Exchange
----------------------------------
Commission or any other Federal agency at the time administering the Securities
Act or the Exchange Act.
"Shares": All shares of Common Stock now owned or from time to time
------
acquired by the Employee, including, without limitation, any Exercise Shares
acquired by the Employee upon exercise of any Option.
"Special Registration": (a) The registration of shares of equity
-------------------- -
securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered to
(i) directors, members of management, employees, consultants or sales agents,
-
distributors or similar representatives of the Company or its direct or indirect
Subsidiaries, and/or (ii) directors or senior executives of corporations in
--
which entities managed or sponsored by CD&R have made substantial equity
investments or other individuals with whom CD&R has a consulting or advisory
relationship or (b) the registration of equity securities and/or options or
-
other rights in respect thereof solely on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form.
"Specified Termination": A termination by the Company or any
---------------------
Subsidiary that employs the Employee without Cause or a termination of the
Employee's employment by the Employee for Good Reason,
"Subsidiary": With respect to any Person, each corporation or other
----------
Person in which the first Person owns or Controls, directly or indirectly,
capital stock or other ownership interests representing 50% or more of the
combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership
interests of such corporation or other Person.
"Take-Along Buyer": As defined in Section 4(a).
----------------
5
<PAGE>
"Take-Along Notice": As defined in Section 4(a).
-----------------
"Take-Along Offer": As defined in Section 4(a).
----------------
"Take-Along Sale": As defined in Section 4(a).
---------------
"Unforeseen Personal Hardship": Financial hardship arising from (x)
---------------------------- -
extraordinary medical expenses or other expenses directly related to illness or
disability of the Employee, a member of the Employee's immediate family or one
of the Employee's parents or (y) payments necessary or required to prevent the
-
eviction of the Employee from the Employee's principal residence or foreclosure
on the mortgage on that residence. The Board's reasoned and good faith
determination of Unforeseen Personal Hardship shall be binding on the Company
and the Employee.
2. Certain Terms Applicable to Options.
-----------------------------------
(a) Confirmation of Option Conversion. The Company and the Employee
---------------------------------
hereby confirm that, pursuant to the Employment Agreement, as of the Effective
Time, each Prior Option to purchase the number of shares of Prior Common Stock
set forth on Schedule A hereto at the exercise price set forth on such Schedule
A was converted into the corresponding Option set forth on Schedule A to
purchase the number of shares of Common Stock at the exercise price per share
set forth on Schedule A. The Company and the Employee further confirm that only
the Options set forth on Schedule B hereto (the "Incentive Stock Options") are
-----------------------
intended to and will qualify immediately after the Effective Time as incentive
stock options under the Code and, accordingly, all of the remaining Options
(such remaining Options, the "Non-Qualified Options") are not intended to and
---------------------
will not qualify immediately after the Effective Time as incentive stock options
under the Code. The Employee further acknowledges and agrees that, in the case
of certain Prior Options that qualified as incentive stock options prior to the
Effective Time, in connection with and following the conversion of such Prior
Options described herein, such Options, as so converted, will no longer qualify
as incentive stock options and, as a result, upon the exercise thereof by the
Employee, the excess, if any, of the fair market value (as of the date of
exercise) of the Exercise Shares purchased upon such exercise over the exercise
price paid by the Employee will be taxable to the Employee as ordinary income
pursuant to Section 83 of the Code.
(b) Vesting. Subject to Section 2(c), Section 2(d) or 2(e),
-------
whichever is applicable, and Section 4(c), the Employee's right to exercise the
Options will become vested as of the Effective Time. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event of the Employee's termination of employment prior to a
Public Offering, the Employee's right
6
<PAGE>
to exercise the Options will be suspended during the First Option Period and the
Second Option Period, except that, in the case of any such Options whose
Original Termination Date is prior to the expiration of the Second Option
Period, the Employee will be permitted to exercise such Options during the 30
days immediately preceding such Original Termination Date unless the Company or
the Fund shall have delivered written notice to the Employee of its election to
purchase such Options.
(c) Termination of Options; Original Termination Date. Subject to
-------------------------------------------------
Section 2(d) or 2(e), whichever is applicable, and Section 4(c), each Option
shall ter minate and be canceled on the normal expiration date of the
corresponding Prior Option set forth on Schedule C hereto (the "Original
--------
Termination Date").
- ----------------
(d) Termination of Non-Qualified Options; Early Termination. With
-------------------------------------------------------
respect to each Non-Qualified Option, such Non-Qualified Option shall expire
prior to its Original Termination Date under the following circumstances.
(i) In the event of the termination of the Employee's employment with the
Company or any Subsidiary thereof that employs the Employee prior to the
Original Termination Date of such Non-Qualified Option as a result of the
Employee's death, the Employee's Disability, a termination of the
Employee's employment by the Company or such Subsidiary without Cause or a
termination of the Employee's employment by the Employee for Good Reason,
such Non-Qualified Option shall expire on the earlier of
(x) its Original Termination Date and
(y) the later of (A) the six month anniversary of the date of the
-
expiration of any initial lock-up period imposed on sales of Common
Stock in connection with the first Public Offering occurring after the
date hereof (such expiration date, the "Lock-Up Expiration Date"), and
-----------------------
(B) the first anniversary of the Date of Termination.
-
(ii) In the event of the termination of the Employee's employment with the
Company or any Subsidiary thereof that employs the Employee prior to the
Original Termination Date of such Non-Qualified Option as a result of the
termination of the Employee's employment (i) by the Employee without Good
-
Reason or (ii) by the Company or such Subsidiary with Cause, such Non-
--
Qualified Option shall expire on the earliest of
(x) its Original Termination Date,
7
<PAGE>
(y) the later of (1) the 90th day following the Lock-Up Expiration
-
Date, and (2) the 30th day following the Date of Termination, and
-
(z) the first anniversary of the Date of Termination.
(e) Termination of Incentive Stock Options; Early Termination. With
---------------------------------------------------------
respect to each Incentive Stock Option, in the event of the termination of
the Employee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary thereof that
employs the Employee prior to the Original Termination Date of such
Incentive Stock Option, such Incentive Stock Option shall expire on the
date specified in the Award Agreement evidencing such Incentive Stock
Option.
(f) Manner of Exercise. Subject to such reasonable administrative
------------------
regulations as the Board may adopt, vested Options may be exercised, in whole or
in part, by notice to the Clerk of the Company in writing given at least 5
business days prior to the date as of which the Employee will so exercise the
Options (the "Exercise Date"). As a condition to the exercise a of any of the
-------------
Options, the Company may require the Employee to furnish or execute such other
documents as the Company shall reasonably deem necessary (i) to evidence such
-
exercise, or (ii) to comply with or satisfy the requirements of the Securities
--
Act, applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws or any other law.
3. Tag-Along Rights. So long as there has not been a Public
----------------
Offering, the Fund hereby agrees not to make any sale or transfer of Common
Stock owned by the Fund which would constitute a Qualifying Sale, except
pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 3:
(a) At least 30 days prior to making any sale or transfer of Common
Stock which would constitute a Qualifying Sale, the Fund will deliver a written
notice (the "Sale Notice") to the Company and the Employee. The Sale Notice
-----------
will fully disclose the identity of the prospective transferee and the terms and
conditions of the proposed Qualifying Sale. The Fund agrees not to consummate
any such proposed Qualifying Sale until at least 30 days after the Sale Notice
has been delivered to the Employee, unless the Fund has received notice from the
Employee indicating whether or not the Employee has elected to participate in
such Qualifying Sale and the number of shares to be sold by the Employee has
been finally determined pursuant hereto prior to the expiration of such 30-day
period. The Employee may elect to participate in the proposed Qualifying Sale
by delivering written notice to the Fund and the Company within 30 days after
receipt of the Sale Notice. If the Employee elects to participate in such
proposed Qualifying Sale, the Employee will be entitled to sell in such
Qualifying Sale, at the same price and on the same terms as the Fund, a number
of Shares equal to
8
<PAGE>
the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A) the percentage of the
- -
then outstanding Common Stock represented by the Shares then held by the
Employee by (B) the aggregate percentage of the then outstanding Common Stock
-
represented by the Common Stock then held by the Fund and the aggregate Common
Stock held by those employees of the Company or a Subsidiary (including the
Employee) who elect to participate such proposed Qualifying Sale pursuant to the
terms of their respective management equity agreements and (ii) the number of
--
shares of Common Stock such transferee has agreed to purchase in the proposed
Qualifying Sale (or, in the case of a Qualifying Sale within the meaning of
clause (ii) of Section 3(b), the Excess Number of shares which such transferee
has agreed to purchase).
(b) The term "Qualifying Sale" shall mean (i) any sale or transfer of
--------------- -
Common Stock proposed to be made by the Fund at any time after the Fund has sold
or transferred in the aggregate at least the Qualifying Number of shares of
Common Stock or (ii) in the event that prior to the sale or transfer by the Fund
--
of an aggregate of the Qualifying Number of shares of Common Stock, the Fund
proposes to sell or transfer a number of shares of Common Stock which when
combined with any prior sales or transfers of such shares by the Fund exceeds
the Qualifying Number, the sale or transfer of a number of shares (the "Excess
------
Number") equal to the excess of (A) the sum of any shares previously sold or
- ------ -
transferred by the Fund and the aggregate number of shares proposed to be sold
or transferred in such contemplated sale, over (B) the Qualifying Number of
-
shares. In determining whether there is a Qualifying Sale, equi table
adjustments shall be made to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, stock com
bination, recapitalization or similar transaction.
(c) The obligation of the Fund and the rights of the Employee
pursuant to this Section 3 will not apply to any sale or transfer by the Fund
pursuant to a distribution to the public (whether pursuant to a Public Offering
or pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise (but not pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act or any successor provision)). Any shares referred to, or covered
by any sale, transfer or dis tribution referred to, in the preceding sentence
shall not be included in the computation of Qualifying Sale.
(d) The Fund acknowledges that the Employee would be irreparably
damaged in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the Fund of any of
its obligations under this Section 3 and the Fund agrees that, in the event of a
breach or a threatened breach by the Fund of any such obligation, the Employee
shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to him or her in
respect of such breach, be entitled to an injunction from a court of competent
jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond) granting it specific
performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Section 3. In the event
that the Employee shall file suit to
9
<PAGE>
enforce the covenants contained in this Section 3 (or obtain any other remedy in
respect of any breach thereof) and prevails in such suit the Employee shall be
entitled to recover from the Company the costs incurred by the Employee in
conducting the suit, including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses.
4. Take-Along Rights.
-----------------
(a) Take-Along Notice. If the Fund intends to effect a sale (a
-----------------
"Take-Along Sale") prior to a Public Offering of not less than 90% of the shares
- ----------------
of Common Stock it then holds to a non-Affiliate third party (a "Take-Along
----------
Buyer") and elects to exercise its rights under this Section 4, the Fund shall
- -----
deliver written notice (a "Take-Along Notice") to the Company and the Employee,
-----------------
which notice shall (i) state (w) that the Fund wishes to exercise its rights
- -
under this Section 4 with respect to such transfer, (x) the name and address of
-
the Take-Along Buyer, (y) the per share amount and form of consideration the
-
Fund proposes to receive for its shares of Common Stock and the percentage of
its Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Fund (the "Sale Percentage") and (z)
--------------- -
drafts of purchase and sale documentation setting forth the terms and conditions
of payment of such consideration and all other material terms and conditions of
such transfer (the "Draft Sale Agreement"), (ii) contain an offer (the "Take-
-------------------- -- ----
Along Offer") by the Take-Along Buyer to purchase from the Employee a percentage
- -----------
of the Shares equal to the Sale Percentage, on and subject to the same price,
terms and conditions offered to the Fund and (iii) state the anticipated time
---
and place of the closing of such transfer (a "Section 4 Closing"), which
-----------------
(subject to such terms and conditions) shall occur not fewer than 15 days nor
more than 90 days after the date such Take-Along Notice is delivered, provided
--------
that if such Section 4 Closing shall not occur prior to the expiration of such
90-day period, the Fund shall be entitled to deliver another Take-Along Notice
with respect to such Take-Along Offer. Upon request of the Fund, the Company
shall provide the Fund with a current list of the names and addresses of each
employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who is party to a management equity
agreement.
(b) Conditions to Take-Along. Upon delivery of a Take-Along Notice,
------------------------
the Employee shall have the obligation to transfer a number of his Shares equal
to the Sale Percentage multiplied by the number of Shares then held by the
Employee pursuant to the Take-Along Offer, as such offer may be modified from
time to time, provided that the Fund transfers the Sale Percentage of its shares
--------
of Common Stock to the Take-Along Buyer at the Section 4 Closing and that all
shares of Common Stock sold by the Fund and the Employee to be sold pursuant to
the Take-Along Sale are sold to the Take-Along Buyer at the same price, and on
the same terms and conditions, and provided further that the Employee shall only
-------- -------
be required to make, in connection with a Take-Along Sale, representations and
warranties that survive the closing of such Sale
10
<PAGE>
with respect to his authority, his title to his Shares, certain conflicts,
approvals and litigation relating to him, and shall not be required to make any
representations or warranties with respect to the Company or its business that
survive that Closing of such Sale or with respect to any other employee. Within
five Business Days prior to the closing contemplated by the Take-Along Notice,
the Employee shall (i) deliver to the Fund certificates representing the Shares
to be sold pursuant to the Take-Along Sale, duly endorsed for transfer or
accompanied by duly executed stock powers, and (ii) exe cute and deliver to the
Fund a power of attorney and a letter of transmittal and custody agreement in
favor of the Fund and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Fund
appointing the Fund as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact and custodian for
the Employee, with full power of substitution, and authorizing the Fund to
execute and deliver a purchase and sale agreement substantially in the form of
the Draft Sale Agreement and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this
Section 4(b) and to take such actions as the Fund may reasonably deem necessary
or appropriate to effect the sale and transfer of the Shares to the Take-Along
Buyer, upon receipt of the purchase price therefor set forth in the Take-Along
Notice at the Section 4 Closing, free and clear of all security interests,
liens, claims, encumbrances, options, and voting agreements of whatever nature,
together with all other documents delivered with such Notice and required to be
executed in connection with the sale thereof pursuant to the Take-Along Offer.
The Fund shall hold such shares and other documents in trust for the Employee
for release against payment to the Employee of such Employee's net proceeds in
accordance with the contemplated transaction. If, within 15 days after delivery
to the Fund, the Fund has not completed the sale of all of the shares of Common
Stock owned by the Fund and the Employee to the Take-Along Buyer and another
Take-Along Notice with respect to such Take-Along Offer has not been sent to the
Employee, the Fund shall return to the Employee all certificates representing
the Shares and all other documents that the Employee delivered in connection
with such sale. The Fund shall be permitted to send only two Take-Along Notices
with respect to any one Take-Along Offer. Promptly after the Section 4 Closing,
the Fund shall furnish such other evidence of the completion and time of
completion of such sale and the terms thereof as may reasonably be requested by
the Employee.
(c) Effect of Take-Along On Options.
-------------------------------
(i) Accelerated Vesting and Payment. Subject to Section 4(c)(ii), in
-------------------------------
the event of the consummation of a Take-Along Sale, each Option held by the
Employee immediately prior to the closing of such Take-Along Sale shall be
canceled in exchange for a payment, in cash, of an amount (such amount, the
"Cancellation Payment Amount") equal to the product of (i) the excess, if
-
any, of the price per share of Common Stock paid in connection with such
Take-Along Sale over the exercise price under such Option, multiplied by
(ii) the
11
<PAGE>
number of Exercise Shares covered by such Option immediately prior to such
the consummation of such Take-Along Sale. Payment of the Cancellation
Payment Amount shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no
event later than 30 days, following the closing of the Take-Along Sale.
(ii) Alternative Options. Notwithstanding Section 4(c)(i), no
-------------------
settlement or other payment shall be made with respect to any Option in the
event that the transaction constituting the Take-Along Sale is to be
accounted for using the "pooling of interest" method of accounting. In
such event, each Option held by the Employee immediately prior to the
closing of the Take-Along Sale shall become fully vested immediately prior
to the consummation of such transaction and the Employee shall have the
right, subject to compliance with all applicable securities laws, to (i)
-
exercise all of the Options then held by him or (ii) provided such
--
opportunity is made available by the Take-Along Buyer, exchange such
Options for fully vested options to purchase common stock of the Take-Along
Buyer (or the direct or indirect parent of the Take-Along Buyer) having
substantially equivalent economic value to the Options being exchanged
therefor, as determined by the Board immediately prior to the consummation
of the Take-Along Sale. Any Options not exercised or exchanged shall
expire upon the consummation of the Take-Along Sale.
(d) Remedies. The Employee acknowledges that the Fund would be
--------
irreparably damaged in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the
Employee of any of his obligations under this Section 4 and the Employee agrees
that, in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the Employee of any
such obligation, the Fund shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies
available to it in respect of such breach, be entitled to an injunction from a
court of competent jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond) granting
it specific performance by the Employee of his or her obligations under this
Section 4. In the event that the Fund shall file suit to enforce the covenants
contained in this Section 4 (or obtain any other remedy in respect of any breach
thereof), the prevailing party in the suit shall be entitled to recover, in
addition to all other damages to which it may be entitled, the costs incurred by
such party in conducting the suit, including reasonable attorney's fees and
expenses.
5. Restrictions on Transfer.
------------------------
(a) Restrictions on Transfer. The Employee shall not be permitted to
------------------------
sell, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Option or Shares
except (i) subject to Section 6, any transfer of Options or Shares, upon the
-
death of the Employee, to the Employee's estate, (ii) any transfer of Shares,
--
but not Options, by the Employee to a family trust or partnership solely for
estate planning purposes or (iii)
12
<PAGE>
transfers of Shares, but not Options, by the Employee that do not exceed, in the
aggregate, 25% of the sum of the Shares beneficially owned by the Employee and
the Exercise Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options held by the Employee,
in each case, as of the date of this Agreement, provided in the case of the
transfer of any Options or Shares under subsection (i) or (ii) hereof that the
executor of the Employee's estate, the trustee of any such family trust or the
general partner of any such family partnership, as applicable, shall agree, by
execution of an instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Company, to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
(b) Duration. The transfer restrictions under Section 5(a) shall
--------
terminate with respect to the Shares upon the earliest of (i) the fifth
-
anniversary of the date of the consummation of the Merger, (ii) the Lock-Up
--
Expiration Date and (iii) the termination, for any reason, of the Employee's
---
employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries. The transfer
restrictions under Section 5(a) shall terminate with respect to the Options only
upon the death of the Employee, it being understood that the Options shall be
exercisable during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee.
6. Repurchases by the Company or the Fund Upon Termination of
----------------------------------------------------------
Employment or Unforeseen Personal Hardship of the Employee.
- ----------------------------------------------------------
(a) Termination of Employment. If, prior to a Public Offering, the
-------------------------
Employee's active employment with the Company or any Subsidiary thereof that
employs the Employee is terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall
have an option to purchase all or a portion of the Options, to the extent vested
as of the Date of Termination, and/or Exercise Shares then held by the Employee
(or, if his employment was terminated by his death, his estate) (such vested
Options and Exercise Shares, the "Covered Securities") and shall have 60 days
------------------
from the Repurchase Determination Date, or, in the case of any Covered
Securities that are Incentive Stock Options, 30 days from the Repurchase
Determination Date (such 60-day or 30-day period, whichever is applicable, being
hereinafter referred to as the "First Option Period") during which to give
-------------------
notice in writing to the Employee (or his estate) of its election to exercise or
not to exercise its option to purchase any of the Covered Securities, in whole
or in part. The Company hereby undertakes to use reasonable efforts to act as
promptly as practicable following the Repurchase Determination Date to make such
election. If the Company fails to give notice that it intends to exercise its
option to purchase any of the Covered Securities within the First Option Period
or the Company gives notice that it does not intend to exercise such option or
that it intends to exercise such option with respect to only a portion of the
Covered Securities, the Fund shall have the right to purchase all or a portion
of the Covered Securities that will not be repurchased by the Company and shall
have until the expiration of the earlier of
13
<PAGE>
(x) 60 days (or, in the case of any Covered Securities that are Incentive Stock
Options, 30 days) following the last day of the First Option Period or (y) 60
days (or, in the case of any Covered Securities that are Incentive Stock
Options, 30 days) from the date of receipt by the Fund of written notice from
the Company indicating whether it will exercise its option to purchase any of
the Covered Securities (such 60-day or 30-day period, whichever is applicable,
being hereinafter referred to as the "Second Option Period"), to give notice in
writing to the Employee (or his estate) of the Fund's exercise of its option to
purchase any Covered Securities, in whole or in part. If the options of the
Company and the Fund to purchase the Covered Securities pursuant to this Section
6(a) are not exercised with respect to all of the Covered Securities as provided
herein, the Employee (or his estate) shall be entitled to retain the Covered
Securities which will not be so purchased, subject to all of the provisions of
this Agree ment (including without limitation Section 4).
(b) Unforeseen Personal Hardship. In the event that the Employee,
----------------------------
while in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary, experiences Unforeseen
Personal Hardship, the Board will carefully consider any request by the Employee
that the Company repurchase the Employee's Shares, but the Company shall have no
obligation to repurchase such Shares. The Board shall consider such request
with re spect to Unforeseen Personal Hardship as soon as practicable after
receipt by the Company of a written request by the Employee, such request to
include sufficient details of the Employee's Unforeseen Personal Hardship to
permit the Board to review the request and the circumstances in an informed
manner.
(c) Purchase Price. All purchases pursuant to this Section 6 by the
--------------
Company or the Fund shall be for a purchase price and effected in the manner
prescribed by Sections 6(c) and 6(d). For purposes of any purchase of Covered
Securities pursuant to this Section 6, the purchase price per Covered Security
to be paid to the Employee (or his estate) for such Covered Security (the
"Purchase Price") shall equal the fair market value (the "Fair Market Value") of
- --------------- -----------------
a share of Common Stock as of the Repurchase Determination Date or, in the case
of a repurchase of any Shares as a result of Unforeseen Personal Hardship, as of
the date such Shares are repurchased, reduced in the case of the purchase of any
Covered Security that is an Option by the exercise price applicable under such
Option.
Whenever determination of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common
Stock is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, such Fair Market Value
shall be such amount as is determined in good faith by the Board on the basis of
an independent valuation of the Common Stock and such other factors as the Board
deems appropriate, including, without limitation, the earnings and certain other
financial and operating information of the Company and its Subsidiaries in
recent periods, the poten-
14
<PAGE>
tial value of the Company and its Subsidiaries as a whole, the future prospects
of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the industries in which they compete,
the history and management of the Company and its Subsidiaries, the general
condition of the securities markets, the fair market value of securities of
companies engaged in businesses similar to those of the Company and its
Subsidiaries and the trading price of the Common Stock. The determination of
Fair Market Value will not give effect to any restrictions on transfer of the
Covered Securities, the fact that such Covered Securities would represent a
minority interest in the Company or the fact that the Covered Securities are not
registered for resale under the Securities Act. The Fair Market Value as
determined in good faith by the Board and in the absence of fraud shall be
binding and conclusive upon all parties hereto. If the Company at any time
subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) the Common Stock
into a greater number of shares, or combines (by reverse stock split or
otherwise) the Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Purchase Price
shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such subdivision or combination.
(d) Closing of Purchase; Payment of Purchase Price. The closing of a
----------------------------------------------
purchase pursuant to this Section 6 shall take place at the principal office of
the Company on the tenth business day following whichever of the following is
applicable: (i) the receipt by the Employee (or his estate) of the notice of the
-
Company or the Fund, as the case may be, of its exercise of its option to
purchase any of the Covered Securities pursuant to Section 6(a) or (ii) the
--
Board's determination (which shall be delivered to the Employee) that the
Company is authorized to purchase a stated number of Shares as a result of
Unforeseen Personal Hardship pursuant to Section 6(b). At the closing, (i) the
-
Company or the Fund, as the case may be, shall pay to the Employee (or his
estate) an amount equal to the Purchase Price and (ii) the Employee (or his
--
estate) shall deliver to the Company or the Fund, as applicable, such
certificates or other instruments representing the Covered Securities so
purchased, appropriately endorsed by the Employee (or his estate), as the
Company or the Fund, as applicable, may reasonably require.
7. Lock-Up Agreement. If and whenever the Company proposes to
-----------------
register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act, whether or not
for its own account (other than pursuant to a Special Registration), the
Employee agrees not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration) any
public sale or distribution, including, but not limited to, any sale pursuant to
Rule 144 or Rule 144A, of any Shares, any other equity securities of the Company
or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity
securities of the Company, during the 20 day period prior to or the 90 day
period following the effective date of such registration, provided that the
Employee further agrees that, if required by the managing
15
<PAGE>
underwriter for such registered offering, he shall not effect any such public
sale or distribution during the 180 day period following the effective date of
such registration.
8. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) Notices. All notices and other communications required or
-------
permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been given if delivered personally or sent by certified or
express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized
international equivalent of such delivery, to the Company, the Fund or the
Employee, as the case may be, at the following addresses or to such other
address as the Company, the Fund or the Employee, as the case may be, shall
specify by notice to the others:
(i) if to the Company, to it at:
Dynatech Corporation
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803
Attention: General Counsel
---------
(ii) if to the Employee, to the Employee at the address set forth on
the signature page hereof.
(iii) if to the Fund, to:
The Clayton & Dubilier Private Equity
Fund V Limited Partnership
Foulkstone Plaza, Suite 102
1403 Foulk Road
Wilmington, Delaware 19803
Attention: Brian D. Finn
---------
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the
date of delivery if delivered personally or on the third business day after the
mailing thereof. Copies of any notice or other communication given under this
Agreement shall also be given to:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor
New York, New York 10152
Attention: Joseph L. Rice, III
---------
16
<PAGE>
and
Debevoise & Plimpton
875 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Franci J. Blassberg, Esq.
---------
(b) Binding Effect; Benefits. This Agreement shall be binding upon
------------------------
and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is
intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this
Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable
right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision
contained herein.
(c) Waiver; Amendment.
-----------------
(i) Waiver. Any party hereto may by written notice to the other
------
parties (A) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations
-
or other actions of the other parties under this Agreement, (B) waive
-
compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other parties
contained in this Agreement, and (C) waive or modify performance of any of
-
the obligations of the other parties under this Agreement. Except as
provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this
Agreement, including, without limi tation, any investigation by or on
behalf of any party, shall be deemed to con stitute a waiver by the party
taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties,
covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by any party hereto
of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be
construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure
by a party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a
waiver of such party's rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a
waiver of such party's rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time
or times hereunder.
(ii) Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, modified or
---------
supplemented only by a written instrument executed by each of the parties
hereto.
(d) Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy,
-------------
obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be
assignable by the Company or the Employee without the prior written consent of
the other parties. The
17
<PAGE>
Fund may assign from time to time all or any portion of its rights hereunder to
one or more persons or other entities designated by it.
(e) Withholding. Whenever Shares are to be issued pursuant to the
-----------
Options, the Company may require the recipient of the Shares to remit to the
Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable U.S. federal,
state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding requirements as a condition to the
issuance of such Shares. In the event any cash is paid to the Employee or the
Employee's estate pursuant to Sec tion 4 or 6, the Company shall have the right
to withhold an amount from such payment sufficient to satisfy any applicable
U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding requirements.
(f) Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
--------------
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH
PRINCIPLES OR RULES WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF
ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
(g) Section and Other Headings, etc. The section and other headings
-------------------------------
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
18
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE
FUND V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership,
its general partner
By: CD&R Investment Associates, Inc.,
a general partner
By:
-----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
DYNATECH CORPORATION
By:
---------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
THE EMPLOYEE
Name of Executive
------------------------------------------
Address
19
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.7
MANAGEMENT EQUITY AGREEMENT
MANAGEMENT EQUITY AGREEMENT, dated as of May __, 1998 (the
"Agreement"), among Dynatech Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the
---------
"Company"), Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership, a Cayman
- --------
Islands limited partnership (the "Fund"), and the individual whose name appears
----
on the signature page hereof (the "Employee"). Capitalized terms used herein
--------
have the respective meanings ascribed in Section 1.
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger
------
Agreement"), dated as of December 20, 1997, between the Company and CDRD Merger
- ---------
Corporation ("MergerCo"), MergerCo was merged with and into the Company (the
--------
"Merger") and the Company continued as the surviving corporation of the Merger;
- -------
WHEREAS, at the effective time of the Merger (the "Effective Time"),
--------------
pursuant to the Merger Agreement, (i) each then outstanding share of common
-
stock, par value $.20 per share, of the Company (the "Prior Common Stock") was
------------------
converted into the right to receive $47.75 in cash and .5 shares of common
stock, no par value, of the Company (the "Common Stock"), and (ii) except as
------------ --
described below, each then outstanding option to purchase shares of Prior Common
Stock held by current or former employees or directors of the Company or a
Subsidiary thereof was canceled in exchange for a payment in cash (the "Option
------
Cancellation Payment") in respect of each share of Prior Common Stock covered by
- --------------------
such options equal to $49.00, reduced by the exercise price per share of such
Prior Common Stock;
WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, certain executives and other
key management employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the
Employee, were offered the opportunity to convert all or a portion of their
options to purchase shares of Prior Common Stock that were outstanding
immediately prior to the Effective Time (the "Prior Options") into options to
-------------
purchase shares of Common Stock (the "Converted Options") in lieu of receiving
-----------------
an Option Cancellation Payment in respect of such Converted Options;
<PAGE>
WHEREAS, pursuant to the letter agreement, dated as of May __, 1998,
from the Company to the Employee (the "Letter Agreement"), the Employee agreed
----------------
to the conversion of certain of his or her Prior Options into Converted Options
subject to the consummation of the Merger;
WHEREAS, the Employee wishes to convert each of his or her Prior
Options listed on Schedule A hereto into Converted Options to purchase the
number of shares of Common Stock listed opposite each such Prior Option on such
Schedule A (the Employee's Converted Options, the "Options" and the shares of
-------
Common Stock covered by the Options, the "Exercise Shares");
---------------
WHEREAS, the Letter Agreement provides, among other things, for the
Company, the Fund and the Employee to enter into an agreement setting forth
certain terms and conditions applicable to the Options and the Exercise Shares
and the parties wish to enter into such agreement and to set forth the terms and
conditions applicable to the Options, the Exercise Shares and any shares of
Common Stock hereinafter acquired by the Employee;
WHEREAS, the parties intend that, except to the extent specifically
provided otherwise herein, the terms of this Agreement shall supersede each
Award Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained
herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms
-----------
have the following respective meanings:
"Award Agreement" With respect to each Option, the agreement between
---------------
the Company and the Employee evidencing the original grant of the corresponding
Prior Option to the Employee and setting forth the original terms and conditions
applicable to such Prior Option.
"Board": The Board of Directors of the Company.
-----
"Cause": As defined in the Letter Agreement.
-----
"CD&R": Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
----
"Code": The U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
----
2
<PAGE>
"Common Stock": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------------
"Converted Option": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
----------------
"Company": As defined in the introduction to this Agreement.
-------
"Control": With respect to any Person, the possession, directly or
-------
indirectly, severally or jointly, of the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of
voting securities, by contract or credit arrangement, as trustee or executor, or
otherwise.
"Covered Securities": As defined in Section 6(a).
------------------
"Disability": As defined in the Letter Agreement.
----------
"Draft Sale Agreement": As defined in Section 4(a).
--------------------
"Effective Time": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
--------------
"Employee": As defined in the introduction to this Agreement.
--------
"Excess Number": As defined in Section 3(b).
-------------
"Exchange Act": The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
------------
any successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder which
shall be in effect at the time. Any reference to a particular section thereof
shall include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of any such
successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
"Exercise Shares": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
---------------
"Fair Market Value": As defined in Section 6(c).
-----------------
"First Option Period": As defined in Section 6(a).
-------------------
"Fund": As defined in the introduction to this Agreement.
----
"Good Reason": As defined in the Letter Agreement.
-----------
"Incentive Stock Options": As defined in Section 2(a).
-----------------------
3
<PAGE>
"Letter Agreement": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
----------------
"Lock-Up Expiration Date" As defined in Section 2(d)(i).
-----------------------
"Non-Qualified Options": As defined in Section 2(a).
---------------------
"Option": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------
"Original Termination Date": As defined in Section 2(c).
-------------------------
"Person": Any natural person, firm, partnership, limited liability
------
company, association, corporation, company, trust, business trust, governmental
authority or other entity.
"Prior Common Stock": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------------------
"Prior Continuation Period": A period of time equal to four weeks
-------------------------
plus two weeks for each year of service with the Company or Subsidiary by the
Employee.
"Prior Option": As defined in the recitals to this Agreement.
------------
"Public Offering": An underwritten public offering of the Common
---------------
Stock led by at least one underwriter of nationally recognized standing.
"Purchase Price": As defined in Section 6(c).
--------------
"Qualifying Number": 5,539,539 shares of Common Stock (excluding any
-----------------
sales or transfers by the Fund to any employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of
the Company).
"Qualifying Sale": As defined in Section 3(b).
---------------
"Repurchase Determination Date" (a) the Trigger Date, or (b) in the
----------------------------- - -
case of a Specified Termination only, the date which is the last day of a period
beginning on the Trigger Date and lasting for the Prior Continuation Period.
"Rule 144": Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the
--------
Securities Act.
"Rule 144A": Rule 144A (or any successor provision) under the
---------
Securities Act.
4
<PAGE>
"Sale Notice": As defined in Section 3(a).
-----------
"Sale Percentage": As defined in Section 4(a).
---------------
"Second Option Period": As defined in Section 6(a).
--------------------
"Section 4 Closing": As defined in Section 4(a).
-----------------
"Securities Act": The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any
--------------
successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder which shall
be in effect at the time. Any reference to a particular section thereof shall
include a reference to the corresponding section, if any, of any such successor
Federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
"Securities and Exchange Commission": The Securities and Exchange
----------------------------------
Commission or any other Federal agency at the time administering the Securities
Act or the Exchange Act.
"Shares": All shares of Common Stock now owned or from time to time
------
acquired by the Employee, including, without limitation, any Exercise Shares
acquired by the Employee upon exercise of any Option.
"Special Registration": (a) The registration of shares of equity
-------------------- -
securities and/or options or other rights in respect thereof to be offered to
(i) directors, members of management, employees, consultants or sales agents,
-
distributors or similar representatives of the Company or its direct or indirect
Subsidiaries, and/or (ii) directors or senior executives of corporations in
--
which entities managed or sponsored by CD&R have made substantial equity
investments or other individuals with whom CD&R has a consulting or advisory
relationship or (b) the registration of equity securities and/or options or
-
other rights in respect thereof solely on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form.
"Specified Termination": A termination by the Company or any
---------------------
Subsidiary that employs the Employee without Cause or a termination of the
Employee's employment by the Employee for Good Reason,
"Subsidiary": With respect to any Person, each corporation or other
----------
Person in which the first Person owns or Controls, directly or indirectly,
capital stock or other ownership interests representing 50% or more of the
combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership
interests of such corporation or other Person.
5
<PAGE>
"Take-Along Buyer": As defined in Section 4(a).
----------------
"Take-Along Notice": As defined in Section 4(a).
-----------------
"Take-Along Offer": As defined in Section 4(a).
----------------
"Take-Along Sale": As defined in Section 4(a).
---------------
"Trigger Date": As defined in the Letter Agreement.
------------
"Unforeseen Personal Hardship": Financial hardship arising from (x)
---------------------------- -
extraordinary medical expenses or other expenses directly related to illness or
disability of the Employee, a member of the Employee's immediate family or one
of the Employee's parents or (y) payments necessary or required to prevent the
-
eviction of the Employee from the Employee's principal residence or foreclosure
on the mortgage on that residence. The Board's reasoned and good faith
determination of Unforeseen Personal Hardship shall be binding on the Company
and the Employee.
2. Certain Terms Applicable to Options.
-----------------------------------
(a) Confirmation of Option Conversion. The Company and the Employee
---------------------------------
hereby confirm that, pursuant to the Letter Agreement, as of the Effective Time,
each Prior Option to purchase the number of shares of Prior Common Stock set
forth on Schedule A hereto at the exercise price set forth on such Schedule A
was converted into the corresponding Option set forth on Schedule A to purchase
the number of shares of Common Stock at the exercise price per share set forth
on Schedule A. The Company and the Employee further confirm that only the
Options set forth on Schedule B hereto (the "Incentive Stock Options") are
-----------------------
intended to and will qualify immediately after the Effective Time as incentive
stock options under the Code and, accordingly, all of the remaining Options
(such remaining Options, the "Non-Qualified Options") are not intended to and
---------------------
will not qualify immediately after the Effective Time as incentive stock options
under the Code. The Employee further acknowledges and agrees that, in the case
of certain Prior Options that qualified as incentive stock options prior to the
Effective Time, in connection with and following the conversion of such Prior
Options described herein, such Options, as so converted, will no longer qualify
as incentive stock options and, as a result, upon the exercise thereof by the
Employee, the excess, if any, of the fair market value (as of the date of
exercise) of the Exercise Shares purchased upon such exercise over the exercise
price paid by the Employee will be taxable to the Employee as ordinary income
pursuant to Section 83 of the Code.
6
<PAGE>
(b) Vesting. Subject to Section 2(c), Section 2(d) or 2(e),
-------
whichever is applicable, and Section 4(c), the Employee's right to exercise the
Options will become vested as of the Effective Time. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event of the Employee's termination of employment prior to a
Public Offering, the Employee's right to exercise the Options will be suspended
during the First Option Period and the Second Option Period, except that, in the
case of any such Options whose Original Termination Date is prior to the
expiration of the Second Option Period, the Employee will be permitted to
exercise such Options during the 30 days immediately preceding such Original
Termination Date unless the Company or the Fund shall have delivered written
notice to the Employee of its election to purchase such Options.
(c) Termination of Options; Original Termination Date. Subject to
-------------------------------------------------
Section 2(d) or 2(e), whichever is applicable, and Section 4(c), each Option
shall ter minate and be canceled on the normal expiration date of the
corresponding Prior Option set forth on Schedule C hereto (the "Original
--------
Termination Date").
- ----------------
(d) Termination of Non-Qualified Options; Early Termination. With
-------------------------------------------------------
respect to each Non-Qualified Option, such Non-Qualified Option shall expire
prior to its Original Termination Date under the following circumstances.
(i) In the event of the termination of the Employee's employment with the
Company or any Subsidiary thereof that employs the Employee prior to the
Original Termination Date of such Non-Qualified Option as a result of the
Employee's death, the Employee's Disability, a termination of the
Employee's employment by the Company or such Subsidiary without Cause or a
termination of the Employee's employment by the Employee for Good Reason,
such Non-Qualified Option shall expire on the earlier of
(x) its Original Termination Date and
(y) the later of (A) the six month anniversary of the date of the
-
expiration of any initial lock-up period imposed on sales of Common
Stock in connection with the first Public Offering occurring after the
date hereof (such expiration date, the "Lock-Up Expiration Date"), and
-----------------------
(B) the first anniversary of the Trigger Date.
-
(ii) In the event of the termination of the Employee's employment with the
Company or any Subsidiary thereof that employs the Employee prior to the
Original Termination Date of such Non-Qualified Option as a result of the
termination of the Employee's employment by the Employee without Good
Reason, such Non-Qualified Option shall expire on the earliest of
7
<PAGE>
(x) its Original Termination Date,
(y) the later of (1) the 90th day following the Lock-Up Expiration
-
Date, and (2) the 30th day following the Trigger Date, and
-
(z) the six month anniversary of the Trigger Date.
(iii) In the event of the termination of the Employee's employment with
the Company or any Subsidiary thereof that employs the Employee, prior to
the Original Termination Date of such Non-Qualified Option, as a result of
a termination of the Employee's employment by the Company or such
Subsidiary for Cause, such Non-Qualified Option shall expire immediately
upon the Trigger Date.
(e) Termination of Incentive Stock Options; Early Termination. With
---------------------------------------------------------
respect to each Incentive Stock Option, in the event of the termination of the
Employee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary thereof that employs
the Employee prior to the Original Termination Date of such Incentive Stock
Option, such Incentive Stock Option shall expire on the date specified in the
Award Agreement evidencing such Incentive Stock Option.
(f) Manner of Exercise. Subject to such reasonable administrative
------------------
regulations as the Board may adopt, vested Options may be exercised, in whole or
in part, by notice to the Clerk of the Company in writing given at least 5
business days prior to the date as of which the Employee will so exercise the
Options (the "Exercise Date"). As a condition to the exercise a of any of the
-------------
Options, the Company may require the Employee to furnish or execute such other
documents as the Company shall reasonably deem necessary (i) to evidence such
-
exercise, or (ii) to comply with or satisfy the requirements of the Securities
--
Act, applicable state or non-U.S. securities laws or any other law.
3. Tag-Along Rights. So long as there has not been a Public
----------------
Offering, the Fund hereby agrees not to make any sale or transfer of Common
Stock owned by the Fund which would constitute a Qualifying Sale, except
pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 3:
(a) At least 30 days prior to making any sale or transfer of Common
Stock which would constitute a Qualifying Sale, the Fund will deliver a written
notice (the "Sale Notice") to the Company and the Employee. The Sale Notice
-----------
will fully disclose the identity of the prospective transferee and the terms and
conditions of the proposed Qualifying Sale. The Fund agrees not to consummate
any such proposed
8
<PAGE>
Qualifying Sale until at least 30 days after the Sale Notice has been delivered
to the Employee, unless the Fund has received notice from the Employee
indicating whether or not the Employee has elected to participate in such
Qualifying Sale and the number of shares to be sold by the Employee has been
finally determined pursuant hereto prior to the expiration of such 30-day
period. The Employee may elect to participate in the proposed Qualifying Sale by
delivering written notice to the Fund and the Company within 30 days after
receipt of the Sale Notice. If the Employee elects to participate in such
proposed Qualifying Sale, the Employee will be entitled to sell in such
Qualifying Sale, at the same price and on the same terms as the Fund, a number
of Shares equal to the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A)
- -
the percentage of the then outstanding Common Stock represented by the Shares
then held by the Employee by (B) the aggregate percentage of the then
-
outstanding Common Stock represented by the Common Stock then held by the Fund
and the aggregate Common Stock held by those employees of the Company or a
Subsidiary (including the Employee) who elect to participate such proposed
Qualifying Sale pursuant to the terms of their respective management equity
agreements and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock such transferee has
--
agreed to purchase in the proposed Qualifying Sale (or, in the case of a
Qualifying Sale within the meaning of clause (ii) of Section 3(b), the Excess
Number of shares which such transferee has agreed to purchase).
(b) The term "Qualifying Sale" shall mean (i) any sale or transfer of
--------------- -
Common Stock proposed to be made by the Fund at any time after the Fund has sold
or transferred in the aggregate at least the Qualifying Number of shares of
Common Stock or (ii) in the event that prior to the sale or transfer by the Fund
--
of an aggregate of the Qualifying Number of shares of Common Stock, the Fund
proposes to sell or transfer a number of shares of Common Stock which when
combined with any prior sales or transfers of such shares by the Fund exceeds
the Qualifying Number, the sale or transfer of a number of shares (the "Excess
------
Number") equal to the excess of (A) the sum of any shares previously sold or
- ------ -
transferred by the Fund and the aggregate number of shares proposed to be sold
or transferred in such contemplated sale, over (B) the Qualifying Number of
-
shares. In determining whether there is a Qualifying Sale, equi table
adjustments shall be made to reflect any stock split, stock dividend, stock com
bination, recapitalization or similar transaction.
(c) The obligation of the Fund and the rights of the Employee
pursuant to this Section 3 will not apply to any sale or transfer by the Fund
pursuant to a distribution to the public (whether pursuant to a Public Offering
or pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise (but not pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act or any successor provision)). Any shares referred to, or covered
by any sale, transfer or dis tribution referred to, in the preceding sentence
shall not be included in the computation of Qualifying Sale.
9
<PAGE>
(d) The Fund acknowledges that the Employee would be irreparably
damaged in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the Fund of any of
its obligations under this Section 3 and the Fund agrees that, in the event of a
breach or a threatened breach by the Fund of any such obligation, the Employee
shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to him or her in
respect of such breach, be entitled to an injunction from a court of competent
jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond) granting it specific
performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Section 3. In the event
that the Employee shall file suit to enforce the covenants contained in this
Section 3 (or obtain any other remedy in respect of any breach thereof) and
prevails in such suit the Employee shall be entitled to recover from the Company
the costs incurred by the Employee in conducting the suit, including reasonable
attorney's fees and expenses.
4. Take-Along Rights.
-----------------
(a) Take-Along Notice. If the Fund intends to effect a sale (a
-----------------
"Take-Along Sale") prior to a Public Offering of not less than 90% of the shares
- ----------------
of Common Stock it then holds to a non-Affiliate third party (a "Take-Along
----------
Buyer") and elects to exercise its rights under this Section 4, the Fund shall
- -----
deliver written notice (a "Take-Along Notice") to the Company and the Employee,
-----------------
which notice shall (i) state (w) that the Fund wishes to exercise its rights
- -
under this Section 4 with respect to such transfer, (x) the name and address of
-
the Take-Along Buyer, (y) the per share amount and form of consideration the
-
Fund proposes to receive for its shares of Common Stock and the percentage of
its Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Fund (the "Sale Percentage") and (z)
--------------- -
drafts of purchase and sale documentation setting forth the terms and conditions
of payment of such consideration and all other material terms and conditions of
such transfer (the "Draft Sale Agreement"), (ii) contain an offer (the "Take-
-------------------- -- ----
Along Offer") by the Take-Along Buyer to purchase from the Employee a percentage
- -----------
of the Shares equal to the Sale Percentage, on and subject to the same price,
terms and conditions offered to the Fund and (iii) state the anticipated time
---
and place of the closing of such transfer (a "Section 4 Closing"), which
-----------------
(subject to such terms and conditions) shall occur not fewer than 15 days nor
more than 90 days after the date such Take-Along Notice is delivered, provided
--------
that if such Section 4 Closing shall not occur prior to the expiration of such
90-day period, the Fund shall be entitled to deliver another Take-Along Notice
with respect to such Take-Along Offer. Upon request of the Fund, the Company
shall provide the Fund with a current list of the names and addresses of each
employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who is party to a management equity
agreement.
(b) Conditions to Take-Along. Upon delivery of a Take-Along Notice,
------------------------
the Employee shall have the obligation to transfer a number of his Shares equal
to the
10
<PAGE>
Sale Percentage multiplied by the number of Shares then held by the
Employee pursuant to the Take-Along Offer, as such offer may be modified from
time to time, provided that the Fund transfers the Sale Percentage of its shares
--------
of Common Stock to the Take-Along Buyer at the Section 4 Closing and that all
shares of Common Stock sold by the Fund and the Employee to be sold pursuant to
the Take-Along Sale are sold to the Take-Along Buyer at the same price, and on
the same terms and conditions, and provided further that the Employee shall only
-------- -------
be required to make, in connection with a Take-Along Sale, representations and
warranties that survive the closing of such Sale with respect to his authority,
his title to his Shares, certain conflicts, approvals and litigation relating to
him, and shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with
respect to the Company or its business that survive that Closing of such Sale or
with respect to any other employee. Within five Business Days prior to the
closing contemplated by the Take-Along Notice, the Employee shall (i) deliver to
-
the Fund certificates representing the Shares to be sold pursuant to the Take-
Along Sale, duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly executed stock
powers, and (ii) execute and deliver to the Fund a power of attorney and a
--
letter of transmittal and custody agreement in favor of the Fund and in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Fund appointing the Fund as the true
and lawful attorney-in-fact and custodian for the Employee, with full power of
substitution, and authorizing the Fund to execute and deliver a purchase and
sale agreement substantially in the form of the Draft Sale Agreement and
otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Section 4(b) and to take such
actions as the Fund may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to effect the
sale and transfer of the Shares to the Take-Along Buyer, upon receipt of the
purchase price therefor set forth in the Take-Along Notice at the Section 4
Closing, free and clear of all security interests, liens, claims, encumbrances,
options, and voting agreements of whatever nature, together with all other
documents delivered with such Notice and required to be executed in connection
with the sale thereof pursuant to the Take-Along Offer. The Fund shall hold
such shares and other documents in trust for the Employee for release against
payment to the Employee of such Employee's net proceeds in accordance with the
contemplated transaction. If, within 15 days after delivery to the Fund, the
Fund has not completed the sale of all of the shares of Common Stock owned by
the Fund and the Employee to the Take-Along Buyer and another Take-Along Notice
with respect to such Take-Along Offer has not been sent to the Employee, the
Fund shall return to the Employee all certificates representing the Shares and
all other documents that the Employee delivered in connection with such sale.
The Fund shall be permitted to send only two Take-Along Notices with respect to
any one Take-Along Offer. Promptly after the Section 4 Closing, the Fund shall
furnish such other evidence of the completion and time of completion of such
sale and the terms thereof as may reasonably be requested by the Employee.
11
<PAGE>
(c) Effect of Take-Along On Options.
-------------------------------
(i) Accelerated Vesting and Payment. Subject to Section 4(c)(ii), in
-------------------------------
the event of the consummation of a Take-Along Sale, each Option held by the
Employee immediately prior to the closing of such Take-Along Sale shall be
canceled in exchange for a payment, in cash, of an amount (such amount, the
"Cancellation Payment Amount") equal to the product of (i) the excess, if
-
any, of the price per share of Common Stock paid in connection with such
Take-Along Sale over the exercise price under such Option, multiplied by
(ii) the number of Exercise Shares covered by such Option immediately prior
---
to such the consummation of such Take-Along Sale. Payment of the
Cancellation Payment Amount shall be made as soon as reasonably
practicable, but in no event later than 30 days, following the closing of
the Take-Along Sale.
(ii) Alternative Options. Notwithstanding Section 4(c)(i), no
-------------------
settlement or other payment shall be made with respect to any Option in the
event that the transaction constituting the Take-Along Sale is to be
accounted for using the "pooling of interest" method of accounting. In
such event, each Option held by the Employee immediately prior to the
closing of the Take-Along Sale shall become fully vested immediately prior
to the consummation of such transaction and the Employee shall have the
right, subject to compliance with all applicable securities laws, to (i)
-
exercise all of the Options then held by him or (ii) provided such
--
opportunity is made available by the Take-Along Buyer, exchange such
Options for fully vested options to purchase common stock of the Take-Along
Buyer (or the direct or indirect parent of the Take-Along Buyer) having
substantially equivalent economic value to the Options being exchanged
therefor, as determined by the Board immediately prior to the consummation
of the Take-Along Sale. Any Options not exercised or exchanged shall
expire upon the consummation of the Take-Along Sale.
(d) Remedies. The Employee acknowledges that the Fund would be
--------
irreparably damaged in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the
Employee of any of his obligations under this Section 4 and the Employee agrees
that, in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by the Employee of any
such obligation, the Fund shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies
available to it in respect of such breach, be entitled to an injunction from a
court of competent jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond) granting
it specific performance by the Employee of his or her obligations under this
Section 4. In the event that the Fund shall file suit to enforce the covenants
contained in this Section 4 (or obtain any other remedy in respect of any breach
thereof), the prevailing party in the suit shall be entitled to recover, in
addition to all other damages to which it may be entitled, the costs incurred by
such party in conducting the suit, including reasonable attorney's fees and
expenses.
12
<PAGE>
5. Restrictions on Transfer.
------------------------
(a) Restrictions on Transfer. The Employee shall not be permitted to
------------------------
sell, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Option or Shares
except (i) subject to Section 6, any transfer of Options or Shares, upon the
-
death of the Employee, to the Employee's estate, (ii) any transfer of Shares,
--
but not Options, by the Employee to a family trust or partnership solely for
estate planning purposes or (iii) transfers of Shares, but not Options, by the
---
Employee that do not exceed, in the aggregate, 33% of the sum of the Shares
beneficially owned by the Employee and the Exercise Shares issuable upon
exercise of the Options held by the Employee, in each case, as of the date of
this Agreement, provided in the case of the transfer of any Options or Shares
--------
under subsection (i) or (ii) hereof that the executor of the Employee's estate,
- --
the trustee of any such family trust or the general partner of any such family
partnership, as applicable, shall agree, by execution of an instrument in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to be bound by all of the
provisions of this Agreement.
(b) Duration. The transfer restrictions under Section 5(a) shall
--------
terminate with respect to the Shares upon the earliest of (i) the fifth
-
anniversary of the date of the consummation of the Merger, (ii) the Lock-Up
--
Expiration Date and (iii) the termination, for any reason, of the Employee's
---
employment with the Company or one of its Subsidiaries. The transfer
restrictions under Section 5(a) shall terminate with respect to the Options only
upon the death of the Employee, it being understood that the Options shall be
exercisable during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee.
6. Repurchases by the Company or the Fund Upon Termination of
----------------------------------------------------------
Employment or Unforeseen Personal Hardship of the Employee.
- ----------------------------------------------------------
(a) Termination of Employment. If, prior to a Public Offering, the
-------------------------
Employee's active employment with the Company or any Subsidiary thereof that
employs the Employee is terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Company shall
have an option to purchase all or a portion of the Options, to the extent vested
as of the Trigger Date, and/or Exercise Shares then held by the Employee (or, if
his employment was terminated by his death, his estate) (such vested Options and
Exercise Shares, the "Covered Securities") and shall have 60 days from the
------------------
Repurchase Determination Date, or, in the case of any Covered Securities that
are Incentive Stock Options, 30 days from the Repurchase Determination Date
(such 60-day or 30-day period, whichever is applicable, being hereinafter
referred to as the "First Option Period") during which to give notice in writing
-------------------
to the Employee (or his estate) of its election to exercise or not to exercise
its option to purchase any of the Covered Securities, in whole or in part. The
Company hereby undertakes to use reasonable efforts to act as promptly as
practicable
13
<PAGE>
following the Repurchase Determination Date to make such election. If the
Company fails to give notice that it intends to exercise its option to purchase
any of the Covered Securities within the First Option Period or the Company
gives notice that it does not intend to exercise such option or that it intends
to exercise such option with respect to only a portion of the Covered
Securities, the Fund shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the
Covered Securities that will not be repurchased by the Company and shall have
until the expiration of the earlier of (x) 60 days (or, in the case of any
-
Covered Securities that are Incentive Stock Options, 30 days) following the last
day of the First Option Period or (y) 60 days (or, in the case of any Covered
-
Securities that are Incentive Stock Options, 30 days) from the date of receipt
by the Fund of written notice from the Company indicating whether it will
exercise its option to purchase any of the Covered Securities (such 60-day or
30-day period, whichever is applicable, being hereinafter referred to as the
"Second Option Period"), to give notice in writing to the Employee (or his
- ---------------------
estate) of the Fund's exercise of its option to purchase any Covered Securities,
in whole or in part. If the options of the Company and the Fund to purchase the
Covered Securities pursuant to this Section 6(a) are not exercised with respect
to all of the Covered Securities as provided herein, the Employee (or his
estate) shall be entitled to retain the Covered Securities which will not be so
purchased, subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement (including without
limitation Section 4).
(b) Unforeseen Personal Hardship. In the event that the Employee,
----------------------------
while in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary, experiences Unforeseen
Personal Hardship, the Board will carefully consider any request by the Employee
that the Company repurchase the Employee's Shares, but the Company shall have no
obligation to repurchase such Shares. The Board shall consider such request
with re spect to Unforeseen Personal Hardship as soon as practicable after
receipt by the Company of a written request by the Employee, such request to
include sufficient details of the Employee's Unforeseen Personal Hardship to
permit the Board to review the request and the circumstances in an informed
manner.
(c) Purchase Price. All purchases pursuant to this Section 6 by the
--------------
Company or the Fund shall be for a purchase price and effected in the manner
prescribed by Sections 6(c) and 6(d). For purposes of any purchase of Covered
Securities pursuant to this Section 6, the purchase price per Covered Security
to be paid to the Employee (or his estate) for such Covered Security (the
"Purchase Price") shall equal the fair market value (the "Fair Market Value") of
- --------------- -----------------
a share of Common Stock as of the Repurchase Determination Date or, in the case
of a repurchase of any Shares as a result of Unforeseen Personal Hardship, as of
the date such Shares are repurchased, reduced in the case of the purchase of any
Covered Security that is an Option by the exercise price applicable under such
Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a purchase of any
Covered Security following a Specified Termination,
14
<PAGE>
provided that the Trigger Date occurs prior to the two year anniversary of the
date the Merger is consummated, the purchase price for such Covered Security
shall equal the greater of (x) $2.50 and (y) the Fair Market Value of a share of
- -
Common Stock as of the Repurchase Determination Date, reduced in the case of any
Covered Security that is an Option by the exercise price applicable under such
Option.
Whenever determination of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common
Stock is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, such Fair Market Value
shall be such amount as is determined in good faith by the Board on the basis of
an independent valuation of the Common Stock and such other factors as the Board
deems appropriate, including, without limitation, the earnings and certain other
financial and operating information of the Company and its Subsidiaries in
recent per iods, the potential value of the Company and its Subsidiaries as a
whole, the future prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the
industries in which they compete, the history and management of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, the general condition of the securities markets, the fair
market value of securities of companies engaged in businesses similar to those
of the Company and its Subsidiaries and the trading price of the Common Stock.
The determination of Fair Market Value will not give effect to any restrictions
on transfer of the Covered Securities, the fact that such Covered Securities
would represent a minority interest in the Company or the fact that the Covered
Securities are not registered for resale under the Securities Act. The Fair
Market Value as determined in good faith by the Board and in the absence of
fraud shall be binding and conclusive upon all parties hereto. If the Company
at any time subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) the
Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or combines (by reverse stock
split or otherwise) the Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the
Purchase Price shall be ap propriately adjusted to reflect such subdivision or
combination.
(d) Closing of Purchase; Payment of Purchase Price. The closing of a
----------------------------------------------
purchase pursuant to this Section 6 shall take place at the principal office of
the Company on the tenth business day following whichever of the following is
applicable: (i) the receipt by the Employee (or his estate) of the notice of the
-
Company or the Fund, as the case may be, of its exercise of its option to
purchase any of the Covered Securities pursuant to Section 6(a) or (ii) the
--
Board's determination (which shall be delivered to the Employee) that the
Company is authorized to purchase a stated number of Shares as a result of
Unforeseen Personal Hardship pursuant to Section 6(b). At the closing, (i) the
-
Company or the Fund, as the case may be, shall pay to the Employee (or his
estate) an amount equal to the Purchase Price and (ii) the Employee (or his
--
estate) shall deliver to the Company or the Fund, as applicable, such
certificates or other instruments representing the Covered Securities so
purchased, appropriately
15
<PAGE>
endorsed by the Employee (or his estate), as the Company or the Fund, as
applicable, may reasonably require.
7. Lock-Up Agreement. If and whenever the Company proposes to
-----------------
register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act, whether or not
for its own account (other than pursuant to a Special Registration), the
Employee agrees not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration) any
public sale or distribution, including, but not limited to, any sale pursuant to
Rule 144 or Rule 144A, of any Shares, any other equity securities of the Company
or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity
securities of the Company, during the 20 day period prior to or the 90 day
period following the effective date of such reg istration, provided that the
Employee further agrees that, if required by the managing underwriter for such
registered offering, he shall not effect any such public sale or distribution
during the 180 day period following the effective date of such registration.
8. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) Notices. All notices and other communications required or
-------
permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been given if delivered personally or sent by certified or
express mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by any recognized
international equivalent of such delivery, to the Company, the Fund or the
Employee, as the case may be, at the following addresses or to such other
address as the Company, the Fund or the Employee, as the case may be, shall
specify by notice to the others:
(i) if to the Company, to it at:
Dynatech Corporation
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803
Attention: General Counsel
---------
(ii) if to the Employee, to the Employee at the address set forth on
the signature page hereof.
16
<PAGE>
(iii) if to the Fund, to:
The Clayton & Dubilier Private Equity
Fund V Limited Partnership
Foulkstone Plaza, Suite 102
1403 Foulk Road
Wilmington, Delaware 19803
Attention: Brian D. Finn
---------
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the
date of delivery if delivered personally or on the third business day after the
mailing thereof. Copies of any notice or other communication given under this
Agreement shall also be given to:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
375 Park Avenue, 18th Floor
New York, New York 10152
Attention: Joseph L. Rice, III
---------
and
Debevoise & Plimpton
875 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Franci J. Blassberg, Esq.
---------
(b) Binding Effect; Benefits. This Agreement shall be binding upon
------------------------
and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective
successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is
intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this
Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable
right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision
contained herein.
(c) Waiver; Amendment.
-----------------
(i) Waiver. Any party hereto may by written notice to the other
------
parties (A) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations
-
or other actions of the other parties under this Agreement, (B) waive
-
compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other parties
contained in this Agreement, and (C) waive or modify performance of any of
-
the obligations of the other parties under this Agreement. Except as
provided in the preceding
17
<PAGE>
sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without
limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed
to con stitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with
any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein.
The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this
Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or
succeeding breach and no failure by a party to exercise any right or
privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party's rights or
privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party's rights to
exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.
(ii) Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, modified or
---------
supplemented only by a written instrument executed by each of the parties
hereto.
(d) Assignability. Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy,
-------------
obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be
assignable by the Company or the Employee without the prior written consent of
the other parties. The Fund may assign from time to time all or any portion of
its rights hereunder to one or more persons or other entities designated by it.
(e) Withholding. Whenever Shares are to be issued pursuant to the
-----------
Options, the Company may require the recipient of the Shares to remit to the
Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any applicable U.S. federal,
state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding requirements as a condition to the
issuance of such Shares. In the event any cash is paid to the Employee or the
Employee's estate pursuant to Sec tion 4 or 6, the Company shall have the right
to withhold an amount from such payment sufficient to satisfy any applicable
U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax withholding requirements.
(f) Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
--------------
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO ITS PRINCIPLES OR RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT SUCH
PRINCIPLES OR RULES WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF
ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
(g) Section and Other Headings, etc. The section and other headings
-------------------------------
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
18
<PAGE>
(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
19
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.
CLAYTON, DUBILIER & RICE
FUND V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By: CD&R Associates V Limited Partnership,
its general partner
By: CD&R Investment Associates, Inc.,
a general partner
By:
___________________________________
Name:
Title:
DYNATECH CORPORATION
By:
___________________________________
Name:
Title:
THE EMPLOYEE
Name of Executive
______________________________________
Address
20
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10.8
NON-DISCLOSURE, NON-COMPETITION, AND
NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT
This AGREEMENT is entered into as of this __ day of May, 1998 by and
between Dynatech Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation ("Employer"), and Name
of Executive ("Executive").
W I T N E S S E T H:
- - - - - - - - - -
WHEREAS, (i) in the course of his employment with Employer, Executive
has obtained and will continue to obtain confidential and proprietary
information and trade secrets concerning the business and operations of Employer
and its Affiliates in the United States, Europe, the Pacific Rim and the rest of
the world that could be used to compete unfairly with Employer and its
Affiliates; (ii) the covenants and restrictions contained in this Agreement are
intended to protect the legitimate interests of Employer and its Affiliates in
their respective goodwill, trade secrets and other confidential and proprietary
information; and (iii) Executive desires to be bound by such covenants and
restrictions; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the merger of Employer with and into CDRD
Merger Corporation (the Merger"), Employee has been offered the opportunity and
has elected to retain certain options to purchase shares of the common stock of
Employer.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Option Election and the
premises and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and for other
good and valuable consideration, Employer and Executive hereby agree as follows:
1. Unauthorized Disclosure. During the period of Executive's
-----------------------
employment with Employer and forever thereafter, without the prior written
consent of the Board of Directors of the Employer (the "Board") or its
authorized representative, except to the extent required by an order of a court
having jurisdiction or under subpoena from an appropriate government agency, in
which event, Executive shall use his best efforts to consult with the Board
prior to responding to any such order or subpoena, and except as required in the
performance of his duties hereunder, Executive shall not disclose any
confidential or proprietary trade secrets, customer lists, drawings, designs,
information regarding product development, marketing plans, sales plans,
manufacturing plans, management organization information (including but not
limited to data and other information relating to members of the Board or the
Board of Directors of any of Employer's Affiliates or to management of Employer
or any of its Affiliates), operating policies or manuals, business plans,
financial records, packaging design or other financial,
<PAGE>
commercial, business or technical information (a) relating to Employer or any of
its Affiliates or (b) that Employer or any of its Affiliates may receive
belonging to suppliers, customers or others who do business with Employer or any
of its Affiliates (collectively, "Confidential Information") to any third person
unless such Confidential Information has been previously disclosed to the public
or is in the public domain (other than by reason of Executive's breach of this
Section 1).
2. Non-Competition. During the period of Executive's employment
---------------
with Employer and during the period beginning on the date the Executive receives
written notice from or provides written notice to the Employer that the
Executive's employment will be terminated, regardless of whether the Executive
will receive continued salary and benefits after such date (the "Trigger Date")
having a length in months equal to 1.5 times the number of years of service with
Employer and its Subsidiaries (as defined below) completed by Executive prior to
the Trigger Date, provided that such period shall be at least twelve months in
duration and shall not be longer than 18 months in duration, Executive shall
not, directly or indirectly, become employed by, engage in business with, serve
as an agent or consultant to, or become a partner, member, principal or
stockholder (other than a holder of less than 5% of the outstanding voting
shares of any publicly held company) of, any Person that competes or has a
reasonable potential for competing, anywhere in the world, with any part of the
business of Employer or any of its Subsidiaries for which Executive performs or,
during any part of the twelve month period preceding the Trigger Date, performed
services. If the Trigger Date occurs more than three years after the date of
the effective time of the Merger, the restrictions under this Section 2 shall
not apply after the Trigger Date.
3. Non-Solicitation of Employees. During the period of Executive's
-----------------------------
employment with Employer and thereafter during the 24-consecutive month period
beginning on the Trigger Date, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for
his own account or for the account of any other Person anywhere in the world,
(i) solicit for employment, employ or otherwise interfere with the relationship
of Employer or any of its Affiliates with any natural person throughout the
world who is or was employed by or otherwise engaged to perform services for
Employer or any of its Affiliates at any time during which Executive was
employed by Employer (in the case of any such activity during such time) or
during the six-month period preceding such solicitation, employment or
interference (in the case of any such activity after the Trigger Date), other
than any such solicitation or employment on behalf of Employer or any of its
Affiliates during Executive's employment with Employer, or (ii) induce any
employee of Employer or any of its Affiliates who is a member of management to
engage in any activity which Executive is prohibited from engaging in under any
Section of this Agreement or to terminate his employment with Employer.
2
<PAGE>
4. Non-Solicitation of Customers. During the period of Executive's
-----------------------------
employment with Employer and thereafter during the 24-consecutive month period
beginning on the Trigger Date, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, for
his own account or for the account of any other Person anywhere in the world,
solicit or otherwise attempt to establish any business relationship of a nature
that is competitive with the business or relationship of Employer or any of its
Affiliates with any Person throughout the world which is or was a customer,
client or distributor of Employer or any of its Affiliates at any time during
which Executive was employed by Employer (in the case of any such activity
during such time) or during the twelve-month period preceding the Date of
Termination (in the case of any such activity after the Date of Termination),
other than any such solicitation on behalf of Employer or any of its Affiliates
during Executive's employment with Employer.
5. Return of Documents. In the event of the termination of
-------------------
Executive's employment for any reason, Executive shall deliver to Employer all
of (a) the property of each of Employer and its Affiliates and (b) the non-
personal documents and data of any nature and in whatever medium of each of
Employer and its Affiliates, and he shall not take with him any such property,
documents or data or any reproduction thereof, or any documents containing or
pertaining to any Confidential Information.
6. Injunctive Relief with Respect to Covenants; Forum, Venue and
-------------------------------------------------------------
Jurisdiction. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the covenants, obligations
- ------------
and agreements of Executive contained in this Agreement relate to special,
unique and extraordinary matters and that a violation of any of the terms of
such covenants, obligations or agreements will cause Employer irreparable injury
for which adequate remedies are not available at law. Therefore, Executive
agrees that Employer shall be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or
such other equitable relief (without the requirement to post bond) as a court of
competent jurisdiction may deem necessary or appropriate to restrain Executive
from committing any violation of such covenants, obligations or agreements.
These injunctive remedies are cumulative and in addition to any other rights and
remedies Employer may have. Employer and Executive hereby irrevocably submit to
the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Massachusetts and the Federal courts
of the United States of America, in each case located in Boston, Massachusetts,
in respect of the injunctive remedies set forth in this Section 6 and the
interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement insofar as such interpretation
and enforcement relate to any request or application for injunctive relief in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 6, and the parties hereto hereby
irrevocably agree that (a) the sole and exclusive appropriate venue for any suit
or proceeding relating solely to such injunctive relief shall be in such a
court, (b) all claims with respect to any request or application for such
injunctive relief shall be heard and determined exclusively in such a court, (c)
any such court shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the person of such parties
3
<PAGE>
and over the subject matter of any dispute relating to any request or
application for such injunctive relief, and (d) each hereby waives any and all
objections and defenses based on forum, venue or personal or subject matter
jurisdiction as they may relate to an application for such injunctive relief in
a suit or proceeding brought before such a court in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 6.
7. Entire Agreement; Termination of Prior Agreement. This Agreement
------------------------------------------------
constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the
subject matter hereof. All prior correspondence and proposals (including but
not limited to summaries of proposed terms) and all prior promises,
representations, understandings, arrangements and agreements relating to such
subject matter (including but not limited to those made to or with Executive by
any other Person and those contained in any prior or other employment,
consulting or similar agreement entered into by Executive and Employer or any
predecessor thereto or Affiliate thereof) are merged herein and superseded
hereby.
8. Miscellaneous.
-------------
(a) Binding Effect; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding
on and inure to the benefit of Employer, and its successors and permitted
assigns. This Agreement shall also be binding on and inure to the benefit of
Executive and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.
This Agreement shall not be assignable by any party hereto without the prior
written consent of the other, except that Employer may effect such an assignment
without prior written approval of Executive upon the transfer of all or
substantially all of its business and/or assets (by whatever means) to a
Successor.
(b) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
-------------
construed in accordance with the laws of Massachusetts without reference to
principles of conflicts of laws.
(c) Taxes. Employer may withhold from any payments made under
-----
this Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income,
employment and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law.
(d) Amendments. No provision of this Agreement may be modified,
----------
waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is approved
by the Board or a Person authorized thereby and is agreed to in writing by
Executive. No waiver by any party hereto at any time of any breach by any other
party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this
Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of
similar or dissimilar
4
<PAGE>
provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No
waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be implied from any course of
dealing between or among the parties hereto or from any failure by any party
hereto to assert its rights hereunder on any occasion or series of occasions.
(e) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the
------------
provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality or enforceability of the
remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected hereby.
(f) Notices. Any notice or other communication required or
-------
provisions to be delivered under this Agreement shall be (i) in writing, (ii)
delivered personally, by courier service or by certified or registered mail,
first-class postage prepaid and return receipt requested, (iii) deemed to have
been received on the date of delivery or, if so mailed, on the third business
day after the mailing thereof, and (iv) addressed as follows (or to such other
address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance
with the terms hereof):
(A) If to Employer, to it at:
Dynatech Corporation
Corporate Headquarters
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, MA 01803
Attention: General Counsel
---------
(B) if to Executive, to him at his residential address as currently
on file with Employer.
Copies of any notices or other communications given under this Agreement shall
also be given to:
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
375 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10152
Attention: Joseph L. Rice, III
---------
and
Debevoise & Plimpton
875 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Franci J. Blassberg, Esq.
---------
5
<PAGE>
and
Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts
Attention: Peter Tarr, Esq.
---------
(g) Voluntary Agreement. Executive represents that he is entering
-------------------
into this Agreement voluntarily and that his employment hereunder and compliance
with the terms and conditions of this Agreement will not conflict with or result
in the breach by him of any agreement to which he is a party or by which he may
be bound.
(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
------------
each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
(i) Headings. The section and other headings contained in this
--------
Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and are not intended to be
a part hereof or to affect the meaning or interpretation hereof.
(j) Certain Definitions.
-------------------
"Affiliate": with respect to any Person, means any other Person that,
---------
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is
Controlled by, or is under common Control with the first Person, including but
not limited to a Subsidiary of the first Person, a Person of which the first
Person is a Subsidiary, or another Subsidiary of a Person of which the first
Person is also a Subsidiary.
"Control": with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly
-------
or indirectly, severally or jointly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or credit arrangement, as trustee or
executor, or otherwise.
"Person": any natural person, firm, partnership, limited liability
------
company, association, corporation, company, trust, business trust, governmental
authority or other entity.
6
<PAGE>
"Subsidiary": with respect to any Person, each corporation or other
----------
Person in which the first Person owns or Controls, directly or indirectly,
capital stock or other ownership interests representing 50% or more of the
combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership
interests of such corporation or other Person.
"Successor": of a Person means a Person that succeeds to the first
---------
Person's assets and liabilities by merger, liquidation, dissolution or otherwise
by operation of law, or a Person to which all or substantially all the assets
and/or business of the first Person are transferred.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Employer has duly executed this Agreement by its
authorized representative, and Executive has hereunto set his hand, in each case
effective as of the date first above written.
DYNATECH CORPORATION
By: _______________________
Name:
Title:
Executive:
__________________________
Name: Name of Executive
7
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STATE OR OTHER
NAME OF THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY ORGANIZATION* JURISDICTION
- ---------------------------------------------- -------------------------
<S> <C>
Dynatech Corporation--Parent......................... Massachusetts
Dynatech U.S.A., Inc................................. Massachusetts
AIRSHOW, Incorporated................................ California
ComCoTec, Inc........................................ Illinois
DataViews Corporation................................ Massachusetts
daVinci Systems, Inc................................. Florida
Dynatech Leasing Corporation......................... Nevada
Dynatech Precision Sampling Corporation.............. Louisiana
Industrial Computer Source, Inc. .................... California
Itronix Corporation.................................. Washington
Synergistic Solutions, Inc. ......................... Georgia
Telecommunications Techniques Corporation............ Maryland
Dynatech Corporation Ltd. ........................... England
Dynatech GmbH........................................ Germany
Dynatech Holdings Ltd. .............................. Guernsey, Channel Islands
Dynatech Holdings France S.A.R.L..................... France
TTC Asia Pacific..................................... Hong Kong
Dynatech Investments, Ltd............................ Guernsey, Channel Islands
Industrial Computer Source Europe.................... France
TTC Canada Ltd....................................... Canada
TCC Telecommunications Techniques GmbH............... Germany
TTC Telecommunications Techniques France, SA......... France
Dynatech Export Incorporated......................... British Virgin Islands
</TABLE>
- --------
*Excludes nonmaterial subsidiaries.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT NO. 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-4 of our
report dated May 1, 1997, on our audits of the consolidated financial
statements and related financial statement schedule of valuation and
qualifying accounts of Dynatech Corporation. We also consent to the references
to our firm under the caption "Experts."
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
Boston, Massachusetts
April 27, 1998
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT NO. 99.2
CONSENT OF MERRILL LYNCH
We hereby consent to the use of our opinion letter, dated December 20, 1997,
to the Board of Directors of Dynatech Corporation included as Appendix B to
the Proxy Statement/Prospectus which forms a part of the Registration
Statement on Form S-4 relating to the proposed merger of CDRD Merger
Corporation, a corporation formed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited
Partnership, with and into Dynatech Corporation and to the references to such
opinion in such Proxy Statement/Prospectus under the captions "SUMMARY--
SPECIAL FACTORS--Opinion of Financial Adviser", "SPECIAL FACTORS--Background
of the Merger", "SPECIAL FACTORS--Recommendation of Board; Reasons for the
Merger; Findings of Fairness", and "SPECIAL FACTORS--Opinion of Financial
Adviser". In giving such consent, we do not admit that we come within the
category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, nor do we thereby admit that we
are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the
meaning of the term "experts" as used in the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission thereunder.
/s/ Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner &
Smith Incorporated
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER &
SMITH INCORPORATED
April 27, 1998
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.3
PROXY FOR SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
OF DYNATECH CORPORATION
MAY 21, 1998
The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints John F. Reno and Richard K.
Lochridge, and each of them with full power of substitution, as proxies to vote
and act at the Special Meeting of Stockholders of Dynatech Corporation
("Dynatech") initially called to be held on May 21, 1998 at 9:00 a.m. local time
at the offices of Ropes & Gray, 27th Floor, 885 Third Avenue, New York, New
York, and at any adjournments or postponements thereof with respect to the
number of shares of capital stock of Dynatech as to which the undersigned may be
entitled to vote or act. The undersigned instructs such proxy, or any
substitute, to vote on the proposals specified below as directed below by the
undersigned and on any matters which may come before the meeting, in such manner
as they may determine, all such matters as described in the accompanying Proxy
Statement, dated April 29, 1998, receipt of which is acknowledged. All proxies
heretofore given by the undersigned in respect of said Special Meeting are
hereby revoked.
THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. UNLESS OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED IN THE BOXES PROVIDED BELOW, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR APPROVAL OF
EACH OF THE PROPOSALS, AND, IN THE DISCRETION OF THE NAMED PROXIES, AS TO ANY
OTHER MATTER THAT MAY COME BEFORE THE SPECIAL MEETING OR ANY ADJOURNMENTS
THEREOF.
________________________________________________________________________________
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE MERGER
AGREEMENT.
1. To approve and adopt an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger
Agreement") dated as of December 20, 1997 between Dynatech and CDRD Merger
Corporation, the merger of CDRD Merger Corporation with and into Dynatech
contemplated thereby and other such matters as are reasonably necessary or
advisable for the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the
Merger Agreement.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
<S> <C> <C>
[ ] [ ] [ ]
</TABLE>
2. To transact such other business as may properly come before the Special
Meeting or at any adjournments or postponements thereof.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
<S> <C> <C>
[ ] [ ] [ ]
</TABLE>
Please sign exactly as your name(s) appears on your stock certificate. When
signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee, or guardian, please sign
your name and full title as such. Each joint owner should sign.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name of Stockholder (please print)
Signature(s):________________________________________ Date: ______________
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.4
CONSENT OF CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
We hereby consent to the use of our summary valuation analysis, dated
December 8, 1997, prepared for CDRD Merger Corporation ("MergerCo") included
as Exhibit (b)(6) to the Schedule 13E-3 relating to the proposed merger of
MergerCo with and into Dynatech Corporation and to the references to such
analysis in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus which forms part of the
Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to such merger under the caption
"SPECIAL FACTORS--Report of CSFB". In giving such consent, we do not admit
that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under
Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, nor do we
thereby admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such
Registration Statement within the meaning of the term "experts" as used in the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.
/s/ Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation
Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation
April 27, 1998
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 99.5
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES SURRENDERED
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME(S)
AND
ADDRESSES
OF
REGISTERED
HOLDERS
(PLEASE SHARES SURRENDERED
FILL IN, (ATTACH ADDITIONAL LIST IF
IF BLANK) NECESSARY)
- ---------------------------------------------
NUMBER
SHARE OF SHARES
CERTIFICATE REPRESENTED BY
NUMBER(S) CERTIFICATE(S)
<S> <C> <C>
------------------------------
------------------------------
------------------------------
------------------------------
------------------------------
------------------------------
------------------------------
TOTAL SHARES
- ---------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
To Accompany Certificate(s) Formerly Representing Shares of Common Stock
of
DYNATECH CORPORATION
Surrendered For Exchange and Cash Payment
Pursuant to the Merger
of
CDRD MERGER CORPORATION
into
DYNATECH CORPORATION
The Exchange and Paying Agent For the Merger is:
BankBoston, N.A.
By Hand: By Mail: By Overnight Delivery:
Securities Transfer & (insured or registered BankBoston, N.A.
Reporting recommended) Corporate Reorganization
Services, Inc. BankBoston, N.A. Department
c/o Boston EquiServe Corporate Reorganization 150 Royall Street
LP Department Canton, Massachusetts
55 Broadway-3rd Floor P.O. Box 8029 02021
New York, New York Boston, Massachusetts
Attention: Delivery 02266-8029
Window
THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE COMPLETED, SIGNED AND SUBMITTED
TOGETHER WITH YOUR CERTIFICATE(S) FORMERLY REPRESENTING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
("SHARES") OF DYNATECH CORPORATION, TO ONE OF THE ADDRESSES SET FORTH ABOVE.
DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. YOU MUST SIGN THIS LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL IN THE APPROPRIATE SPACE THEREFOR PROVIDED BELOW. YOU MUST ALSO
COMPLETE THE SUBSTITUTE W-9 SET FORTH BELOW UNLESS YOU ARE A FOREIGN
STOCKHOLDER, IN WHICH CASE YOU SHOULD CONSULT THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING
THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO DETERMINE WHICH CERTIFICATIONS YOU MUST
COMPLETE.
THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ
CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
[_]If any of the Certificates that you own have been lost or destroyed, check
this box and see Instruction 8. Please fill out the remainder of this
Letter of Transmittal and indicate here the number of Shares represented by
the lost or destroyed certificate(s):_________ (Number of Shares).
<PAGE>
To BankBoston, N.A.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
In connection with the merger (the "Merger") consummated on , 1998, of
CDRD Merger Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("MergerCo") formed by
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund V Limited Partnership, with and into Dynatech
Corporation, a Massachusetts corporation (the "Company", and after the Merger,
the "Surviving Corporation"), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger
(the "Merger Agreement"), dated as of December 20, 1997 among MergerCo and the
Company, the undersigned, the registered holder(s) (the "Certificate
Holder(s)") of the share certificate(s) described above (the "Certificate(s)")
formerly representing shares of common stock, par value $.20 per share (the
"Shares"), of the Company, or the transferee or assignee of such Certificate
Holder(s), hereby submits and surrenders to you the Certificate(s) in exchange
for (i) $47.75 in cash, without interest thereon, and (ii) 0.5 shares of
common stock, no par value, of the Surviving Corporation, for each share
surrendered (collectively, the "Merger Consideration"). The undersigned has
received and read the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy
Statement, including a summary of stockholders' appraisal rights and a copy of
sections 85 through 98 of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts (the "MBCL"), all of which were sent previously to
Certificate Holders by the Company.
Subject to and effective upon acceptance for exchange and payment of and
exchange and payment for the Certificates herewith, the undersigned hereby
sells, assigns and transfers to the Company all right, title and interest in,
to and represented by all the Certificates that are being surrendered hereby.
The undersigned understands that surrender is not made in acceptable form
until the receipt by the Exchange and Paying Agent of this Letter of
Transmittal, or a facsimile hereof, duly completed and signed, and of the
Certificate(s), together with all accompanying evidences of authority in form
satisfactory to the Company. All questions as to validity, form and
eligibility of any surrender of Certificate(s) hereunder will be determined by
the Company and such determination shall be final and binding.
The undersigned hereby irrevocably appoints the Exchange and Paying Agent as
the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned to the full
extent of the undersigned's rights with respect to the Certificate(s), with
full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an
irrevocable power coupled with an interest) to exchange the Certificate(s),
together with all accompanying evidence of transfer and authenticity, for the
Merger Consideration therefor, all as provided herein and in the Merger
Agreement.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full
power and authority to surrender, sell, assign and transfer the certificates
surrendered hereby and that when the same are accepted for exchange and
payment by the Company, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title
thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances
and not subject to any adverse claims. The undersigned will, upon request,
execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange and Paying
Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale,
assignment and transfer of the certificates surrendered hereby.
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the
death or incapacity of the undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned
hereunder shall be binding upon the administrators, legal representatives,
heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.
Delivery shall be effected and the risk of loss and title to the
Certificate(s) shall pass only upon proper delivery to the Exchange and Paying
Agent at the address above.
Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Payment Instructions," please
issue the check and stock certificates for the Merger Consideration in respect
of any Certificate surrendered herewith in the name(s) of the registered
holder(s) appearing under "Description of Share Surrendered" above. Similarly,
unless otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery Instructions," please mail
the check and stock certificates for the Merger Consideration in respect of
any Certificate surrendered herewith to the address of the registered
holder(s)
-2-
<PAGE>
appearing under "Description of Shares Surrendered" above. In the event that
both "Special Payment Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" are
completed, please issue the check and stock certificates for the Merger
Consideration in respect of any Certificate surrendered herewith and mail said
check and stock certificates, to the person(s) so indicated.
THE UNDERSIGNED UNDERSTANDS THAT, EXCEPT FOR RECORD HOLDERS EXERCISING
APPRAISAL RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO ONE OR MORE BENEFICIAL OWNERS, (1) SUBMISSION
OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE EXCHANGE AND PAYING AGENT WILL CONSTITUTE
A WAIVER OF HIS OR HER RIGHT TO DEMAND PAYMENT OF THE FAIR VALUE OF HIS OR HER
SHARES PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 85 THROUGH 98 OF THE MBCL, AND (2) IF HE OR SHE
HAS FILED A DEMAND FOR PAYMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE SHARES FORMERLY REPRESENTED
BY THE CERTIFICATE(S) SUBMITTED AND SURRENDERED HEREWITH, THE UNDERSIGNED BY
SUBMISSION TO THE EXCHANGE AND PAYING AGENT OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
HEREBY WITHDRAWS SUCH DEMAND AND AGREES THAT THE FAIR VALUE OF SUCH SHARES IS
NOT MORE THAN THE MERGER CONSIDERATION.
-3-
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIAL PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS (SEE SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS 1, 4, 5 AND 6) (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 4, 5 AND 6)
To be completed ONLY if the To be completed ONLY if the
check and stock certificates for check and stock certificates for
the Merger Consideration in re- the Merger Consideration in re-
spect of any Certificates surren- spect of any Certificates surren-
dered herewith are to be issued dered herewith are to be mailed
in the name of someone other than to an address, other than the ad-
the registered holder(s): dress to which this Letter of
Transmittal was originally ad-
Register in the name of: dressed or to someone other than
the registered holder(s) at an
Name _____________________________ address other than that shown
(PLEASE PRINT) above or, if the box immediately
Address __________________________ to the left is completed, other
than the address appearing there-
in.
__________________________________
(INCLUDE ZIP CODE) Mail or deliver to:
Name______________________________
__________________________________
(TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO.) (PLEASE PRINT)
(SEE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9) Address __________________________
__________________________________
(ZIP CODE)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGN HERE
(COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 BELOW)
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
SIGNATURE(S) OF STOCKHOLDER(S)
Name(s)_____________________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
____________________________________________________________________________
Capacity (if applicable) (full title) ______________________________________
Address_____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
Area Code and Telephone Number _____________________________________________
Tax Identification Number __________________________________________________
Dated: _______________
(Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on
stock certificate(s) or on a security position listing or by the person(s)
authorized to become registered holder(s) by certificates and documents
transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor,
administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, agent, officer of a corporation
or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please
set forth full title and see Instruction 4.)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
FOR USE BY FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS ONLY. PLACE MEDALLION GUARANTEE IN SPACE
BELOW.
Authorized Signature _______________________________________________________
Name _______________________________________________________________________
Name of Firm _______________________________________________________________
Address ____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
(Include Zip Code)
Area Code and Telephone Number _____________________________________________
Dated: _____________________________________________________________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-4-
<PAGE>
IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
Under federal income tax law, a stockholder whose surrendered Certificates
are accepted for exchange and payment is required to provide the Exchange and
Paying Agent with such stockholder's correct taxpayer identification number
("TIN") by completing the enclosed Substitute Form W-9 and by certifying that
the TIN provided is correct and that (1) such stockholder has not been
notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to backup
withholding due to underreporting of interest or dividends or (2) the Internal
Revenue Service has notified such holder that he or she is no longer subject
to backup withholding. If such stockholder is an individual, the TIN is such
stockholder's social security number. If the Exchange and Paying Agent is not
provided with the correct TIN, the stockholder may be subject to penalties
imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, payments of cash that
are made to such stockholder with respect to Certificates surrendered will be
subject to backup withholding unless the stockholder qualifies for an
exemption from backup withholding.
A stockholder who surrenders Certificates is required to provide the
Exchange and Paying Agent the TIN of the record owner of the Certificates. If
the Certificates are in more than one name or are not in the name of the
actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 for additional instructions.
Certain stockholders (including, among others, all corporations and certain
foreign individuals) are not subject to backup withholding. In order for a
foreign individual to qualify as an exempt recipient, that stockholder must
submit a statement, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that
individual's exempt status. Such statements may be obtained from the Exchange
and Paying Agent. All exempt recipients (including foreign persons wishing to
qualify as exempt recipients) should see the enclosed Guidelines for
Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 for
additional instructions.
If backup withholding applies, the Exchange and Paying Agent is required to
withhold 31% of any payments of cash made to the stockholder in respect of his
or her surrendered Certificates. Backup withholding is not an additional tax.
Rather, the tax liability of a stockholder subject to backup withholding will
be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an
overpayment of taxes, such stockholder may be entitled to a refund, provided
that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
FOREIGN STOCKHOLDERS--WITHHOLDING
In the case of a foreign stockholder, the Exchange and Paying Agent will
withhold 30% of any payments of cash made to the foreign stockholder unless
the foreign stockholder (1) establishes in a manner satisfactory to the
Exchange and Paying Agent and the Company that the cash received by the
stockholder will qualify for treatment as proceeds of a "sale or exchange" of
the Certificates of the stockholder that are accepted for exchange and
payment, (2) provides a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form 4224
that establishes that the cash received by the stockholder is effectively
connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States or (3)
provides a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 that
establishes that the stockholder qualifies for a reduced rate of withholding
(in which case the Exchange and Paying Agent will withhold at such reduced
rate). For this purpose, a foreign stockholder is any stockholder that is not
(i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation,
partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the law of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof (other than any partnership
treated as foreign under Treasury Regulations), (iii) any estate the income of
which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its
source, or (iv) a trust with respect to the administration of which a court
within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision and which has
one or more United States fiduciaries who have the authority to control all
substantial decision of the trust. IRS Forms 4224 and 1001 may be obtained
from the Exchange and Paying Agent.
A foreign stockholder with respect to whom tax has been withheld may be
eligible to obtain a refund of all or a portion of the withheld tax if the
foreign stockholder establishes that the cash received by the stockholder will
qualify for treatment as proceeds of a "sale or exchange" or is otherwise able
to establish that no tax or a reduced amount of tax was due.
-5-
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAYER'S NAME: BANKBOSTON, N.A.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART I--PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR Social Security Number
TIN IN THE BOX AT THE RIGHT or Employer
AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND Identification Number
DATING BELOW.
----------------------
--------------------------------------------------------
SUBSTITUTE PART II--For Payees exempt from backup withholding,
see the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of
FORM W-9 Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9
DEPARTMENT OF and complete as instructed therein.
THE TREASURY
INTERNAL CERTIFICATION--UNDER PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY
REVENUE THAT:
SERVICE
(1) The number shown on this form is my correct TIN
PAYER'S REQUEST (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to
FOR TAXPAYER me); and
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ("TIN") (2) I am not subject to backup withholding either
because I have not been notified by the Internal
Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup
withholding as a result of a failure to report all
interest or dividends, or the IRS has notified me
that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.
--------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS--You must
cross out item (2) above if you have
been notified by the IRS that you are
subject to backup withholding because PART III
of underreporting interest or divi-
dends on your tax return. However, if PLEASE CHECK
after being notified by the IRS that BOX AND
you were subject to backup withhold- COMPLETE
ing, you received another notifica- "CERTIFICATE
tion from the IRS that you were no OF AWAITING
longer subject to backup withholding, TAXPAYER
do not cross out Item (2), (Also see IDENTIFICATION
the instructions in the enclosed NUMBER" IF
Guidelines.) YOU DO NOT
HAVE A TIN
--------------------------------------
Awaiting
TIN [_]
Signature: _______________ Date: ___
Name (please print):
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN
BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU. PLEASE REVIEW
THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN
PART III OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a TIN has not been issued to me,
and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a TIN to
the appropriate IRS Center or Social Security Administration Office or (2) I
intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand
that if I do not provide a TIN within 60 days, 31% of all reportable payments
made to me thereafter will be withheld until I provide a number.
Signature: ______________________________ Date: _____________________________
Name (please print): _________________________________________________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-6-
<PAGE>
INSTRUCTIONS FOR SURRENDERING CERTIFICATES
1. Guarantee of Signatures. Except as otherwise provided below, signatures
on all Letters of Transmittal must be guaranteed by a member in good standing
of the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program or the New York Stock
Exchange Medallion Signature Program (each of the foregoing being referred to
as an "Eligible Institution" and, collectively, as "Eligible Institutions"),
unless the Shares surrendered thereby are surrendered (i) by a registered
holder of Shares who has not completed either the box labeled "Special Payment
Instructions" or the box labeled "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter
of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. See
Instruction 4. If the certificates are registered in the name of a person or
persons other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal, or if payment is
to be made to, or certificates evidencing surrendered Shares are to be issued
to, a person other than the registered owner or owners or if payment is to be
delivered to, or if certificates evidencing surrendered shares are to be
returned to an address other than the address to which this Letter of
Transmittal was originally addressed, then the surrendered certificates must
be endorsed or accompanied by duly executed stock powers, in either case
signed exactly as the name or names of the registered owner or owners appear
on the certificates or stock powers, with the signatures on the certificates
or stock powers guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. See Instruction 4.
2. Delivery of Letter of Transmittal and Certificates. The method of
delivery of Certificates, the Letter of Transmittal and all other required
documents, is at the option and risk of the Certificate Holder. If delivery is
by mail, then registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured,
is recommended.
3. Inadequate Space. If the space provided herein is inadequate, the
Certificate numbers and/or the number of Shares should be listed on a separate
schedule attached hereto.
4. Signatures on Letter of Transmittal; Stock Powers and Endorsements. If
this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the
Certificates surrendered hereby, the signature(s) must correspond with the
name(s) as written on the face of the Certificates without alteration,
enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If any of the Certificates surrendered hereby are held of record by two or
more persons, all such persons must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
If any of the Certificates surrendered hereby are registered in different
names on different certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and
submit as many separate Letters of Transmittal as there are different
registrations of certificates.
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the
Certificates surrendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate
stock powers are required unless payment of the Merger Consideration is to be
made in the name of any person other than the registered holder(s) or the
Merger Consideration is to be delivered to an address other than the address
to which this Letter of Transmittal was originally addressed. Signatures on
any such Certificates or stock powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered holder(s) of the Certificates surrendered hereby, the Certificate
must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock powers in either case
signed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the
Certificates. Signatures on any such Certificates or stock powers must be
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal or any Certificate or stock power is signed by
a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a
corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity,
such person should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory
to the Company of the authority of such person so to act must be submitted.
5. Stock Transfer Taxes. The Company will pay any stock transfer taxes with
respect to the sale and surrender of any Certificates to it pursuant to the
Merger, except, however, if payment of the Merger Consideration in respect of
any Certificates surrendered herewith is to be made to any person other than
the registered holder(s), then the amount of any stock transfer taxes (whether
imposed on the registered holder(s),
-7-
<PAGE>
such other person or otherwise) payable on account of the transfer to such
person will be deducted from the Merger Consideration unless satisfactory
evidence of the payment of such taxes, or exemption therefrom, is submitted.
Except as provided in this Instruction 5, it will not be necessary for
transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the certificates listed in this Letter of
Transmittal.
6. Special Payment and Delivery Instruction. If the check and stock
certificates for the Merger Consideration in respect of any Certificates
surrendered herewith is to be issued in the name of a person other than the
person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal or if the check is to be mailed
to someone other than the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal or to
the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal at an address other than that
shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be
completed.
7. Substitute Form W-9. Each former stockholder who surrenders one or more
Certificates is required to provide the Exchange and Paying Agent with such
former stockholder's correct Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") on
Substitute Form W-9, which is provided above, unless an exemption applies.
Failure to provide the information on the Substitute Form W-9 may subject the
former stockholder to a $50 penalty and to 31% federal income tax backup
withholding on the payment of the Merger Consideration in respect of any
Certificate surrendered herewith.
8. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificate(s). If a Certificate Holder's
physical Certificate(s) has been lost, stolen or destroyed, please check the
appropriate box on the face of this Letter of Transmittal and indicate the
number of Shares, which then should be delivered to the Exchange and Paying
Agent after being otherwise properly completed and duly executed. In such
event, the Exchange and Paying Agent will forward additional documentation
necessary to be completed in order to effectively surrender such lost, stolen
or destroyed Certificate(s). The former stockholder will have to post a surety
bond in respect of such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate(s).
9. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Request for assistance or
additional copies of this Letter of Transmittal may be obtained from the
Exchange and Paying Agent at the address set forth above or by calling (617)
575-3120.
-8-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT NO. 99.6
CONSENT OF BROMBERG & SUNSTEIN LLP
We hereby consent to the filing of our opinion prepared for Dynatech
Corporation and Whistler Corporation of America, dated April 28, 1998, with
the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Registration
Statement on Form S-4 relating to the proposed merger of CDRD Merger
Corporation with and into Dynatech Corporation. In giving such consent, we do
not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is
required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder,
nor do we thereby admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such
Registration Statement within the meaning of the term "experts" as used in the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.
/s/ Bromberg & Sunstein LLP
BROMBERG & SUNSTEIN LLP
April 28, 1998
<PAGE>
Exhibit 99.7
[Letterhead of Bromberg & Sunstein LLP]
April 28, 1998
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Vice President and General Counsel
Dynatech Corporation
3 New England Executive Park
Burlington, MA 01803
Mr. Michael Burnell
President
Whistler Corporation of America
16 Elizabeth Drive
Chelmsford, MA 01824
Re: U. S. Patent No. 4,631,542 to Grimsley
Our File No.: 2121/501
Dear Mr. Tremallo and Mr. Burnell:
As independent counsel and at the request of Dynatech Corporation
("Dynatech"), we have reviewed United States Patent No.4,631,542 (the "Patent")
and its prosecution history in relation to Dynatech's Whistler series radar
detectors. Copies of the Patent and its prosecution history are attached hereto
as Exhibits A and B, respectively. This letter is prepared for the sole purpose
of advising the corporate addressees in connection with the manufacture and sale
of Dynatech's Whistler series radar detectors.
As you are aware, Cincinnati Microwave, the assignee of the Patent, has, by
and through its counsel, asserted that radar detectors sold by Dynatech infringe
the Patent. Because this opinion involves matters of judgment about which
reasonable persons may differ, we express no opinion concerning the outcome of
any litigation.
Based on the aforementioned review and the above conditions, and for the
reasons and subject to the qualifications set forth below, we are of the opinion
that:
(i) method claims 2, 6, 13, and 14 of the Patent are invalid under 35
U.S.C. (S) 102 as being anticipated by Dynatech's radar detector model
Whistler 1, prior art that was not considered by the Patent and Trademark
Office ("PTO");
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 2
(ii) method claims 7, 8, 15, and 16 of the Patent are invalid under 35
U.S.C. (S)103 as being unpatentable over Dynatech's radar detector model
Whistler 1; and
(iii) to the extent device claims 1, 3-5 and 9-12 are valid over the prior
art, these claims cannot cover the accused Dynatech devices.
Dynatech's Whistler Prior Art Radar Detectors
---------------------------------------------
Radar detectors are manufactured for use in vehicles to alert the driver,
by means of an audible or visual indicator, of the presence of microwave
emission in bands employed for speed surveillance. Dynatech has long
manufactured and sold various models of radar detectors, with the model Q1000
radar detector having been manufactured by Dynatech at least as early as 1979.
We have considered, particularly, the operation of the model designated as
Whistler, or identically Whistler 1 (the "Whistler"), and have reviewed diagrams
of the RF circuit and Control Board (Drawing Nos. 205106, and 205119,
respectively, attached hereto as Exhibit C) applicable to that model. Sales
records indicate that the Whistler 1, which we understand is the identical model
to the one designated as "Whistler" in the drawings of Exhibit C, was sold at
least as early as August, 1983./1/ Since the Whistler was sold more than a year
prior to the September 28, 1984 application date of the Patent, it is prior art
to the Patent.
As shown in Drawing 205106, the Whistler is comprised of an FM demodulator
chip (a Motorola MC3359, designated U2) which contains on board, in relevant
part, a sweep local oscillator, mixer, demodulator, and broadcast detector. The
local oscillator sweeps over a range of frequencies approximately 20 times per
second. The output of the local oscillator is mixed, inside the demodulator
chip, with any radio signals present at the input of the radar detector. If a
signal is encountered in a frequency band used for radar speed surveillance, the
broadcast detector on board the FM demodulator chip changes the voltages at
pins 15 and 16 of the demodulator chip, thereby generating alarm signals, one of
which is subsequently modified in shape ("conditioned") by peak-detection and
pulse stretching, and passed to the Control Board over the line designated
"ALM."
- ------------
/1/ Drawing No. 205106 is also applicable to the model Q1200, which we
understand to be the structural and functional equivalent of the Whistler 1 and
to have been marketed to the trucking industry whereas the Whistler 1 was
marketed to the personal motorist market. The Control Board corresponding to the
model Q1200 is depicted in Drawing No. 205207 which we have not reviewed.
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 3
Referring now to Drawing 205119 of the Control Board, there is both a
visual indicator, the light-emitting-diode (LED) designated LD101, and an
auditory indicator, the loudspeaker designated LS101. The LED is connected,
through series resistor R24, between the output pin 16 of the broadcast detector
and ground. Thus, every time an in-band radar signal is detected, the LED is
illuminated. It is the operation of the loudspeaker which is relevant to the
element of of muting in the Patent and which is described as follows. The
loudspeaker sounds when the circuit containing the 12-volt source at terminal
"1" is completed by connection to ground via field-effect-transistor (FET)
switch Q101. When Q101 is in an OFF (or non-conducting) state, no current flows
through the loudspeaker and it is silent. When Q101 is switched to an ON (or
conducting) state, current flows through from the source to the drain of Q101
and thus through the loudspeaker, the loudspeaker therefore emitting a beep when
pulses from an alarm signal over the ALM line, coupled to the gate of Q101,
drive Q101 into conduction with each pulse.
It may not always be desirable to have detection of an in-band radar signal
result in activation of the loudspeaker. In particular, as discussed in the
Sales Brochure of the Whistler (attached hereto as Exhibit D), when driving in
urban or congested areas, the radar detector may encounter signals from
microwave burglar alarms and traffic control sensors which would cause
continuous sounding of the alarm but for the QUIET mode provided by the device.
In the QUIET mode, as described in the Sales Brochure,
On receipt of the initial weak signal the red warning light
will flash but the beeper will emit one to three short
audible bursts to keep you advised while maintaining minimum
annoyance to the driver. 'Whistler' will not beep again until
you drive out of the microwave energy area and encounter a
new source of in-band microwave energy.
The function of silencing the alarm in congested areas is referred to as
"muting."
Muting is accomplished in the Whistler in the following manner. The
operator switches a three position OFF/ON/QUIET switch to the QUIET position,
with the effect, as can be seen with reference to Drawing 205119, of removing a
shunt from across capacitor C104. With the shunt removed from across capacitor
C104, the only path for pulses arriving across the ALM line to reach the gate of
FET switch Q101 is via the series capacitance of capacitor C104. Whether C104 is
charged or not constitutes a switch, since, if C104 is charged, the alarm pulses
cannot reach the gate of FET switch Q101 and the loudspeaker cannot be
activated. The manner in which C104 is charged is by pulses arriving over the
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 4
ALM line, with the OFF/ON/QUIET switch set to its QUIET (unshunting) position.
Three pulses suffice to charge capacitor C104 to the point that further
activation of the FET switch gate is effectively cut off. Thus, the combination
of the three-position switch and arrival of pulses over the ALM line generates a
signal that switches C104 into its charged (and blocking) condition, maintaining
a negative blocking voltage on the FET switch gate with respect to ground.
With the three-position switch in its QUIET position, capacitor C104 stays
charged and blocks further activation of the loudspeaker for as long as pulses
continue to arrive across the ALM line. When the Whistler ceases to detect an
in-band microwave signal, pulses cease to arrive over the ALM line. The charge
across capacitor C104 then decays in a predetermined time, namely the time it
takes for the charge across C104 to decay through the circuit constituted by
resistors R102 and R31. That time is quantitatively governed by FET turn-on gate
voltage, v\\gs\\, and the exponential decay time constant equal to the product
of the capacitance of C104 times the sum of the resistances of R102 and R31,
such that the actual time between cessation of a first alarm signal until a
second alarm signal may activate the loudspeaker is 3-5 seconds, based on tests
performed by the Whistler Corporation. After a predetermined time on the order
of that time constant, a subsequent pulse arriving over the ALM line will again
trigger the FET switch and cause the beeping of the loudspeaker. Thus, after the
in-band microwave signal goes away, and after a subsequent predetermined time
interval, the loudspeaker can be activated again for 2-3 beeps or until the
radar detector is switched out of its QUIET mode of operation.
Dynatech's & Whistler's Production Model Radar Detectors
--------------------------------------------------------
We understand that the current production model of the Whistler radar
detector, substantially unmodified with respect to the mute feature since 1986,
continues to employ a muting function. Muting is accomplished in the production
model radar detector by means of a microprocessor executing software which
disables the alarm in response to the operator's activation of a muting push-
button switch, and which maintains the alarm inactivated for the duration of the
initial radar signal and for a period after its cessation.
The Patent
----------
The Patent, naming as inventor Richard L. Grimsley, and showing as
assignee, on its face, Cincinnati Microwave, Inc., issued December 23, 1986,
maturing from an Application filed September 28, 1984, Serial No. 06/656,029
(the "Patent Application"). The Patent Application contained three claims, an
independent and dependent apparatus claim and a
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 5
method claim. The claims were generally directed to a type of vehicle-mounted
radar warning receiver with a mute means and an electronic switch operating
essentially in the following manner: once a police radar signal is detected and
the mute means sends a mute signal to the electronic switch, subsequent
operation of an alarm indicator can occur only after the original alarm signal
has ceased.
In an Office Action mailed on March 11, 1986, all claims were rejected
under 35 U.S.C. (S) 103 as obvious over Jaeger et al. in view of Lee. It was the
Examiner's position that it would be obvious to modify the radar warning
receiver of Jaeger et al. with the annunciator circuit of Lee, the latter of
which allows an operator to mute an alarm during the duration of the alarm
condition.
In his response, the applicant amended claims 1 and 3 to overcome the
obviousness rejection over Jaeger in view of Lee by inserting the limitation, in
both the apparatus claim 1 and the method claim 3, that a predetermined time
must elapse between the cessation of a first alarm signal and the onset of a
subsequent alarm signal. In the language of Applicant's response, at pp. 6-8,
Applicant has amended the claims to include a feature in the annunciator
circuit portion of the radar warning receiver not disclosed in Lee nor any
other prior art of record. This feature is the time delay during which the
mute function is still active even though the alarm condition has
ceased. . . .
The claims as amended are specifically directed to the non re-
---
energization of at least one of the alarm indicators as a result of
detection of a subsequent police radar signal during the delay period.
Inasmuch as the prior art always considered a subsequent alarm condition as
being a condition which should be brought (both visually and audibly) to
the attention of the operator, the prior art necessarily would not have
included any such delay mechanism to preclude re-energization of the alarm.
. . .
. . . Not only does the prior art of record fail to show the
desirability of such a modification, as discussed above, the essential
purpose and operation of the prior art clearly teaches undesirability of
such a mechanism.
Additionally, applicant canceled claim 2, and added new claims 4-17, all of
which depend from independent claims 1 and 3, and additionally variously claim
the duration of the time delay between cessation of an alarm condition and
reactivation of the alarm, as well as a radar detector comprising two separate
alarm indicators.
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 6
A Notice of Allowability, allowing claims 1 and 3-17 of the Application was
mailed on July 16, 1986, and the Patent issued on December 23, 1986.
The Patent contains one independent apparatus claim and one independent
method claim, the remaining claims depending from one or the other of claims 1
and 2. Independent claim 1 reads as follows:
1. A vehicle-mounted police radar warning receiver having an alarm
indicator to indicate the presence of a police radar signal, said receiver
adapted to allow deenergization of the alarm indicator during a first alarm
signal while not preventing energization of the alarm indicator in response to a
subsequent second alarm signal occurring more than a predetermined time after
the first alarm signal terminates, said receiver comprising:
an alarm indicator;
alarm signal generator means for detecting the presence of a police
radar signal and for generating an alarm signal during an interval in which
said police radar signal is detected and for generating a no-alarm signal
in the absence of said police radar being detected;
mute means for generating a mute signal;
electronic switch means responsive to said alarm signal generator
means and said mute means for energizing and de-energizing said alarm
indicator, said electronic switch means comprising:
first switch means having an ON state and an OFF state for
energizing said alarm indicator only in first switch means ON state;
second switch means having an output coupled to said first switch
means, said second switch means output having an enable state and a
disable state, for causing said first switch means to be in said ON
state in response to said enable state and said alarm signal and for
causing said first switch means to be in said OFF state in response to
said disable state; and
timer means being responsive to said alarm generator means for
generating an allow signal between onset of said alarm signal and a
predetermined time after said alarm signal ceases;
said second switch means being responsive to said mute means and said
timer means, said second switch means initially being in said enable
state and thereafter being switchable to said disable state in
response to said mute signal being generated while said allow signal
is being generated whereby said alarm indicator is de-energized; said
second switch means remaining in disable state until said allow signal
ceases and thereafter switching to said enable state whereby
generation of a second said alarm signal will not cause said alarm
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 7
indicator to be energized unless said second alarm signal is generated
said predetermined time after a first said alarm signal ceases.
Independent claim 2 reads:
2. A method of controlling a vehicle-mounted police radar detector alarm
indicator comprising:
generating an alarm signal in response to detectable presence of a
police radar signal;
energizing an alarm indicator in response to initial generation of
said alarm signal;
selectively generating a mute signal while said alarm indicator is
energized;
de-energizing the alarm indicator in response to said mute signal;
continuing to de-energize the alarm indicator until a predetermined
time after the alarm signal terminates;
terminating the alarm signal in response to the termination of the
detectable presence of police [sic] radar signal whereby a subsequent
detectable presence of a police radar signal will again generate an alarm
signal but will not energize the alarm indicator unless the alarm signal is
again generated after said predetermined time.
Invalidity of Claims
--------------------
Anticipation
- ------------
An issued United States patent enjoys a presumption of validity. 35 U.S.C.
(S) 282. (Further references to sections will be understood to refer to sections
of Title 35 of the United States Code.) Nevertheless, a patent may not be
obtained if:
the invention was . . . in public use or on sale in this country, more than
one year prior to the date of the application for patent in the United
States . . . . (S) 102(b).
In our opinion, independent claim 2 and dependent claims 6 and 14 of the
Patent are invalid under (S) 102(b) as being anticipated by the Dynatech model
Whistler 1 radar receiver, the predecessor of the presumably accused products.
The 'public use' and 'on sale' bars to patentability under (S) 102(b) apply
to the activities of any party which anticipate the invention or render it
obvious. In re Epstein, 32 F.3d 1559, 31 U.S.P.Q.2d 1817, 1823 (Fed. Cir. 1994).
As discussed above, the Whistler was
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 8
on sale in the U.S. more than one year before the earliest effective filing
date for the Patent; therefore, under section 102, the Whistler radar detector
constitutes prior art to the Patent, prior art which was not considered by the
Examiner during prosection of the Application.
"Invalidity based on lack of novelty (often called 'anticipation') requires
that the same invention, including each element and limitation of the claims,
was known or used by others before it was invented by the patentee." Hoover
Group, Inc. v. Custom Metalcraft, Inc., 66 F.3d 299, 36 U.S.P.Q.2d 1101 (Fed.
Cir. 1995). Furthermore, for prior art to anticipate under (S) 102, a showing is
required that each element of the claim in issue is found, either expressly or
under principles of inherency, in a single prior art reference, or that the
claimed invention was previously known or embodied in a single prior art device
or practice. Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Co. v. Johnson & Johnson
Orthopaedics, Inc., 976 F.2d 1559, 24 U.S.P.Q.2d 1321 (Fed. Cir. 1992).
Applying these standards to the Patent, we consider, first, the independent
method claim of the Patent, claim 2. Independent claim 2 is drawn to a method of
controlling a vehicle-mounted police radar detector alarm indicator and requires
six steps.
(a) The first step of claim 2 of the Patent requires generating an alarm
signal in response to detectable presence of a police radar signal. An alarm
signal, in the form of a voltage blip appearing across pins 15 and 16 of the
demodulator chip, is generated by broadcast detector U2 of the Whistler device.
(b) The second step of claim 2 of the Patent requires energizing an alarm
indicator in response to initial generation of the alarm signal. In the Whistler
device, the loudspeaker serves as an alarm indicator and it is energized, by
current switched through the FET switch Q101, as soon as the alarm signal is
generated by the demodulator chip.
(c) The third step of claim 2 of the Patent requires selectively generating
a mute signal while said alarm indicator is energized. In the Whistler device,
the mute signal is the hold-off voltage developed across capacitor C104 by the
pulses arriving across line ALM and causing the alarm indicator to be energized.
Thus, the mute signal is generated while the alarm signal is being detected and
while the alarm indicator is energized. Moreover, the mute signal is not always
developed when an alarm signal is received, but only selectively, when the
ON/OFF/QUIET switch has been switched, by the operator, into the QUIET, or mute,
position.
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 9
(d) The fourth step of claim 2 of the Patent requires de-energizing the
alarm indicator in response to said mute signal. This step is accomplished in
the Whistler device when the loudspeaker is silenced, by switching the FET
switch into an open, or non-conducting, state, in response to the development of
the mute signal hold-off voltage across capacitor C104 under the circumstances
described in reference to step (c).
(e) The fifth step of claim 2 of the Patent requires continuing to de-
energize the alarm indicator until a predetermined time after the alarm signal
terminates. This step is practiced in the Whistler product, wherein the
loudspeaker is silenced for a predetermined period following cessation of a
first alarm signal, while the capacitor C104 loses its charge to permit Q101 to
enter the conduction state.
(f) The final step of claim 2 of the Patent requires terminating the alarm
signal in response to terminating of the detectable presence of a police radar
signal. In the Whistler, the demodulator chip will cease sending an alarm signal
over the ALM line when no in-band radar signal is detected. As further required
by the final step of claim 2, the demodulator chip of the Whistler will again
generate an alarm signal over the ALM line when a subsequent police radar signal
is detected, but "will not energize the alarm indicator unless the alarm signal
is again generated after said predetermined time," as required by the claim.
Each element of claim 2, therefore, is found expressly in the operation of
the prior art Whistler product. As a consequence, claim 2 is anticipated by the
prior art, and is invalid.
Claim 6 of the Patent depends directly from independent claim 2, adding the
limitation that the predetermined time of steps (e) and (f), between cessation
of a first alarm signal and possible re-energizing of the alarm indicator in
response to subsequent detection of a radar signal, be several seconds. The
predetermined time in the Whistler device is governed by the exponential decay
time of the charge across capacitor C104 through two series resistances R102 and
R31. Since the capacitance of C104 is of the order of micro-Farads, and the
resistance of resistor R31 is of the order of mega-Ohms, the resultant time
constant is on the order of several seconds, as required by claim 6. Indeed, we
understand that experiments performed by Whistler establish a time between
cessation of a first alarm signal to possible re-energization of the alarm
indicator in the range of 3-5 seconds. Claim 6 is, therefore, also anticipated
by the Whistler device and consequently invalid over the prior art under 35
U.S.C. (S) 102(b).
Claims 13 and 14 of the Patent depends directly from claims 2 and 6,
respectively, further requiring two additional steps.
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 10
(a) Claims 13 and 14 require, further, the step of energizing a second
alarm indicator in response to initial generation of the alarm signal. The LED
visual indicator of the Whistler device is connected to the output of the alarm
generator and is energized if and only if an alarm signal is generated. It is
thus energized in response to initial generation of the alarm signal.
(b) Claim 13 and 14 further require that the second alarm indicator be de-
energized in response to termination of the detectable presence of a police
radar signal. Since the LED visual indicator of the Whistler device is connected
to the output of the alarm generator and since the LED is energized if and only
if an alarm signal is generated, its energization therefore ceases in response
to termination of the detectable presence of a police radar signal.
The two additional elements of claims 13 and 14 are thus present in the
prior art Whistler device, in addition to the elements of the claims from which
claims 13 and 14 depend, therefore, like claims 2 and 6, claims 13 and 14 are
anticipated by the prior art and thus invalid.
Obviousness
- -----------
Section 102(b) may create a bar to patentability either alone, if a device
placed on sale is an anticipation of the later claimed invention or, in
conjunction with 35 U.S.C. (S) 103, if the claimed invention would have been
obvious from the on-sale device in conjunction with the prior art. LaBounty
Manufacturing, Inc. v. U.S. Int'l Trade Comm'n, 958 F.2d 1066, 22 U.S.P.Q.2d
1025, 1028, (Fed. Cir. 1992).
Section 103 states, in relevant part, that:
(a) A patent may not be obtained . . . if the differences between the
subject matter sought to be patented and the prior art are such that the
subject matter as a whole would have been obvious at the time the invention
was made to a person having ordinary skill in the art to which said subject
matter pertains.
As discussed above, all claims initially submitted in the Application
ultimately maturing into the Patent were rejected as obvious over Jaeger et al.
in view of Lee. Jaeger et al. (U.S. Patent No. 4,313,216) discloses a dual
frequency radar receiver having applicability as a police radar warning
detector, and differing from the claimed invention, according to the Examiner,
in that the latter comprises an indication and/or annunciation circuit that
provides for a muting capability. Office Action, p. 2. Lee (U.S. Patent
No.3,893,091), submitted by the
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 11
Applicant as prior art, teaches, in the characterization of the Examiner, an
annunciation circuit with a provision for operator acknowledgment of the alarm
circuit to provide a muting function for the duration of the alarm condition.
Substitution of the annunciator circuit capable of muting according to Lee for
the indicator circuit of Jaeger et al. was deemed by the Examiner to have been
obvious to one of ordinary skill in the art.
In response to the obviousness rejections, Applicant amended the
independent claims (1 and 2 in the Patent as issued) by inserting the limitation
that a predetermined time must elapse between the cessation of a first alarm
signal and the onset of a subsequent alarm signal. Where a change is made to a
claim to overcome an objection based on the prior art, a court may not review
the correctness of the objection when deciding whether to apply prosecution
history estoppel, since such concerns are properly raised in prosecution or on
direct appeal from the denial of a patent. Smith v. Magic City Kennel Club,
Inc., 282 U.S. 784 (1931), cited by Warner-Jenkinson Co., Inc. v. Hilton Davis
Chemical Co., 117 S.Ct. 1040, 41 U.S.P.Q. 2d 1865 (1997). The claims of the
Patent, therefore, may never be construed so broadly as to encompass a radar
detector lacking a muting function in which a predetermined time must elapse
between the cessation of a first alarm signal and the onset of a subsequent
alarm system.
There is no indication that the Examiner considered any prior art radar
detectors having a muting function. The Whistler device, on sale more than one
year prior to the application date of the Patent, is a radar detector having a
muting function. The Whistler is thus prior art to the claimed invention of the
Patent and the Whistler is more pertinent prior art than the Jaeger reference
since it is not only a radar detector, like the Jaeger device, but, furthermore,
has a muting function. Additionally, the Whistler device is more pertinent prior
art than the combination of Jaeger with Lee, because, like Lee it contains a
muting function, but it additionally clearly teaches the combination of a radar
detector with a muting function, since it, indeed, is a radar detector with a
muting function. Thus, if claims 1 and 3 as originally submitted were obvious
over Jaeger in light of Lee, then they are at least as obvious over the Whistler
device.
Applicant amended present claims 1 and 2 of the Patent to overcome the
obviousness rejection over Jaeger in light of Lee by inserting the limitation
that a predetermined time must elapse between the cessation of a first alarm
signal and the onset of a subsequent alarm signal. In the Whistler device, a
predetermined time must elapse between the cessation of a first alarm signal and
the onset of a subsequent alarm signal. Therefore, the amendment of claims 1
and 2 fails to overcome obviousness over the Whistler device because the
Whistler device contains the added limitation. It is, however, not necessary to
address herein those
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 12
issues with respect to claims 2, 6, and 14 of the Patent, which are invalid
under section 102 due to anticipation by the Whistler device.
The remaining method claims of the Patent, namely claims 7, 8, 15, and 16,
vary from the anticipated claims 2 and 14 only as to the duration of the
predetermined time between de-energization of the alarm indicator after entering
a muting mode, and re-energization upon detection of a subsequent radar signal.
This predetermined time is four seconds, in claims 7 and 15, and eight seconds
in claims 8 and 16.
The predetermined time between muting and re-energization upon detection of
a subsequent radar signal is governed, in the prior art Whistler device, by the
exponential decay of a voltage across a capacitor, by dissipating the charge on
the capacitor through a resistance. It is a matter of the most elementary
circuit design to vary the time constant of the voltage decay, and thereby
change the predetermined time interval, by changing the value of either the
capacitance or the resistance, with the time constant equal to the product of
the capacitance and the resistance. The choice of a particular duration of
muting delay between the time the muting is activated and the time the alarm
indicator is reactivated in response to a new radar signal is purely a matter of
design choice. The function of the delay, as taught in the Patent at col. 4,
line 28, is "to prevent re-energization of the alarm indicator during only a
temporary hiatus of alarm conditions, such as would occur with pulsed radar or
where the radar signal fades in or out." No particular advantage to the
durations claimed in claims 7, 15, 8, and 16 is taught in the Patent, and they
appear to be chosen as a matter of convenience due to the availability of a
retriggerable one-shot as a component of the alarm detector used in the circuit.
Similarly, claim 6, and claim 14, depending from claim 6, even were they not to
be deemed anticipated by the prior art Whistler, requiring a duration of an
indeterminate "several seconds" prior to reenergization, would be obvious since
the choice of a particular duration is purely a matter of design convenience.
These claims are, therefore, unpatentable for obviousness over the prior art
Whistler device. The choice of any other comparable time duration, arising from
a choice of circuit parameters governed by component availability or fabrication
convenience is certainly obvious in light of information readily available to a
person of ordinary skill in the art of circuit design. Claims 6-8 and 14-16 are,
therefore, unpatentable for obviousness over the prior art Whistler device.
Construction of the Apparatus Claims
------------------------------------
The sole independent apparatus claim of the Patent is claim 1. No apparatus
claim of the Patent can be infringed unless the independent apparatus claim is
infringed. In order to be found in literal infringement of claim 1, the accused
Dynatech/Whistler radar detector must
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 13
embody exactly every element of that claim. Johnston v. IVAC Corp., 885 F.2d
1574, 12 U.S.P.Q.2d 1382 (Fed. Cir. 1989).
The determination of infringement, moreover, is a two-step process. The
first step is to construe the claim, the second is to compare the claim to the
accused device. Markman v. Westview Instr., Inc., 52 F.3d 967, 976, aff'd, 116
S.Ct. 1384 (1996). The construction of claim 1 is therefore discussed now, in
the context of the prior art Dynatech Whistler radar detector, over which claim
1 must be both novel and non-obvious in order to survive as a valid claim in
view of 35 U.S.C. (S)(S) 102 and 103, discussed above. For the reasons discussed
below, if the claim is construed sufficiently broadly to cover the accused
Dynatech radar detectors, it would necessarily cover the prior art Whistler and
thus be invalid as anticipated by the Whistler. Conversely, claim 1, construed
sufficiently narrowly to avoid anticipation by the Whistler does not cover the
accused devices, either literally or under the doctrine of equivalents.
The preamble of independent claim 1 recites "a vehicle-mounted police radar
warning receiver having an alarm indicator to indicate the presence of a police
radar signal, said receiver adapted to allow deenergization of the alarm
indicator during a first alarm signal while not preventing energization of the
alarm indicator in response to a subsequent second alarm signal occurring more
than a predetermined time after the first alarm signal terminates." While the
preamble of a claim is not considered a limitation if the preamble merely states
a purpose of intended use and the remainder of the claim completely defines the
invention (DeGeorge v. Bernier, 768 F.2d 1318, 226 U.S.P.Q. 758, 761 fn. 3 (Fed.
Cir. 1985)), in this case the words "more than a predetermined time" were added
by Applicant in the Amendment of May 6, 1986, and appear to have been deemed
necessary by Applicant to distinguish over the prior art. It is thus relevant
that the Dynatech Whistler radar detector reads identically on the preamble of
claim 1, in that:
(a) it is a vehicle-mounted police radar warning receiver having a
loudspeaker functioning as an alarm indicator to indicate the presence of a
police radar signal;
(b) it allows deenergization of the alarm indicator during a first alarm
signal by switching the radar detector into QUIET mode;
(c) it allows further activation of the loudspeaker in response to receipt
of a subsequent alarm signal;
(d) but only after the elapse of a predetermined time, governed by a
circuit time constant, measured to be on the order of 3-5 seconds.
Turning now to the elements of claim 1 of the Patent, the first element of
claim 1 requires an alarm indicator. Two alarm indicators are present in the
Whistler device: the LED
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 14
and the loudspeaker. It is the latter alarm indicator which is relevant to the
alarm indicator references in subsequent elements of claim 1.
The next element of claim 1 of the Patent requires an alarm signal
generator means for detecting the presence of a police radar signal and for
generating an alarm signal during an interval in which said police radar signal
is detected and for generating a second alarm signal in the absence of said
police radar being detected. When an element of a claim is expressed in means-
plus-function language, as are the second, third, and fourth elements of claim
1, the scope of the element is limited to the structures disclosed in the Patent
and their equivalents. 35 U.S.C. (S) 112, last paragraph. One construing means-
plus-function language in a claim must look to the specification of the patent
and interpret the language in light of the corresponding structure, material, or
acts described therein, and equivalents thereof, to the extent that the
specification provides such disclosure. In re Donaldson Co., Inc., 16 F.3d 1189,
29 U.S.P.Q.2d 1845, 1848 (Fed. Cir. 1994) (in banc). In this case, the structure
associated with an alarm signal generator means as described in the
specification of the Patent at col. 3, line 7, is alarm condition detector 15
which provides an alarm signal output when it determines whether a police radar
signal is present. Broadcast detector U2 of the Whistler device operates in this
manner precisely, thus the second element is present in the prior art device.
The third element of claim 1 of the Patent requires a mute means for
generating a mute signal. A signal is an indicator or a message communicated
from one part of the device to another such as via an electronic quantity like a
voltage. In this case, the message communicated is the operator's intent to
enter the mute mode of operation. A mute signal is discussed in the description
of the Patent at col. 3, lines 53-55, where "[o]utput 42 [of a pulser 40] is
typically 'low' and [the pulser ?] emits a short 'high' pulse or momentary mute
signal when actuated as will be discussed." The pulser described is a two-pole,
manually operable momentary switch with one terminal coupled to a voltage source
and the other to output 42. When the operator is made aware of the alarm
condition, he may depress the switch and generate a mute pulse which causes
switch 30, a D(delay)-type flip-flop, to clock, thereby changing the output of
the flip-flop from a "low" (enabling) to a "high" (disabling) state.
The flip-flop, in this case, operates as a latch; i.e., by virtue of the
mute means, activated by the operator, having generated a mute signal, the state
of the flip-flop is preserved during the duration of the alarm, and for a
predetermined time thereafter. The function of the ON/OFF/QUIET switch in the
Whistler device is identical in activating the
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 15
latching voltage which is developed across capacitor C104 when muting is enabled
by the ON/OFF/QUIET switch in removing the shunt from across the capacitor.
The activation of a momentary switch (col. 4, line 10 of the Patent) to
activate a D-type flip-flop operating as a latch for the duration of an alarm
condition is the structural equivalent of a continuous contact switch operating
to remove a shunt from a capacitor which remains charged for the duration of an
alarm condition. Indeed, momentary contact switches are often used in
conjunction with latching circuits or relays to maintain a circuit in a
continuous condition which might otherwise be achieved by means of a continuous
contact switch.
The fourth element of claim 1 of the Patent is an electronic switch means,
defined in terms of three further elements which comprise it. These are the
fifth, sixth, and seventh elements of claim 1 of the Patent, namely a first and
second switch means, and a timer means. These three elements are discussed as
items (a), (b) and (c) below.
(a) The first switch means limitation of claim 1 of the Patent has an ON
state and an OFF state, and its function is to energize the alarm indicator only
in the ON state. The structure corresponding to the first switch means, as
described in the Patent at col. 3, lines 56 ff, is a semiconductor AND gate,
designated by index 24 in Fig. 1 of the Patent, which provides a path for
energizing the alarm indicator (by coupling it to a tone generator) only on the
concurrence of two conditions, one governed by the alarm generator and one
governed by the second switch.
The FET switch Q101 of the prior art Whistler performs the identical
function to that of the claimed first switch: it has ON and OFF (conducting and
non-conducting) states, and functions to energize the alarm indicator (by
passing current to the loudspeaker) only in the ON state. The FET switch enables
current to pass to the loudspeaker on the concurrence of two conditions: the
presence of an alarm pulse transmitted from the alarm generator over the ALM
line, and the absence of a hold-off charge on capacitor C104. The structure is
equivalent to a semiconductor switch the conduction of which is governed by the
voltages at its input in that it is a semiconductor device, and in that the
combination of two signals applied to its input determines whether a current may
flow between two ports of the device. It differs in that it is a three-port
device, while a four-port device is shown for the device within the box
surrounded, in Fig. 1 of the Patent, by a dashed line representing the switch
means designated by label 24. It is known in the art, however, that summation
function may be performed at a single port of a semiconductor device. A narrow
construction of claim 1 might
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 16
limit the means-plus-function language of this element to a four-port
semiconductor logic device in order to avoid anticipation by the prior art
Whistler device.
(b) The second switch means limitation of claim 1 has an output coupled to
the first switch means, where the output has an enable state and a disable state
for causing the first switch means to be in ON and OFF states respectively. The
capacitor C104 of the Whistler is functionally identical in that it has an
output, namely the voltage held on the gate of FET switch Q101 by the charge on
its plate which is electrically coupled to the FET gate. When the voltage
exceeds the FET hold-off voltage, the output is in a disable state, causing the
FET, which is the first switch means, to be in an OFF state. Similarly, when the
capacitor has discharged through the series resistors R102 and R31, the output
falls below the hold-off voltage, and is thus in an enable state, causing the
FET to be in an ON state.
The structure corresponding to the second switch means as disclosed in the
Patent is a dashed line enclosure, designated by label 30, which contains a D-
type flip-flop, designated 70, (mislabeled "36 " in Fig. 1 of the Patent) "such
as is contained in a 4013 type integrated circuit." The Patent, at col. 4, line
16. It is reasonable to consider the capacitor of the Whistler device an
equivalent structure, in that it provides a voltage which either exceeds a hold-
off voltage threshold or does not, and is therefore functionally binary like a
logical switch. The second switch means of the prior art Whistler device is an
analog circuit equivalent, functioning identically to the logic circuit
structure described in the Patent. On the other hand, it is also possible that
the Patent might be sufficiently narrowly construed as to limit the second
switch means to a logic device implemented on a dedicated logic chip.
(c) The electronic switch means of claim 1, finally, comprises a timer
means that is responsive to the alarm generator for generating an allow signal
between the onset of the alarm signal and a predetermined time after the alarm
signal ceases. In the prior art Whistler radar detector, the connection of
capacitor C104 with resistors R102 and R31 performs the identical function of
generating an allow signal, which, in the Whistler circuit, is the voltage
applied between ground and the gate of the FET. This voltage is generated at the
onset of the alarm signal, by buildup of charge on capacitor C104. The voltage
remains present during the duration of the alarm signal, and for a predetermined
duration thereafter, as determined by the time constant of the decay circuit
comprising the capacitor and two resistors.
The structure corresponding to the timer means as disclosed in the Patent
is the alarm generator itself which, as described at col. 4, lines 32 ff,
"includes a retriggerable one-shot (not shown) which maintains the alarm
condition signal on output 16 for the duration of the alarm condition and for
approximately four seconds thereafter." Additionally, the retriggerable
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 17
one-shot on board the alarm generator may be supplemented by a second
retriggerable one-shot between input 34 and reset input 38 of the flip-flop 70.
A retriggerable one-shot, otherwise known in the art as a retriggerable
monostable multivibrator, and as discussed, for example, in J. Millman,
Microelectronics: Digital and Analog Circuits and Systems (McGraw-Hill, 1979),
at pages 633-35, is a logic circuit comprising a capacitor/resistor combination,
in which a voltage v\\c\\ across the capacitor decays according to a specified
exponential time constant thereby causing an output voltage v\\o\\ of the logic
circuit to remain in a specified state for a duration of time determined by the
product of the capacitance times the resistance of the capacitor/resistor
combination.
The use of an analog circuit, containing a capacitance and a series
resistance as in the prior art Whistler device, is thus equivalent to a logical
one-shot, maintaining a voltage above a prescribed trigger condition for a
prescribed duration of time. It is also possible, however, that the Patent might
be sufficiently narrowly construed as to limit the timer means to a logical
circuit implemented on a single chip, or, more narrowly, to a retriggerable one-
shot, or, yet more narrowly, to a retriggerable one-shot implemented on the same
chip as the alarm generator.
The Patent owner is thus able to counter the anticipation of claim 1 of the
Patent by the Whistler only by narrowing the construction of the claim in two
ways. This first is to assert that the slide switch, which signals the intent of
the operator to enter the mute mode, is neither the same nor equivalent to the
momentary switch combination with a D-type flip-flop latch described in the
specification. The second is to assert that the electronic means and its
subsidiary first and second switch means and timer means of the patent are
limited to a particular configuration, wherein (a) the first switch means is a
semiconductor logical AND gate; (b) the second switch means is a D-type flip-
flop such as implemented on a 4013 type integrated circuit; and (c) the timer
means is a retriggerable one-shot. Recognizing that both the apparatus claimed
in claim 1 of the Patent as well as the prior-art Whistler device provide the
function of muting an alarm for a prescribed time after cessation of an alarm
signal, the essence of both arguments is that the claim is only broad enough to
cover an apparatus performing a muting-for-prescribed-time function which is
implemented by semiconductor logical devices of the type described in the
Patent.
Literal Infringement of the Narrowly-Construed Apparatus Claims
---------------------------------------------------------------
As discussed above, claim 1 of the Patent is the only independent apparatus
claim of the Patent and no apparatus claim can be infringed unless independent
claim 1 is infringed. For the purposes of the discussion in this section, it is
assumed that claim 1 may be construed
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 18
sufficiently narrowly as to avoid anticipation by, or obviousness over, the
prior art Whistler device.
Claim 1 is drawn to "a vehicle-mounted police radar warning receiver having
an alarm indicator to indicate the presence of a police radar signal, said
receiver adapted to allow deenergization of the alarm indicator during a first
alarm signal while not preventing energization of the alarm indicator in
response to a subsequent second alarm signal occurring more than a predetermined
time after the first alarm signal terminates."
Since all radar warning receivers contain the elements of at least one
alarm indicator as well as an alarm signal generator, the only elements of claim
1 of the Patent which need to be considered here are those requiring a mute
means and an electronic switch means. As discussed above, the mute means
language, construed to allow validity of the claim over the prior art, must
cover a pulser emitting a momentary mute signal and a logical latch circuit.
Similarly, the electronic switch means language, similarly construed to allow
validity, must cover the combination of (a) a semiconductor logical AND gate
first switch means; (b) a D-type flip-flop second switch means; and (c) a
retriggerable one-shot timer means.
The accused Dynatech/Whistler production model radar detector is understood
to comprise a mute means including a microprocessor containing a memory address
which contains a software bit set to indicate a mute status if so activated by
the operator of the device. Additionally, it is understood that the
microprocessor of the Dynatech/Whistler production model radar detector may
perform the function, as described in terms most like the language of the
Patent, of allowing the alarm indicator to be deenergized during a first alarm
signal and for a predetermined period following cessation of the first alarm
signal.
The accused Dynatech/Whistler production model radar detector cannot
infringe the Patent because the mute means for generating a mute signal embodied
in the Dynatech/Whistler production model radar detector lacks a pulser and a D-
type flip-flop latch circuit. Were the mute means of the apparatus claims of the
Patent to be construed broadly enough to encompass the operator-directed setting
of a bit in a computer memory location, other electronic arrangements for
generating a mute signal would also be covered, such as the charging of a
capacitor by pulses directed to the capacitor by the selection of the QUIET
position of a muting switch. However, the prior art described above would
anticipate the claim, were it to be construed so broadly. Therefore, the accused
radar detector lacks the mute means element of claim 1, were it construed to
avoid invalidity.
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 19
Additionally, the accused Dynatech/Whistler production model radar detector
cannot infringe the Patent because the Dynatech/Whistler production model radar
detector lacks an "electronic switch means" comprised of a semiconductor
logical AND gate first switch means, a D-type flip-flop second switch means,
and a retriggerable one-shot timer means. In fact, the accused Dynatech/Whistler
production model radar detector has none of the three required components of the
electronic switch means for energizing and de-energizing the alarm indicator.
Whereas it might be argued that each of the required functions (namely,
energizing the alarm indicator, causing the energizing device to be in an ON
state, and generating an allow signal between onset of the alarm signal until a
predetermined time after said alarm signal ceases) is performed in the accused
device, the means-plus-function language of the claim may not be construed so
broadly as to be infringed by any structure performing the recited functions,
since the electronic switch means of the prior art Whistler does perform the
recited functions. In the accused production model radar detector the energizing
device is, itself, the microprocessor, and its ON state, for purposes of
determining whether the alarm indicator is energized, is the setting of an alarm
bit. No semiconductor logical AND gate having three input ports is present,
whereas a construction of the claim supporting distinction over the prior art
Whistler device would support no other embodiment of the first switch means,
since the prior art Whistler device has a semiconductor first switch means
having two input ports and the sole distinction must lie in the presence of a
third input port. Similarly, if the accused Dynatech/Whistler production model
radar detector is deemed to contain structure functioning to generate an allow
signal between onset of the alarm signal until a predetermined time after said
alarm signal ceases, that structure is the microprocessor itself, determining
time on the basis of an on-board clock, which structure is entirely absent in
the description of the Patent, and which cannot be covered by the timing means
language of the Patent which must be limited in scope to the described
resettable one-shot if the exponential decay of charge on a capacitor is not to
anticipate the claim or render it obvious.
Thus there is no structure in the accused Dynatech/Whistler production
model radar detector which lies within the scope of either the mute means, first
and second switch means, or timer means language of claim 1 of the Patent when
the claim is construed so as not to be anticipated by, nor obvious over, the
prior art. Consequently, the accused device cannot infringe claim 1 of the
Patent. Additionally, if a device does not infringe an independent claim, it
cannot infringe any claims depending from the independent claim, since each
dependent claim is considered to include all the limitations set forth in the
claim from which it depends. 35 U.S.C. (S) 112, fourth paragraph. Since all of
the dependent apparatus claims of the Patent, claims 3-5 and 9-12, include the
limitations of independent claim 1, a finding of non-infringement of claim 1
compels a similar finding of non-infringement for these dependent claims. If
claim 1 is held to be invalid, either as anticipated by the Whistler or
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 20
otherwise, then claims 3-5 and 9-12 are similarly invalid because they are
obvious over the prior art, given the invalidity of claim 1, for the same
reasons that claims 7, 8, 15, and 16 of the Patent are obvious over the prior
art, given the invalidity of claim 2, as discussed above. In particular, claim 9
differs from claim 1 only as to the additional requirement of an second alarm
indicator and a means for energizing the second alarm indicator while the alarm
signal is being generated. The two additional elements of claim 9 are present in
the prior art Whistler device, such that if claim 1 is invalid, claim 9 would be
invalid for obviousness over the prior art Whistler device. Similarly, claims 3-
5 and 10-12 differ from claims 1 and 9 only as to the predetermined time between
de-enegization of the alarm indicator after entering a muting mode and re-
energization upon detection of a subsequent radar signal. As discussed above, it
is a matter of the most elementary circuit design to vary the time constant of
the voltage decay and thereby change the predetermined time interval. The choice
of a particular duration of muting delay is purely a matter of design choice,
with no particular advantage taught in the Patent with respect to the durations
claimed in claims 3-5 and 10-12. In light of the above discussion, if claim 1 is
invalid, claims 3-5 and 10-12 are also unpatentable for obviousness.
Furthermore, the same reasoning as has been applied to claim 1 with respect
to the impossibility of valid construction to cover the production model
Dynatech/Whistler device similarly applies to dependent claims 3-5 and 9-12 of
the Patent. Since the dependent claims set forth additional limitations, such as
the duration of the alarm muting and a second alarm indicator, there may also be
additional reasons why Dynatech/Whistler accused products do not infringe the
dependent claims of the Patent.
Doctrine of Equivalents
-----------------------
Under certain circumstances, the doctrine of equivalents may permit a
patentee to hold as an infringement a product or process that does not fall
within the literal terms of the claim. In general, a product may be considered
to infringe a patent under the doctrine of equivalents "if each element of a
patent claim has an equivalent in the item that is accused of infringement."
Warner-Jenkinson Co., Inc. V. Hilton Davis Chemical Co., 117 S.Ct. 1040, 41
U.S.P.Q. 2d 1865 (1997). How broadly the claims will be expanded under the
doctrine of equivalents depends on the degree of invention; that is, pioneer
patents are entitled to a broad range of equivalents, and narrow improvements in
crowded fields are entitled to only a limited range or no range of equivalents.
Texas Instruments, Inc. v. U.S. International Trade Commission, 805 F.2d 1558,
231 U.S.P.Q. 833 (Fed.Cir. 1986).
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 21
At the time of the application for the Patent, the prior art Whistler radar
detector was on sale, and performed the identical function, as recited in the
preamble to claim 1, of the claimed apparatus. Additionally, the prior art
Whistler radar detector contained means, corresponding to each and every one of
the elements of claim 1 of the Patent, which individually performed identical
functions to the means required by each of the elements. Consequently, the
Patent is not entitled to an expansive interpretation under the doctrine of
equivalents as a pioneer patent would be. Moreover, the doctrine of equivalents
cannot be used to protect subject matter in, or obvious in light of, the prior
art. Athletic Alternatives Inc. v. Prince Manufacturing Inc., 37 U.S.P.Q.2d
1373, (Fed. Cir. 1996), citing Wilson Sporting Goods Co. v. David Geoffrey &
Assocs., 904 F.2d 677, 684, 14 U.S.P.Q.2d 1942, 1948 (Fed. Cir.) cert. denied,
498 U.S. 992 (1990).
Thus, with respect to each of the means-plus-function elements of claim 1
of the Patent, which, as discussed above, are not entitled to construction so
broad as to cover the accused Dynatech/Whistler software-implemented muting
function, neither are the elements entitled to be broadened under the doctrine
of equivalents without encompassing, by virtue of the broader construction, the
prior art Whistler device. In particular, the circuit described in the Patent is
made up of semiconductor devices which function identically to the circuit
elements of the Whistler. If claim 1 of the Patent is construed so narrowly as
exclude anticipation by the Whistler, the structure requirements must also be so
specific as also to preclude infringement by all but very specifically construed
components such as a D-type flip-flop, in the case of a switch means, and a
multistable one-shot, in the case of a timing means. In either case, to be a
substantial equivalent, "the element substituted in the accused device for the
element set forth in the claim must not be such as would substantially change
the way in which the function of the claimed invention is performed." Perkin-
Elmer Corp. v. Westinghouse Elec. Corp., 822 F.2d 1528, 1533, 3 U.S.P.Q.2d 1321,
1325 (Fed. Cir. 1987) quoted in Pennwalt Corp. v. Durand-Wayland Inc., 833 F.2d
931, 4 U.S.P.Q.2d 1737, 1740 (Fed. Cir. 1987). Since a software implementation
of a logical circuit function changes the way in which a function of the claimed
invention is performed to no lesser degree than an analog circuit implementation
of the identical function, both must similarly fall within the same
equivalents, since there are no grounds upon which to distinguish software
equivalents from analog circuit equivalents.
Thus, claim 1, construed so as to be validly patentable over the prior art
Whistler device, cannot be expanded under the doctrine of equivalents to cover
the accused Dynatech/Whistler production model radar detector since any
equivalent that would cover a software implementation of the semiconductor
circuit would similarly encompass the prior art Whistler implementation. Since
all of the dependent apparatus claims of the Patent, claims 3-5
<PAGE>
Mark V. Tremallo, Esq.
Mr. Michael Burnell
April 28, 1998
Page 22
and 9-12, include the limitations of independent claim 1, a finding of non-
infringement of claim 1 compels a similar finding of non-infringement for these
dependent claims.
In addition to the invalidity defense, it may be that the Patent is
unenforceable owing to inequitable conduct in connection with prosecution of the
Patent Application, since, if Applicant knew of the operation of the Whistler,
the Response affirmatively mischaracterized operation of prior art devices. FMC
Corp. v. Manitowoc Co., Inc., 835 F.2d 1411, 1415 (Fed. Cir. 1987); Kingsdown
Medical Consultants, Ltd. v. Hollister Inc., 863 F.2d 867, 876 (Fed Cir. 1988)
(en banc).
In light of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the method claims of
the Patent are invalid, and that the apparatus claims of the Patent cannot be
construed so broadly as to cover any radar detectors produced by Dynatech or
Whistler.
We believe that the opinions expressed herein and the bases in support
thereof are reasonable, but we cannot provide any assurances that a court or a
government agency would reach the same conclusions.
This opinion is provided solely for the information of the corporate
addressee hereof and is not to be quoted, in whole or in part, nor referred to,
nor filed with any government agency or other person, without our prior written
consent. This opinion is prepared solely for an evaluation of the matters
discussed herein under the patent laws of the United States.
Sincerely,
/s/ BROMBERG & SUNSTEIN LLP
BROMBERG & SUNSTEIN LLP
Enclosures
